SERVICE

M00NEY
LOUIS

AND MAINTENANCE-MANUAL

AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

SCHREINER

,ssuED
- DECEMBEr,
1998

FIELD, KERI:tVILLE, TEXAS.

78028

MANUAL NUMBER - 123

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M20J

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LDG rlF REI/ISIIINS
ALwaysdestroy superseded pQQeswhenyou Insert revtsed paQes,

BATE OF
REVISION

SECTIONS
AFFECTEB

BATE OF
REVISION

SECTIONS
AFFECTED

NDTEI
A [is_

o? e??ec±ive

pages

will Qppe_r

Q_ ±he
12-98

beginning

o? each

ch_p±er,
LOG OF REVISIONS
PAGE1

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LOG

M20J

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

OF REVISIONS
Alwo, ys

DATE
OF
REVISION

des-_Po

SECTIONS
AFFECTED

t supePseded

pcLQes

when

you

DATE
OF
REVISION

Inser'_c

r-evlsed

pages.

SECTIONS
AFFECTED

NOTE,
A list

oF

eFFec±lve

p_ges

will _ppe&r

a± ±he

be£1nnln£

o£ e&ch

chapter.

There will be black, vertical lines on the edge of the pages for data that has been changed or added for
the current page revision.
The Electrical Equipment List in Section 91 has been updatedto reflectthe current configuration status and
there will be added electdcal schematics to cover current model year M20J aircraft_
Each page will be noted with applicable revision date at the bottom-center of the page.

LOG OF REVISIONS
PAGE 2

12-98

-

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M20J

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
This manual provides servicing and maintenance
information for the l_.loeney Model M20J, Serial
Numbers 24-0001 and ON. Maintenance actions that
refer to a limited numb{_rof aircralt will be designated
by
sedal number
of applicable
airplanes.
The Part
Numbers
of replacement
or repair
parts should
be
identified using the Illustrated Parts Catalog (IPC)
applicable to Model & Serial Number of aircraft being
worked on. Part Numbers can be ordered through any
Moeney Marketing Center (MMC). See Section 91 for
identification of electrical components.
The format and content.,;ofthis manual are prepared in
accordance
with
GENERAL
AVIATION

The variousgroups contain major systems information
such as flight controls, landing gear, etc. The systems
are
arranged
numerically
per GAMA
number
assignment,
It is suggested,
for recommended
example, that
"Fuel" be identified with the System/Chapter number
"28". The sequence of numbers, 28-00-00, refers to
General information ofthe Fuel Systems.
SUB-SYSTEM/SECTION
The major systems of an aircraft are broken down into
sub-systems. These sub-systems are identified by the
second element of the sequence of numbers,
SECTION, ie., 28-20-00. The element -20- indicates
the distribution portion of the fuel system.
UNIT/SUBJECT

MANUFACTURER'S , ASSOCIATION
(GAMA)
Specification No. 2. Tfu. manual is supplemented with
widng schematics for the various model year airplanes,
as
necessary.
These
are located in envelopes at the
back
of the manual
text.';pages.

The individual units within a sub-system may he
identified by a third element of the sequence of
numbers, SUBJECT, ie., 28-20-01. This number is
assigned by the manufacturer and may or may not be
used depending upon the complexity of the
maintenance action recommended.
APPLICATION OF NUMBERING SYSTEM
Mooney Aircraft Corporation is in the process of
revising all applicable technical publications to the
GAMA format. When this effort is completed any
publication concerning maintenance of aircraft will
conform to this basic numbering system. Any person
wishing information concerning the Fuel Distdbution
System would refer to the pages identified as,
28-20-00, in any maintenance odented publication.
These pages will be numbered sequentially within each
system breakdown in the current Meoney series of
aircraft. As Mooney aircraft models become more
complex the page numbers may be sequentially
numbered within sub-systems.

NOTE
Revisions of this manual are not automatically
provided to manual holders. Holders of these
and other Mooney Technical Publications
should complete information on YELLOW
CARDS located at the front of the Title Page
and send to Mooney Aircraft Corporation, Louis
SchrienerField, Kerrville, TX., 78028, Attn:
Service Parts Department.
Notification is sent to known manual holders when any
new manual is preparP.d to replace the subscdption
manual and advises that no more revisions will be sent
out. The new issue manual will require a new
subscription
service.
If additional Technical
Publications are desired, contact the Service Parts
Department at Mooney Aircraft Corporation at (830)
896-6000, ext 2092 (direct line (830)792-2092).

The table of contents in the front of each Chapter will
provide
a list of sub-systems covered in the Chapter.
For example:

Correspondence concerning maintenance or part
numbers on an airplane should contain the aircraftmodel
number and sedal number. The sedal number appears
on the identification placsrd located on the aft end, left
hand side of the tailcone below the horizontalstabilizer,
ASSIGNMENT OF SUBJECT MATERIAL

28-00
28-10
28-20

The content of this publication is organized at four
levels:

General
Storage
(Tanks, vents, repair,
etc.)
Distribution
(Boost pumps, fuel
lines, etc.)

28-40

]ndicating
(Sender Units, quantity
gauges, etc.)
If there is a reason to distinguish between LEFT HAND
or RIGHT HAND fuel quantity sending units then the
number would be expended to 28-40-01 (Left Hand)
and 28-40-02 (Right Hand). This concept will apply to
any expanded informationthroughout the publications.

Group
System/Chapter
Subsystem/Section
Unit,'Subject
GROUP
These are primary divisions of the manual that enable
broad separation of content, ie., Airframe systems VS
Powerplant systems. These groups are identified by
tabs.

12-98

INTRODUCTION
Page 1

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

M20J

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTARY PUBLICATIONS
The following list of M_nufacturem and/or publicationscan provide servicing and maintenance informationon
components of the Mooney - 201, 201LM, 205 ATS USE, Allegro (Model M20J). No avionics equpment
Manufactummor publicationsare sted due to the manyconfigurationsthat can be installedin the aircraft_These
can be obtainedfrom the repairstationsfor e padicularavionicsmanufacturer.
Publicationsavailablefrom Mooney Aircraft Corporationare listedin the Parts PAce List and are availablethrough
any Mooney Marketing/,_,erviceCenter.
As publicationson vado,Jscomponentsbecome available,they willbe added to the listbelow.
ENGINE

VENDOR ADDRESSES or PUBLICATIONS

The
followingmaintenance publicationscan be obtainedthroughTEXTRON LycomingDivision,Williamsport,PA.,
17701.
OverhaulManual for TE_I'RON LycomingAircraftEngines,Direct Drive Models,Manual No. 60294-7.
UlustratedPads Catalog _ Manual No. PC-206 for TEXTRON LycomingIO-360, AIO-360, HIO-360, LIO-360 and
TIO-360 series aircraftengines.
Operators Manuel - N(=. 60297-12, for TEXTRON Lycaming 0-360, HO-360, 10-360, AI0-360, LIO-360 and
TI0-360 aircraft:engines,
ServiceBulletins- Specify model of engineforwhich maintenancedata is desired.
PROPELLER
McCauley Propellers - Obtain publicationsfrom McCauley Accessodes Division,Cessna Aircraft Company,3635
McCauleyDAve Vandalis, OH.,45377.
ServiceManual- No. 78_630 for McCauley C200 sedes constantspeed propellers.
Hartzell Popellers - Obtain publicationsfrom Hadzell Propeller, Inc. 350 WashingtonAvenue, Piqua,OH., 45356.
Blade Specification- Manual No. 133-A.
OverhaulInstructions- I_lanualNo. 113-B.
MAGNETO
BendixScintillaMagneto _ Obtain Service data for BendixSedes 2000 or 3000 magnetosfrom Bendix Corporation,
ElectricalComponents[:ivision, Jacksonville,FL. 32245-7880.
FUEL II_J]ECTOR
Fuel 98204
Injector- Obtain sen_icedata for fuel injectorsfrom PrecisionAirmotive,3220-100th Street, S.W. #E, Everett,
WA
VACUUM PUMP
Airborne Division, Parker Hannifin Corporation, 711 Taylor Street, PO Box 4032, Elyda, OH, 44036, USA, Tel.
(216) 284-6300, Fax. (216) 322-6094
STAND-BY VACUUM PUMP SYSTEMS
AERO-SAFE, 10160 Bufl"aloGrove Rd., Fort Worth, TX 76101, (800) 433-5689
ELECTR0-MECH, 2600 So. Custer, Wichita, KS 67217, (316) 942-3271
SPEED BRAKES
PreciseFlight,Inc., 63120 Powell Butte Rd. Bend. OR, 97701, USA, Tel. (800) 547-2558.

INTRODUCTION
Page 2

12-98

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M20J

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SYSTEM/CHAPTER, SUB-SYSTEM/SECTION INDEX GUIDE

SYSTEM/
CHAPTER
1-4

SUB-SYSTEM/
SECTION

TITLE
RESERVED BY GAMA - MAY BE
USED AT LATER DATE

5

TIME LIMITS/MAINTENANCE
CHECKS
00

GENERAL

10
20

TIME LIMITS
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
CHECKS

6

DIMENSIONS AND AREAS
GENERAL

00
7

LIFTING
10

JACKING

8

LEVELING AND WEIGHING
00

LEVELING

9

TOWING AND TAXIING
00"

GROUND HANDLING

10

TOWING

20

TAXIING

10

PARKINGAND MOORING
GENERAL

00
10

PARKING

20

MOORING

11

PLACARDSAND MARKINGS
GENERAL

O0
10

MARKINGS

20

PLACARDS - EXTERIOR/INTERIOR

12

SERVICING
00

SERV]CING

10

REPLENISHING

20

SCHEDULED SERVICING

12-98

INTRODUCTION
Page 3

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SYSTEM/
CHAPTER

M20J

SUB-SYSTEM/
SECTION

TITLE

20

STANDARD PRACTICES - AIRFRAME
00

GENERAL

21

ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS
00

CABIN VENTILATION SYSTEM

40

HEATING

24

25

MOONEY AIRCRAFT"CORPORATION

ELECTRICALPOWER
00

GENERAL

30

DC GENERATION

50

ELECTRICALLOAD
DISTRIBUTION
SEATS

CURRENTLY NOT USED
00

GENERAL

10

FLIGHT COMPARTMENT

20
50

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
CARGO COMPARTMENT

27

FLIGHT CONTROLS
00

GENERAL

10

AILERON SYSTEM

20

RUDDER SYSTEM

30

ELEVATOR SYSTEM

40
50

STABILIZERTRIM SYSTEM
WING FLAP SYSTEM

90

MISCELLANEOUS

28

FUEL
00

GENERAL

10

STORAGE

20
30

DISTRIBUTION
DUMP

40

INDICATING

90

MISCELLANEOUS

30

INTRODUCTION
Page 4

ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
00

GENERAL

30

PITOT AND STATIC

60

PROPELLERS
12-98

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
SYSTEM/
CHAPTER

M2OJ

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SUB-SYSTEM/
SECTION

TITLE

32

LANDING GEAR
00

GENERAL

10

MAIN LANDING GEAR AND
DOORS

20

NOSE LANDING GEAR AND
DOORS

30
40

EXTENSION AND RETRACTION
WHEELS AND BRAKES

50

STEERING

60

POSITION AND WARNING

80

MISCELLANEOUS

33

LIGHTS
GENERAL

00
20

INTERIOR LIGHTS MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES

40

EXTERIOR LIGHTS MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES

34

NAVIGATION
00

GENERAL

10

PITOT & STATIC AIR PRESSURE
SYSTEM

20

DIRECTIONAL GYRO COMPASS

35

OXYGEN
00

GENERAL

37

VACUUM
00

GENERAL

10

DISTRIBUTION

20

INDICATING

39

ELECTRICAL PANELS AND
COMPONENTS
00

GENERAL

10

INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL
PANELS
ELECTRICAL AND
ELECTRONICS
EQUIPMENT RACKS

20

12-98

INTRODUCTION
Page 5

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SYSTEM/
CHAPTER

M20J

SUB-SYSTEM/
SECTION

TITLE

51

STRUCTURES
00

GENERAL

10

STRUCTURAL REPAIR GENERAL

52

DOORS
00
10

GENERAL
CABIN DOOR- MAINTENANCE
PRACTICE

30

BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR MAINTENANCE PRACTICE

53

FUSELAGE
00
10

GENERAL
MAIN FRAME

20

AUXILIARY STRUCTURE

30

PLATES/SKIN

40

ATTACH FITTINGS

50

FILLETS/FAIRINGS

55

STABILIZERS
00

GENERAL

10

HORIZONTAL STABILIZER

20

ELEVATOR

30

VERTICAL STABILIZER

40

RUDDER

56

WINDOWS
00
20

GENERAL
WINDSHIELD & CABIN
WINDOWS

50

PLEXIGLASS DRILLING

57

INTRODUCTION
Page 6

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

WINGS
00

GENERAL

30

PLATES/SKINS

40

ATTACH FITTINGS

50

FLIGHT SURFACES

12-98

RECIPROCATING O0 GENERAL 73 ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM GENERAL 00 10 DISTRIBUTION 20 CONTROLLING 30 INDICATING 74 IGNITION 00 GENERAL 10 POWER CONTROL 20 EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN 76 CURRENTLY NOT USED ENGINE CONTROLS 00 GENERAL 10 POWER CONTROL 20 EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN 77 ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL 00 10 POWER 20 TEMPERATURE 12-98 INTRODUCTION Page 7 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION SYSTEM/ CHAPTER M2OJ SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL SUB-SYSTEM/ SECTION TITLE 60 STANDARD PRACTICES PROPELLERS [NO TAB DIVIDER] 61 PROPELLERS 00 GENERAL I0 PROPELLER ASSEMBLY 20 CONTROLLING 71 POWERPLANT 00 GENERAL 10 COWLING 72 ENGINE .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL SYSTEM/ CHAPTER M20J SUB-SYSTEM/ SECTION TITLE. 78 EXHAUST GENERAL OO 10 30 INSTALLATION EXHAUST SYSTEM 40 REPLACEMENT COMPONENTS 79 OIL 0O GENERAL 10 STORAGE 20 DISTRIBUTION 30 INDICATING 80 STARTING 00 GENERAL 10 CRANKING 81 CURRENTLY NOT USED TURBINES OO 10 GENERAL POWER RECOVERY 20 TURBOCHARGER 91 SCHEMATICS GENERAL 00 95 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 20 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDWARE CHARTS 30 SCHEMATICS SPECIAL EQUIPMENT CURRENTLY NOT USED INTRODUCTION Page 8 12-98 .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 5 TIME LIMITS/MAINTENANCE CHECKS .

.................. 21 ............................ 18 ............... 5-20-07 ... 1/2 BLANK ........ 5-20-01 ................. 8 .....SERVICEAND MAINTENANCEMANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFTCORPORATION CHAPTER5 TIME UMITS/MAINTENANCECHECKS UST OF EFFECTIVEPAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ... .......... 5-Effectivity.... 5-20-07 ... 5-20-06 . 6 ... 5-00-00 5-1001 ........... 14 15 .............. 5-20-06 ............. 16 ... PAGE.... 7 ..... 5-20-07 ... 5-20-06 .... 19 . 5-2006 .. 9 ........... 520-01 ... 22 12-98 DATE 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 5-EFFECTIVITY 1/2BLANK ......... 12 ...... 5-20-01 ... 5-20-02 .................... 9/4 BLANK .......... 5-20-07 .......... 5-20-07 ...... 17 .............. 20 ........... 5-20-00 ........ 5-20-06 . 10 ........... 5-Contents ........... 5-20-06 . 13 ........... 5 .... 11 ..................

... 5-00-02... 5-2003 ..... Instruments ........Inspection .............00 5-20-01 ... Fuel System .............. 5-00-05 . SUBJECT ............ 5-00-06 .. 5-20-07 ....... 5-00-07 . Access Coverldentif_tion......... Fimt 25 Hours......... Cabin Heating & VentilsUngSystems ......... 5-00-04 ......... ............ 50 Hour Inspection .......................... General............... ........... ElectricPowerSystem ......... Schedule MaintenanceChecks . InspectionCheek Points .................... Overhauland ReplacementSchedule . Time LimitComponents ........ FlightControlSystems Wing FlapSystems ...... 5-20-06 ...... 100 Hour Inspection(Annual) ............... Landing Gear System ..... 5-00-03 .. Aircro_FileInspection ... 5-20-04.. Engine FunctionalCheck . Torque Values .. ......... 5-20...... 5-20-02 ..... 5-00-01 ...... 5-20-05 . Lubricationand ServiceGuide .......... 5-10-00 5-10-01 .............. .......MOONEYAIRCRAFTCORPORATION M20J SERVICEAND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER5 TIME UMITS/MAINTENANCECHECKS TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT 5-00-00 ....... 12-98 PAGE 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 7 7 8 11 11 11 11 12 18 5-CONTENTS 3/4BLANK ..

Standard electrical equipmentincludes: 1-250 watt landing light(24-0001 thru24-3153)(2-100 watt landing. An alternate static source is provided on lower flight instrumentpanel. lefl side of the pilot'spanel. Single disc self-adjusting hydraulic brakes are featured on the main gear. turns on the fuel quantity indicating systems. the entire empennage pivotsverticallyabout its attaching points.GENERAL AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION. 12-98 5-OO-OO 5 . interior lights. an electrical fuel boost pump. whichever allows longest operation. Hot air from the heater muff mixed with ambientair controlscabintemperature. 28 volt alternator. The specified overhaul time limits. 5-00-03 .LANDING GEAR SYSTEM The electriclanding gear system has a steerable nose wheel. The master switch. The instrument static pressure system has two static air pickup ports--one on each side of the tailcone--that open to the atmosphere. Fuel sump drains are at the lowest point in each tank. An air pressureactuated safety switch in the pitot system or a squat switch in the electricalsystem prevents electric gear retractionon takeoff until a safe flying speed is attained. 35 AMP HR battery (24-0001 {hru 24-299g). 5-10-00 . NOTE A low fuel warning annunciator light for each tank is activated when usable fuel quantity goes below 2 1/2 gallons. outboard top comer of each tank vent through the lowerwing surface. 5-00-04 -ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEM 1. do not constitute a guarantee that the component will reach that time limit without requiring maintenance. inboardsectionof each wing. The pitat system provides air pressure to operate the airspeed indicator. The engine-driven fuel pump mounts on the enginecrankcase. and a full-cantileverlaminar-flowwing. is fully retractable. The instrumentpanel lightingsystem has manualdimmingmechanisms. Gear position lights. 2-100 watt taxi lights S/N 24-3154 thru 24-TBA). Circuitbreakersor circuit breaker switches protect the electrical wiring and equipment from overloads. a warning horn and a gear position indicator on the floorboard are standard equipment.FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS The dual flight control systems can be operated from either the pilot or co-pilot seat. For stabilizer trim. Controlsurfaces have structuralspar constructionwith stressed skins riveted to the spars and dbs. An interconnect springmechanismlinksthe aileron and ruddersystems to assistin controlcoordination. comprised of a 60 amp. 5-00-07 . The all-metal airframe has a tubular-steel cabin frame covered with nonstructursl aluminum skins. Formica guide blocks maintain control tube alignment and dampen vibration. navigation lights.The standard co-pilot's rudder pedals are removable. havinga steerable nose wheel controlled by rudder pedal action.. 5-004)5 -INSTRUMENTS All flight instrumentsare in the shock-mountedflight panel.(24-3000 thru 24-TBA). Removable co-pilot rudder pedals are standard equipment. Bungee springs that preload the retraction mechanism in an over-center position lock the gear down. 5-00-01 . Dual controlwheels accompany the conventional flight controls. The M20J series of aircraft are four place high-performancesingle-engine low-wing monoplanes. The electric fuel pump is in the bottom lefl forward section of the fuselage just aft of the firewall.Two fuel quantity transmittersin each tank are wired to fuel quantity gauges in the engine cluster gauge.FUEL SYSTEM The fuel systemhas sealed.WING FLAP SYSTEM Wing flaps are electdcafiy actuated and are controlled by a spdng loaded =up-off-down"switch on the center console. A gear throttle warning sounds when the manifold pressure is less than a pre-set value with the landing gear up. or a 70 amp. The tdcycle landinggear. The master switch and power relay control the electrical power system. integralwing tanks in the forward. The alternator system has an overvoltage protective relay and an MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION overvoltageannunciatorlight.TIME LIMIT COMPONENTS It is recommendedthat overhaul or replacement of componentsshouldbe accomplishednot later thanthe specified period of operationfor that componentor in accordance w_h manufactures service data or airworthiness directives. Engine instrumentsare in the co-pilot'spanel. 14 volt alternator. a semi-monocoque tailcone.Air routed from the main heater duct system to nozzles at the windshieldbase defroststhewindshield. The pilot's rudder pedals have toe brakes linked to individual hydraulic cylinders that supply pressure to the hydraulic disc brakes on each main gear wheel.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ 54)0-00 . 5-00-06 -CABIN HEATING & VENTILATING SYSTEMS The heater muff encasing the exhaust system is the cabin heat source. using pushpulltubes to link the control surfaces to the control wheels and rudder pedals. an electric gear retractionsystem with manual extension override. if applicable to a component. All flight controls are conventionalin operation. The electdc gear retraction system has a manual extension system connected to the gear actuatorthat permitsmanuallowering of the gear inthe event of an electricalmalfunction. Vents at the aft. a voltage regulator and a 12V.gear and stall warning system. a voltage regulator and a 24V. The wide-span trailing-edge wing flaps are electrically operated. an electrical flap system and an electdc cowl flap actuatingsystem. an electdc starter.Optionalvisualsight gauges are availablefor wingtankson aircraft24-0001 thru 24-TBA. 5-00-02 . An optional defrost blower motor system is available for 24-3000 thru 24-TBA and for retrofit on eadJer aircraft. 10 AMP HR battery -. The trim system sets the stabilizer angle of attack.

L.T. Steel Cylinders CompositeCylinders All other Components (excludingAvionics) On Conditionor 500 Hours &@ EngineO/H (TBO Inspect@ 500 Hours 2 years or 1 Hourtotal usetime AVIONICS (General Systems) Refer to ManufacturersPublications 24 yearsor 10. 292 * Applicable on SIN's 24-0084. 5-10-01 . whichever occursfirst.000 recharge cycles 15 years or 10. 5-10-01 6 12-98 . Maintenancedata O/H every4 years or @ EngineO/H .Ref.OVERHAUL AND REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE ITEM RECOMMENDED OVERHAUL OR REPLACEMENT TIME LIMITS LANDING GEAR ActuatorNo-Back Spring All other Components 1000 Hours On Condition POWERPLANT Engine Propeller Magneto-Bendix Refer to LycomingSI 1009AJ(or currentrevision) Referto Mfg's.) FlexibleHoses (ALL Except as Below& Teflon) Aemquip 601 Fuel Hoses Teflon Hoses All otherComponents 500 Hours * On Conditionor 500 Hrs. Wt. Primary Stand-byVacuum Pump E. 24 Months On Conditon On Condition INSTRUMENTS Vacuum RegulatorGarter Filter Filters -Vacuum Pump CV1J4 Filter Filters. 24-0378 thru 24-1176 only. TCM SB #SB643 & Manual X42003 (currentrevision).Slick InductionAir Filters (Paper) All other Components FUEL & OIL SYSTEM Fuel Selector Valve (Anderson-Brass)* Fuel Selector Valve (otherthan above mfgr.000 recharge cycles On Condition Bendix-KingSystems KingServiceMemo No.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL NOTE "ON CONDITION" itemsare to be repaired.Gym Instrument Other Components 100 Hours 500 Hours oronce a year On Condition 500 Hours oronce a year On Condition ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS All Components On Condition FLIGHT CONTROLS All Components On Condition MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS Vacuum Pump. 7 years or Engine O/H.replaced or overhauledwhen inspectionor performance revealsan unserviceablecondition. @ EngineO/H or on Condition 500 Hours On Condition . Battery OxygenCylinders Lt.

replace with new components. Lubricatepipe threadsasfollows: Oxygen Lines . 3) If leaks persist. 5. Electricalwiring shall be checked as applicable for. tension. vacuum lines. lubrication. Torque Values . Vacuum Lines.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J NOTE Components should be inspected and serviced at regular intervals perthe servicing. drain and vent linesshall be torquedto 15 inch pounds. deterioration.and any otherapparent damage. travel. sparingly and carefully. corrosion. RefertoAC43-4. or broken terminals. Check manufacturers instructions when installing components.omittingthe first two threads. improper bend radius. loose. 2.SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE CHECKS Inspection Intervals. 1. Fuel. connectors. 7.and any otherapparentdamage. Tapered Threads . 3. Moving Parts shall be inspected and checked as applicablefor. broken. the parts should be disconnected and rejected. air and hydraulicoil lines and hosesshall be inspected as applicable for: cracks. damage.parts or assemblieswhich might come in contact with oxygen.No compoundis to be I used on the couplingsleevesor on the outside of the = tube flares. and should be cleaned and inspected at more frequent intervals. Extreme care should be exercised to preventthe contaminationof the thread compoundor teflon tape with oil.Use only aircreR engine oil to lubricater_ings threadeddirectlyto engine. Pipe Threads . Perform 25. sealing. and insecure installation. (Figure 5-2) and safetying. Metal Parts shall be inspected and checked as applicable for: security of attachment. (2) If leaks are detected. excessive wear. tighten one full turn more. Filtersand screensshall be removed. Apply lubdoant. corroded. lubrication inspection chart atthe end of thisand SECTION of this Manual 5-20-00 .heat deterioration. greaseor otherlubricant. stretch. and any other apparent damage.Use "Parker Thread Lube" or equivalent on male fittings only. Refer to Section 37 for maintenance procedureson vacuumsystem.No lubdcaflonis to be used. kinks. chaffed. or 100-hour inspectionsof the aircraRand engine at recommended intervalsas outlinedin the followingparagraphs. condition of hinges. 50. Hydraulic. adjustment. obstruction. dents. distortion fatigue cracks. binding. wear. properoperation.corros on. welding cracks.Air. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 4. servicing safetying. (1) Continue to tighten until fitting is correctly positionedbut do notoverrunor backoff.securityof attachment. cracking.Oil Lines.See following pages. Fuel. proper torque.Use only MiL-T-5542 thread compound or Teflon thread seal tape on threads of valves.Tightening and Torque procedures. Bolts and nuts in criticalareas shall be checked for: fretting. Engine Fittings .fittings. 6.Use TeflonThreadsealTape. Hose clamp installationson fuel and hydraulic systems between systemsor between systems and the engine shall be torquedto 25 inch pounds. 8-20-01 .Hose clamp installationson blast tubes. deformation. chaffing.cleaned and inspected for contaminationor damage that would requirereplacement. NOTE Aircraft operated in salt air environment are considered high risk for corrosion damage. cleanliness.INSPECTION CHECK POINTS The general points to be covered duringinspection are groupedin accordancewiththe natureand function of the items discussed. The thread compoundmust be appliedsparinglyto the first three threads of the male fittingonly. air ducts. 12-98 5-20-00 7 . condition of finish and sealant. or worn insulation.insecure installation.

..... LBS.87 10.. . 65 ... -3 ..... ._ TORQUE Ma 5...70 5.Tighten to minimum torque valuefor appropriate size as shown (Figure 5-1)..37/1.42 4... non-ferrousmetal orplastic). 155 . 500 . -8. . MAXIMUM..6 18113 29/21.Untreated Screw(BlackFinish).7 17...... 900 900 I MAXIMUM 70 90 120 150 250 400 575 750 FLARE NUT TORQUE .29 6. 125 .. -6 ... MINIMUM..3 43/31 87164 150/110 2401177 365/269 500/368 710/523 960/708 12201899 1810/1334 245011806 333012455 4260/3156 555014093 f' ..4 36/26 72/53 125192 198/146 3051224 4201309 5901435 8001590 1020/752 1510/1113 2050/1511 277012042 3560/2625 4620/3407 12-98 2.14 NOMINAL DIAMETER (CoarseThread) M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M5 M10 M12 M14 M16 M1a M2O M22 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39 5-20-01 8 PROPERTY_ .92/1.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL TORQUE VALUES FLARE NUT TORQUE VALUES.. 700 .25 8.6/3. SCREWS & NUTS Failure of threaded fasteners due to over-tightening can occur by bolt shank fracture or by stripping of the nut and/or bolts thread.1 22/16 39/28 62/45 95/70 130195 184/135 2501184 315/232 470/346 6351468 8651637 1111/819 144011052 1......... .9 0. -10 -12 -16 -20 . 350 300 .37/1.. ..... .... 430 .. TIGHTENING TORQUES .. 4) Whether the screw isdry or lubricated. -4 ..5/12..Friction Coeficient 0. 5) The depthof the thread. .. 250 . 2) Parent matedal (steel.15/4.2513.10/2... I SIZE FITTING ALUMINUM TUBING MINIMUM.. -5 ..6 11/9.... ... 70 .54 10... .3 7.. STEEL TUBING TORQUE .99 4. 50 80 .. 550 . A bolt or screw assembled with a nut of the appropriate class is intended to provide an assemblycapableof beingtightenedto the boltproof loadwithoutthread strippingoccurring.4/7.. .. 30 .38 15111 25/18.6 8.01 2. ...01 3... .9 26119 51137 89165 141/103 215/158 295/217 420/309 5701420 725/534 1070/789 145011089 197011452 253011865 3290/2426 1.44 1..60/0.70/1.5/7.. 3) Whetherthe screw is untreatedor plated.6516..FIGURE 5-1 BOLT .. 90 .3011.NUT TORQUE VALUES METRIC BOLTS.40/3. ...... -24 40 60 75 150 200 300 500 600 600 .IN..6/5. .8 1o. The torquevalue to be set for a particularsize of screw is dependentupon: 1) Materialof the screw.

8 Nm/R. 8.125 DIAMETER (Coarse Thread) M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M12 M 14 M16 M18 M2O M22 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39 TORQUE Ma 5.28/0.5 M2.02 8.Ib.2 10.15 16.355818 Nrn 12-98 5-20-01 9 .8 Nmlft.9 NmlftJb.7514.9 Nm/ft.1/5.3 16. 25118 49/35 88/64 140/103 210/154 3051224 425/313 5701420 7201531 35/25 68150 125/92 195/143 2951217 4251313 6001442 800/390 1000/737 42/30 82/60 1501110 2351173 350/258 510/376 7201531 960/708 1200/885 NOMINAL DIAMETER (Fine Thread) M8 x I M1Ox 1.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION (METRIC TORQUE TABLES CONTINUED) NOMINAL DIAMETER (Fine Thread) PROPERTY CLASS TORQUE Ma M8 x 1 MI0 x 1.lb.9 Nm/ft.2 185/136 285/210 3901287 5501405 7.9 40129 81159 140/103 2201162 340/250 470/346 6601486 8901656 1140_40 168011239 228011651 309012278 3980/2935 515013798 8.25 M14 x 1.1015. 10.9/7.lb. 0.33 4.lb.]_ CLASS TORQUE Ma METRIC CONVERSION FACTOR: One Nm(NewtonMeter) = .5/7.3 23116. 12.5 M18 x 1. 10.5 M24 x 2 8.9 34/25 67149 117/86.41 1. 1O.7 21115 36/26 58/42 88/64 121/39 171/126 230/169 295/217 435/320 5901435 8001590 1030/759 13401988 1.5 M24 x 2 OPJ]D_gFJ_.65 9.84 4.24 9.59 4.25 M 14 x 1.6 Nm/ft.5 M22 x 1. 27/19 52/38 95/70 150/110 2251165 325/239 4601339 6101449 7801575 38128 73153 135199 2101154 315/232 460/339 6401472 8601634 11001811 45/33 88184 1601118 250/184 3801280 5501405 770/587 105O/774 13001958 TIGHTENING TORQUES .8 Nm/It.9 NmlftJb.1 27/19.ElectricallyZinc Plated .3/3.lb.60/1.5 M2Ox 1.70/7.5 M20 x 1.9 Nm/ft.451549 960/708 140011032 190011401 258011902 3310/2441 4290/3163 2-15/1.9 Nm/R.lb.25 M12 x 1. 12.2x 1.5 M18 x 1.5 M 16 x 1.5610.1 7. One Foot Pound= 1.ib. 12.5/12.5/12_1 24/17.94 2-9012-14 5.Friction Ceeficient O.7375 Foot Pound.25 M12 x 1.94 2_50/1.lb.7 46/35 83161 132/97 200/147 25/202 3901287 5301390 6751497 995/733 13501995 183011349 236011740 305012249 1.1013.97 14/10.25 M16 x 1.28/0.95/3.

13-1(*) (*=currentrev. 5-20-01 10 12-98 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL AN/MS STANDARD BOLTS. 43. AN-3651AN-310 NUTS SHEAR-type AN( ) BOLTS. AN-364/AN320 NUTS TENSION-type NAS() BOLTS AN-365/AN310 NUTS ! SHEAR-type NAS( ) BOLTS. states otherwise).THREAD SERIES 8-32 10-24 114-20 5116-18 3/8-16 7/10-14 1/2-13 9/16-12 5/8-11 3/4-10 7/8-9 12-15 20-25 40-50 80-90 160-185 235-255 400-480 1500-700 700-900 1150-1600 2200-3000 7-6 12-15 25-30 48-55 95-100 140-155 240-290 300-420 420-540 700-950 1300-1800 Figure5-2 Reference: Federal AviationAgencyAdvisoryCircularNo. 3. Add"frictiondrag torque"to the recommendedtorque value from Figure 5-2.) RecommendedTorqueValues for Nut-Boltcombination 1.THREAD SERIES 8-36 10-32 114-28 5116-24 318-24 7116-20 112-20 9/16-18 5/8-18 314-16 7/8-14 1-14 1 115-12 1 114-12 12-15 20-25 50-70 100-140 160-190 450-500 480-690 800-1000 1100-1300 2300-2500 2500-3000 3700-5500 5000-7000 9000-11000 7-9 12-15 30-40 60-55 95-110 270-300 290-410 480600 600-780 1300-1500 1500-1800 2200-3300 5000-4200 5400-6600 25-30 80-100 120-145 200-250 520-630 770-950 1100-1300 1250-1550 2650-3200 3550-4350 4500-5500 6000-7300 11000-13000 15-20 50-60 70-90 120-150 300-400 450-550 650-600 750-950 1600-1900 2100-2600 2700-3300 3600-4400 6600-8000 -COARSE . 2. Run boltdownnear contact withwasher or beadngsurface and check=frictiondragtorque=requiredto turn bolt/nut. This value is considered"Final Torque Value". (RRICTION DRAG TORQUE + REC'MD TORQUE = FINAL TORQUE). NUTS TORQUE TABLES TORQUE VALUES (Unitsare Inch-pounds) NUT BOLT SIZE TENSiON-type AN( ) BOLTS. CAUTION DO NOT REUSE LOCKNUTS IF THEY CAN BE RUN UP FINGER TIGHT. AN-364/AN320 NUTS FINE . Be surenut and/or boltthreads are clean and dry(unlessMfg.

J. 2. Drain and clean fuel strainer. After the engine runup. This review includes inspection of the Airplane Flight Manual. Inspect eng'ne mount tubes (bolt attach tubes). B. ENGINE A. 10. spinner. at firewall for moisture accumulation and corrosion. Inspect engine compartment for evidence of fuel. screws. and oil leakage. FAA Airworthiness Directives. excessive freeplay. Inspect and clean induction air filter if aircraft has been operating under dusty conditions. looseness. grade. 5. Remove and replace the full-flow oil filter cartridge. 9. and/or 25 hours after installation of new or overhauled engine.plus the necessary removal of inspection doors. 3. 4. 3. Service engine oil sump with proper type. Airworthiness Certificate. Check and service battery.Safety wire strainer plug. Inspect engine intake and exhaust systems for evidence of leakage and looseness. Check spark plug elbows and shielding nuts for security. E. and damage. Visually inspect propeller.however it should include completion of all lubdcaton and service requirements. PROPELLER A. Check propeller ano spinner for general condition.--propeller. 5-20-02 8. . cracks. CAUTION DONOTREUSE LOCKNUTS IF THEYCAN BE RUN UP FINGER TIGHT. Check baffles for secure anchorage. . Repair pdor to next flight.FIRST 25 HOURS . Make a record of all malfunctions and abnormalities. 1. Inspection should be extensive enough to detect any damage or condition which might jeopardize flight safety. or newly overhauled engine should be given a 50-hour inspection including replacement of the lubricating oil. Aircraft Log Book. Atter the first 25 hours of new or overhauled engine operation. Lycoming Service Information. G. L. Registration Certificate. B. Checkengine controlsfor full travel. Check control systems for binding. Check brake and parking brake control systems for proper operation and fluid level. Aircraft Radio Station License (if applicable). Inspect blades for nicks and cracks. wash down the engine and engine components. Inspect engine mount & bolts for security and con0iflon. F. Inspect fuselage wing and empennage for external evidence of damage. oil or exhaust leaks. Engine Log Book.and security. remanufactured. 1. and scratches. 5-20-05 -50 HOUR INSPECTION The 50-hour inspection includes all requirements for the 25-hour inspection. freedom of movement. check operation of alternate-air door (refer to paragraph 71-60-01).and freedom from cracks. C. After the first 25 hours of operating time. D. 2. Inspect windshields and windows for crazing. etc. Visually inspect induction air system.INSPECTION The one time 25-hour inspection consistsof a visual inspection of:. a review of the statusof compliancewith current Federal Aviation Regulations. 5-20-03 -ENGINE FUNCTIONAL CHECK Pdor to a scheduled 100-hour or annual inspection. Visually check fuel and oil lines for secudty of connections and evidence of leakage or damage. M. 7. 12-98 5-20-02 11 . CABIN A. Checkcylindersfor evidence of overheating. engine and aircraft general condition. reinstall strainerand plug. Pay particular attention to scratches and dents. Weight & Balance Record. Drainengineoilsump. I. in additionto examining the aircraft proper. Check security and condition of equipment installed on engine. perform a second engine runup and a flight test after completing the inspection.AIRCRAFT FILE INSPECTION Aircraft 1O0-hour and annual inspections cover. The inspection does not require removal of access panels or disassembly of all components. 6. complete a differential (hot engine) compression check. or faidngs. Check Ram air door operation SIN 24-0001 thru 24-3153. Remove and clean fuel injector fuel strainer. and Mooney sedvce documents. Inspect aircraft exterior for security of bolts. N. a new. close fit aroundcylinders. Check pitotand static systemsfor obstructions. refer to paragraph 5-20-05 for the recommended engine inspection. and amount of lubricating oil. Check operation of alternate air door.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CAUTION These torque values are derived from oil-free cadmium-plated threads. and cowling. remove cowling. Then perform an engine runup in accord with procedure recommended in the Airplane Flight Manual. panels. K. Remove and clean suction oil strainer.includinga preflightinspectionas outlined in the Flight Manual. 5-20-04 . To verify correction of malfunctions and abnormalities. H.

F. proper security of cable at housingswage. Checkoxygensystem(if installed). and empennage inspectiondoors. Inspectfor properattachment.4) The 100-hour (or annual) inspection is a thorough. ball and spring disc.Safety wireoil tilter installation. cover plates.reinstalland safety. Leak check all exhaust manifold connections. and beadng locations (includingwing and empennage to fuselage matingpoints). C. and faidngs at all systems attach. Wash downthe engine and enginecompartment. remove. AD Notes. F. Check magnetos for grounding and synchmnizalton. G. mounting and unrestricted operation of governor performa second engine runupand flighttest after the control.and sealing. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A.t00 HOUR INSPECTION (or ANNUAL) (REF. inspectionflight. 5-20-06 . and for close fit around cylinders.replace at 500 Hrs. H. Check operationof extedor and intedorlights. D. and applicable Mooney and Vendor mandatory Service Bulletins and Instructions. Lights " A.check magneto points for condition. grade. Replace all components removed. FUSELAGE and EMPENNAGE A. C. Check baffles for secure anchorage. properoperation. 612 at 500 Hrs. andD. Preparation for the inspection includes the thorough cleaning of exteriorand engine compartment. wing. See Section 5-20-07 for repetitive 50 Hour inspectionsand servicingof componentsinformation. deformation. C. Check tiresfor cuts. Recommended 100-hour and special inspection requirementsare outlined in the followingparagraphs. inspect and clean fuel selectorvalve or gascalator strainer. Check for proper operation dudng post 100-hourinspectionengineset-upcheck. Prior to the inspection. Check for aircraft conformance to FAA Specification 2A3. Check hydraulicbrakes for wear. Check flaps and attachments for damage and properoperation.Operatinglimitreplacement and special testing of components is to be included at this interval when applicable. Check shock discs for proper extension at aircraft. warpage and properinstallation.Inspectdistributorblockfor erosion and cracks.and timing. Complete a differential (hot engine) compressioncheck: clean and gap or replace spark plugsif necessary.Lubdcete controls if necessary. Check trim system and indicator for free operationand travel. WINGS A. Check engine and propeller controls for free operation.Checkcam followerfelt for properlubrication. 4. and quantityof lubdcatingoil. hinge. 6. Check cabin and baggage doors for damage. inspect and clean oil suctionscreens. 8. DO NOT remove seals or lubricate control cable. holes. searchinginspectionof the entire aircraft. Lubdcatecontrols if necessary. remove the engine cowling and propeller spinner. 1.anticollision. FIG. aileron attachments. NOTE CaMe Craft control cables are lubricated for the life of the control cable. To M. clearance.staticweight per Section 32-81-00. Check cylinders for burned paint and cracked or brokentins. gascelator. K. Inspectfuel injectorand all fuel lineconnections forsecurityand condition. L.To inspect for praloed remove lower cowlingand PUSH on alternate air door seal bolt with an appropriatespdngscale. Checksurfaces and tips for damage. Check ailerons. 6.removalof fuselage. B. Comply with applicable FAA Directives.per BendixSB No. full travel. Check cabin. Inspectenginefor evidence of excessivefuel or oil leakage. Remove full-flow oil tilter cartridge.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J B. landinglight.Then perform an engine mnup in accord with the procedure recommendedin the LycomingOperators Manual. position. engine exhaust manifolds and muffler connections. Checkbafflesealant. Inspect alternate air door for condition and proper preload. and bellcranksfor damage and properoperation. and remove excessiveoil from breaker compartment. ENGINE INSPECTION.Repairas needed. Remove and clean inductionair tilter. Add ordelete AN960-416L washersunder belt head to obtainproper tension.pressurecheck fuel system with mixture controlat IDLE CUTOFF and BOOST PUMP ON. lubricatedetent track.Repairdiscrepanciesfound. Drain engine oil sump. LANDING GEAR A.and boost pumpfor pmperoperation.wear.replace with new cartridge and safety. Inspect oil cooler and oil hoses for condition. Check crank case breather hoses for obstruction. E. C. and securityof attachment. Inspect all air ducting and connections in the heating and inductionair systems for leaks. Coat Seal with TEFLON spray/lubricant.for routinemaintenance. CAUTION CHECK SECURITY of seal to Induction Box Door. reinstall strainer. D. If necessary use (3M) EC1403 cement to secure seal to door. instrument. B. Check fuel selector valve.. Check stabilizer. Refill engine oil sump with the proper type. 5-20-06 12-98 12 . A praloadof 3 to 4 pounds should be requiredto start door to open. 5. fin. and rudder for damage and properattachmenL B. Remove. Inspect Propeller Governor for security in vadty correction of malfunctions and abnormalities. B. elevators. E. J. and inflation. Inspect fuel lines and connections. 7. cracks. I.blisters. Repairor mplacs componentsif required.

Inspectfor evidenceof the bend being deformed by assuring that the bend edge is 90 degrees. Inspect studs. flrewalland fittingsfor securityor damage. pare. electrical wtdng.to a minimumof . nuts. Inspect accessory case.and lubricate as requiredby appropdstemanufacturershandbook. F. Check cowl flaps for operationcondition.andsecurityof anchorage. Check alternator and mounting bracket for secodty and ddve belt for conditionand propertension. I _-----_ _ SH. Q-tip blade inspectionand repair. and vent systemfor condition and corrosion. T.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J N.. Inspectbattery. 11 0 __ .inspectfor cracks.L .cuts. REPAIR: Material in the bend area (. Check nose wheel steering mechanismfor adjustment.110 plusor minus . Check hydraulic hosesfor leakage. Remove spinner('dnot already removed).The g0 degree bendthat has been deformed by 20 degrees or less may be straightened by using a rubber mallet and block assuring that no waviness or other damage results from the straighteningprocess.75 inches.proper opening and cowl flap positionindication(24-3000 thre 24-TBA).065.loose terminals.boltfailure. J. hose. . Also inspect for deformed waviness of the bend. S.battery box. 3.. E. Correspondingly.misalignment.-_ "_'I_ C2_{_"_. Inspect and reinstallcowling. INSPECTION: Inspect =Q-Tip" for stone nicks and scratches using the same procedure as on the completeblade. lossof grease. and ignitionharness for condition. D. E. Inspectforpreperaifachment. Check conditionof felt seals and beadngs. B. C. Checkwheelsfor oracks. O. Flush battery box and battery case if necessary. Check battery cables. The bend may ne reduced in length for repair from the one inch dimension to appreximately. Check tires for proper inflation. Checkbrake pads& discs for warpingandwear. V. Inspect tubular engine mount for cracks. when required. R. F.JK--5--3 NI or broken roll pins. G. inspect hub parts and blades for craoks and nicks._ MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ) _ A. slippage. Check parking brake system for proper engagementand release.secure anchorage. U. D. dents.and burnedorchaffed insulation.) (See Section61-00-20. (Use Teflon Tape to obtain correct fit.Repairpdorto nextflight. belts. A.reduce the very tip region.Replace or repair muffler if any intemal damage isfound. H. Check spinner bulkheadfor correct interference fit with prop cylinder. 12-98 5-20-06 13 .The chord length may be reducedfor repair similarto the procedureof a standard blade essudng that all blades are the same so that the aerodynamicbalance of the propellerwillnot be affected. DELETED PROCEDURE H. vacuum pump.and heavywear. P. A sketchof the "Q"tip is shownbelow (Figure 6-3). Q.alignment. Check blast tube for obstruction. kbrakelinesand inks. I. etc.Repair any discrepancies.crackschaffing. damage or corrosion. Inspectanti-icingboots for properoperationand for obviousdefects. Check nose gear for cleanliness and damage. blisters. Inspect Exhaust System for leaks or cracks & proper clearance from other components. G.repackbeadngsat 250 hourintervals. 2. oheck all bolts and robber mountsfor securityand conditlen. Check nose gear retractiontube bungeesfor sheared NOTE Maximum allowable towing damage on leg assembly is 1132inch dent.Checkstmter ddve and drivegear condition.distortion. LANDING GEAR and RETRACTION SYSTEM corrosion.adforcracksandcondition. PROPELLER INSPECTION. Check hubbelts for securityand damage.Lubricatedriveifnscessary.010 less than _e resulting thicknessofthe bend area. The tip of the blade is formed at the factory with a bend of 90 degrees toward the blade face (aft). Checkhydraulicreservoirfor properfluid level..010)tomay be removed for repair of nicks and scratches a minimum blade thckness of .and lubrication. Checkfor oil leaks.81-O0. Inspect landing light for securityand condition (24-0001 thru 24-3153).Check shock disc gap per Section 32.corrosion. for damage & propertmque. 10) INSPECTION. C. Checkstarterinstallaticnfor secority. Inspectspinnerandbu_P. B. The material thickness in the radius of bend is closely controlled such that the cold bend allowance is not exceeded.Check securityof propellerinstallation.

ALTERNATE PROCEDURE: (Dukes actuatoCs)Measure backlash by using a . cleanliness. C. Visible wear or backlash of 1/2 tooth or more requires immediate replacementof gears. C. lubrication. Inspect seats. A. InspectOxygenSystem(ifinstalled)perChapter35. damage. H. and beadngs for wear. check sump for sediment. B. SIN 24-0001 . B. misalignment. Check landing gear retraction linkage. secudty and condition of servicing placards (Ref. Check shock disc gap per Section 32-81-00. B. E. corrosion. cans. Check fuel selector valve for proper tank selecfion. Inspect safety belts. andinindication of overheating or damage. C. corrosion. crazing. Check boost pump for leaks. damage. switch operation. sediment. D. INTERIOR INSPECTION. SIN 24-0001 thru 24-0377. and mechanismlubrication. water or other contamination. Reference SECTION 32-30-04. Inspect cabin door and door frames for damage. rotate jack screw shaft counter clockwise to remove all slack from dng and worm gears. (1) After 500 hours of operation and each 200 hoursthereafter. J. and ailerons for corrosion. and freedom of operation. 5. condition and proper adjustment. condition to door frame and door seals. E. Inspect empennage for corrosion. Inspect fuselage exterior surfacesfor corrosion. See Section 33-43-00 for adjustment procedures. dents. flaps. scratches. loose or popped dvets. Inspect wings. D. Repeat above procedure after rotating the dng gear thru 90 degrees.and deterioratedpaint.warpage. Make an index mark on one gear tooth and on the inside of housing. hinge security. adequate fuel pressure. nicks. cracks. and lubrication. Inspect Landing/Taxi lights for security. J. clean or replace. and security of installation. and condition of wiring and electrical connections. security of mounting. I. damage. condition of seals. and balance weight attachment. I. Check fuel tank filler caps for O'dng condition. Check gaseolator for leakage. L.and securityof attachment. (d) Repack gear box with recommended lubdcanL (e) Reinstall end cap and resafety. corrosion. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL G. check seats for conditionand operation of positionlocks. Turn jack screw shaft clockwise until dng gear contacts worm gear and check index marks. (f) Refer to Section 32-30-02 for proper actuator adjustment and reinstallation instructions. Check the landing gear actuator for secudty of mounting. for additional inspection and rigging procedures. Check main gear for cleanliness or damage. and upholsteryfor cleanliness and mounting security. O. inspect seat structure for cracks. freedom of operation. H. scratches. K.24-0377 with Dukes Actuator Lubricate actuator ball screw with recommended lubricant for Dukes actuator only per procedures below. 5-20-06 12-98 14 . See Section 52-11-00 for rigging procedures. Inspect fuel tank exterior for evidence of fuel seepageand stain. A. Drain tank and inspect tank interior when seepageis evident. free-play. dents. dents. Inspect brushes motor for wear. and water contamination. D. cleanliness. . condition of attaching points. Check fuel quantity gauges and transmitters for secudty of mounting and condition of widng and electrical connections. K. condition and lubdcafion of hinge points. 180 degrees. (a) Remove the actuator from the aircraft. If feeler can be inserted between gear teeth. Inspect fuel filter. (c) Visually inspect gears for wear as follows: With open end of actuator toward you. (b) Remove the end cap and wipe excess grease from gears. scratches.condition. distortion. Inspect baggage door and baggage compartment for damage. Inspect ventilatingsystemdrain linefor obstruction. attachment of balanceweights. and 270 degrees.025" diameterwire of . travel. deformation. corrosion. Perform landing gear operational check per Section 32-30-01. smooth operation.damage. Inspect windshields and windows for cracks. and conditionof cargotiedowns.025" thick shim as a feeler gauge. EXTERIOR INSPECTION. dents. FUELSYSTEM INSPECTION.latch operation. and leakage in OFF position. Inspect cabin door lock mechanism for lubrication and proper engagement. Inspect the alignment and lubrication of overhead vent push-pull cable for smooth operation (SIN 24-0001 thru 24-0377). Inspect for loose equipment that might restrict controlmovement.cracks. 4. seat tracks. loose or popped rivets. beUcranks. 28-00-01). Thoroughlyclean aircraft exterior. pivots. Jack aircraftas recommendedin pemgmph7-10-00. A. harnesses and attaching bracketsfor cleanliness. replace gears.and lubrication. cleanliness. 6. Check fuel tank drains for leakage. free-play. cracks. loose or popped dvets. Check fuel-tank vents for obstruction. M.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J I. F. scratches. condition and operation of door locking mechanism. hinge security. F.

Maximum tube wear is . check lines for cracks. rigging. Check operationof anticollisionlights. Trim tubes. CAUTION All flight control components should be checked to are verify all moisture drain holes freethat of obstructions. setting knob freedom. Inspect empennage attachment brackets and hardware forcorresion. Inspect pitot head for port obstruction. rerap (1/2 lap)tube with 2" wide Y9265 polyurethane tape. and lubrication. liquid leakage.and bonding. linkage for corrosion. D. rod end beadngs and proper relationship to control movements. B. dgging. Inspect static ports for obstruction and aerodynamic smoothness at port installations. Inspect Baggage Compartment floorboard assembly. Inspect lines for bends. 8. trim control wheel for smooth operation. cracks. Inspect stabilizertrim controlsystemfor security A.travel. Inspect Avionics antennas. Check operation of instrument and placard Section27-42-00 for Electric Pitch Trim Inspection. condition of indicator markings.and conditionof groundstraps. Inspect flight panel for security of mounting. and guide blocks for Io(_senessor excessivewear. per wall or. corrosion. and ducts for security. E. J. interconnects. InspectAvionicsEquipmentfor poper operation& seom_. Open access panels and inspectiondoom. stop adjustment. proper lubrication. INSTRUMENT/AVIONICS INSPECTION. damage. H.or corrosion. Inspectwingsparsfor damage. and security of attachment. pivots and rod end bearings. corrosion. Replacegarter filter on vacuum regulator. Inspect rudder system linkage for damage. condition of all bearings. A. If tape shows signs of wear. Check for free movement of toe-brake pedals and proper rudder and nose wheel travel. FLIGHT CONTROL INSPECTION. universaljoints for free-play and good working order actuator threads for lubrication. C. K. cracked or loose glass. diameter reduction. range and limit markings. interference. See E. wiring & shielding for obvious damage or defects. condition of hinges.014 in. travel. without tape. and direction of control surface movement with relation to control movement. I. D. damage.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20d 7. INTERNAL INSPECTION. NOTE Some elevatortrimtubes have polytape wrapped at bulkhead penetrations. and stop F. A. lights.distorlion. and syncronization of barometric scale with reference markers. bellcranks. which show signs of abrading grommet should be wrapped. cracks. and evidence of fuel leakage. NOTE Seal all receptacles and plugs outside cabin environment with Dow Coming #4. I. bellcranks & G.security. freedom from interference with structure. and removefaidngs as required. G. corrosion. stop adjustment. C. Inspect all instruments for proper pointer indication. Check alternatestaticpressuresource locatedon le_tflightpanel. Inspect elevator system for rigging. secudty of mounting. lubdcation. ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONAL TEST E.007 in. kinks. Check vacuum regulator at vacuum manifold. and link bolt security. C. Inspectforward sideof firewallfor damage. D. A. lubdcation and proper relations to control movement. secudty of mounting. dents. proper dgging.Check rheostat. and discoloration. Inspect wing interior for foreign material. See SB M20-185. G. Checkoperationof dome lightsand cigarlighter. Check wires. B. compensation. slippage marks. Inspect all instrumentwiring and plumbing for conditionand properconnections. security of mounting.Cleanand inspect vacuum filter. condition of shock mounts.and hinges. and proper adjustment. bingesfor corrosion. proper bend radius. Drain system and check for leaks. F. E. lubrication. adjustment.flap positionindicator for properoperation actuator. Check operationof navigationlights. and security of attachmenLDrain system and check for leaks. Check compass for proper lighting. binding. kinks.chaffing. J. D. F. C. Inspect wing/fuselage attaching bolts for proper torque and safetying and evidence of damage or corrosion. Check operationof pitothead heater. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION NOTE All control rigging checks should be made with the aircraft jacked and leveled and with the landing gear retracted. 9. discolored markings. Inspect control column and control wheels for full travel. B. F. proper pointer readings. lines. free-play. Inspecttubularstructurefor corrosionor damage (intedorpanelsand insulationmay requireremoval). Swing compass at annual inspection and after any new equipment has geen Installed. dents. travel. sha_ and stop nutsfor proper B. and secudty of installation. 12-98 5-20-06 15 . bellcranks. H. Check operation of high-and low-vacuum warning lights or vacuum gauges. push-pull tubes. security of link bolts. Inspect wing dbs and stringers for cracks and evidenceof damage or corrosion. Inspect altimeter for scale error. stdngers and doublers. 10. Inspect flap system for rigging. Inspect aileron system for damage corrosion. Check operation of cluster gauge.Checkoperationof landinglightor landing/taxi lights.

solenoid. Check operation of ignition switch. Inspect battery & battery connections for proper installation and cleanliness. N. Check operationof annunciatorlight pP. M. Chock operation of fuel gauges. and starter or obvious defects. (1) needle in green arc (8 to 12 AMPS -24-0001 thru 24-2999) and (2) fluctuation every 90 seconds as heating elements are switched.ss-to-test Inspect any installed equipment not covered by switch. 12. Make proper entdes in aircraft log book. Push switch =ON". 11. Observe aircraft ammeter on S/N 24-3000 thru 24-TBA for fluctuation as each boot cycles (8 AMPS -24-3000 thru 24-TBA). previousparagaraphsfor proper operation.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M2OJ SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL H. MISCELLANEOUS/OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT I. Flight check operation of stall warning horn. attachment J. observe prop de-ice ammeter for:. POST INSPECTION FLIGHT TEST K. Check operation of "Prop De-Ice" (if installed). 12-98 r . L. Flight check operation of landing gear position lights and warning horn. 5-20-06 16 Flight test the aircraft to verify correction of all malfunctions and abnormalities.

COMPONENT LnCATII3NS REMAIN BASICALLY UNCHANGED. 12-98 5-2O-O6 17 ..24-1417 27 . . ACCESS COVER IDENTIFICATION.._ 27 .. LUBRICATION & SERVICE GUIDE FIGURE 5-4 NOTE Access covers riveted in place during production need not be removed for routine inspections.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 13 -11 10 15-_ 27 J 19 31 27 19 27 15&16 14 \ G_ _ _24-0001 -. 24-1418 -thru24-TBA 28 27 _ WING ACCESS CnVERS MAY VARY BETWEEN MFI])EL YEAR AIRCRAFT.

..... 2 Engine Cowling .............. **** Replace No-back spring in Avionics Products (Ref.... _: .... Bellcranks . Q ... Bungees ..... _ ... .......... . NO.. .......................... Main GearGrease Fittings ........... ... . Bellcranks ............. _ .. . e/_ . . e ............... ................. ElectricGear ActuatorBall Screw..... ....... _ .... 1 ... Vacuum Pump . use Aeroshell 22. & ......... 100 100 100 100 50 100 100 100 100 50 AR/AR *** 100 1000 **** ..... Vacuum System Filters--Replace at . clean every 100 hrs.... .. . ** Change garter tilter on vacuum regulator every 100 hours.................... Stabilizer Trim Jack Screw/Actuator ........ 100 500 50 Nose Gear Grease Fittings ..... Universal Joints . HydraulicReservoir .......... _11... ............ ElectricGear Actuator Gear Box ......... _ .. RetractionTube Rod End Bearings _ ....... Tail Strobe Light Power Supply ........... ...... Control System Adjustments: Control Column Bearing Ball .... ....... . Elevator & Rudder Controls: ControlTube Rod End Bearings _ . ...... _ ....... SYMBOL * ..... SI M20-52B) & Plessy Actuators (Ref.. ... .... _ _ _: ]C ................ .Q RetractionTube Rod End Beadngs .....Battery Relay ............... 3 ............... _ ... Gear Door Rod End Bearings ..... ................. ........... ............... . Oxygen... LUBRICATION AND SERVICE GUIDE ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION ...... Rod End Beadngs ......... Z ............. Elevator & Rudder Controls: Control Tube Rod End Beadngs Bellcranks ..... High Pressure Fittings ...... Bungees .......... .......... SI M20-92) 5-20-07 18 12-98 ....... _. 100 100 100 . ....... AlternateAir Door Seals .. ....... ..... ® ....... _ Bellcranks........ If necessary to relubdcate..... Q ...... . *** No pedodic lubricant on Avionics Products #102000-1#2... ElectricGear ActuatorNo-back Spring ......... Change instrument filters at 500 hours....... ...... Flight Instruments Vacuum Regulator ...... Mobil 28 or MIL-G-81322 ONLY........... Bellcranks........ ... 4 .... INTERVAL (HRS) 500 ** 100 500 ** Q ................. .. ....... 100 100 50 50 100 100 1gO 100 100 * See last page of section for lubrication symbol legends... 6 ...................... ? . ELT Transmitter (14 Volt) .......... .......... .. LUBRICATION ... Turn Coordinator .. ]C .. .. ............ . . . Battery... ..... u ...........MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 5-20-07 -ACCESS COVER IDENTIFICATION... Gear Door Rod End Bearings. 5 .. ......... _ .. 13 . Guide Blocks .... Stabilizer Trim ControlShalt: UniversalJoints... ..... _ ...... 100 100 100 100 Q . .

100 100 9 .. ............ yl .... .. Rudder Pedal Cross Shall ............ }: .. _ . ........ 100 14 ....... ............. INTERVAL (HRS) 100 100 .... Stabilizer Trim Attach Point ... ........... Elevator & Rudder controls: Control Tube Rod End Beadngs Trim Assist Bungee Attach Point _lJ ......... (p 100 16 ... .............. Aileron Control Tube Rod End Beadngs .................... 100 100 _ }: .. 100 100 12 Aileron Control Tube Guide Blocks A .. Flap Indicator Cable ... 50 100 _ :_ _ _ :E :E ... 19 .. Control Tube Guide Blocks _ ....... :_ ......... Indicator Adjustment Point Stabilizer Trim Chain & Gear ............... Aileron Controls: Control Tube Rod End-Bearings Bell Cranks .......... 100 13 Main Gear Retraction Spdng/Bellcranks ...................... ....SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .. Electdc Flap Actuator Gear Box ............... 100 100 100 100 100 100 _ u ... .. .... .................... Fuel Selector Valve ...... 18 ................. Baggage Compartment Floorboard Assy........ _ . .... .... 100 100 5-20-07 19 . .......... ....... Hydraulic Brake Cylinder Pedal Linkage ..... Stabilizer Trim Screw & Stops ............ A .......... ........... ......... .. ......... . _F . . 100 11 .. 12-98 ................ Elevator & Rudder Controls: Control Tube Rod End Bearings Trim Assist Bungees ...... 7 Empennage Attach Points........ 100 W :_ _ :E _ .... . :E ............... . SYMBOL * ..... ........ 8 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION LUBRICATION ................... . Rudder-Aileron Bungee .. Elevator & Rudder Controls: Control Tube Rod End Beadngs Bellcranks . 17 .. :E ........ (Lube gearbox and ballscrew) Electric Flap Actuator Ball Screw .. O . 100 100 10 Aileron Control Tube Guide Blocks Z_ .. Nose Gear Steering Link ..... . . Outboard Flap Stops ....... _' M20J ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION ..... ................... ..... 100 100 15 .................... . . NO................. .......... Control Systems: Control Tube Rod End Beadngs Control Yoke (Lower Section) .. q) ........ Electric Boost Pump Gascolator ..... .... . ................ 100 100 100 100 500 8 ....... Guide Blocks ...... Wing Attach Points ......

... ........ 30 Remote CompassSender.. Cabin Door:...... .... Starter Drive .......... ... ..... ............ 250 100 50 ...................... .... . 100 : ..... AR '_ ...... . 20 ......... (] 27 ControlSurface Hinges _: ................. O ........ .. =3 .... ..... Latches Seals . ..... w ......... 100 100 1000 DESCRIPTION ............. 25 26 ..... ........ Brake PressurePlates AnchorBolts ShockDiscs.... ray . 9 _ . .... Aitemator Drive Bell ...... .. NO I......... . Oil FillerTube ... .... ..... Shock Absorber......... . ........................... ................ Hinges ....... .......... ... Cowl Flap Motor and IndicatorCable. ......... Elevator& RudderControlStops ..... 21 ........ (I 250 50 50 . Oil Dip Stick.......... 0 . Nose Wheel: Wheel Beadngs....... ......... 29 Propeller ...... 28 .......... LowTemperatureOil (General Purpose) Grease (AvionicsProducts) Grease (High Temperature) HydraulicFluid (Red) Graphite& MIL-G-3278 Grease or MIL-G-23827 PowderedGraphite Teflon Spray (Td-flow) or equivalenL .. Lock. Hinges ... i] ......... 100 20 Each Flight 100 .... ... Hold-OpenAnn . . ... Latches .... Wheels & Brakes: Wheel Beadngs..... .......... MIL-L-7870 MIL-G-81322 MIL-L-3545 MIL-H-5606 MIL-G-23827 A 5 LUBRICATION (HRS) _ 9 _ 5 .. 100 ....... ............... . Shock Discs............................ Baggage CompartmentDoor:.............. q_ . Engine Instruments Radios 23 24 .. SPEC..... Lock... 6 _ a 0 ........ .......... Seals .. ........... 31 32 Strobe LightPower Supply ... 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 V .. ..... 5-20-07 2O .................... 12-98 . D ..MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ITEM NO... ITEM DESCRIPTION .. INTERVAL _.. 22 ... SYMBOL * ................. a a 33 Speedbrake Cartridges SYMBOL MIL................. ........... LUBRICATION SYMBOL LEGEND ..... ELT Transmitter(28 Volt) ....

Lubdplate 797 . MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION MIL-T-27730 Aeroshell Grease NO......... F 0 Deg... 7 (On jackscrew and inside Actuator Bearing Housing) TAPE.. NO M2OJ .. F SAE 20W-50 SAE 20 SAE 60 SAE 40 or SAE 50 SAE 40 SAE 30. Oil and filter should be changed after 25 hours...... ¢P .... for Mobil AV1 approval) Graphite and Kerosene............. F 30 Deg....... Tetra fiuoroethylene (Permacel Tape Corp) GREASE (Dukes) .. Multi-viscosity oil........ F Below 10 Deg.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL SYMBOL MIL.... .. Continue to use mineral oil for 50 operating hours or after oil consumption has stabilized then change to oil conforming to Lycoming Specification 301F.. MOBIL # 27 .. MIL-G-23827.... to 70 Deg.... F Above 60 Deg..... Mineral Oil per MIL-L-6082 or Compounded Oil per MIL-L-22851 are approved when used per following Viscosity Chart below..... F SAE 60 SAE 50 SAE 40 SAE 30 g Deg........... is recommended.. r Stick Lubricant (Door Ease or Equivalent) Lubriplate 630AA (10% by Volume Molybdenum Disulfide Mixture Permissible) Seal Dressing Inspect TEXTRON-Lycoming Spec-No.... e ... MIL-L-6082... .£.. V .. \ 12-98 5-20-07 21 ....... NOTE Refer to Textron Lycoming Service instruction No... (See Lycoming SLL229A. fi . ® .... DESCRIPTION . VISCOSITY CHART Average Ambient Air Temperature MIL-L-6082 or SAEJ 1966 All Temperature MIL-22851 SAE 15W50 or SAE 2gw50 Above 80 Deg.. SPEC.... 301F.. SAE 40 or SAE 2gw-40 SAE 20W50 or SAE 15W50 SAE 30 or SAE 20W-30 NOTE Mooney Aircraft are delivered with the proper break-in oil... ( * ) = current revision or subsequent revisions.............. both Mineral and Additive........ to 90 Deg...... to 90 Deg....... 1014 ( * ) for lubricating oil recommendations...... ....

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J BLANK 5-20-07 22 12-98 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 6 DIMENSIONS AND AREAS .

...... 6-00-03 . 6-00-03 ............ 6-00-00 .......SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 6 DIMENSIONS AND AREAS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .......... 5 ...... 6-00-02.. 6-00-02 ...................... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS SUBJECT .......... 6-00-00 .................................................... 6-00-03 .. PAGE ...... 7 ..................... 6 ................................. 6-00-01.. 3 .. 12-98 PAGE 3 3 5 6 6-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ....... 6-00-00 . 6-00-03..... DATE 1/2BLANK .............. 4 .. Dimensions and Areas .... Aircraft. 6-Effectivity/Contents . 8 ............................. CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ... Aircraft Stations .....Specification .. Aircraft Dimensions .....

INLET OIL TEMP @ AMBIENT AIR TEMP: 2 qts.mineral (non-detergent) oil or equivalent corresponding to MIL-L-6082.4 IMP Gal.S.) SAE 50 SAE 40 SAE 30 SAE 40 or 50 SAE 40 20W-40 SAE 20 W SAE 20W-30 8 qts 7.I. F.I.S. 100 P.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 6-00-00 .S. Cylinders Rated Horsepower RPM Min.Above 60 Deg.5 U. LycomingSpec.DIMENSIONS AND AREAS ENGINE No. F. Deg. F. _ MAXIMUM Above 60 Deg. Allowable Recm'd Cruise 180 Deg. Gal.8 Liters) (55.S. F. Allowable (cold oil) Start & Warm up Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) Max. F.Fuel Octane Fuel CapacityTotal TEXTRON-Lycoming IO-360-AIB6D or IO-360-A3B6D or IO-360-A3B6 4 200 @ Sea Level 2700 100/130 or 100 LL. 149 to 232° C. 170 Deg. • Oil Pressure NormalOperation Idle. No. F. 4750 F. Below10 Deg.I. EngineModel . F.Below 10 Deg. 246° C.S. especially during cold weather operations. 0 to 70 Deg. 180 Deg. 0 to 70 Deg.57 Liters (LEVEL FLIGHT ONLY) NOTE Approved Multiviscosity oil is recommended. F. F.0 U. 160 Deg.) (242. Deg. 6-00-01 . Gal 1 Oil Specification Oil GradeNiscosity. 30to 90 Deg. F.4 Liters) (53. 2 REPLACEMENT FOR B2D34C212/78C DA-4 12-98 6-00-00 3 . F. 1 First 50 hours of operation . F. F.Minimum Max. 25 P. 301F Oil Capacity MinimumSafe Oil Level (251. PROPELLER PropellerMfg.3 IMP Gal. Useable 64. Deg. 66.AIRCRAFT SPECIFICATIONS EngineMfgr.F 30 to 90 Deg. F. Oil Grade/Niscosity. F. Type Model STANDARD McCauley ConstantSpee_d B2D34C214 _ OPTIONAL Hadzell (Optional) ConstantSpeed HC-C2YK-1BF 60-90 P. 300 to 450° F. 245 245 225 210 Deg.

5 Degree 5.5 (+/-) 0. after C/W S./2900 lb. CG Range E./544.03 cm 110.3 Deg. to W_ngTip G.{ 13.9(+A) 0. Aspect Ratio I.5" 114" 29" 35" 113.(S/N 24-1038 thru 24-3200.338 1.7 Ib/hp114.B. McCauley(C290D5/T17) High.5Ib. 24-3202 thru24-3217) 6-00-00 4 12-98 f . Pitch Angle (Low) Diameter @ 30 IN.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION PROPELLER (con't. Mean Aerodynamic Chord @ Wing Sta.5Deg. * 1040 lb./sq.56 cm 73.02 Kg/m'* 6./HP * 771 kg. PowerLoading METRIC/OPT/MISC 1700 lb. #198) Governor 14. * 473.9 cm 3 15. 2740 Ib. Taper Ratio (CS/CT) NAC632215 NAC641412 59.935 FUSELAGE: A./sq./1315kg. Max/73 In.3.14.18 inches 13.) STANDARD OPTIONAL Blade Pitch Angle (High) 90DHB-16E 33(+/-)9. GrossWeight C. Cabin Dimensions: (1) Height (2) Width (3) Length (4) (5) Cabin Cabin Door Door Width Height 44 5" 43.24-3218 thru 24-TBA & 24-1686 thru 24-3200.58 kg/HP* WINGS: A._. Low._ A. Approximate EmptyWeight B. Useful Lead D.5 Degree * SIN 24-3201. High-2g.3 Deg.59 Ib.0 In.4 lb. 2.* 76.5 (+/-) 0. Geometdc Twist (DEG) F.68 Ib/sq 11.(Eft.tl _/16. Wing Loading E.66 cm 88.83 D. Airfoil At Tip C. Min.2Dog.2Dog. 1243 kg.7% -1.0(+/-) 0. 74. STA. Airfoil At Root B. Dihedral angle (DEG) H.7 kg.27.4 to 28. Incidence Angle (DEG) From Sta 20. to31. 93.1 Deg.5 Degree 7.22kg/HP/6.* 16. F7666A-3Q 29../1209olb. 24-3202 thru 24-3217 when CANSL91-2 end MAC drawing 940071 is incorporated.ft* 13.58 kg/m=/81.5Deg.g.1(+/-) . 73 Inches McCauley AIRFRAME .49 cm 289.2Deg.

Ft. 13.476 Cu.4 sq. Ft. M.725 sq. Wing B. 16. Landing Gear. It.25 sq. 1.Nose (6-Ply Rating (6) Tire Size-. It.00 x 6 Nose .07 cm 10 lbs 4. Hodzontal Stabilizer G.9 sq. Baggage Compartment: (1) MAX. meters 1. meters 0. 120 Ibs 17. M .581 meters 174. Wing Span B.433 Cu. 6. StabilizerSpan AREAS: A.73 cm 5. 17" 43. meters 0. Flaps D. 11.3 Cu. Fuselage Length C.00 x 5 (TYPE III) 6.0 Cu. ft. (TYPE Ill) 36'1''4 10. 17.54 kg Tdcycle Retractable Electrical 9' 2" 5'11 9116" 279. It.43 kg 0. Rudder F.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION VV'I'S& LOADINGS: (cont. meters 21. Ft. :_.TBA) 54.) B.4 cm 181.5 sq.. meters 0. (24-0001 thin 24-3153) 15. meters 1. Vertical Fin E.238 sq. 7.518 sq.663 sq.5" 52. meters 1. It.in.52 meters 1.Main (6-Ply Rating) (7) Tire Pressure. (24-3154 thru 24..059 sq. Loading (2) Baggage Space (3) Baggage Door Width (4) Baggage Door Height (5) Hat Rack Capacity C. . Tail Height D.AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS A.-(8) Tire Pressure-6-00-02 M20J STANDARD SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL . (1) Type (2) Operation (3) Wheel Track (4) Wheel Base (5) Tire Size-.9 sq.49 Ibs/sq.in.18 cm 20.900 sq.998 meters 24'8" 8'4" 11'9" 7.786 sq. Ailerons C.0 sq.30 Ibs/sq. Main . ft.321 meters 3.208 sq. Elevators 4 Prior to SIN 24-1038--35'0" 12-98 6-00-02 5 .

-.8cm) i 24--0001 Thru 24--3153 _I _ I 9' P" _ ( 279..4 cr_ ) PRINCIPAL AIRCRAFT 6-00-03 6 _ = 24-3154 Thru _/INGS TBA I _RAM AIR DELETED ON SIN 24-3154 THRU 24-TBA I DIMENSIONS .i.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 6-00-03 . I h 11'9" (358.1cm) -_ I 36" 1" (1099..16.FIGURE 6-1 12-98 ..AIRCRAFT MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION STATIONS (751.i.BcFO 24' 8 ° •= • (18 (254c_) I 5.I _181'73_ I .1.. I1.9.

3 7 5 STA 3.50 STA 59.) 12-98 6-00-03 7 .25 STA 24.5.00 STA STA .50 STA 164.FIGURE 6-3 NOTE The datum line station e.:'1.0 is 5 inches aft of the nose gear trunnion pivot point.00 STATIONS SMK-6-3 FUSELAGE STATIONS .97 M20J STA 147.75 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL STA 103.68 STA 199.00 STA 130.2 ST A 24-3000 THRU 24-3078 -. (Reference Figure 8-1.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION STA 210.00 STA 88.50 FIGURE 6.00 FUSELAGE STA 53.80 -5.50 193.

75 STA 5.0 I STA 52.50 STA 25.75 M20J STA 42.25 z_ EMPENNAGE STATIFINS SMK6-4 EMPENNAGE 6-00-03 8 STATIONS -FIGURE 6-4 12-98 .25 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION STA 4.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL STA G7.43 STA 42.25 STA 70.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 7 LIFTING AND SHORING .

................ PAGE ....... 7-10-00 .. 7-10-00 ....... 3 4 DATE ...................... 7-Effectivity/Contents ..... 1/2BLANK ........SERVICEAND MAINTENANCEMANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFTCORPORATION CHAPTER7 MFTINGAND SHORING LISTOF EFFECTIVEPAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT . CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT . ..... Jacking ... 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS SUBJECT ...... 12-98 PAGE 3 7-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK . 7-10-00 ..................

While holding jack point in place. raise jack to firmlycontactjack point. NOTE It is not recommendedto use tail-tie down fitting during jacking process to lift nose wheel off ground. CAUTION Do not leave aircraft on jacks for extended periods of time with a tail stand in place. Use standardaircraft jacks at both wing hoist points (wing tiedown eyebolt receptacles) outboard of the main gears. The wing jack may bleed down. Use a yoke-flame jack under propeller to lift the nose. 4. CAUTION When lowering aircraft on jacks. keeping wings as nearly level as possible. Raise aircraft. Wheels not being raised should be chocked fore and aft. 5. 3. Jacks should be on hard surface. Secure safety lockson eachjack. 12-98 7-1O-00 3 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 7-10-00 -JACKING When it is necessary to raise the aircraft off the ground: CAUTION Do not raise the aircraft on jacks out of doors when wind velocity is over 10 MPH. 1. Install jack points in fiedown mounting holes outboard of each main gear. 2. putting excessive loads on the front jack point and tail cone. CAUTION Do not place jack directly on propeller de-icing boots. bleed off pressure on all jacks simultaneously and evenly to keep aircraft level as it is lowered. CAUTION Individual wheels may be raised without raising the entire aircraft. Cushion with a layer of 3/8 inch thick hard rubber or equivalent.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION / BLANK 7-10-00 4 12-98 .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 8 LEVELING AND WEIGHING .

......................SERVICEAND MAINTENANCEMANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFTCORPORATION CHAPTER8 LEVELINGAND WEIGHING UST OF EFFECTIVEPAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .... 8-Effectivity/Contents . 3 • • * 4 ........... 8-00-00 ... o 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLEOF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ..... SUBJECT Leveling ... Weight and Balance.......... DATE • • • • ........... • ......... 8-00-00 i • * 8-00-01 PAGE ...... • i 1/2BLANK .. 8-00-01 . 12-98 PAGE 3 3 8-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ... .....

Position a 2000-pound capacityscale undereach of the three wheels. Level aircraft as described in Section 8-00-00 and centernose wheel. 7. Weigh the aircraft. 12-98 8-00-00 3 . Ground aircraft and drain fuel tanks per Section 12-10-02. Add unusable fuel to each tank. . Markthe pointof intersection. Level aircraft laterally (wing tip to wing tip by placing Spirit. Measurethe horizontaldistancefrom the reference point to main wheel axle center line. 2. 24-0085 thru 24-0900 and leveling screws SIN 24-0084. 6.WEIGHT AND BALANCE To weigh the aircraft select a level and draft free work area. 4. Front seats must be in the full forward position when weighing.Level the aircraft by increasingor decreasingair pressurein the nosewheel tire. 9. 24-0901 & ON.LEVELING Placea spiritlevel onaccess the skindoor spliceor levelingscrews above the tailcone when leveling the aircraft longitudinally. 2.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 8-00-00 M20J . Measure horizontaldistancefrom center line of nose wheel axle to centerlineof mainwheel axles. 10. Fill oilto capacity(8 quarts). then: 1. (see applicable P'lot'sOperat ng Handbook for a rcraft be'ng serv=ced for properquantityof unusablefuel). Locate centerline of the main wheel axles in the same manner. 5.) (See FIGURE 8-1) 8-00-81 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 8. Find reference point by dropping a plumb-bob from center of nosegear trunion(retractingpivotaxis) to the floor. 3.Level oncenterseattracksin frontofspar.(Use skin splice SIN 24-0001 thru 24-0083. Checkfor installationof all equipmentas listedin the Weightand BalanceRecord.

0) LEVEL REF. CG Aft of Datum (Station0)." LM/R _ LM/N WN WR _a/L __ _ MEASUREMENTS LM/R INCHES LM/N INCHES WEIGHT AND BALANCE DIAGRAM . Record weights and measurements and compute basic weight and CG as follows: Lc/G = LM/R. REF. -Distancefrom Center Nose Gear Tmnion to Center of Main Wheel Axles (Hodzontal) (LM/R) IN.5 .LM _ a. Resultof Computation Above (a. IN. (SKIN SPLICE DR STA._-5) __ II I"--LCC LM L" -'-'----.. Total Weight of Aircraft N.ht CG) (LC/G) NOTE: Empty weight includes unusable fuel and full oil and is computed with gear down and flaps up.PDINT (NOSE GEAR TRUNNION REFERENCE ]]ATUM(STA. Distancefrom Nose Gear Trunion to Datum -- LBS. -:DistanceBetween Main and Nose Wheel Axle Centers (LM/N) 5 IN.) CONSTANT = (LM) = IN.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 11. CG (FUS STA) Distance Aft of Datum (Empty Weig.FIGURE 8-1 8-00-01 4 12-98 . CG Forwardof Main Wheels (Wr) (LM) IN. CG Forward of Main Wheels LBS Weight of Nose X (WN) b.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 9 TOWING AND TAXIING .

.............. 9-10-00 .... PAGE 3 3 3 3 9-EFF/CONTENTS I/2BLANK .. Warmup and Taxiing. Emergency Procedures .... ........ ...................... 12-98 ............ PAGE .... 4 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS SUBJECT Ground Handling ...... 9-20-00 ....SERVICEAND MAINTENANCEMANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFTCORPORATION CHAPTER9 TOWING AND TAXIING LIST OF EFFECTIVEPAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ........................ 9-Effestivity/Contents 9-00-00 9-30--00 CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT . 8 ..... 9-00-00 ...... 9-30-00 ......... DATE 1/2BLANK ...... Towing ...

(Refer to Pilots OperatingHandbook) 2. Towing by tractor or other powered equipmentis not recommended. push by hand: (1) on the wing leadingedges. Maximum allowable damage to nose gear leg assembly is 1132inch dent. and (2) on the inboardportion of propeller blades adjacent to the propeller hub. electrical. 12-98 9-00-00 3 . Use a towbar for moving the aircraft. turn all fuel. B.In the event of an electricalfire. G. Open throttleto FULL.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 9-00-00 . Checkengineinstrumentsfor sluggishresponseto enginecontrolmovements. Check operation of gyro instruments and turn coordinatorduringturns. Turn fuel selector handleto OFF. 5. or when assistance in movingthe aircraft is required. F. Make sure that only a fire extinguisherapproved for electricalfires is used. When no towbar is available. Engine Fire During Starting. H. Start and warmup engine. Exceeding thecause turn limits shown onof the turn indicator may structural damage. Pushcabinheat controlto OFF. E. While taxiing. In case of fire in wheel well (or in the cabin or fuselage area). 3. One man can move the aircraft providing the ground surface is relatively smooth and the tires are properlyinflated. Continuecrankingenginewith starter. 9-20-00 . (3) Callfor fire-fightingequipment. protect all electrical circuits(exceptthe ignition-startercircuits). C.WARMUP AND TAXIING Before attempting to warmup or taxi the aircraft. ground personnelshould be checked out by qualified pilotsor otherresponsiblepersonnel. Closecowlflaps. CUTOFF.EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 1. A. Turn MASTER switchOFF.that automaticallyinterruptthe flowof power when an overload or short circuit occurs.and ignitioncontrolsto the OFF position beforeevacuatingthe aircraftto extinguishthe flames. If fire is not extinguished. (2) Discharge fire extinguisher into engine compartment throughnose cowlopeningsand through cowlflap openings. immediatelyturn off the master/alternator field switch. Taxi forward a few feet and check brake effectiveness. 4. make shallow turns to test nose gear steering. Circuit breakers (or circuit-breaker switches). D. 1. The towbar attaches to the nose gear crossbar. CAUTION Exercise care nottoturn the nose wheel past its normal swivel angle of 14 degrees either side center. Fuselage or Wheel Well Fire.GROUND HANDLING 9-10-00 -TOWING M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 9-30-00 . 3.proceed as follows: (1) Turn electricalswitchesOFF. Set mixturecontrolat IDLE. 2. Electrical Fire.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J BLANK 9-30-00 4 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 10 PARKING AND MOORING .

........SERVICEAND MAINTENANCEMANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFTCORPORATION CHAPTER10 PARKINGAND MOORING UST OF EFFECTIVEPAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ......... Returnto Service.......................... 10-10-00 ... General.... 10-00-00 ....... Storage (Prolonged) . 4 .... 10-20-00 .. PAGE ........................ 10-00-00 ... 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ........ 10-10-03 .. 10-10-03 ............ lO-Effectivity/Contents......... 10-10-01 ............ Mooring .......... SUBJECT ........................ Storage (Flyable)........ Parking.. 10-10-02 ........ DATE 1/2 BLANK ..................... 12-98 PAGE 3 3 3 3 4 4 IO-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK . 8 .

16. Shut engine downand remove spark plugs. and block up the wheels. 6. 9. 5.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 10-00-00 M20J . engine cowl openings. Attach warning placards if preservation procedures make engine inoperable. After engine run. rotate wheels to a new position at least once each 30 days to prevent fiat-spotting the tires. 12. When all cylindershave been sprayed. Keep fuel tanks filled at least one-half full to minimize moisture condensation. Maintain an propellerthrough.then. Start engine and run at 1000 RPM for five minutes. Install protective covers over pitot head. The following precautionary measures are recommended for keeping the aircraft serviceable and ready-to-fly. Maintain a good wax finishon all exterior surfaces.Remove battery. 10-10-01 . Keep battery fully charged. Run engine (minimum of 15 minutes at 1500 RPM) until oil temperature reaches normal operating range. 1. For maximum protection.Tape or coverallopenings. 15. do not drain the injectoralter flushing. 12-98 10-00-00 3 .PARKING 5. 3. charge fully. While motodng engine with starter. and store in a cool place. paragraph 10-20-00 for mooring 2. Installdehydratorplugsin spark plugholes.STORAGE (PROLONGED) The parkingbrakes are set by applyingthe brakes and pulling out on the parking brake knob. CAUTION Do not set parking brakes when they are overheated or slush when accumulation cold weather could moisture and in the freeze brake CAUTION Do not exceed starter operating limits when motoring engine. 8. See appropdate TEXTRON-LYCOMING Service Bulletin for engine preservation. Attach a warningtag to one of the blades stating that propelleris notto be rotated. When parkingthe aircraft. 18. placewheel chocks fore and aft of the main wheels.etc. NOTE There is no need to depress the brake pedals to relieve the pressure in the lines during release of parking brake control.staticports. CAUTION If weight is not removed from tires. The parking brakes may be usedfor short-durationparking. 11. 4. There are three tiedown points on the aircraft. the following steps are recommended for protection: knob.STORAGE (FLYABLE) Outdoor storage requires adequate moodng and tiedown facilities. Do not set parking brakes when aircraft down. 1.Drainall fuel from fuel injecto[. 17. 6. pumpoil into the fuel injector at five PSI untilinjector is full.Lubricate aircra_ in accordancewith instructions givenin the LubricationGuide. mechanism.Attach a warning tag to the throttle control in cockpitstatingthat engine has no lubdcatingoil.Cap ignitionharnessleads. . of hot preservativeoil. position propellerhorizontallyand resprayeach cylinderwithout movingpropeller.Drainpreservativeoilfrom sump. 14. pressurize the fuel system (turn electric fuel boost pump on) push mixture controlto R CH. Refer to instructions. 2. spray each cylinder(throughspark plug holes)with approximately 2 oz. 13.GENERAL SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 10-10-02 . Refer to paragraph 10-20-00 for mooring instructions. 7. 10-10-00 3. and open throttle half way to fill the fuel injector with fuel. oil film on internal pads. frequentlypullthe Runengine enginefor 15 minutes at 1500 RPM (or until oil temperature normalizes)once every seven days.Raise aircraft to remove weight from the tires. hangar is thetied aircraft during severe weather and high winds. 4. 10. one on each wing outboard of main gear (fledown rings are to be threaded into built in receptacles) and the tail skid/Uedownfitting onthe aft end ofthetailcone. Release the brakes by pushing in on the parking brake control if the aircraftis to be stored for an extended period of time. Drain engine oil sump and refillthe sump with a preserative oil (Socony Aurex 901 or equivlent) preheated between 200 and 220 degrees F.

Check tire inflation. Installtiedown rings in wing receptaclesoutboard 8. Clean and check oil temperaturebypass valve. 1. 15. 7. Lock controls by looping right front seat safety belt through the control wheel and drawing belt snug. Remove warningplacards (if any). Check fuel tank vents for obstruction. Clean and checkoil pressurerelief valve. 6. 10-20-00 .and drain If the aircraft has been storedfor an extended period of time. Remove dehydrator plugs and install spark plugs. Tie the center of a rope to tail skid tiedown ring and anchor rope ends to ground stakes at either side oftaU. 9. 5. Check and clean fuel injector nozzles and screens. 13. it is advisable to perform a 50-hour periodic inspectionalter completionof the following preliminary steps: t. Remove blocksfrom wheels. Clean and reinstall engine air-inlet filter. Fill engine sump with proper grade of lubricating oil. 6. Clean engine oilsuctionand pressurescreens. 5. 16.MOORING When mooringthe aircraftout of doors: 3. Remove tape and coversfrom openings. 3.Allowa littleslackin eachtiedown rope. Place chocksfore and alt of each mainwheel. Head aircraftintothe wind. Check and install battery. Driveofstakes ground outboard each inmain gearapproximatelythree and to either sidefeet of tailskid. attach a rope to the nose gear and anchor to a ground stake. 12-98 . Drain oil from fuel injector. Check ignition hamess. See appropriateTEXTRON-Lycoming Service Bulletinfor servicingof the engine. 4. 2. 2. For additional security. sumpsto removemoistureand sediment. 11. 12. 10.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 10-10-03 M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION -RETURNING TO SERVICE 14.tiedown Tie a 600-pound tensiletostrength rope to each ring and anchor ground stake. 7. 10-10-03 4 of each mainwing gear. 4. Complete50-hour and preflightinspections. Replace engineei[filter.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 11 ! PLACARDS AND MARKINGS .

. 3 ...../Contents .. PAGE ...Exterior/Interior.................... 11-00-00 ................. Markings ....... 11-00-00 ............... DATE 1/2BLANK ......................... 4 ... Placards. 11-20/30-00 .... 11-10-00 .. 12-98 ..... 11-Effect.......... General .......SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 11 PLACARDS AND MARKINGS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER BEC'IION SUBJECT ... 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ........ PAGE 3 3 3 11-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ... SUBJECT ........... 11-20/30-00 ...............

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 11-19-00 .PLACARDS. EXTERIOR/INTERIOR All requiredplacards and their locations.GENERAL FAA requiredplacardsand markings.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 11-00-00 M20J .both interior and exterior. are listed in Section II of the FAA Approved Flight Manual and Pilot's Operating Handbook. 11-20/30-00 . When an airplane has been painted inspect all placards to assure that they are not obscured by paint. 12-98 11-00-00 3 .MARKINGS The exteriorpaint schemes for the various model year aircraft are depicted in the M20J Illustrated Parts Catalog. NOTE All placards should be inspected for proper location readability and security during ma ntenance actions.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J BLANK 11-20/30-00 4 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 12 SERVICING SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

.... Induction Air Filter ................................................ 12-10-04 ..................... Replenishing ................ Battery ............... Cleaning ....... 12-98 PAGE 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 12-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ............................... Engine Oil ....... 12-20-06 ..... 6 ....... Servicing Intervals ...... 12-20-02 12-20-03 . Brake Reservoir .. 8.................. 12-20-05 ................./Contents 12-00-00 ........ 12-20-06 . Oxygen System ...... 12-20-06 ... 12-10-04 . PAGE ............. 12-20-04 ................ Tires & Wheels ... ....... SUBJECT . 12-10-02 ................ ......... 12-10-03 ...... 7 ............. 12-00-00 .... 12-98 8-93 5-93 5-93 12-98 5-93 5-93 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ....... 3........ Fuel Tanks .................................... Hydraulic Brake ..... Fuel Drains ...... 12-Eff....... ..........................SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 12 SERVICING LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ... Servicing . DATE 1/2BLANK ................. 12-00-01 ...... 12-20-00 ............ 12-20-00 ......... 12-20-05 .......... 5... 4..... 12-20-01 . 12-10-00 12-10-01 ........ Scheduled Servicing ..

B. Repeat steps(3) and (4)to drain other tank. siphoning fuel through the filler ports. (2) Connectto outputfittinga flexible linethatwill reach fuel receptacle. Switch fuel selector valve handle to R and pull fuel drain valve controldng for 10 seconds. The fuel gascolator is at the lowest point in the fuel system and has a drain valve operated by a controlon the floor in the cabin. 12-10-03 -ENGINE OIL Check engine oil level after engine has been stopped long enough for oil to drain back into sump. dusty atmospheric conditions.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION - 12-00-00 -SERVICING 12-00-01 .To drain the fuel selactorvalve: A. A. Use the small plasticcup furnishedwith the flyaway kitto drain the fuel sumps. After draining. NOTE When defuefing using removable tank quick drains it is only necessary to remove the drains and to operate the gascolator drain. Separation of the gascolator and the selector does not change fuel drain procedures. To defuelthe aircraftusingfuel boostpump: (1) Disconnectfuel line from electric boost pump outlet atthe f'_ng forward ofthe firewall. and remove filler capfrom fuel fillerport.FUEL DRAINS A fuel-drain valve is located in the aft inboardcomer of each tank to provide for drainage of moisture and sediment. 12-98 12-00-00 3 . Fuel tanks may be drained by pumping fuel out with the electric fuel boost pump. 12-10-02 WARNING During cold weather operation. Check vents for obstruction before each flight. be sure fuel drain valve control is returned to the closed position and the valve is not leaking outsidethe aircraft. B and C above. Approved products and engine oil viscosity requirementsare shown in Chapter 5-20-07. Fuel Selector Drain.) WARNING Ground the aircraft and fuel service vehicle. Drainwing tank and selector valvesumpsor gascolatorbeforethe firstflight of the day and after each fuel service to inspect for water and/ororcontamination. however. (Fuel capacityis given in SECTION 6. Switch fuel selector valve handleto L and pull fuel drain valve controlringfor 10 seconds. A. or removing tank quick drainvalves. The specified intervals (refer to Chapter 5) are considered adequate to meet average requirements under normal operating conditions. or unusual operating requirements. The fuel selector is located aft of the console on the floor and the gascolator is located to the left of the fuel selector. NOTE SIN 24-0378 & ON. high humidity and moisture. Groundor servicing nozzle to wing. WARNING After servicing the aircraft with fuel. either straight mineral (MIL-L-6082) or compounded(TEXTRON LycomingSpec. The oil fillercap accessdoor is locatedin the top cowling. WARNING Each fuel tank is vented to the atmosphere at its outboard aft corner. (3) Turn fuel selector valve to the tank to be drained..Any lubricating oil. The gascolator (fuel drain) is separate from the fuel selector. 1. Permit no smoking open flame within 50 feet of aircraft or vehicle. . . 2. (5) To completelydrain fuel system also drain wing sumps and the fuel gascolator valve sump until fuel stopsrunning.suchas extreme temperature ranges. unimproved airport facilities. to shortenserviceand maintenanceintervals when operating under abnormal environmental conditions.Continue draining until (4) Tum on fuel boost pump untiltank is empty.SERVICING INTERVALS M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL C. frequently check fuel selector drain for ice formation by repeating procedures 1. 301F) or MIL-L-22851are acceptable for use after break-in period. Dafueling.REPLENISHING 12-10-01 -FUEL TANKS Keep fuel tanks at least half filled to minimize condensation and moisture accumulation in tanks. WARNING Allow no smoking or open flame within 50 feet of the defueling area. Ground the aircraft and fuel container during all defueling operations. It is extremely important to thoroughly BLEND the isopropyl alcohol in with the fuel supply in quantities not to exceed 1% of the total by volume. vent openings are on the lower wing surface. free of water contamination. wait at least five minutes for moisture and sediment to settle before draining and checking both the fuel tank sumps and the fuel selector valve drain. It is advisable. 12-10-00 NOTE Isopropyl Alcohol may be added to fuel tanks. No.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J CAUTION The terms "detergent". change oil and filter element each 25 HOURS. contains approximately 76 cubic feet of aviators breathing oxygen (SpecificationsNo. Drain straightmineraloilfrom engine. Do not mix additive oil and straight mineral oil. Oil Recommendations for New-Engine or Newly Overhauled Engine Break-In. New or newly overhauledengines should be operated on aviationgrade straight mineral oil during the first 50 hours of operation or until oil consumption has stabilized. after several hundred hours of operation on straight mineral oil. Do not operate engine longer than five hours beforeagainchangingoil. The oil sump is equipped with a quick drain fitting.On aircraft equippedwith either an internalor external oil filter. 3. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DEGREES F FILLING PRESSURE PSIG AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DEGREES F FILLING PRESSURE PSIG O 10 20 30 40 1650 1700 1725 1775 1825 50 60 70 80 90 1875 1925 1975 2000 2050 OXYGEN PRESSURE VS TEMPERATURE TABLE FIGURE 12-1 12-10-04 4 12-98 . If the engine is in an extremely dirty condition. Resume normal oil drain periodsafter sludgeconditionsimprove. These products may damage the engine and therefore. the recommended engine oil change intervals is at 50-HOUR FLIGHT OPERATION INTERVALS• If an enginehas been operating on straight mineral oil for several hundred hours. "additive". Change oil and replace oil filter element every 10 HOURS if sludgeis evident. These terms do not refer to such materials commonly known as "top cylinder lubricant". Pressure vs. : WARNING Oil. 2. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION When changing from straight mineral oil to additive or compounded oil.the switchto additive oil should be deferred until after engine has been overhauled. Under no circumstances should automotive oil be used. Check oilfilterfor evidence of sludge. when fully charged. MIL-O-27210). since such oils could cause engine damage. often when conditions 12-10-04 . and such contact must be avoided when handling oxygen equipment. grease or other lubricants in contact with oxygen create a serious fire hazard. changefilterand fillwith additiveoil. or when flights have been of short duration with prolonged idling time.OXYGEN SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) The oxygen cylinder. Temperature Table. Recharging of this oxygen cylinder should be accomplished by using the appropriate Scott rechargingfittings to the pressure shown on (Figure 12-1). should not be used.The aircraft is delivered from Mooney with • i_roperbreak-in oil (MIL-L-6082) or SAE 20W-50 Type OIL CHANGING RECOMMENDATIONS. NOTE During periods of prolonged operation in dusty areas or in cold climates. and "compounded" used in this manual are intended to refer to a class of aviation engine lubricating oils to which certain substances have been added to improve them for aircraft use. "dopes" and "carbon remover" which are sometimes added to fuel or oil. or morewarrant. take the following precautionarysteps: 1. a change to additive oil shouldbe undertaken with caution.

225 to avoid freezing. then agitate filter back and forth for two to five minutes to free filter element of deposits. line kinks. The dry-typefilter can usuallybe washed six to eight times within 500 hours or one yearbefore replacement is necessary. requiring valve removal and cylinder cleaning and inspection at an FAA approved repair stations. Discard a rupturedfilter or brokengasket. 3. If damage is evident. 12-20-03 . Dry filter thoroughly. 9. or oil. 4. A clean filter promotesfuel economyand longer engine life. Cover entire filter area withairjet.After adding water in freezing weather. Do not use light or air above 180 deg. Keep battery electrolyte above a specific gravity of 1.i. continue with cleaning steps 4 through 7. 2. chargebattery long enoughto mix electrolyte and water. 12-20-00 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 1. Direct a jet of air against down or clean side of filter (opposite to normal airflow). NOTE If filter shows an accumulation of carbon. t 2-20-02 . Keep air nozzle at least two inches from filter element. CAUTION Battery gases may be explosive. 7. Check battery box for corrosion and spl[led electrolyte. Rinse filter element with a stream of clean water until rinse water is clean. cuts. coat terminals with petroleum jelly a_er cleaning and tightening them. and wipe clean with a dry cloth. replace filter with new one. do not allow bicarbonate of soda to enter battery cells . Prior to reconnection the system should be checked for leaks with leak testing compound (MIL-L-25567). 5. Below this pressure atmospheric contamination of the cylinder may occur.Any time fittings are disconnected on the oxygen system the threads should be treated with tetrafluoroethylene tape (MIL-T-17720). and batterybox.i. CAUTION Do not usa a compressor unit with a nozzle pressure greater than 100 p. CAUTION When cleaning. Use only hydraulic fluid (red). 6. After cleaning. 8. (Refer to Chapter6-00-01. Frequently check the brake reservoir for proper fluid level. Soak filter in nonsudsing detergent for 15 minutes. Check electrolyteand service battery as required. Check wheel bearings for condition and lubrication. Remove battery box cover. Rinse battery with clean water. See Chapter 12-20-05 for locations. SCHEDULED SERVICING 12-20-01 -INDUCTION AIR FILTER The importanceof keeping the inductionair filterclean cannotbe overemphasized. To retard corrosion. The alternate air should just start to open when a force of 3-4 pounds is applied. Checkvalve stems for evidence of tire slippageor pulling. Reinstall filler in aircrafl making sure of proper sealingand secodty. Inspect for damage or ruptures by holding before a light. To clean the dry-type induction air filter:. etc. Checktires for wear.TIRES AND WHEELS Keep the tires at recommendedair pressure. 4. 5. Do not fill reservoir above two inches belowfiller port. Check induction air door through lower front cowling opening for good working order. 2. 12-20-04 .BRAKE RESERVOIR 4.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J NOTE The oxygen cylinder should not be run down to less than 100 p. and check alternate air door inside the lower cowling at the induction air box for proper operation. 1. Remove filter element. 3. soot. if no leaks are found wipe the system clean and dry. CAUTION Do not fill reservoir while parking brake is set.and bruises. use a solutionof bicarbonateof soda and clean water to neutralizecorrosionand spilledelectrolyte. 1.To cleancables.s. 3. per specification MIL-H-5606.BATrERY Service the battery with distilled water to maintain electrolyteabove plates. F. 2. for filter drying. inspect filter and gasket for damage.terminals. 12-98 : 12-20-00 5 .s. Check battery ram air and vent for obstruction. Check wheelsfor damage. . To service the battery: NOTE Refer to Section 35-00-00 for periodic bottle pressure check.permanent damage will result if soda mixes with electrolyte.

1. D. ie. 3. E. 6. Check for air bubbles at end of drain line immersed in fluid. To bleed oppositebrake. CAUTION When fuel. Treat the area with bicarbonate of soda solution followed by thorough washing with a mild aircraft detergent solution. . Therefore. Remove grease or oil with a soft clothsaturated in kerosene. C.Rinse away soapfilm. acetone. Clean windows and windshields with an antistaticplexiglascleaner. or other fluid Containing dye is spilled on painted surfaces. Apply an exterior-finishwax recommended for protectionof urethaneenamel. repeat steps3 through 5. 11. Depress brake pedals to check for sponginess. 1. To remove heavy oxidationfilm. 7. Fluid in hydraulicservice unitshould be free of air pdor to servicingaircraft system. NOTE Brake pedal may need to be pulled back in order for fluid to bleed back into reservoir.HYDRAULIC BRAKE (Bleeding) CAUTION Fluid in the wheel cylinders may be under high pressure due to expansion. be sure parking brakes are released prior to beginning hydraulic system servicing. CAUTION Never use gasoline. pitot head. Check brake linings for excessive wear and properinstallation. 12-98 . depress co-pilot's brake pedals to repositionbrake shuttle valve. For best results. WINDSHIELDS. benezene. and nose sectionto reducedrag and abrasion. depress _ilot's brake pedals to reposition shuttle valve while eing bled. CAUTION Do not use so called "mild" household detergents to wash aircraft exterior. 9. Check cabin and baggage door mechanism for goodworkingorder. Apply a heavy coating of wax to leading edges of wings. Such detergents may damage finish and corrode aluminum components. C. 10. then proceedwithbleedingthis side.Refer to Section32-40-04 for Brake Removaland inspectionProcedures. Flush away spilled battery electrolyte immediately with water. Immerse open end of drain line in a hydraulicfluid container. Never wipe while dry. Lower fluid level in reservoirto two inches below fillerport. 12-20-06 B. Cleanliness enhances the appearance of an aircraft and reduces the probabilityof corrosion. E. Remove hydraulic fluid reservoir filler plug. Flush windshield and windows with water pdor to wiping. cover brake discs. Wash exterior with a mild aircraft detergent in coolwater. or household window cleaning sprays on windows or windshields. EXTERIOR A. 3. 4. Resistance should be solid and even when brake pedalsare depressed.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J 12-20-05 . remove it at once to prevent staining. Remove drain line from reservoir. ENGINE COMPARTMENT Cleanliness is a major prerequisite to adequate inspectionand maintenance of an aircraft. Such solvents will soften or craze the plexiglas surface. Check door seals for damage that could cause leakage. WINDOWS AND DOORS A.close wheel cylinderbleedervalve and remove serviceline. 2. and static ports. Use only mild aircraft detergent and cool water when washing exterior during the first 90 days after repainting. and installa suitable fittingfor attachinga flexibledrain line to the reservoirfiller port. When fluidflow is clear of air bubbles. On aircraft with dual brakes and shuttle valves. Reinstallfiller plug. Feed fluid from service unit into brake system.CLEANING NOTE Minor scratches or abrasions may be polished out by using plexiglas resurfacing kits. empennage. Flush away loosedirt and mud. 12-20-05 6 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION Accumulation of dirt and oil within the engine compartment creates a fire hazard and hampers inspection. Micro-Mesh. 5. D. On aircraft with dual brakes. 8. Before washing aircraft exterior. fire extinguisher fluid. 2. use a pre-wax cleaner. carbon tetrachloride. CAUTION Do not apply wax or use pre-wax cleaners during initial paint curing period. hydraulic fluid. B. lacquer thinner. Allow pressurizedpot to set 10-12 hours to dissapate air from fluid pdor to bleedingbrake lines. de-icer fluid. use a hydraulic pressure service unit (pressure pot) to back bleed the system through the wheel cylinderbleedervalves. and a soft cleaning cloth or chamois. available from aircraft accessory suppliers. Attach pressudzed hydraulic fluid service unit to wheel cylinder bleeder valve and open valve.

12-20-06 7 . When using commercial cleaning and finishing compounds. dry them thoroughly. Frequently vacuum seats.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J A. Clean leather or vinyl upholstery and panels with a mild aircraftdetergent. upholstery panels. Clean with a slight damp cloth. keep foam as dry as possible and rub in circles.and headlinersto remove surfacedust and dirt. Most poslishes contain solvents harmful to vinyl.and dry with a softcloth. rugs. B. CABIN INTERIOR Use normal household cleaning practices for routine interiorcare. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove foam. Do not use alcohol or strong solvents on interior plastics. B. leather. carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions. Dry engine cowling and engine compartment afterwashing. Never saturate fabrics with solution which could damage the backing and padding materials. 4. Wash down engine cowling and engine compartmentusinga nonflammablesolvent. 12-98 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CAUTION Never apply furniture polish to interior furnishings. A. To minimize wetting of carpets. Do not allow carpets to remain damp. and plastic materials can be used to remove stains and to condition the entire interior. NOTE Foam-type shampoos and cleaners for vinyl. Spray-on dry cleaners are also recommended.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ BLANK 12-20-06 8 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES .AIRFRAME .

.... 20-00-02 ......... 4 ... SUBJECT ....... 5 ...... 12-98 PAGE 3 3 5 7 2O-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ...... 20-00-03 ..... 3 .. 20-00-03 ... 7 ........... 20-00-02 ... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .... 20-00-02 ......AIRFRAME LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .... 20-00-00 ........... 6 ....................................... 20-00-01 ................... 20-00-00 ................ 8 . CorrosionDetectionand Prevention......................... DATE 1/2BLANK .........................SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 2O STANDARD PRACTICES ............... PAGE ......... Painting .......... General .................. 20-Eft/Contents..... 20-00-01 ... 20-00-03 ..... Skin Specifications .

032 MATERIAL .50 STA 59.. 7.A..032 __ 2024 T-3 CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD 2024 "1"-3CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD 16..025 0.. 15.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 20-00-00 . 17.016 (a) 2024 T-3 CLAD 0. 0040 ) 2024T-30O (c) Top aft flap skin(hat section) (d) Top inboardflap skin WING SKIN PANELS FIGURE 20-1 12-98 20-00-00 3 . 12.25 4 3 STA 24.025 (o) 0.50 Rebuildingand Alterationand Sub PartsA.. SKiN THICKNESS 1. .. 0. Administrator.. Those who inspect or repair aircraft should consult FAR 43. 13. 14..A.025 0. 0. $M2o-1 INDEX. NO.97 STA 193.. .063 0. SKiN THICKNI_SS MATERIAL 2024 T-3 CLAD . 8. 6.GENERAL This chapter of the manual discusses treatment of metal surfaces for corrosion control and the identificationof skin panels for replacement purposes. 19. 0.. Certification.. 20-00-01 .75 STA 103..... (a) Same thioknesson top and bottom (b) Top of wingonly...025 0. .. Preventive Maintenance. 2.040 (d) 2024 T-3 CLAD 0. 3.13-1(*) outlines inspectionand repair practicesacceptableto the F. 0.. Advisory Circular 43. .025 4. 18.050 0..040 0. 2024 T-3 CLAD ..050 (b) _ 2024 T-3 CLAD PolyesterGlass-Fiber Reinforced 2024T-3 cLAo. Torque valuesare shown in SECTION 5-20-01.032 0.4 for CORROSION TREATMENT. NOTE Refer to FAA AC 43.025 0. (* = currentrevision) STA 147.. .. D and E of FAR 65.. 9.020 (a) 0.SKIN SPECIFICATIONS STA 210. 2024 T-3 CLAD ...040 5. 10.50 2 6" 7 19 13 8 12 17 ii 10 16 14 9 WING SKIN PANELS iNDEX NO. 0... Maintenance.. 11.

.. FUSELAGE SKIN PANELS FIGURE 20-2 20-00-01 4 STA 53. 14..00 STA 88.025(b) i 0. .50 5 STA 164.....032(a)i 2024 T-3 CLAD 0. 1 13 . 2.. 11. .80 SM20-2 SKIN MATERIAL THICKNF:SS" 10.020 0.00 STA 130. 2024T-3CLAD 2024 -0CLAD 2024 T-4 CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD 2024 "1"-3CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD 2024-0 CLAD 2024 T-3 CLAD . 2024 T-3 CLAD Polyester Glass-Fiber Reinforced " Left side only Right side only. 5.025(a) i .... 0.032 2024 T-3 CLAD 0.025(c)(b) 0. 8.032(d)ie) 0... 12-98 STA -5. Shell... . 7...00 SKIN MATERIAL THICKN_:SS .. 6. 4.. .00 INDEX.040(d) i 0... 3...025 0. L I J 1 6 10 11 1 5 9 STA 199. 13.... NO. 0.032 2024 T-3CLAD O.025 0.032 can be used.. . 12...SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 8 5 6 7 3 14 2 12 0 I. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) STA 21..025 0. Heat treated to T-42 condition afterforming. 0..00 SKIN PANELS FUSELAGE INDEX NO... 1.025 . 9....

exposed to salt air or high humidity.. P. .. -IX. 2024 T-3 CLAD (a) Heat treated to T-42 condition.. .020 2024 T-3 CLAD 0. 5.. 0..... 13.. . The aircraft should be inspected frequently to detect and correct corrosion before seriousdamage occurs.Turco 2662C or 3002 will remove corrosionfrom aluminum and treat the metal surfacein one application.032 2024 T-3 CLAD Polyester Giass-Fiber Reinforced.. Any form of corrosion shouldbe removed at once.. Box 32101...or where there are industrialcontaminantsin the atmosphere. 1..025 0.. 11.025 2024 T-3 CLAD 0. 0. nc. . 12. 10... 12-98 20-00-02 5 .. Paintremovingsubstances left in metalcrevices will cause further corrosion... . T-3 CLAD T-3 CLAD T-3 CLAD T-3 CLAD T-3 CLAD T-3 CLAD T-3 CLAD .025 .but itwill be a problemmore often in climates where the aircraft is .. EMPENNAGE SKIN PANELS FIGURE 20-3 20-00-02 .025 0. 4. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ... . 78216) shouldbe used....... 3... 2. SKIN THICKN.... INDEX NO.=S8' MATERIAL 0. 9.. NO. only an approved aircraft paint remover such as Eldorado PR-3400 (Eldorado Chemca Co...O...020 0.020 2024 T-3 CLAD 0.025(a) i . SKIN MATERIAL THICKNESS" .. Corrosion may occur on aircraft in any climate. 2024 2024 2024 2024 2024 2024 2024 ... 7..025 0..CORROSION DETECTION & PREVENTION Most metallic fabrication materials are susceptibleto corrosion. If it is necessary to remove paint. San Antonio. . 6..025 0.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SKIN PANELS EMPENNAGE INDEX ..025 0. 6700 Lookout Road. 8. .

This type of corrosion is difficult to detect in its original stages. Niagara Falls.O. thoroughly and frequently inspect areas where water is apt to collect. Aluminum extrusions may contain nonuniform areas. Each type of corrosion can be precluded or controlled by a preventative maintenance program. underrivetheads or any openingwhere moisture can collect. 2. Surface pitswarn of advanced local-cellcorrosion. the first indication of corrosion will be evidenced by paint blistering. (1) Be sure battery vent is free from obstruction at all times. D. separate the parts. lap joints. (2) Repaint all scratches and worn spots found in areas painted with acid-resistant paint. The most likely areas for corrosionto beginare in hidden crevicessuch as skin laps.Selective attack along grain boundaries of metal alloys is referred to as intergranular corrosion. Inspect painted areas for a blistered or scaly appearance that warns of corrosion below the paint layer. 20-00-02 12-98 6 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION Carefully examine seams. This is referred to as "exfoliation". the metal is usually blistered or delaminated. To remedy this form of corosion. If battery acid is spilled on any part of the aircraft. Thoroughlyexamine unpainted metal surfaces at inspections. Remove all corrosionproduct (usually white or grey-white powder on aluminum) from the corroded area downto soundmetal. Rinse aircraft extedor after exposure to salt air or industrial fallout. along laying surfaces. Corrosion forming under dvet heads. Box 277. Use only liquid (non-alkaline) soap to wash the extedor airframe. NOTE FAAAdvisory Circular 43-4addresses corrosion problems and treatment. 14302. (1) Intergranular Corrosion . Areas exposed to exhaust gases require frequent inspection and cleaning.Y. Pedodicinspectionof these areas is most importantso that any corrosionwhich may be present can be detectedand treated in its very earlieststages. On bare metal surfaces.Surface protectionof intemal airframe surfaceswill not eliminate the necessity for pedodic inspections. E. Rinse with water and dry with clean towels. at skin to Iongeron contact surfaces and other similar areas is called concentrationcell corrosion. It is very dimcultto completelyremove and stopthis type of corrosion. and replacement of the affected part is recommendedwherever possible. Surface Protection. Chemical corrosion normally occurs where battery acid or exhaust gases come in contact with metal surfaces. It is recommended that electrical connections and electrical components be protected during fogging. Galvanic Corrosion. immediately wash the area with a solution of sodium bicarbonate in water. P. C. NOTE ACF-50 or equivalent can be fogged into fuselage empennage or wing skin areas. Use an air hose to ddve water from crevices before wiping the exterior surface dry after washdown. F. Cover vent scoops when the aircraft is being washed. On painted surfaces. Detection requiresclose inspection. Concentration Cell Corrosion. Aluminum alloys 2024 and 7075 are vulnerableto this type of attack. flush entire area with sodium bicarbonate and water. Chemical corrosion. (3) If acid is spilled on metal surfaces. When corrosion is detected.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J This paragraph discusses corrosion types and their prevention along with suggested procedures for pdming intemalairframe surfaces. and check corrosion when found. B. local-cell corrosion appears as a light. 1. A. in contact with each other sometimes develop galvanic corrosions. Types of Corrosion. The solution should be rinsed away at once and the area dried by ddving all water from crevices with an air hose before wiping surface dry with a clean cloth. CorrosionPrevention A. whitish powder deposit. D. Since moisture promotes corrosion. C.Rivets must be removed and skin laps must be separated to remove concentration cell corrosion. and crevices where moisture or dirt can collect. (4) Frequently clean exhaust gas deposits from metal surfaces.clean off the corrosionproductby scrubbingwith aluminumwool or a nonmetallicscouring pad such as the nylon pads made by the Carborundum Company. 3. N. . Corrosion normally appears in one or more of four forms. such as stainless steel and aluminum. it should be treated as follows: A.Use aluminum wool soaked in solvent such as methyl-ethyl-ketone to scour corrosion deposits from the surface before painting both laying surfaces with zinc chromate or eoxy-polymide pdmer and reassembling. Local-Cell Corrosion. (1) If the base metal is aluminum. which in turn may result in galvanic attack along grain boundaries. Corrosion may attack metal even though the surface is painted. Hangarthe aircraft when not in use. in an early stage development. When the attack is well advanced. B. remove the corrosion_and paint both surfaces with Epoxy-Polymide pdmer or equivalent before reassembling. A few simple precautions will prevent chemical corrosion.Dissimilarmetals.

Inc. and again cleaned with fresh wipe solvent. wet towel for approximately 2 minutes.The part shouldnow be ready for pdmingand painting. CAUTION Wipe solvents are generally flammable and toxic and should not be used without adequate ventilation and fire precautions. Area needs to be paintedwithin24 hours of pdmer coat. Avenue.PAINTING The extedor is painted with urethane enamel. Careful applicationof approved paint stdpper is acceptable. (3) Wipe solventssuch as: Methylethyl ketone. 20-00-03 .... (2) Tack rags.Kansas) or similarsolvents. Turco T-657 (Tumo Products. Regardlessof the scoudngmethod.If the paint is in very bad conditionor if a filler is to be used. (5) Compatible paints for the item (such as steel tubular structure or extedor skin) and for the year and model being repainted.Flex-. The surface should be wiped dry with a second piece of clean cloth. Paint Repairs.3 to 0. allparts shouldbe wiped with a tack rag and cleaned with fresh wipe solvent. atiphatic esters. If the solvent is allowed to evaporate it will redeposit the so s and paint that were being can-led. by wipingwith a wipe solventand rags. (b) On steel . 2. (4) Body putty or aerodynamic filler such as: Flex-Bond-.Cleaned and driedsurfacesto be painted should be coated with a wash primer conformingto MIL-C-8514 or MIL-P-15328.NAPA (Martin Senour Paints). has been loosened and removed. C.Taylor& Art Plastics. The wash primer should be applied to attain a dry film thicknessof 0.3M Co. Do not allowthe solventto dry on the cleaned area as it will redepositdissolvedsoiland gdme uponevaporation..Y. Wash all areas to be pdmed with a cleaning solvent such as methylethylketone (MEK). 25th and N. refer to Advisory Circulars43.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J (2) If the base metal is steel. Matedals. (3) If the corrosionis too advancedto remove by the light mechanicalcleaning methods of (1) and (2).4 mils(a transparentfilm). remove the corrosionproductwith emery cloth (320 grit or finer) or steel wool. Inc. NOTE Fiberglass components are attacked and deteriorated by products containing the following chemicals: Ketone. The solventshould be wiped on and wiped off beforeit evaporates. T-657 -. etc. chlorinated hydrocarbons and slightly softened by aromatic hydrocarbons. When exposed to humidsalt air or to an atmospherehaving corrosivefallout. 6135 SouthCentral Ave.gdme. Inc.Wipe it dryl Steel pads may be cleanedto bare metal by sanding with emery cloth or steel wool.#3094 wash thinner (Pratt & Lambert.or Cuz polyester body filler #6372 -.for uniformity of finish appearance. The part should now be ready for pnmmg and painting. loose paint. 12-98 20-00-03 7 . Los Angeles.. (1) To get a good clean surfacefor pdminguse a clean cloth or piece of cheesecloth and apply one of the solvents noted above.13-1(*) and/or 43-4 for alternate methodsof cleanup and repair. etc. (1) On aluminum. (* = current revision) (4) Chemical cleaning solutionsshould be used with extreme caution on both aluminum and steel parts. Apply Epoxy-Polymlde pdmer or equivalentto cleaned area by spray or brush. Lift one corner of the decal and slowly remove. B. 1. they can be cleaned by sandblasting. (1) Aluminumwool. (6) Thinnerswhich are compatiblewith the paints being used both for paint thinning and for bum-down thinners.320 grit or fineremery clothor steel wool. remove all of the paint by use of lacquer thinner. California). If the pads are removable. #3094 wash thinner -. (1) Remove all old loose paint by one of the followingmethods: (a) On aluminum . nylonscoudngpads. Cover the decal with a hot.Turco Products. After the old paint.the aircrait should be hangaredwhen not in use.. NOTE Fuel Servicing Decal Removal: 1. V_chita.Any scoudng requiredshould be done at this poinLScoudngwith nylonpads or aluminumwool may be done dry or wet with one of the wipe solventslisted above. (Refer to Mooney Pads Manual). the scoured area should be wiped with a tack rag. Do not allowthe wipe solventto evaporate.Pratt & Lambert. A. lacquer thinner or equivalent solvents. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL B. C. Such solutionsare not recommended for use in areas where they cannot be easily and completely neutralized. CleanlngPrucedums.Remove all grease. Pdmingand Painting.the entireskin panel shouldbe prepared for repainting. lacquer thinner. MEK or similar solvent.Inc. Read and follow the manufacturer'sinstructionscarefully. gdme.

Inquiries concerning application of this finish should be directed to: Pratt & Lambert. P. However. As a general rule the wash primer should dry from . As many coats of paint as desiredmay be applied. NOTE M2OJaircraft are painted with Enflex III urethane enamel. KS. CAUTION Any flight control surface that is to be repainted should be stripped of all paint prior to repainting. dry weather. Do not thin acid resistant black paint or extedor finish touch-up paint for brush-on application. D. (2) On steel . Wichita.05 to 1. should an be mixed very carefully per the manufacturer's instructions.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION A good wash primer coating is a must since the top coating can be only as good as the pdmer coat.5 hours depending upon the application temperature and relative humidity. 409 to No.A higherglosswill be attained if the surface is scuffed lightly and tack rage cleaned between each coat. The intermediate primer should be allowed to dry a minimum of 0. 20-00-03 8 12-98 . 600 sandpaper pdor to top coat application and give a higher glossfinish. Allow five to ten minutes between coats in cold. The intermediate primer coat can be dry-scoffed lightly with No. Box 2153.0 MILS. Painting. It is required that repainted control surfaces be removed and rebalanced prior to flight per paragraph 27-91-00. in humid weather.8 to 1. (1) Apply three coats of white base and/or color finish allowing three to five minutes between coats depending upon weather conditions. Follow manufacturer's instructions. Once the surface gloss is damaged it cannot be restored by polishing. (2) Use a small round watercolor brush trimmed to a point for application of undiluted touch-up paint to small scratches and bare spots. It should be thinned per manufacturer's instructions and applied to a dry film thickness of 0. 67201.O.5 to 1. allow fifteen minutes between coats.5 hours but not more than 2 hours before application of the top or epoxy intermediate primer coat. it When intermediate primer coat is applied. NOTE Never use abrasive polish compounds or harsh soaps and detergents on ureathane finishes. MIL-P-8585 primer or epoxy primer is recommended for the steel coat. If epoxy primer is use¢ it should have a wash primer(MIL-C-8514) pre-treatment.The same general procedure used on aluminum can be applied to steel.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 21 ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS .

..... 3 .... 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLEOF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ........ .......... 12-98 PAGE 3 3 21-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK .................. 21-Effectivity/Contents.. 21-00-00 21-40-00 SUBJECT ........ Heating ....... DATE 1/2BLANK .. 21-O0-00 ....... 4 .......... Cabin VentilationSystem .. 21-40-00 ....... PAGE ............SERVICEAND MAINTENANCEMANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFTCORPORATION CHAPTER 21 ENVIRONMENTALSYSTEMS UST OF EFFECTIVEPAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .................

The overhead ventilation system consists of individualoutlets (Wemac valves) locatedabove each seat position.HEATING Heat is supplied to the cabin through flexible hoses connected to a heat distribution box assembly and shroud assemblieslocated on the exhaustmanifold on the engine. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL S/N 24-0001 thru 24-0757 aircraft have an overhead airscoopoperatedby rotatingthe knobabove the pilots seat to extend or retract as desired. S/N 24-0901 & later aircraft have a regulator system with the control located above pilots head. Small overhead vent deflectors. Any deteriorated flexible ducts should be replaced. It is recommended that the conditionof these items be checked each time the cowling is removed. Individual fresh air outletsare locatedon each side of the cabin side panels just forward of the pilots and co-pilots knees.distributeincomingair as individuallydesired. 12-98 21-00-00 3 . The cabin air and heat system controlsand ventsare locatedon the consolebetweenthe pilotand co-pilotseats. with inner knob volume controls. CABIN HEAT and OVERHEAD VENTILATION.This will provide a continuingcheck for the prevention of carbon monoxide in the cabin. CABIN AIR. 21-40-00 . The systems areknob basicallytrouble freethebut inspection should be made at regular intervalsto ensure proper operation. Heat shrouds should be inspected for cracks or other deteriorations and repaired or replaced promptly. to controlair flow or to preventair-buffetingat high criuse speeds.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 21-00-00 -CABIN VENTILATION SYSTEM The cabin environmental system consist of three ventilatingsystemsthat supply heated or fresh air as the pilot or passengers prefer. Inspectthe exhaustsystemfor any leaksor cracks and replace or repairas needed.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J BLANK 21-40-00 4 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 24 ELECTRICAL POWER .

........... 24-39-05 . 6 ........................ PAGE .. .... 24-39-00 .. 24-51-00 .... 24-32-00. 24-39-06 ....... 13 ............. 24-Contents.... 20 ........... 18 ......... 14 ... 9 . 24-39-01 .................... 24-39-04 ........... 15 ........................ 8 ............ 24-39-06 ......... ................... 11 ........................ 7 .... 24-Effectivity .......... 24-39-02 ... 24-39-05 ......... 24-35-00 ................... 24-00-00.. 5 ........... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 24-EFFECTIVITY 1/2BLANK .. 24-50-00 ............ 16 ...... 24-39-96 ................. 3/4BLANK .................. 24-34-00 .... 12 ............ 17 ..... 24-31-02 ....... DATE 1/2BLANK ....................... 19 ...................SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 24 ELECTRICAL POWER LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .................. 10 ..

........ 24-38-00 ............. ....... 24-31-03 .... RESERVED .... Fuel SystemCircuits ...... Power Distribution System ........ AuxiliaryPowerSystem .........39-01 ......................... Battery Maintenance . 24-51-00 ....... 24-36-00 ....................... 24-37-00 ..... Generation ........ 24-39-05 ................. ..... General ................ 24-39-00 ..... 24-00-00 .................. 24-50-00 ... 24-34-00 ................................ 24-35-00 ............. 24-33-00 . D. PowerPlantCircuits ...... ... 24-32-00 ... Annunciator Trouble Shooting (24-3154thru 24-TBA) . LandingGear Circuits . SUBJECT .... 12-98 PAGE 5 5 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 12 12 13 14 16 20 20 24-CONTENTS 3/4BLANK ......... AlternatorChargingSystem Maintenance..... Electrical Load Distribution .........C.. Warning Circuits ....... 24-31-02 ...MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER24 ELECTRICAL POWER CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS ....... ... 24-39-02 ....... 24.. MiscellaneousCircuits .... Starter Trouble Shooting ......... 24-39-06 .... Alternator Trouble Shooting ..... Battery Trouble Shooting ......... Annunciator Trouble Shooting (24-0001 thru 24-3153) .... 24-30-00 . --Low BatteryStartingProcedures LightingCircuits.................. Trouble ShootingCharts ........... 24-31-01 ... ...... Voltage RegulatorMaintenance ........................ 24-39-03 .... 24-39-04 .....................

Inspectalternator. Reset breaker If open. Alternator System Servicing (24-0001 thru 24-2999. anticollisionlights and navigationlights. Use the correct charging rate. a charging system component (alternator. dudng normal operation. The circuitbreaker panel is on the right subpanel. The electrical system is capable of supplying current for simultaneous operation of multiple radios. A 24 volt voltage 10 AMP HR storagesupplies battery is installed n the tailcone. (2) Installattaching hardware.GENERAL (24-0001 thru 24-2999) A 14 volt alternator with a transistorized voltage regulator and an overvoitage relay supplies electric power. Reinstall pulley after spacer is installed and torque pulley retaining nutto 35-40 ft.The alternator.drive belt.and widng fordamage. AlternatorSystem Inspection.however. (3) Connect alternator wiring and check widng connectorsthroughoutsystam. C. for charging. be sure that the charger is correctly connected. Ibs. CAUTION Do notattemptto polarizealternator. Reset if open. a charging system componentis malfunctioning. Check alternator field circuit breaker on main circuit breaker panel.A shunt type combination gauge gives alternator output and line loadin % of rated capacity plusbus voltage.C. 2. A. B. 24-31-01 -ALTERNATOR CHARGING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE (2) Remove attaching hardware and slip drive belt from pulley. the normal batterycharging ratewill be 5 to 35 amperes. CAUTION Donot attemptto polarizealternator. NOTE Ifblast replacement alternator a cooling fan or a tube housing. Do not turn master switchON untilall wiringconnectionshave beensecurea. The alternator. an anticollision beacon. improper maintenance procedures can damage the alternator and widng. The alternator charging system requires no special attention. 24-3079 thru 24-TBA) When the ammeter shows a discharge at higher engine speeds. Replace cooling fan with Lycoming spacer (LW-15403) which was already on alternator when aircraft was delivered from Mooney.A 12 volt. (24-3000 thru 24-3078) When the Ioadmeter shows a higher % than the alternator output at higher RPM. D. Inspect battery for corroded cable connections. (Similar systern-24-3079 thru 24-'rBA . GENERATION (1) Turn master switchOFF beforedisconnecting alternatorwiring. Be sure the master switch is OFF when repaidngthe alternatororvoltageregulator. Use an auxiliarygroundpower unitwhen trouble shooting electrical accessory equipment or when performingelectrical landing gear maintenance and retractionsystemtesting. and navigation lights. 12-98 24-00-00 5 . It is possible to reverse the polarity of a battery by connecting a charger backwards. orwidng) is malfunctioning. E.except 28 volts) (24-3000 thru 24-3078) A 28 volt.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J 24-00-00 . Check ddve belt for proper tension and excessiveglazing. Checkchargingsystem widng connectorsto be surethey are clean and tight. Check alternator circuit breaker on the main circuit breaker panel. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION D. 35 ampere-hour storage battery is installedin the tailcone. 24-31-02 -VOLTAGE REGULATOR MAINTENANCE The battery charging rate depends upon the battery condition and the voltage regulator setting. On-the-plane testing should indicate which component is faultyand needs to be removed from the aircraft for benchtesting and repair or replacement. Alternatoris polarizedevery time master switch is turnedon. B. supplies powerswitch in conjunction with the battery when the master is on. E.will supply power in conjuction with the batterywhen the master switch and alternator field switchis ON. Aitemator Removal.Alternatoris polarizedeverytime masterswitch isturnedon. they has MUST BE REMOVED prior to installation. (1) Be sure master switch is turned OFF. C. There are several precautions that must be observed when servicingthe alternator system: A. B. Altematorlnstallation.D. Do not leave the master switch ON when the aircraftis parked.The electricalsystem is capable of supplying current for simultaneousoperation of multiple radios. When the battery is removed fi'om the aircraft. A. during normal operation. F. 1. AlternatorRemovaland Installation. Be sure to check battery polarity by using a voltmeterpdor to reinstallationin the aircraft. 3. The circuit breaker panel is on the right subpanel. With all equipmentturned off and the engine runningat 2000 RPM or faster. refer to battery manufacturers 'procedures. voltageregulator. circuit breaker. 24-30-00 . voltageregulator.place ddve belt on pulleyand adjust beit tension. 70 AMP alternator utilizing a transistodzed voltage regulator/over control electrical power. remove and Cleancable if corrosion is found. A shunt type ammeter mounts in the power plant instrument cluster.

1... Max. 24-31-03 -AUXILIARY POWER SYSTEM An auxiliary power plug and related circuitryis installed to providean outsidesource of electrical power to the aircraft.(28.240 • . The MASTER SWITCH is not required to be ON for the auxiliary power source to charge the battery. DO NOT by-pass battery when using an auxiliary power source.... Electro-Delta Volt.. The Auxiliary Power Plug guide pin must have A+ voltage connectedto it in order to activatethe Auxiliary Power Relay. Measure voltage with a voltmeter connected to 3... Check battery degrees F.30 degrees = 50 degrees 5 x 4 = 20 points Corrected reading 1. subtract four points 14.. A for additional information... See paragraph 24-34-00.(30 volts for 24-3000 thru 24-TBA). B. . Increase RPM to 2000 and adjust trim pot (accessable through hole in case marked "REG") for a voltage reading of between 13. "Hi" or Overvolt Adjustment at Regulator . NOTE No field adjustment authorized for Mooney Voltage regulators.21-0.. 80 degrees F. charging rate A. to charge the battery. Decrease voltage until relay closes and note voltage.130 or below PERCENT OF CHARGE 100 75 50 25 Ve_ little useful capacitT--Dtscharcled. battery is not fully charged. Run engine at moderate RPM (1500-1800) until ammeter drops to low charge rate. .1 volt (24-0001 thru 24-2999).20 = 1. (pin 6 and pin 9 for 24-3000 thru 24. The battery can be charged using the approvedAuxiliary Power Cableconnected to a charge cart capable of regulating the charging current...250 . above 80 degrees F.. 1.75 Volt output from regulator..260 Battery electrolyte temperature = 30 degree F. be sure cables are connected correctly--positive to positive and negative to negative. .TBA). Fly aircraft for 15 to 20 minutes.. Regulator (Electro-Delta) ConnectanAdjustment accurate voltmeterto the aircraft bus.. Check the amperes). voltage for 14 volt system is 14. Turn off all electrical equipment and start engine.260 ... Readjust as necessary until a trip point of 16 +/... are adjustable for HI & LOW volts. battery will take longer to show a drop in charging B. If battery electrolyte the bus.(28.3 voltsfor 24-3000 thru 24-TBA). below cause excessive battery heating and water loss.220 ..2999). A voltmeter check indicates that voltage at the should slowly drop to 10 amperes or less.. the charging current should be low (3 .. Low Voltage Warning should occur on Annunciator at approximately 12. 80 degrees . positiveto pin 5 & negativeto pin 9 for (24-3000 thin 24-TBA).0. Hydrometer Reading.75 and 14.21-0.. B.. An excessively high voltage regulator setting will from hydrometer reading for every 10 degrees F. A very low bus is below requirements.m 28 volt system is 28.. add four points to hydrometer reading for charging rate (normal rate is not to exceed four everyl0degreesF. Adjust voltageto 16 volts +/..75 to temperature is below 80 degree F.. 12-98 NOTE It is recommended that the approved Auxiliary Power Cable be connected to booster battery. .8 volts for 24-3000 thru 24-TBA). When auxiliary power or a booster battery is used. 24-31-03 6 NOTE Use bushings provided with replacement VR-415F voltage regulator to mount in location of old regulators. Increase throttle to full RPM and observe that voltage does not exceed 14 volts (24-0001 thru 24-2999)..280. .positive (+) to pin "A" or =1" and negative to pin "C" or "3" (24-0001 thru 24.8 (+/-).1 volts is attained(24-0001 thin 24-2999)..5/12....7 volts for 24-3000 thin 24-TBA). Excessively High Charging Rate.4 amps) to beginand then increasedas the battery voltage capacity is increased..6 and 28.0 volts (24-0001 thru 24-2999). The regulator should not be considered following: detective because of a low charging rate until: A... (Electro-Delta) Connect a variable voltage power supply to the regulator. Excessively Low Charging Rate. A.... 31..... 1. .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 1.. 1. then the plug inserted into auxiliary power receptacle. At 80 degree F.. A battery hydrometer check indicates that current. If battery acid temperature is above 80 2. Connect a voltmeterto the regulator (+) to pin "D" or =4" and (-) to pin "C" or "3" (24-0001 thru 24-2999)..190 .. voltage should be 13. Reg. Adjust tnm pot (accessable throughholein case marked "OV'_to relaytrip pointas indicated by voltage indication on test voltmeter.. Example: Hydrometer reading = 1. or to start the engine. To prevent battery damage. HYDROMETER..2+..Bench Adjustment.. READING ..3 +. 1...

I. A. Repeatfor left "lowfuel". using I. (If necessary turn annunciatorcalibration screw counter clockwiseto extinguish=lowfuel" light). Battery Removal. the following procedure should be used to set the =low fuel" warning circuits. Disconnect battery cables.I.(Do not adjust annunciatorcalibration screws). PIN 500D0045 (24-0001 thru 24-3153) or I. unit. The low fuel indicators will illuminatewhen a minimum of 2 1/2 gallons usable fuel remains in either left or right hand tank. Use a voltmeter to check battery polarity before installation.25 IN. The throttle control operates landing gear warning horn (intermittent tone) when the power setting is reduced below 10 IN. disconnect plug from rear of annunciator. RED and GREEN landinggear positionlightsare in the annunciatorpanel. reinstall and tighten cables.I. D. Battery Cleaning and Corrosion Removal. High and Low Vacuum Warning Circuit. The gear-down limitswitch controls the GREEN gear-down lighL Both limitswitches control the RED gear unsafe light. and any attempt to adjustswitch operationby bendingthe vane will damage the switch).A. C. Landing gear position lights and warning horn. A vane in the left wing leading edge actuatesthe prestallwaming horn switch. 24-33-00 . Hg. Vacuum above 5. Specific gravity should be 1.A. (7) Remove calibration panel. D. Alternate method for calibration without I.Do not allowsoda water to enter battery cells. Test each cell with a temperature corrected hydrometer. (S/N 24-0001 thru 24-0083 and 24-0085 thru 24-0377 have a vacuum gauge mounted above the radio panel). Hg. Check electrolytelevel and maintainat split ring.A. is not available use the followingmethod to calibrate =lowfuel" warning: 12-98 24-32-00 7 .A switch in the vacuum system controls the vacuum warning light on the instrument panel or annunciator panel.install annunciator front panel and installglareshield. F.WARNING CIRCUITS 1. Adapters can be ordered through Mooney Marketing or Service Centers.7 KIAS) above stalling speed. Remove front plate and legend on new annunciatorpanel to expose the Norm-Cal switch and the Left and Right trim potienometers. 2. PIN (1) Remove glareshield. (3) Turn on master switch and turn right hand variable resistor on transfer standard slowly counter clockwise until right "low fuel" light just turns on. 2. causes the vacuum warning light to flash. Check gear warning system during flightfor properoperation. 1. with the gear up. remove battery from aircraft. E. A. Clean battery terminals with emery cloth. C: Rinse thoroughlywith clear water and dry the area. transfer standard. remove annunciator front panel. Wash battery box and flush battery with the mixture. permanent damage will result if soda mixes with electrolyte. PIN 9500324000 (24-3154 thru 24-TBA) is required for this procedure. B. The calibration transfer standard.(Switchmust be in =Cal"position). A. Turn master switch off. B. tdps the high-vacuum switch causing the vacuum warning light to 'llum nate steadily.A. (This vane is made of heat treated steel. Remove tailcone access cover and battery box lid. (If necessarytam variableresistorclockwiseto extinguish low fuel light). Refer to Section 27-93-00 for adjustmentprocedures. Coat terminals and connectorswithPetroleumjeUyto retardcorrosion. Vacuum below 4.280 for s fullycharged battery. (2) Plug appropriate calibration transfer standard on rear of old annunciatorand reconnectharnessplug.I. 3. and place"Norm-Car switchin "Cal" position. The prestallWarning hom has a high frequency continuous tone that sounds when airspeed drops to 5 to 10 MPH IAS (4.BATTERY MAINTENANCE CAUTION Battery gases are explosive. Mix one pound of baking soda in one gallon of water. B. PrestallWarning Circuit. (5) Install new annunciator and connect calibration transfer standard to annunciator panel and harness plug.I. Hg.265 to 1. Calibration Procedures 500D0045 or PIN 9500324000. When it becomes necessary to replace the annunciator pane[ for any reason other than "low fuel" warning malfunction.3 to 8. Low Fuel Warning Circuit. negative lead first. Install battery in reverse sequence of removal.5 IN. PIN 500D0045 or 9500324000. reconnect plug to annunciator set switch to =Normal" position. (6) Adjust left and right annunciator fuel calibrationscrews clockwise(not the adapter variable resistors) until "low fuel" lights just turn on.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 24-32-00 M20J . (4) Turn off master switch and remove old annunciator assembly after disconnectionof harness and transfer standardunit. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 4. If calibration transfer standard.

The cylinder head temperature indicator connects to a tip sensitive resistance bulb in a cylinder head. The light illuminateson the annunciatorpanel when the RAM air door is open and the gear is extended. battery. engagesthe starter and allowsthe impulse couplingto automatically retard the magneto until the engine is alsoat its retard fidng position.5 volts (24-3000 thru 24-TBA). at avoltage betweenLight 12.The couplingthen acts as a straight drive and the magneto fires at the normalfiring positionof the engine. At the L position the right magneto grounds. CAUTION Do net operate the starter in excess of 15 seconds or re-engage the starter without allowing it time to cool. 24-34-00 -POWERPLANTClRCUITS 1: Starter-IgnitionCircuit.6come voltson (24-0001 thru 24-2999). 26. Adjust trim pot (located at center. Decrease RPM until light flashes on and note voltage. rectifier.should NOT be jumped with another powersource for two major reasons: (1) The discharged aireraft battery is not airworthy because it will not have the necessary reserve capacity required to operate the aircraft electricalsystemand avionicsin the eventof the failure of the generatingsystemduringflight. 5.5 volts (24-3000 thru 24-TBA) first. L (lefl).6 volts (24-3000 thru 24-TBA). At the BOTH position both magnetos are HOT and the ignitionsystem is ON. Batteriesthat have been dischargedto the pointwhere they will not turn the engine but have sufficientpower remainingfor other equipment..varying the magnetic field in the indicatorcoils. The starter-ignition switch is spring loaded to return from START to the BOTH positionwhen released. The starter-ignitionswitch has five positions:OFF. 12-98 .4 should and 12. 6. Fuel Flow (if installed) is indicated on either an electrical instrument usinga pressure transducerwhich varies resistance with pressure or with an electrical instrumentwhich counts electrical pulses produced by a turbine flew transducer. thereby varying the magneticfield in the indicatorcoils. rear of circuitboard tillflashinglightjust comes on. Increase RPM until light goes out and note voltage. (2) Install and connectnew annunciator assembly leavingoff front panel. set annunciator"Car switchto =Norm"position. Both the oil and cylinder head temperature indicators operate electrically. 26. Increase or decrease in temperature causes an increase or decrease in bulbresistance. R (right). (5) Turn OFF master switch. Changes in resistance caused by changes in oil temperaturealter current flow rate. and START. Alter the engine starts. The oil temperature gauge circuit has a resistance bulb in the oil surnp.Exhaust Gas Temperature Gauge is combined with the Outside Air Temperature Gauge in a single instrument. 5. to start and pushing in. BOTH.At the R positionthe left magneto grounds. 4. will severly damage the battery and will result in premature battery failure. 24-34-00 8 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Add load to bus until =Low Volt" light starts to flash.5 volts (24-0001 thru 24-2999). and a transducerwhich vades resistancewith pressure. Ground the magneto points before removing switch wires or electrical connectors.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M203 (1) Remove glareshield and remove annunciator assembly. RAM Air Light Warning Circuit . the impulse couplingflyweights do notengage due to centrifugal action. Hi/Low Voltage Warning CircuitAnnunciator Panel. (3) Drainfuel from tanksand replacewith unusable fuel plus2 112gallonsin bothtanks. Connect a voltmeter to the aircraft bus. 6. (6) Refuel aircraft. install annunciatorfront and installglareshield. Exhaust Gas Temperature Indicator. (4) Turn on master switch and adjust calibration potsto positionwhere "low fuel" lamps just turn on for left and righttanks.The spring action ofthe impulse couplingis then released to spin the rotating magnetand produce the spark to fire the engine. WARNING Do not turn the propeller when the magnetos are not grounded. alternator. In the OFF position both magnetos are grounded.5 volts (24-0001 thru 24-2999). (Set switchto "Cai"). The Fuel Pressure Gauge is an electricallyoperated gauge located in the cluster. etc.Annunciator Panel. All spark plug leads can be removed as an alternate safety measure.4 to 26. Start engine and run at idle.Adjust RPM to obtaina bus voltage of 12. Turning closes the the ignition starter switch solenoid. Oil and Cylinder Head Temperature Gauge Circuits. generator. Remove annunciator top cover. A slow charge is recommended priorto flight. 3. 26. NOTE It may be necessary to adjust trim pot to turn out light at 12. 2. LowBattery startingprocedures. Fuel Pressure Gauge. The oil pressure instrument circuit contains an electrical instrument used as a reference. The Manifold Pressure Gauge is a simple direct readinginstrument. (2) Active material on the positive plate expands when the battery is discharged and the fast recharge from the higher potential source.

aft interior lights will remain ON for approximately 2 minutes. 2. i. BhorLbase to collector. startingthe actuator. : NOTE If readings are incorrect reverse the loads. Cabin Lights. Baggage Compartment Lights. The switch MUST BE TURNED OFFto keep from dischargingbattery.S/N 24-3154 thin 24-'fBA uses a splitswitchon Flightpanelto controlwingmountedlights.The switch MUSTBE TURNED OFFto keepfrom dischargingbattery. controls cabinlights. 24-38-00 Aircraft 24-3154 thru 24-3200 may have a door switch/timer mechanism that illuminate aft set of interior lights while baggage door is open. 1. 4. Dim) rocker switch adjacent to door. The landing gear control switch operates actuator motorthroughone of these safety switchesand relays. CAUTION Care must be exercised to preventshorting light wires when installing or replacinginstruments. The rocker switch is connected through MASTER Switch on these aircraft and forward interior lightswill go OFF when MASTER switchis turnedOFF if door is closed.A push buttonswitch on top of control wheel center sectioncontrolsmap light. 7. Off. A circuit breaker switch on flight panelcontrols landinglightin the lower engine nacelle on SIN 24-0001 thru 24-3153. 24-36-00 . NavigationLights. A three-position (Bright. A landinggear safety system. A circuit breaker switch controls the pitot tube heater. Fuel level changes vary fuel quantity transmitter resistance that operates fuel quantity gauges. Anti-Collision Lights. Turn CoordinatorCircuit. When landinggear controlswitch is placed in downposition.Pull circuitbreaker =GEARCON_ or =GEAR RELAY" to stop warning hom. Fuel Pump Circuits. Master Switch activates fuel quantity indicating system. B.a mechanical stop opens limit switch and the actuator stops. the mechanicalstopopens limitswitchand actuatorstops.if rocker switchis left ON.shouldbe infinite ohms. Later modelshave a red lightfor gear unsafe. actuated by a pitot air pressure switch or a squat switch (24-0001 thru 24-0237) prevents landing gear retraction until safe flyingspeed ls attained. Reset circuit breaker priorto extendinggear. and radio lights. 5. if rocker switch is left ON. Dim) rocker switch in headliner controls this dome light. the gear motordown-relay closes and actuator starts. The turn coordinatoris a flight instrument which operates from an electrical powersource. Map Light. The transistorscan be checked bythe followingmethods: A. PUSH and HOLD red button switchbesidelandinggear handle untilgear is UP and bothlightsgo out. CAUTION On SIN 24-0001thru 24-3153this lightswitchis connecteddirectlyto battery. Gear will not retract if airspeed above set limit has not been attainedwhen gear handle is placed in UP position. 6. When landinggear controlswitch is UP and safe flying speed has been attained. Lightingloads are controlledby transistorsbiased with manual!y controlledrheostats. As the gear reachesthe up and locked position.MISCELLANEOUS CIRCUITS. After door is closed. in headliner. 2. 2.shouldbe a direct short. Heated Pitot Tube.A single auxiliary fuel pumpis controlledby a switchlocatedon the instrumentpanel. closed. GEAR DN GREEN.no lights illuminatewhen gear is up. Limit switchesand relays operatethe landinggear actuator. Off. Rheostats control the glareshield.A circuit breaker switchon the flight panel controls navigation lights. the safety switch closesto activatethe controlrelay. 2. After door is closed. 3.a reversible motor [14 volt DC (SIN 24-0001 thru 24-2999) or 28 volt DC (SIN 24-3000 thru 24-TBA)].FUEL SYSTEM CIRCUITS . The flight panel instrument light rheostat controls the compass light. 12-98 24-35-00 9 . The rocker switch is connected through MASTER Switch on these aircraft andisaft intedor lights will go OFF when MASTER switch turned OFF if door is Landing/TaxiLights. .LANDING GEAR CIRCUITS 24-37-00 The fuel system has an electric auxiliary fuel pump.Warning hornwill sound and both "GEAR DOWN" and " GEAR UNSFE" lights will illuminate. A thrse-position (Bdght. Gear Safety By-Pass Switch. A circutt breaker switch controlsthe white anti-collisionstrobelights. instrument and Radio Lights. Shorted wires will cause blown fuses or burned out transistors in the control box. Connect ohmeter between the emitter and the collector. CAUTION On 24-0001thru 24-3153this lightswitch is connecteddirectlyto battery. Co-pilotsmap lightis optional. The fuel quantityindicatingsystem is comprisedof two transmittersin each fuel tank and two fuel quantity gaugeson instrumentpanel. forward interiorlights willremainON for approximately2 minutes. Landing Light. When gear reaches down-and-locked position. 1.. Refer to Section 28-43-00 for Adjustment Procedures. annunciatorlightis dimmed when navigation lightsore ON.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 24-3540 -LIGHTING CIRCUITS 1. Fuel QuantityGauge Circuits. Aircraft 24-3154 thru 24-3200 may have a door switch/timer mechanismthat illuminateforward set of interior lights while cabin door is open. zero ohms. See Section 32 for squat switchinformation.

24-39-00 10 12-98 . StarLengine and adjust for 1500 RPM. The hour meter operates directly from the alternator =Aux. WARNING: ENSURE THAT MAGNETO SWITCH IS OFF WHEN TURNING PROPELLER Rotatepropeller by hand to rotate alternatorthrough360 degrees of travel. Short circuit in wiring. Pin 5 for 24-3000 THRU 24-TBA.Reconnectleadto regulator. Regulatorfaulty. Rate should taper off in 1 . ALT FIELD circuitbreakertrips.*and resetcircuitbreaker.If breakerdoesnottrip.If circuitbreakertrips. check battery for malfunction. Short circuit in alternator. check wiring between alternator and circuit breaker. proceed to step 3. Alternator will not keep battery charged."terminal through a fused wire. Observeaircrattammeter. A cigar lighter is mounted in the rightinstrumentpanel. ALT circuit breaker trips.checkwidng.3 minutes. Ifcircuitbreakertdps replacealtemator.Set MASTER switchto ON and checkfor 12V at pinA orI of regulator. and reset ALT circuit breaker. Disconnectleadfrom pinA or 1 of regulator. Ammeter should indicate a heavy charge rate with all electdcal equipment turned off. Cigar Lighter. Hour Meter (Optional).6 to 28.**Repairwiringif novoltageis present.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 3. Set alternatorfield & Master switchto ON & checkfor 24 voltsat Pin 5 of regulatorfor SIN (24-3000 thru24-TBA). . If ammeter shows a low charge rate or any discharge rate. 4.Replace voltagemgualtorif defective. A _ge checkatthe busshouldindicatea readingof 13. A Hobbs meter may be installedas an option. 28. SIN 24-1418 and later models hour meter 24-39-00 24-39-01 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL operates from the electric tachometer. **'24-0001 thru 24-2999. Battery malfunction. and voltage is low. If circuit breaker trips. 1. replaceregulator. battery uses excessivewater. Reconnectleadto + post of alternator. **(24-0001 thru 24-2999). Disconnect lead from + postof alternator.75to 14. Checkbus voltagewith enginerunning.ALTERNATOR TROUBLE SHOOTING TROUBLE PROBABLECAUSE REMEDY Alternator overchargesbattery.0volts. Circuitshorted in wiring.Ammeter shouldindicatenear zero atterten minutesof engineoperation. ***If charge rate tapers off very quickly and voltage is normal.Repair as required.8 volts for 24-3000 thru 24-TBA. *(24-0001 thin 24-2999).TROUBLE SHOOTING CHARTS .

If rasistance is high or low. Check resistance from F2 to F1 term. Defective wiring regulatorto alternator. or poor continuity. If voltage is not present. Normal indication is high. check widng between regulator and bus. field terminal for 24-3000 thru 24-TBA ++24-0001 thru 24-2999. proceed to step 5. (24-0001 thru 24-2999) 12-98 24-39-00 11 . with AIt. Momentarily jump A & B or 1 and 2 pins***** together on the _lug. while at idle RPM reset C/B. or 28 volts for 24-3000 thru 24-TBA. pins 5 & 7 for 24-3000 & ON CAUTION: Pull alternator field CIB.) ! M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION E_ REMEDY Defective widng. 6. Remove connector from regulator and start engine. Check resistance from F2 terminal of alternator to altemator case. Check voltage at A or 1 terminal of regulator with master switch ON. +++ 24-0001 thru 24-2999. plug. If resistance is low. If reading indicates no. 2.24-2999. 3. DO NOT EXCEED 14 volts for 24-0001 . Regulator faulty.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL TROUBLE (cont. ***'24-0001 thin 24-2999. repair or replace wiring from regulator to alternator. FId. repair or replace alternator.4 ohms. & Master switch ON. Pin 7 on 24-3000 thru 24-TBA Defective alternator. repair or replace alternator. If heavy rate is not observed. Start engine. "***'24-0001 thru 24-2999.@ terminal 5 for 24-3000 thin 24-TBA. . case to field on 24-3000 thin 24-TBA 5.+++of alternator. Aircraft ammeter should show eavy rate of charge. If heavy charge rate is observed. Normal indication is a very low resistance.. Normal indication is 3 . + 24-0001 thru 24-2999.**** Meter should indicate bus voltage. Check resistance from F2 terminal + of alternator to pin B or 2 ++of reg. replace regulator. 4.. slowly increase RPM while monitoring bus voltage.

. Excessive water consumption in all cells. Reduce charging rate by adjusting voltage regulator. Replace battery. Short circuit (ground) in widng. Improperchargingrate setting.RESERVED . Excessive water consumption in one cell only. Battery freezes. Replace battery. Decrease starter usage by usingexternalpower whenever possible. Too much water added to battery and charging rate too high. Turn off some equipmentwhen alternator is notcharging. Check widng. Impure electrolyte. Leaking battery case. Equipment accidentally lefton. Frozen battery. Correct charging rate. Discharged battery. 24-39-02 12 12-98 Flush container with baking soda solution. Charging rate too high. Loose hold-down bracket. Adjust voltage regulator. Battery worn out. Frozen electrolyte. adjust voltage regulator. Excessive discharging. Cracked cell jars. Reversed battery polarity. Water added and battery not charged Always recharge battery for 1/2 hour following addition of water in freezing weather. Standing too long.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 24-39-02 24-39-03 M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL . Adjust voltage regulator. Compound on top of battery melts.BA'n'ERY TROUBLE SHOOTING TROUBLE _ REMEDY Dischargedbattery. Charging rate too high. Excessive corrosion inside container. Low charging rate. Charging rate too high. Remove and recharge battery. Replace battery and secure firmly. Cables connected backwards on battery or charger. Replace battery. Replace battery. Electrolyte runs out of vent plugs. Spillage from overfilling. Replace battery. Battery should be slowly discharged completely. Reset chargingrate. Repair or clean vent lines. Cracked jar. Leaking or clogged vent lines. then charged correctly and tested. Replace battery. Remove and recharge battery. Drain battery and keep at proper level.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 24-39-04 M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ." Damaged pinion gear or crankshatl gear.or loose wireconnections.STARTER TROUBLE SHOOTING TROUBLE PROBABLECAUSE REMEDY Motorfails to operate. 00O0sandpaper between brushand commutator with sanded side next to brush. Defective power cable. Grounded or open field circuit. Worn. New brushes should be run-inuntilat least 50 percent seated. Rernoveandreplacewith an armsture knownto bein goodworkJngorder. rough. Excessive motor brush arcing.seat brush by insertingstrip of No. Test and repair circuit if possible or replace with new parts. Brushesshouldfitfree in brushboxes withoutexcessivesideplay. oropen armature. Pull sandpaper indirectionof rotation. clean. Refer to electricalwiring diagram and checkallwiring. Lowbattery.brusheshave excessive side play. Worn or dirty commutator. Binding. CAUTION: Do not use coarse sand-paper or emery cloth. Dirty commutator If commutator is rough or dirty.or improperly seated brushes. If too rough and pitted. Alter seating. Low battery charge. Check and repair. pitted. 24-39-04 13 . replace ball bearing if worn. Remove and repair or replace. Keep motor bearing free from sand or metal particles. Defective solenoid switch. Dirty starter drive. or scored commutator. Shorted. Clean and lubdcate with graphite & kerosene. thoroughly clean brushes and commutator to prevent excessive wear.worn. Dirty. smooth and polish with No. Turn down commutator. Disassemble. Starter drags. remove commutatorand turn on lathe. Check and recharge. Check and repair. Blow out all foreign material. Clean as outlined. worn. however. grounded.Clean brushesand brush boxeswith vareol moistenedcloth. Defective starter.if facilitiesare not available for runningin brushes. Slow cranking speed.being carefulto keep it in same contoursas commutator. Relay or solenoid contacts bumed or dirty. 000Osandpaper. Repair as outlined above. or improperly lubricated motor or starter. Defective. Remove and replace. Binding. Starter motor runs but will not crank engine.improper. Defective master switch or circuit. Checkand_=charge I_te_yifnecessa_. 12-98 Remove and replace. Same remedies. inspect & relubricate components. Remove and replace. rough. Same causes as listed with "Motor fails to operate. or improperly seated brush or brushes have excessive side play.

CR22 (Assy A2) open 9. The =gear-unsafe"lampwill not lightdudng"TEST" orwhenthe gear is in transit. The "left low fuel" will not light during "TEST only when the left fuel tank is full. All designator references are made from IAI drawings 710D0125A. CR23 (Assy A2) open 13. Remove and replace starter drive. The "right low fuel" lamp will not light during "TEST" or in a right low fuel situation.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION TROUBLE -STARTER TROUBLE SNOOTING (eon't. fuel" will not light during "TEST only when the dght fuel tank is full.ANNUNCIATOR TROUBLE SHOOTING (24-0001 thru 24-3153) The followingis a bdef failurecause analysis which pertains to the annunciator(IAI P/N 500D0061) onthe Mooney M20J. Intermittentground on the wirefrom P1-7 (Assy A1) to the left fuel gauge. The "gear-down"lampwillnot lightduring"TEST" or with the landinggear-down.gear. 5% resistor 11. Switch $1 (AssyA1) is in the "Cal" positioninsteadofthe "NORM" position. The "gear-unsafe"lampwill lightduring=TEST"but notwhen gear is in transit. Recalibrate the appropriate channel CR1 (Assy A1) open. The "left low fuel" lamp will not lightduring =TEST" or in a left low fuel situation. $1 (Assy A1) is in the "Car position instead of the "Norm" position An intermittent ground on the wire from P1-8 (Assy AI) to the gauge C3 (Assy A1) defective 14. Each cause is listed in probable order. 1. M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL REMEDY Rough or scored commutator. Armature assembly not concentdc. C2 (Assy A1) defective 10. Filamentof DSI (AssyA2) open 3. CR3 (AssyA2) open 5. CR24 (Assy A1) open 4. Filamentof DS2 (AssyA2) open CR2 (Assy A2) and CR3 (AssyA2) open 7. 1/4 watt. The "lettlow fuel" lampflickerson and off. 900D0134 and 900D0135. 24-39-05 14 12-98 . The "right low fuel" channel functions properly but the lamp is alwaysdim. CR2 (Assy A2) open 6. The =dghtIo_. Filament of DS4 (Assy A2) open Q6 (Assy A1) defective U1 defective The wire from P1-8 to the right fuel gauge is open 12. Check teeth and replace gear if damaged. Filament of DS3 (AssyA2) open Q2 (AssyA1) defective U1 (Assy A1) defective Wire fromP1-7 (Assy A1) to leltfuel gauge open 8. Worn starter ddve pinion. The "gear-unsafe"lampwill not lightduring"TEST" but doeslightwhen the gear is in transit.) _ Excessive motor brush wear / arcing. 24-39-05 . The "right low fuel" orthe "left low fuel" lamps light before a low fuel situation has occured. Remove and turn down commutator on lathe. 1/4 watt. The "right low fuel" lamp flickers on and off dudng flight. 5% resistor 15. R10 (Assy AI) should be replaced with a 47K. R10 (Assy A1) should be replaced with a 47K. Reface commutator. Worn or broken teeth on crankshaft. The "left low fuel" channel functionsproperly but the lampis alwaysdim. The "gear-down" lampwillnot lightduring"TEST butwill lightwiththe gear-down. Noisy starter. The "gear-down"lampis dim when the positionlightsare off. CR1 (Assy A2) open 2.

The "high low volt" will not light in a low voltage situation. CR11 (Assy A1) open. The =high low vac" lamp will not light in a low vacuum situation but does light in a high vacuum situation. Filament of DS5 (Assy A2) open Q7 (AssyA1) defective 20. Neitherthe "left low fuel" northe "rightlow fuel" lightsduring "TEST".) 16. CR1 (Assy A1) shorted U1 (Assy A1) defective 18. The "high low volts" lamp will not "TEST" but does annunciate a low or high voltage situation. CR16 (Assy A1) open Q8 (Assy A1) defective U2 (Assy A1) defective CR1 (Assy A1) shorted 22. CR6 (Assy A2) open 31. Filament of DS6 (Assy A2) open Q10 (Assy A1) defective Q9 (Assy A1) defective 23. 12-98 24-39-05 15 . Q3 (AssyA1) defective Q5 (AssyA1) defective U2 (Assy A1) defective Q4 (AssyA1) defective CR22 (Assy A1) and CR23 (Assy A1) open 17. The "high low volts" lamp lights but does not flash in a low voltage situation. The "RAM air'' will not light dudng "TEST" or in normal operation. Once dimmed the "low fuels" cannot be reset to bdght by momentadly depressing the "TEST" switch. The "high low volts" lamp will not light in a over voltage situation. In a low vacuum situation the "high low vac" lamp lights but does not flash.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION . This is normal operation. RG0(Assy A1) out of calibration U2 (Assy A1) defective CR19 (Assy A1) open Q8 (Assy A1) defective CR1 (Assy A1) shorted 28. CR7 (Assy A2) open 30. CR14 (Assy A1) open 19. The "high low volts" lamp flashes before a low voltage situation has occured. RG0(Assy A1) out of calibration U2 (Assy A1) defective CR1 (Assy A1) open 27. CR21 (Assy A1) open 26. all circuits OK. Filament of DS8 (Assy A2) open CR6 and CR7 (Assy A2) open 29. CR17 (Assy A1) open Q8 (Assy A1) defective U2 (Assy A1) defective 25.ANNUNCIATOR TROUBLE SHOOTING (24-0001 thru 24-3153) (con't. 32. The "high low vac" lamp will not light during "TEST" but does annunciate a high or low vacuum situation. The "START POWER ON" light does not illuminate when "TEST" switch is pushed. The =highlow vac" lamp will not lightdudng "TEST" or in a high orlowvacuumsituation. The "RAM air" will not light dudng "TEST" but does in normal operation. The "high low volts" lamp will not light dudng "TEST" or in a high or low voltage situation. Both the "let1 low fuel" and the "dght low fuel" channels stay dim when they annunciate a low fuel situationor during "TEST'. Q8 (Assy A1) defective CR12 and/or CR13 (Assy A1) open 21. The "RAM air" will light during "TEST" but not during normal operation. CR20 (Assy A1) open 24.

and near 0 VDC to reset the dimmed channels to a bright condition. R2. and when the Test Switch is depressed Q2 saturates and DIMBIAS drops to near O VDC. with Test and Dim switches Section 3 Flasher Section 4 Landing Gear Indicators Section 5 Let_and Right Low Fuel Section 6 Hi/Lo Vac Section 7 Alternator/Low Volts/Over Volt Section 8 NOT USED Section 9 Typical Positive Apply W/Dim Section 10 Typical Positive Apply W/O/Dim. requires a bias source. x. The channels having the capability of being dimmed by the above circuitry are channels x. 1-35. Additionally TEST+ is applied to the inverter to supply the internal test line. Channel 1. . are reset to l ] zzuDc $1.98 4. The actual power supply is a 12VDC.s F'LRSI _ _. TX 75006. The Test Switch....v__ I+1Mm I t. Output filtering is provided by C2. applicable to certain channels. x. Incorporated (IAI). When the Dim Switch is depressed Q3 comes out of saturation and DIMBIAS rises to 12 VDC.. 9500326000 & 9500326001 annunciators.. to identify location of a particular component and exact manner in which components are interconnected.0 GENERAL 2. .0 POWER SUPPLY This document is intended to be a guide to assist a service technician in understanding the theory and operation of International Avionics. giving DIMBIAS a value of approximately 9 VDC.' ". x. spike and overvoltage filtering by means of the low pass network of R1. and x. Inc. shown in Figure 1.. annunciator on the Mooney M20J SIN 24-3154 thru 24-TBA. and the diode isolated our-FEST-. In the event that both switches are depressed simultaneously. 1611 N. with a magnitude of 12 VDC to dim the applicable ACTIVE channels. $1. Neither the "high low vac" orthe "high low volts" will flash when low vacuum and/or low voltage occurs. with the exception of Channel 1. This signal. comprise the annunciators. ?_t_ _IGURE: 2 - FLftSI. . x.'=. used singulady or in multiple combinations. These sections are as follows: Section 2 Power Supply. 24-39-06 16 2.) 33.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M2OJ SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL -ANNUNCIATOR TROUBLE SHOOTING (24-0001 THRU 24-3153) (con't. approximately 3 VDC to maintain the dim level of those channels previously dimmed. identified with the mnemonic TEST+. 2K 12._"'.I. diode isolated by CR5.IgI_ . The Power Supply. Carrollton. The following sections address nine (9) basic circuits which. DIMBIAS. the 0 VDC value of DIMBIAS will prevail and the dimmed c_ ' +'"=_""'' ¢$1_j C :3 " ! L CI=S '_D= bright cond t on channels. (!AI) Part Numbers.0 below. With both the Dim Switch and Test Switch relaxed. Suite 428. telephone number (214) 446-1185. provides 12 VDC. x. TEST-. transistor Q3 is in saturation and 02 is off._. Landing Gear.1 2 n_ 33k r --. Service literature is available from International Avionics. 1. integrated circuit regulator. The dimmer circuit. Q8 (Assy A1) defective U2 (Assy A1) defective CR1 (Assy A1) not suppling +5 VDC C5 (Assy A1) defective 24-39-06 ANNUNCIATOR TROUBLE SHOOTING (24-3154 thru 24-TBA) The following is a brief operational analysiswhich pertains to the I.It is not intended to serve as a bench service aid in that reference designators in various Figures are not consistent with those found in actual annunciators. is also supplied as OUTTEST+.A. dims by means of a separate circuit and is discussed in Section 4. C1 and C2 with spike clamping provided by CR2. reverse voltage protectionby means of CR1. switches unfiltered aircraft 28 VDC to the internal test line.

The flasher consists of an astable oscillator ddving an NPN common emitter connected transistor. The circuitshownis the identicalcircuitthat has been used for many years in the IAI annunciators used on Mooney aircraft.0 LEFT AND RIGHT LOW FUEL The Left and Right Low Fuel circuits are shown in Figure 4. When U5:B switches its output to ground Q10 conducts and drives Q8 into saturation to light the L LOW FUEL channel lamp. the impedance of this point is very low due to the low filament resistance of the Nav Light bulbs. the comparator's output is allowed to rise by means of the pull-up resistor R54 and the network R48. Q4. is applied through an isolation resistor R55 to the inverting input of open collector comparator U5:C. timeR51. is applied through isolation diode CR7. A test inofthe thetank functioning of switches the low to fuel channel is accomplished by applying TEST+ through R43 . provide the status of the landing gear position. In order to applying through . When the TEST switch is depressed observe the indication of L LOW FUEL and R LOW FUEL. the dimming circuit is separate from the dimming technique used on the other dimmed channels.B_S I_" cR91 n_s . and. provides the circuit to flash the outputs of the left and right aitemator warnings._v/_ Posl R_'r / cRle _. accessible through the front of the annunciator. The Q10 . back After to calibration is accomplished.0 FLASHER The Flasher. The GEAR UNSAFE channel accepts +28 VDC. DS3.0 LANDING GEAR INDICATORS The Landing Gear Indicators.r_pPos_ psi 7327 _- C_. the typical low fuel point being on the order of 0. illuminates at full brilliance and does not dim. TEST+ is applied to both GEAR DOWN and GEAR UNSAFE through CR8 and CRll respectively. however. sink the the drive the of output of the appropriate warning channels. CH1RET is also +28 VDC and DR9 switches this return path off. thus reducing the delay to approximately 2 seconds. when the input is less than the set point.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 3.Q8 network is required to provide the transition between the internal 12 VDC and aircraft +28 VDC.1 volt. from This opens the return for capacitor C9 and the the NORMAL position to the CALIBRATE indication on the L LOW FUEL channel willposition. restore the $3 can be determined without removing the front of the annunciator._o_ _ zsuDc Dsz _2_ the charging rate of the filter C9.. The the dght channels are similar. The exponentially rising output of U5:C is applied to the inverting input of open collector comparator U5:B and is compared with a reference voltage of approximately 6 VDC. The GEAR DOWN channel is dimmed for night operation. c_? _. The low fuel circuits can. The delay provided by the charge of C9 through R48 and R49 provides filtering to preclude false annunciation in rough air.CR18 to the input of U5:C to switch U5:C and _N_C_TO_S 12-98 24-39-06 17 . is must be removed from the circuit by moving $3. Feedback resistor R53 provides a small amount of hystedsis to preclude oscillation at the transition point. annunciate an input up to approximately 0._. This signal is an analog signal that indicates the quantity of fuel measured.7 volt. but with B3 in the CALIBRATE position there is no delay in illumination. 6.IRET L._s ]. +28 VDC. accessible through the front of the annunciator. INPOS3. A test signal. and C9. shown in Figure 2.oes [HPosz TEST':- [_ ca_-i _. LMPPeSz_ _1 _[CURE 3 . respectively. not be [ time delay by moving $3 from the CALIBRATE position the NORMAL position. When the Nov Lights are on. to the INPOS1 input and CHIRET is returned to the Nay Light bus. With 83 in the NORMAL position there is a delay of approximately 2 seconds in Illumination._. When the fuel level dses. that is. The position delayed. to each of the inputs INPOB3 and INPOS4. shown in Figure 3._oos [_}_ [_Pos t cR8 _. bdlliance. When +28 VDC is applied to INPOS1 and the Nay Lights are off. however. the low voltage warning and the low vacuum warning. C9 is discharged rapidly through a delay in low fuel annunciation approximately 20 due to sloshing and of U5:C a seconds. and GEAR DOWN illuminates at near full brilliance. in the interest of reliability. amplifiers identified as FLASH.LnNDtHC _ low output state. through isolation diode CR10. INPOS2.CR15 to accelerate R49. the return path for the GEAR DOWN lamp being through R15 to Ground and GEAR DOWN now illuminates at reduced Signals from the junction of the le£_ and dght fuel transducers and the left and dght fuel quantity gauges are applied. The gear down signal. unsafe being in transit. delay calibrate the low channel setThe point. 4. and only the left left and channel will be discussed herein. The input. whether the landing gear is Down or not and whether the landing gear is safe or unsafe. The input is compared with the set point effected by the setting of R51. Thistoallows open from collector Q4. The TEST+ delaythe time of theR42 charging network provides adjusted with screwdriver adjustment accessible through the front of the annunciator while there is a preset number of fuel gallons in thethe tank. however. R49._..

Switch thus ddving Q6 into conduction. R25. R24. remove this ddve signal the flasher cycles.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Up to this point the circuits used to annunciate low fuel are the same circuits that have been used for many _ - F __ . •_ '== ' == __ = _ _._ j__. _. thebe DIM is depressed momentadly. _ _---_'- = . A +28 VDC signal applied to HIGH VAC OVERRIDE will bypass the above network and drive Qll into conduction regardless the state LOW VAC INPUT. From the perspective of the pilot the switchand operation is the same._: " _-1- When the TEST Switch is depressed momentarily.. and drives Q6 into conduction._>_ /1_ ._ IL. =o _ -_-. When a dimmed channel is extinguished and then reactivates it will reactivate bright. Q8 opens the retum to ground and DIMIN3 rises which returns latch U3 to a high outputstate.. I Trans stor Q6 s contro ed in conduction by a latch composed of U3 and its associated resistors R22.0 HI/LO VAC The High/Low Vacuum circuits are shown in Figure 5. DIMBIAS goes high to 12 VDC and U3 switchesits outputlow and latches thmugh R26. When low vacuum is detected the annunciator will flash and when high vacuum is detected the annunciator will illuminate steady. however. In the pastonlythe low fuel channelsdimmed. Mooney whileadditional now aircraft. R57._ -_l-------_-_ o 0" ==_: _.=_ ° _ E L-_ the output ofWhen U3 will high. CR17.. 0= _u_ 24-39-06 18 12-98 . . in this through resistor R29 which reduces the brilliance of the lamp. Similarly TEST+ willofddve Qll of into conduction regardless of the state of LOW VAC INPUT. is considerably different from the past. The path to provide a dim indication is channel to be dimmed is driven by a transistor. however._ _ _>-__ _ _ -° I /1_" I_" _-_"_ _ o The method of dimming. has been changed and expanded from what has been used in the past.. depress active dimmed channels return to bright. When the channel deactivates. R23. Each . thus flashing Dsg. This channel is designed to accept two +28 VDC signals.. the5 dimming has been expanded to on include channels. 6. _ =_ case Q8 which returnsthe lamp to ground through two parallel paths. The method to accomplish this. one from a low vacuum sensor and one from a high vacuum sensor. This _ _. CR22.. DIMBIAS goes low and U3 switches its outputhigh.. R26 and R27 as well as the signals DIMBIAS and DIMIN3. excluding yearn GEAR inDOWN IAI annunciators discussed used above. and thus illuminating DS9. The channel High/Low Vac does not dim._ == .. . A +28 VDC signal applied to LOW VAC INPUT will drive Qll into conduction through the bias network R56. however. _ _= _ o _ = _ i_ t _== _= "= _ = == _ _. In the bdght mode R29 is shorted by Q6 and CR13 which provide a low impedance path to ground. If the channel is active DIMIN3 will be near ground and with DIMSIAS near 3 VDC.. latches through R26. The as signal FLASH will. depressthe theTEST DIM switch and active channels dim.

as well..oR . of of ue. Dimmable circuit is shownin U6 1OK 1N4005 IN4OQ5 .. .Bes / cry? L_. into networkand R6O.5 IR. n_ 4... TEST+ is applied through CR36 and R84 to also ddve Q15 into saturation and light DS-X._5 _1" elcI_ UACTEST-. The channel Left 2evoc _2voc 2BV0C asia Alternator/LowVolts/Over Volt does not dim. Each channel to be dimmed is ddven by a transistor.SBO001XXX '_ . applied through CR35above.HI/LO ut_c remove this ddve signal as the flasher cycles.0 NOT USED _4.'7K ..out ' 6.0 ALTERNATOPJLOWVOLTS/OVER VOLT to LOVERRIDE will bypass the above network and The Alternator/Low Volts/Over Volts circuits are shown ddve Q12 into conduction regardless of the state of the in Figure 6._. This channel is designed to accept two comparator U6.R64 an open collector comparator is normally low. If the channel is active DIMINPUT will be near ground and with DIMBIAS near 3 VDC.. XlNPUT.4_s / _ Indicates that the aircraft bus voltage is less than 26..SBO0DIXXXR_72 J FIGURE 5 -.oo I !R. In a manner similar to the Hi/Lo Vac channel. cR4 _ nso ">. 8. RB2 (FIGURE7 NOTUSED) {:R29 4 TPh LOW VOLT SET g.C1._ . the signal FLASH will FIGLIRE 5 . R87.. These 5 channels may be dimmed by depressing the DIM switch to dim the active channels. Dimming is accomplished in a manner similar to that CR_S L ]VERRIDE "1 ]T_% LASH described isfor low fuel channel Theto input. oK _..R64 .e_s _... Similarly TEST+ will ddve Q12 into signals. thus flashing DS10. In the bdght mode R85 is shorted by Q14 and CR34 which providea low impedance path to ground.. Transistor Q14 is controlled in conduction by a latch composed of U9 and its associated resistors R86.LTBIASL R75 _)__ _L LSBOOO1XXX R__ . .. and thus illuminating DS1O. A +28 VDC signal applied to LOVERRIDE also regulator.a_.4e_5 _. . the +28 VDC signal LOVERRIDE from the conduction regardless of the state of the comparator overvoltage tdpped output on the left alternator U6.LTBIA5 H RSg 1.._._7 _.15K . _1 I_V= oc _%_' .. and when detected overvoitage tdpped the annunciator is detected the annunciator channel illuminates steady. CRZ_ _..vv. and R84 drive Q15 into saturation and light DS-X. . A +28 VDC signal applied 7. [ cRzz _. R88. The path to provide a dim indication is through resistor lrl_10a5 RB3 CR27 _B_ CR2B _voc RT4 __ . This is designed to accept CR20 VDC signal to channel illuminate an indicator channela +28 and ]. R67 L2K . provide for dimming of that channel. INPUT 1.5 VDC. R89.drives CR24. arm of R68 with the regulated voltage at The the output junction and R65. Figure 8.n_ _L =-. When low Voltage is detected the output of U6 conduction through the bias t rises Q12CR28.o TYPICAL POSITIVE APPLY W/DIM _N_05 Re0 CR24 A typical PositiveApply.. R9O and R91 as well as the signals DIMBIAS and DIMINPUT... OUEeRIDE _..J 1 _i1/_-uC33°_ R85 which reduces the brilliance of the lamp. Similarly TEST+ will drive Q12 into conduction regardless of the states of either cemparator U6 or U7. When a dimmed channel is extinguished and then reactivates it will reactivate bdght. channel flashes. Depressing the TEST switch returns the active dimmed channels to bdght. and one signal derived internally that drives Q12 into conduction regardless of the states of either comparator U6 or U7.21{ .ALTERNATOR.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION zeuae DS9 7_27 Rs? Low uAc . When low voltage is detected internally or when low current is _11 .. Comparator U6 monitors the aircraft 28 VDC by comparing the voltage at the _ _'LASI-I CR19 -_: u_. in this case Q15 which retums the lamp to ground through two parallel paths. LO'_WOLTS/OVER VOLT 12-98 24-39-06 19 .

ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION NO/DI_ 12-98 CAUTION Do not reset a circuit breaker after it has tripped a second time. CR 38 TEST-. and drives Q14 into conduction. When the TEST Switch is depressed momentarily. thus driving Q14 into conduction. TEST+ is appliedthroughCR37 to CR38 also lightDS-Y.The negative battery lead attaches to a structural ground on the airframe.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL LAMP 3. DIMBIAS goes high to 12 VDC and U9 switches its output low and latches through R87.When the channeldeactivates. 10. .2 UDC DS--X q14 7a27 DIMOUTPUT ZH6e_9 4 cR3e t Bes 47B _ 90 CR34 RBB 6. is applied through to light DS-Y. This channel is designed to accept a +28 VDC signal to illuminatean indicatorchannel. This low output removes the ddve from Q14 and DS-X dims. 'EST+ FIGURE 8 - TYPICAL POSITIVE APPLY W/DIM the output of U9 will be high. Breakers are "Trip Free" type and cannot be held in the closed position. et "_ RB6 2 Z_ _le? _ trt4e_ Re4 cR 36 Req 4va _ 12 LIDC up_L u9 -_- ¢3302 2_3a t9 IMBIAS t N4_IB_ %. Non-Dimmable cimuit is shown in Figure 9. If necessary to do so to locate the malfunction. latches throughR87. be alert for a possible electrical fire. A typical Positive Apply. DE 12 UDC 47K I{91 qte 47_ c 14 e.0 TYPICAL POSITIVE APPLY W/O/DIM 24-50-00 24-51-00 . Q15 opens the returnto ground and DIMINPUT rises which returns latch U9 to a highoutputstate.YINPUT.- CR37 tFI400S [_#]] _ tb14005 F '['GURE 7YPICRL 24-50-00 2O POS_T[UE { 9 _ DS-y _ 2322 --_ _PPLY . but does not providefor dimmingof that channel.POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM The power bus distributesdirect current power to the electrical system from the alternator and from the battery throughthe battery relay. When the DIM Switch is depressed momentarily.The input. The master switch"ON" closesthe relay and supplies powerto the aircraftelectricalsystem. DIMBIAS goes low and U9 switchesits outputhigh.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 25 SEATS SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CURRENTLY NOT BEING USED 12-98 25-SEATS 1 .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 25-SEATS 2 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 27 FLIGHT CONTROLS .

27-94-00 ............... 11 ... 5 ........... 27-EffecUvity ................ 9 ........... 7 .............................. 10 ...... 6 ................ 27-20-00 ....... 27-30-03 . 27-30-00 ... PAGE ........ 17 .................. 8 ............................. 27-95-01 ................................................. 18 ........ 27-50-00 .. 27-00-00 ...... 27-96-00 ............. 27-60-00 .................... 27-50-00 ........ 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 27-EFFECTIVITY 1/2BLANK ........ 12 .. 27-31-00 .. 15 .......SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 27 FLIGHT CONTROLS LIST OF EFFECTIVEPAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ................... 16 ........... 13 ...... 27-93-01 .. 27-29-00 ......... DATE 1/2BLANK ...... 3/4BLANK .. 14 .. 27-40-01 ..... 27-Content .............

Empennage Free Play ............Speed Brakes ......... Trim Assist Bungee Rigging ....................... Maintenance ... Wing Flap System .... ...... 27-96-01 .... Rudder & Steering System ... 27-30-03 ............... 27-95-00 . 27-60-00 ............. General ....... Detail Procedures-Static Balancing ...Static Balancing ... TroubleShooting............ 27-42-00 ...... StabUizerTdm System .... 27-00-00 . SUBJECT ....... 27-93-01 .....................Static Balancing......... Miscellaneous ............ Equipment ................ Control Surface Trailing Edge ... Control Surface Static Balancing ... 27-40-00 ..... 27-91-00 ... Aileron System .... 12-98 PAGE 5 5 6 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 17 18 18 27-CONTENTS 3/4BLANK ... 27-94-00 ........................... Electric Tdm Pitch Maintenance .......Stall Warning System Speed Brakes System ..... 27-93-00 .... 27-95-01 .......... 27-20-00 ............. 27-50-00 .... 27-96-00 ... Balancing Procedures ... StalIWaming Maintenance Practices......... Elevator System ........... Aileron/Rudder Interconnect System ...... 27-31-00 ....... Trim System Troubleshooting.... 27-30-00 ......MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 27 FLIGHT CONTROLS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS .......... 27-90-00 .... 27-92-00 .............. 27-10-g0 . 27-40-01 ......

(Figure 27-1). 3. AileronRigging(S/N 24-1426 & ON). E.GENERAL The aircraft.H.76 is located at skin splice line between flap outboard end and aileron inboard end.(Reference 27-10-00. 27-10-00 G. Tolerances are specified in paragraph27-10-00. B.nuts. that permit flush skin attachment. AileronRemoval and Intallation. F.020 dimension. nut and washer (4) (Figure 27-1) and loosening Iocknut(6) (Figure 27-2). Aileron Rigging and Control Adjustment (SIN 24-0001 thru 24-1424). if applicable) in order to freely attach to the bellcranksand jackshatt.27-1) to align B.H. Remove aileron by pulling it straight air until hinges are clear.) to positionailerons at 0 degrees to 2 degrees down. Rigging is now complete. Rotate the left control wheel clockwise until the ailerons contact the aileron stops (8) (Figure 27-2). Use a straight edge (A). then proceed as described for the left control wheel. form the leading edges of the rudder and elevators. C.H. B Procedures).020 maximum clearance using feelergauge (N). E. (Figure 27-1) (L. F. A. Adjust remaining control tubes (F). Dual pairs of foot pedals control the rudder and nose wheel steering mechanisms. Level controlwheels . C. A. Lead counter-weightsstaticbalancethe ailerons.lU. Longitudinal pitch trim is achieved through a trim control system that pivots the entire empennage around the tailcone attachmentpoints.H.3 inch dimension. (12-112o to 14-1/2° SIN 24-1038 and ON). G. NOTE Refer to SECTION 27-60-00 for Aileron/Rudder Interconnect System Rigging Procedures E. Remove clamps from control wheels. and washer at aileronhorn. (Figure 27-2).has dual flight controlsand can be flown from eitherthe pilotor co-pilotseat. rig-pinsat: -AILERON SYSTEM 1. is 4 3 nches from spar web (M). Remove bolts. Reinstall aileron in reverse sequence of removal. The ailerons link to the controlwheel through push-pulltubes and bellcranks. Adjust aileron push-pull tube (J) (Figure 27-2) 12-98 27-00-00 5 . and R. NOTE The aboveaUeron rigging and adjustment instructions apply to both the left and right ailerons. (Figure 27-2) so the down travel is 8° +/. D. nut. and R. Three hinges of machined. Ailerons. nut and washer (4). The aileron control tube (F) can then be rotated clockwise or counterclockwiseso that the center of the outboard bolt (K). 3. extruded aluminum attach the ailerons to the air wing spar outboard of the wing flaps. Remove rig-pros. and washersfromthe three attachinghinges. A. The ailerons are of all-metal constructionwith beveled trailing edges. at rod end (7) (Figure 27-2) so that aileron (in neutral position) is 0° to -2 ° down (with no additional tolerance) as measured with travel board at wing station indicatedon travel board GSE 030003. Install3/15 dia. (B). Rod-end beatings are used throughout the flight control systems. (Figure 27-1). 3. Adjust control tube (B) linking control wheel shaft (C) at rod ends (5). and recheck 4. (D). Secure Iocknuts (1) and (5) and recheck .These bearings are simple and require little maintenance other than occasional lubdcation.Push pull tubes actuate the all-metal flight control surfaces.. Replace bolt. and R. FIGURE 27-1. Adjust control tube (D) at rod end (2) so that aileron center bellcrank (E) is 1/16 inch left of center facingforward. Adjust aileronstops (Reference Figure 27-2) per paragraph27-10-00. Aileron up travel may vary from 12-1/2 ° to 17° (with no additionaltolerance).SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 27-00-00 .H.) C. D. Repeat the operation on right control wheel by turning wheel counterclockwise until ailerons contact the stops. NOTE Wing station 147. D.H. Adjust aileron control tubes (F) by removing bolt. The co-pilot pedals are removable if optionaldual brakes are not installed. (1) Jackshal_(C) (Figure 27-1) (2) Bellcrank(E) (Figure27-1) (3) Bellcranks (9) (Figure 27-2) (Both L. Recheckboltsfor securityand safety. then adjust aileron stoj0s (8). F. (Figure controlwheels in accordance withstep B. 4. rotate inboard portion down and forward to allow aileron balance weights to clear wing tip (if configured). 2. Clamp or otherwisesecure controlwheels in the level positionuntil stepsC thru E are completed. Adjust controltubes (F) (Figure 27-2) (L. Remove control tube attaching bolt. 3. B. Adjust control tube (B) at rod ends (1) and (5) (Figure 27-1) by looseningthe lock nut and turning tube clockwise or counterclockwise to attain . Specially designed aluminum-alloy extrusions. Electrically actuated wing flap systems are installed on all models.

Raise aircraft nose. Rudder. 2. Clamp pilotsrudder pedals (A). (Figure 27-3). Push-pull tubes and bellcrankslinkthe rudderto the rudderpedals. approximately 6 turns out at startingpoint. in neutral position D. aft tailcone. should be modified per SI-M20-44. 3. Adjust Rod Eng beadng (B)(Fig. Install rudder in reverse sequence of removal. 12-98 . Detach rudderpush-pulltube fromrudder horn. The rudderattaches to the aft vertical fin spar at four hinge points. rod end bearing (at 2) 11 turns outto start. (A propelleryoke jack may be used. Recheckattaching boltsfor security and safety.RUDDER AND STEERING SYSTEM 1. (Figure 27-5). Adjust Rod End Beadng (B) (Fig. Rudder Rigging and Adjustment. E. Adjustrudder control tube (C) at rear tailcone bulkhead bellcrank. A. Remove rudder by pullingitstraightaft. B.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 5 ]3 H SM27-I AILERON & ELEVATOR CONTROL WHEEL RIGGING . 27-3) to positionRudder 1° to the right. D. G. 27-3) approximately9-11 turns outto start.FIGURE 27-1 27-20-00 . A. (Figure27-6). F. Remove attachinghardware at rudderhinges. NOTE Rudder bellcrank. Set stabilizer tdm control in neutral position 27-20-00 6 (stabilizer parallelwith aircraftcenter line). Adjust ruddercontroltube (D). C. Rudder Removal and Installation.) B. C.

-0 degrees) MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION dght and left. J. RUDDER PEDAL ADJUSTMENTS . Adjust nose wheel steedng by removingnut.FIGURE 27-3A 12-9B 27-20-00 7 . (b) Trim link connecting empennage to trim screw. 27-8). nuts and washers at (5) & (6) must be installed from rear to front. I On aircraft SIN 24-1464 & ON steedng stops (3) NOTE Measure rudder travel with travel board exists on rivet should be adjusted so . Allowable Free-Play RUDDER VERTICAL MOVEMENT A. boltsand secure recheck all travel limits. a_ t/amA_IOVE C/L LEVELINr. o steering idter linkage at (2).50 is located at skin splice on vertical fin). After setting NLG steedng stops. O I L. Maximum vertioal movement allowable at rudder trailing edge -. atand adjusting 4. may be bent to obtain clearances and contact with stops (M). Bolts. (Figure 27-8). AILERON STOP ADJUSTMENT . (8ta. Rudder stop limiter (R).08 inches. SCREWS TRAV'-_ IlrlAp-_ LDCATIrlN BETWEENFLAP & AILERON STA.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J H. K. Adjust rudder stops (paddles) (M).020 clearance line at station indicated on travel board GSE 030005. (1) If excessive free-pray exists check the fallowing areas for wear: (a) Trim screw jackshalt.75 m ( . 26. NOTE / between adjustment stop (3) and gear truss assembly (4) (Figure 27-¢) when rudder is at extreme left and right travel position. washer & bolt (1). so that rudder travel is 23 degrees (+1. retighten all jam nuts. I. (Fig.FIGURE 27-2 TRAVEL BDARD LrlCATIDN _'TA.. (FigureLimits 27-4). Unclamp rudder pedals. 147. and with longitudinal trim (stabilizer) set in the 0 degree position.FIGURE 27-3 SI427-3A TRAVEL BOARD LOCATIONS .

If any portion of the control tube exceeds .FIGURE 27-6 12-98 { . 5. NOTE Control tube wear allowables. the tube must be replaced.FIGURE 27. Rudder Torque Tube Removal.014 in reduction in diameter.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 47 o SMJK_'7-4 NOSE GEAR STEERING LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT . 27-30-00 -ELEVATOR SYSTEM 1: Elevators.Carefully removetorque tube by slidingout toward the rightside of cabinand throughcabindoor. Elevator constructionis essentiallythe same as that of the ailerons. Remove shield from front of cabin floorboard that covers torque tube.4 (c) Bolls and brackels atlach_g empennageto ta#oone. Both elevators attachto SNX27-7 SMP7-9 RUDDER & ELEVATOR TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT FIGURE 27-5 27-30-00 8 RUDDER HORN ADJUSTMENT .007 wear per wall or . Remove attachinghardware from hingesand rudder pedal control rods. The rudder torquetubeshouldbe inspectedthoroughlyand replaced if any damage is found.

elevator control horns by taking off attaching and 2. attach bolts and secure as necessary. B. Rotate stabilizer trim full down to check clearance of bellcrank at wing stub spar.FIGURE 27-7 27-30-03 .2 degrees and downtravel of 22 +/. Elevator stop limiter (E) may be bent to obtain clearances and positive contactwith (P) (Figure 27-8).//1_"_ A.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION wa k ng beams and bellcranks link both elevators to the control yoke. the stabilizer at four hinge points. Adjust rod end bearings of control tube (L). _/_-_/ _ B. Adjust md end beadng at rear tancone bulkhead (C)(Fig. Level aircraft and set control column in neutral withstabilizer parallelto center lineof aircraft. (Figure 27-8). and washers from the four attaching hinges. G.dL. After elevator stops (P) are set. rotate elevators thru full range of travel to assure solid contact with stops and that nuts and bolt heads clear stop limiter. y. ELEVATNR o o TUBE STDP AJ]JUSTMENT FIGURE 27-8 12-98 27-30-03 9 . Remove push-pull control tubesbolls. J. if needed. Recheck attaching bolls for secudty and safety. F. Lead counterweightsstatic balance both elevators. Both elevators are connected by control tubes to a common bellcrank in empennage. at rear tailcone bulkhead out approximately5 turns to start.EMPENNAGE FREE PLAY LIMITS Allowable free-play movement of the empennage assembly on the tailcone of the airplane. Adjust elevator horn rod end (9).. 3. D. To obtain additional elevatortravel. Rotate elevator trim _. Elevator Rigging and Adjustment A. for clearance.u_. Retighten all jam nuts. with the tailcone fixedat the tailskid: Horizontalstabilizer @ Tip: 0. Set elevator stops (P). NOTE Measure elevator travel from O degrees stabilizer thrust line with travel board positioned at stabilizer station indicated on travel board GSE 030004 and with stabilizer at 0 degrees aircraft thrust line. (Figure 27-7) out 7 or 8 rums to start. recheck all control tube clearances and travel limits.10 inchma_. nuts.. should be modified per SI-M20-44. at control yoke (G) for controlshaft (H) clearancefrom firewalland controlyoke(G) clearance fromfuselagestructure.08 inchma_ . washer.12 inchma_ -Fore &Art 0. 27-5). in empennage stinger for elevator uptravel 22 +/. adjust as required.. C. o RUDDER _. Elevator Removal andallInstallation. Remove bolls. D. fromnuts. Install elevatorsin reversesequence of removal. Main spar adjustable rod end bearingis turned out approximately6 turns to start.Up&Down Rudder @ Lower trailingedge: 0. (Figure27-1). C. Push-pull tubes .. (See Figure 27-3A & 27-11) NOTE Elevator bellcrank.2 degrees.check that Elevator up stop(P) makes solid. Remove elevator to the rear. o o / // 1. Adjustrodend beating(3). Recheck elevator up and down travel. aft tailcone. H. (Figure 27-5).---- • O \ \ ELEVATOR HORN ADJUSTMENT.Up & Down E.contacton elevator stoplimiter (E).

FIGURE 27-9 nut 27-10). Stepped nuts are required at the nose up and nose down positions. Loosensetscrew in down stop orjamnut (A) and turn stop(s) on threaded shaft to move it toward AlL Turn trim controlwheel toward NOSE DOWN position until horizontalstabilizer is within the following limits: +. A. Tum disconnectedtorquesha_ (B) clockwiseor counterclockwise until horizontal stabilizer as measured. Basic rigging.5 inches measured). the entire empennage pivots around its main hinge points. The system consistsof a manuallyoperated actuator that operates a series of torque tubes and universal joints connected to a jack screw on the afl.5 degrees leading edge down.75 degrees leading edge up (Approx. B.usingthe travel board. NOTE A "stepped stop nut". A. STnp E:- f P SH27-TRIM TRIM ASSIST BUNGEE RIGGING . PIN 030004-503. NOTE Negative stabilizer (. 4. Loosen setscrew in up stop/jamnut (A) (Figure 27-31-00 12-98 10 . C. NOSE UP stabilizer trim control rigging is now complete. facing trim screw nut (F). is identical to procedures below except that stepped nut and jam nut require beingnuttorqued together. -5.degrees) settings mean that stabilizer leading edge is moved down relative to the thrust line. Adjust trim bungees(N). Nose Up Stabilizer Trim Control Rigging and Adjustment.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 27-31-00 .FIGURE 27-9 NOTE Rig trim assist bungees before installation of elevator extension springs (P). Nose Down Stabilizer Trim Control Riggingand Adjustment.75 inch measurement).STABILIZER TRIM SYSTEM To provide pitch trim control. This allows trim screw nut (F) to contact stepped portion of these two nuts and not bind. with a "jam nut" configuration has been incorporated. This can be retrofitted to all M2OJaircraft if desired. NOTE Positive stabilizer (+degree) settings mean that stabilizer leading edge is moved up relative to thrust line. Figure27-9 at rod-end beadng (10) for elevator up angle of 19 degrees + 1 degree. (Approx. 2. full nose up position. (B) to trim screw (C) (Figure 27-10). (trim turn trim full or NOSE UP nut position (Figure 27-10). Set stabilizerto -3 degrees position. withagainst two wrenches. NOTE Negative (-degrees)stabilizer degrees mean that stabilizerleadingedge is moved down relative to thrust line.tailcone bulkhead. Connect torque shaft. Disconnecttorque shaft (B) from trim screw (C). Figure 27-9. B. is withinthe following limits. break torque jamor nut/stepped (if installed) and turn stopon(A) jamnut/stepped nut (A&E)ofclockwise alignthread ronsard edge UP stop or or counterclockwise stepped nut.TRIM ASSIST BUNGEE RIGGING Bungee units in the elevator control systems assist in stabilizertrim adjustment. [/7 FW9 A. withtofront of tdmscrew (C) (Figure 27-10). Rotate trim screw nut (F') against UP stopor nut(E). 1. for either configuration. prior to jam set screw tightened threaded trim screw (C). screw nutcontrolwheel (F) against UPtostop stepped (E). 27-40-00 . 2. Tighten setscrew and %\ 10 N sHJa7-9 TRIM ASSIST BUNGEE RIGGING . D. as shown by (Figure 27-11).

. Re-tension ddve Chain.090-00052-0022 When scodng orwear is not present. and pitch trim servo assemblymountingbrackets. Remove components carefully until access to beadng block is obtained. After reinstallation and reconnection of all components. 5. refer to following procedures: E.General Push-pulltubes and beUcranksinterconnectthe flaps. Disconnect ELT harness from connector and any other widng that may interfere with the removal of torque tube assembly from tailcone. Wing Flaps . 27-50-00 WING FLAP SYSTEM Trim torque tube/pitchtrim servo assembly should be removed from aircraft to replace bearing block. electrical and mechanical. The flaps are operated by an electdcal motor driven actuator (1) connected to a jack shaft (2) (Figure 27-13). 1. Disconnect universal joint located between tailcone bulkhead.. 27-50-00 12 m 12-98 . Install annual service placard (057-05747-0001) on forward. D. F. _ JAM NUT-"_ _m-r--'_v_ II II I I I I ra-. 6.STEPPED STOP NUTS torquetube.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL WHEEL WHEEL_.. If bearing block assembly replacement is required.. Disconnect electrical widng.. A. STOP NUTS -. at connector. If carder bearing or torque tube sleeve show evidence of scodng or wear.STABILIZERTRIM CHAIN ADJUSTMENT -FIGURE 27-12-. H. B. Sta.. hinges (Figure27-13). 142. Support aft end of torque tube if needed. it will be essential to check stabilizer pitch trim system rigging in accordance with Section 27-40-01. 142.Travel is controlled by limitswitches(6) and (7) and stopslocated at O.i .047-04143-000 BEARING BLOCK ASSY. Pull torque tube/trim servo assembly from tailcone through access cover on left side of tailcone..actuator horn (9). Carder bearing can now be inspected.I \ ! '--GEAR lID× _q-1 ASSEMBLY S27CHAIN STD. J. Place torque tube/pitch trim servo assembly on work bench for removal and replacement of beadng block. Flap position is indicatedin the cockpitthrough a cable link system (B) connectedto the jack sha_. TORQUE TUBESLEEVE-076-00971-000 ROLL PIN (for torque tube sleeve) . I STEPPED _ SMK27-12 1 1 GEAR Brlx ASSEMBLY .B. Carefully lilt torque tube/pitch trim servo assembly up and pull aft end of torque tube from tdm actuator socket on aft tailcone bulkhead. clean any dded grease and/or dirt from beadng and torque tube sleeve. Relubdcate.Remove nuts. Bendix-King PIN's are:. replace damaged items with new parts. @ fuselage Sta. Reinstall carder bearing to aft side of electdc pitch tdm servo bracket. vertical podion of bulkhead. to servo motor. washers. Install new bearing block and assemble in reverse sequence.bolts/screws fromupper and lowerpitch tdm servobrackets holding brackets to bulkhead. The jack shaft is connectedto actuatorbracket (3) (Figure27-13) on each flap just outboardof hinges (4) by a push-pullrod end beadng (5) and hardware. Clean any dirt and grease from placard location on forward side of tailcone bulkhead. G. 4. Each flap pivotsaboutfour hinges. C. using MIL-G-23827 or MIL-G-81322 grease. 3. Reinstall torque tube/pitch trim servo assembly into taUcone. Use a grease needle or other suitable tool to apply grease. therefore manual tdm wheel and electdc trim switch should be flagged so inadvertent movementwill not occur.

The indicator is geared to the tdm control wheel and indicates stabilizer position mlaUve to the aircralt thrust line. Gain access to area by removing electrical bay access cover from left hand side of tailcone Locate Electdc Pitch Trim servo system.18 inch Ibs. The clutch torque for the electdc trim system should be checked and adjusted by an Avionics shop SN27-11 for the following settings to operate the autopilot systems properly: STABILIZER TRIM CONTROL RIGGING-FIGURE 27-11 (1) KFC 200 -. 5. Carder bearing assembly block to al_ side of electric pitch tAm servo bracket. 057-05747-0001. 3. (Figure 27-10) clockwise or counterclockwise to make contact with trim screw nut (F).2 inch Ibs. Stabilizer Trim Chain Adjustment. 4. Tighten setscrew. Carrier beadng is located around TAm System requires pedodic maintenance at each existing pitch trim torque tube. (3) KFC 150 --21 +/. (4) EDO AIRE Systems -.just a_ of Fuselage If installed. two NAS428-3-4 bolts (2) to obtain maximum tension on chainwithout causing binding. MAXIMUMHORIZONTALSTABILIZER ALLOWABLE FREE PLAY LIMITS- MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION \ \ (1) Fore and aft movement at stabilizer tip: 0_ (2) Vertical movement at stabilizer tip: 0_. Check for proper clutch settings.the AIliedSignal (Bendix-King)ElectricPitch Sta. NOSE DOWN stabilizer trim control rigging is now complete. (2) KAP 100 --21 +/-2 inch Ibs. 27-40-01 . (available and below electricpitchtrim servo motor. lube per Section 5. 27-42-00 -ELECTRIC PITCH TRIM SYSTEM MAINTENANCE 1. If not already installed. Check Tdm Actuator threads for galling or not lubdcated. A. Electric Trim.21 +/. an annual service placard. Set horizontal stabilizerto an angle of incidence of minus 2 degrees O0 minutes to minus 2 degrees 30 minutes. aft of lower chain annual inspectionfor carrier beadng added to existing sprocket. Loosen electric pitch trim servo dave chain. Rotate stop (A). from AIliedSignal)MUST be added to the ElectdcPitch 2. A. must be inspected and lubricated per the following Slide bearing block aft until it is clear of stainlesssteel procedures: sleeve which is secured to existing airplane pitch trim 12-98 27-40-01 11 . Wuththe four mounting bolts (1) slack. Stabilizer Trim Indicator Rigging. R A. TAm servo bracket area to call attention to the annual Remove four lock nuts which secure carder beadng maintenance requirement.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J B. 142 bulkhead. Adjust tdm indicator cable at (F) (Figure27-10) to set indicator in the cabin to the center of thetakeoff range mank. adjust the (5) S-TEC --30 inch Ibs. ELECTRIC CLUTCH SLIPPING' Check BINDING symptoms above. Confirm full bus voltage is available at trim motor.2 inch lbs.TRIM SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING BINDING CHECK controltubes at bulkhead grommets for rub marks. (Reference Figure 27-12). on aft side of electricpitchtrim servo bracket aimralt pitch trim torque tube. NOTE When removing trim screw from empennage use a block of wood cut to fit opening between tailcone and empennage to prop empennage up when trim screw is removed.

C. (See SECTION 27-10-00. with a 15° takeoffsetting C. (Figure 27-15). B. A. B. Micro-Switches must strike tang on flap jack properly. Adjust switch stack until bottom Micro-Switch just opens. nut.'--I_ FLAP ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY & INSTALLATION FIGURE 27-13 SNX27-14 On S/N 24-0001 thru 24-2999 the flap swtch (10) s se f centering from the down position and located on the console adjacent to the flap position indicator. and washer from flap-actuating attachment. Install wing flaps in reverse sequence of removal. and set flap position indicatorcable (B) at attachment screw (2).FIGURE 27-14 B. NOTE The flaps may be rigged asymetrically (within tolerances) to facilitate aircraft rigging or to compensate forany rolloff during flap operation. Wing Flap Removal and Installation. This indicates the degree of flap deflectionfrom 0° to 33°. verify flap travel is correct for full UP and DOWN. and washers at flap hinge points. top switch roller should make contact with the non-cut-out area. 1. (Figure 27-15) shouldbe adjustedso that under flightloadsthe actuatorover run will not allow the flaps to exceed either up or down positions. The limitswitches.#3. Retract flapsto 15° (+/-1°). Retract flaps to 0u +/. A. Adjust switches to accomplishthis. Set flap outboardtravel stops (not illustrated)so that flaps align withaileronwhilein neutral position. POSITION ADJUSTMENT SIN 24-3000 thru 24-3078. Wing Flap Rigging and Adjustment. Adjust right and left.Extendflapsto TAKEOFFposition(15° +/-1o) C. Remove bolt. 12-98 27-50-00 13 .=1---807B _MJ2'. D. Rig flaps per para. & B. Remove flap by pulling it down and af_ E. 24--3D00 _ 2.24-3079 thru 24-:_200. Lower switch roller should make contact in the cut-out area. Remove wing flap hinge faidng to expose flap push-pulltube.g(1). TAKEOFF or DOWN. Recheck security and safety of attaching bolts. 2. 2. A. the flap system incorporates a flap preselect feature which allows the flaps to be positionedas desired: UP. On SIN 24-3000 thru 24-3078 and 24-3201 and 24-3218 thru 24-TBA. 24-3218 thru 24-TBA Before rigging take-off position. above. ' NOTE Flap deflections areto be measured with travel board GSE 030003 at the station indicated on the travel board. Lubricatethe flap actuatorgear box and ball screw at required intervalsandwithlubricantsprescribed inChapter5.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION POSITION ADJUSTMENT SIN 24-0001 thru 24-2999. A.inboard linkage at rod end beadn. to TAKEOFF positionas shownon flap position indicatorin Cabin. The flaps can be retracted completely by placing the switch in the UP position or to any setting between 0 and 33 degrees by placing in UP position to setting desired and then centeringto stopthe actuator. Remove bolts.2_. nuts.. 24-3201. (Eigure 27-14) to obtaLna flaE deflection of 33= (+g/-2"). Fig ure 27-3A) WING FLAP ADJUSTMENT .

. Top switchwill be automaticallyadjusted.CONTROL SURFACE STATIC BALANCING Controlsurface balance must be checked when control surfaces .AILERON/RUDDER INTERCONNECT SYSTEM 1. static wicks (when installed as optional equipment)./i _" -. (See Fig.. 2.15 D.. 3 27-92-00 . Obtain or otherwise fabricate two (2) knife edge supports approximately one (I) foot in height so that . AN530-4R6 PK screws.BALANCING PROCEDURE 27-93-01 ... AFT of 310020 fuselage former. Ailerons are balanced UPSIDE DOWN. > _" 7 f . TAKEOFF & DOWN. CAUTION All control surfaces should be stripped prior to repainting. s_7-_s _ WING FLAP INDICATOR ADJUSTMENT (NON -PRESELECT) ..25 in. Holding both. It is recommended that secure 3. The knife edge providingthe requirements of this be sectionLEVEL are met.BALANCING EQUIPMENT STATIC The design of the balancing fixture is not odtical 2 1.is repaired. E.FIGURE 27. 2.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL applicable) balance weight. 27-18) / t" --KNIFEEDG E/-----. MakesurePKscrewsare all three brackets. verify propersetting at TAKEOFF while Flapsare goingdown. above.DETAIL PROCEDURES STATIC BALANCING 1.. 27-60-00 .MISCELLANEOUS 27-91-00 . controls in neutral position. 3. on -005 brackets and position -025 and -027 brackets control tube the bellcrank on andrudder on 110002-025 andso -027 Clamp brackets in place and ddll through brackets and ofinto tube installed length eachcontrol spring is 4.02 orbe 1/2placed oz.. Cycle flaps UP._ SUPPDRT J "_ _'_ Ill '" J / . so the end of 110002-005 bellcrank assembly will be 2.. control surfaces be stripped npaceto prior to repainting._- 2. on aileron controltube. Complete control surfaces include (as 27-60-00 14 Si7 i CONTROL SURFACESTATIC BALANCE SUPPORTS FIGURE27-15 12-98 . install two springs.. locate 110002-101 bracket. Control surfaces must be rebalanced in accordance with the procedures in Section 27-93-00. The supportingknife edges must be horizontaland parallelto each other within the requirements of Step 1. Elevators and rudders are balanced with the "Control Horn" pointing upward. 27-15). rudder and aileron. A line drawn throughthe hinge line support points must be level and perpendicularto the supporting knife edges. With controls in neutral position. "_/_ .. 27-90-00 27-93-00 . PIN 110003-007. altered or repainted. The control surface balance limits shown in Figure 27-17 apply to a complete painted control surface only.90 for in.11 prevent tipping (see Fig.. and nmge supports MUST PERPENDICULAR to the hinge axis of the control surface. Weight Scales: Scales used to recordon weights must accurate within they Ibs can a table andbebe stabilized to 0. and rudder taillight and/or strobe light assembly installed. control attachment horn and attaching hardware.

#TO 0. Install a 1/4 inch bolt or pin through the inboard and outboard AILERON hinge bracket.#TO 13. # 24-1544.00 IN. 24-1552 THRU 24-1621 24-3000 THRU 24-3038 UNDERBALANCE 6.00 IN. # TO 0.#TO 14.23 IN.75 IN.FIGURE 27-17 12-98 27-93-01 15 .30 IN. 10 bolt or pin through inboard and outboard ELEVATOR hinge bearing.00 IN.751N.25 IN. # TO 5. 5.501N. # 24-TBD TO 24-TBA UNDERBALANCE 5. 24-1552 THRU 24-2999 124-3039THRU 24-3200 24-3202 THRU 24-3217 UNDERBALANCE 18. # TO 0. # TO 11.001N.50 IN. Measuremen_ should be taken in a draft free environment. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 7. stripping. 24-1545 THRU 24-1551 24-3000 THRU 24-3038 UNDERBALANCE 18.00 IN. Positon and level the control surface on the knife edge hinge supports.00 IN. GROSS WT. # 24-0001THRU24-1543. Accurately measure control surface load at a measured distance from the hinge axis as far from the hinge axis as possible (Figure 27-18).23 IN.00 IN # • UNDERBALANCE = TRAILING EDGE HEAVY M20J FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACE BALANCE LIMITS . 24-3202 THRU 24-3217 12. Two tooling holes are located in the tip ribs and are on the rib chord line (rib center line).) IF SO. 24-1552 THRU 24-2999. and top and bottom RUDDER hinge bearing. 24-3039 THRU 24-TBA UNDERBALANCE 16. SURFACE DESCRIPTION AIRCRAFT EFFECTIVITY BALANCE MOMENT LIMITS * !430026-001 &-002 ELEVATOR 24-0001THRU24-1543 24-1545 THRU 24-1551 24-3000 THRU 24-3038 UNDERBALANCE 16.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J 4. 8. All control surfaces are balanced with the hinge center line and the tip db chord line level.24-3218 THRU 24-TBA UNDERSALANCE 15.25 IN.50 IN. 230015-503 & -504 AILERON 230015-505 & -506 AILERON 230015-507 & -508 AILERON 230015-511 & -512 AILERON 24-0001 THRU 24-0942 UNDERBALANCE 8. # 24-1038 THRU 24-1543 24-1545 THRU 24-1551 UNDERBALANCE 7. # TO 5. # TO 12.30 iN. Install a No.23 IN. #TO 24-3200. Chordwise level can be obtained by using a spidt level and pins inserted into these tooling holes.50 IN.00 IN# 24-1622 THRU 24-2999 24-3039 THRU 24-3110 UNDERBALANCE 6. Control surfaces MUST BE RECHECKED for balance after any painting. 6. # 430043-000 RUDDER NOTE: NC SIN 24-1688 THRU UNDERBALANCE 15.10 IN#TO 5.00 IN. # 24-0943 THRU 24-1037 UNDERBALANCE 7. # TO 12. # 24-3201. repair or alteration. # 24-3111 TO 24-TBD UNDERBALANCE 5. Calculate the moment (arm times weight) and compare the results with Figure 27-17. USE UNDERBALANCE MOMENT LISTED IN COLUMN TO THE RIGHT. # 24-1544.# MAY BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH KIT DWG 940071 (2900 LB.50 IN.25 IN # 24-1544. # TO 0.00 IN.

B. to correct for a right wing-heavy condition. 27-95-00 -STALLWARNINGMAINTENANCE PRACTICES A.3. bend left ailerontrailing edge down.FIGURE 27-20 27-94-00 16 CT SIN 24-0001 THRU 24-3153 12-98 .) ViceGripstyle pliers may to used to bend the trailing edges as necessary (See Figure 27-20).0 . Remove two screws which secure switch to ADJUSTUP TO ACTUATESOONER X "08FFLMEAc_. This approach should be examined before reworking any repair or restripping and repainUng the affected control surface. A. NOTE Glue 1116in. Remove screws or rivets attachingthe access coveraft of stallswitchon lower wing surface. oANL L_EWAFTB LE R"'°'. wing leadingedge. C. Disconnecttwowires from the switch. A lighter weight can be produced by shaving existing balance weighL FIGURE 27-19 NOT USED. Any deformed rivets must be replaced after trimming aileron or rudder trailing edge.CONTROL SURFACE TRAILING EDGE NOTE Verify flight control rigging is correct before bending trailing edge. Rudder. Aileron. NOTE The aileron trailing edge MUST NOT BE BENT UP under any circumstance.0 in. 1. heavier balance weights can be obtained through a Mooney Service Center. To correct for a left wing-heavy condition. 1. The rudder trailing edge may be trimmed right Orlelt as required.FIGURE 27-21A TRAILING EDGE TRIMMING .DISTANCE FROM HINGE POINT TO UNBALANCE POINT NOTE If specified moments cannot be met (reference Figure 27-17). bend right aileron trailing edge down.) FORCE limits) FIGURE 27-18 . A pair of widenose (2.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION = M20J DISTANCE (Refer to Figure AFT 27-17 for (NOTE: Aileron is SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL OF HINGE dimensions balanced & upside LINE - UNBALANCE down. / q- D DO STALL VANE ADJUSTMENT . Stall WarningSwitch Removal. 27-94-00 . Trimming. thick rubber strips to inside of jaws of ViceGrip pliers to reduce possibility of damage to trailing edges. B. RUDDER.

Horn continues to blow. or if a new switch is installed. It may be necessary to make several alternate adjustmentsand test flights before the desired setting can be reached.Positionswitch in opening on lower wing leading edge. Defective warning hom switch. Defective warning horn. B. nor more than 10 KTS. 27-21A). C. pull the vane back and down. The only way to test the accuracyo1the settingis to fly the airplane into a stall. if the stall warning has been activating too late. noting the speed at whichthe warning horncomes ON and the speed at which the FULL stalloccurs. See STALL WARNING SWITCH ADJUSTMENT (Para. moving the vane tip 1/4 inch will change the time the stall warning acurates by about 5 MPH of indicated air speed. push the vane up and ADJUST UP TOACTUATE SOONER ADJUST [:)OWN TO ACTUATE SCREWS STALL VANE ADJUSTMENT . If the stall warning has been activating too late push the vane up and forward. Replace the access cover securely. check for grounded circuit. Moving the vane with the phillips head screws loosened moves the entire unit up or down inside the wing.StaltWaming Switch (Vane)Adjustment SIN 24-3154 thru 24-TBA (Figure 27-21B) Locate the stall switch on the lower surface of the left wing leading edge and loosen the two screws on both sides of the wing leading edge cutout (See Fig. Defective warning horn switch. PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY Warning circuit breaker tripped. NOTE NEVER TRY TO ADJUST THE SWITCH BY BENDING THEVANE. causing the switchto be closed earlier or later.TROUBLE SHOOTING . StallWarning SwitchInstallation. A.The rate of speed reduction shall not exceed one knot per second with the airplane tdmmed to 1.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ 2.STALL WARNING SYSTEM i TROUBLE Warning system inoperative. Adjust the switch.FIGURE 27-21B SIN 24-3154 THRU 24-TBA 27-95-01 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION forward. Moving the vane with the ph ps head screws loosened moves the entire unit up or down inside the wing causing the switah to be closed eadier or later. GENERAL As a role of thumb. proceed asfollows (Para. ¢. 3 or4): 3. install two attach screws.5 times the stall speed. The switch should require no adjustment in normal service. Replace switch.The stall must be made in various configurations. Stall Warning Switch (Vane) Adjustment SIN 24-0001 thru 24-3153 (Figure 27-21A) Locatethe stall switch on the lower surfaceof the left wing leading edge and loosen the two phillips head screws. one on either side of the vane (See Fig. 12-98 27-95-01 17 . D. 3 or 4 below). If the stall warning has been activating too early. Open circuit. preceding the stall and shall continue until the stall occurs in power off configuration. Retighten the screws after mak ng each adjustment.clean. pull the vane back and down. Connect electricalwires to switch connections. Should it require readjusting. The stall warningshouldactuateat no lessthan 5 KTS. The stallwarning switch is adjustedwhen the airplane is test flown at the factory. 27-2tB). gear and flaps down and power on and power off. If circuit breaker persist in tripping. Replace switch. The switchsetting should be checked and adjusted as necessary whenever a wing or wing leading edge is replaced or extensively repaired. Replace horn. If the stall warning has been activating too early. This part has been heat treated and cannot be bent without damaging or breaking the vane or switch. . Check for continuity. Retighten the screws JEer making each adjustment.

Componentsfor these are available through yourMooney ServiceCenter. Inc.0 inches from the angled end of cap stdp and another is located 5. and the electricalpads list.0 inchesfromthe angledend. On laterconfigurationcadddges. Countersinkholes on both sides of cap stdps. After vedfication of proper operation. (. Some drain tubes have a heat formed flange and mountingplates to mountthe tube to the hole which already exists in the new cartridge. reinstall spoedbrake cadddges and connections. 27. Drill #40 holes in cap strips and door at the locationsmarked in (3) a. D. relays. SECTION 91.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 27.) is required in the aft. (Reference existing cartridge to determine which cap strip is to be installed on a new cartridge door. Inc. located in the envelope. If no deficienciesof the cartridges exist. the motor/gear assembly will be outboard on the left hand wing side and inboard on the right hand wing side. Alter the cartridge is secured in place with the top screws. Report any deficienciesof cartridge (if any) to PreciseFlight.Install drain tube in inboard hole. Cycle to verifyproperoperation. widng.One is located 2. Place correct door cap stdps on speedbrake doors (while speedbrakes are retracted into cartridge) untilflush with top of wing skin surface.) to attach strap stripto cartridgebottom housing.) b. the drain hole already existsin the bottomof each end of the cartridge.SPEED BRAKE SYSTEM A Speed Brake System Is currentlyoptionalequipment installed on some M20J aircraft. Repair any defects found. etc. 12-98 . Some of the electdcal cimuitry. cimuit breakers. A. on the LH bulkhead. CAUTION Be certain of which cap strip goes on which door and that the angled end of cap strip matches up with angled edge of each door. Precise Flight.The drain tube from the old cadddge Is to be securedin place in this hole with siliconeadhesiveused as sealant. Ddll proper hole (#30 ddll) to install ChenyMax CR3243-4-2 dvets (2 ca. c. Mark the locationfur the two holes in the bottom of the cartridge housing.the drainholes in the outboard end of the cartddge must be sealed with silicone sealant pdorto installationof cartridgeintowing. e.These do not requireany siliconesealant to seal the tube. The schematic. Route drain tube through hole in bottom of access cover. mounting area and relatedcomponents for the following: (1) Visually check doubler and mounting hardwarefor structuralintegrity. REPLACEMENT OF MALFUNCTIONING CARTRIDGES. of this S & M covers the electricalsystemcomponentidentification.96-00 . (0. (3) Door caps may need to be installedon some replacement cadddge doors in accordance with the following: a. FINAL OPERATIONAL CHECK AND CLOSE-UP A. (2) The bottom.mountingstrap stripfrom the old cartridgewill require relocatingto the new cartridge. Extend doors to continue with cap strip installation. are installed by Mooney pmduction drawings.27 in.96-01 .MAINTENANCE . The speedbrake doors are not located in the center oftbe cartridge. ELECTRIC OR VACUUM SYSTEMS @ Every1000 hours: A. however. 3. can provide detail parts and maintenanceinformationfor the cartridge assemblies. the following proceduresmay be required to installthe new cartridge: NOTE There is no left or right hand configuration on the electrical units.SPEED BRAKE SYSTEM 1. Cycle spoedbrake doors to verify sufficient clearance exists (0. B.0625 in. (4) Inspect cable (on vacuum units) especially aroundpulleysfur fraying. C. d. Remove the speedbrakecartridgesfromwing: (1) Remove access cover from bottom of wing beneaththe Speed Brake cadddge. (3) Manually operate the speedbrake doors and feel fur smooth operation. (2) Visually inspect for chafing on all moving parts. Flush dvet in place with AN426A-3-7 rivets. reinstall accesscover plate on each wing. The side of the cartridge that has the narrowest flange goes forward. position the strap strip over the single mounting hole in the wing bottom skin. Inspect removed cart_lge. Line angled end of cap strip up with angled end of speedbrake door. (1)Onsome mplacamentcartddgesadrain hole. The relay for the electric Speed Brake System is locatedunder the rear seat area. (2) Remove the single screwfrom bottom of wing whichsecures the strapstrip of the cartridge. (3) Disconnect vacuum or electrical connection fromSpeedbrake cartridge.) between cap strip and wing skinand doublers.4)Remove Speedbrake cartridge from wing by remo_nngscrews from top of wing from around the Speedbrake carlridge and remove the cartridge throughthe bottom access hole. When replacement of a malfunctioning Speedbrake Cadridge with a new cadddge is necessary. 2. The manufacturer. inboard comer of Speedbrake cartridge bottom. 27-96-00 18 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Therefore. Mark dvet locationson flange legs of all cap strips to be installed.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 28 FUEL SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

. 13 ........................................ 28--42-00 ....... 8 ...... 28-30-00 ... PAGE ............... 7 ...... 28-11-00 .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 28 FUEL LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ... 28-92-00 ............................ 3/4BLANK . 28-Contents ....... 28-10-00 ................. 28-13-00 .. 12 ................... 14 .......... 5 ........ 28-Effectivity .......................... DATE 1/2BLANK ........................ 28-20-00 ... 28-91-00 ....... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 28-EFFECTIVITY 1/2BLANK ............. 11 .. 9 ...... 6 .................... 28-00-00 ... 10 ...... 28-12-00 .

............ SUBJECT .... 28-42-00 ..... 28-30-00 ................................ Selector Valve & Gascolator Screen Cleaning Fuel Injection System ............. 28-43-00 . 28-92-00 ................. 28-13-00 ... Storage . 28-10-00 . Soapless Bubble Fluid Formula Preparation for Leak Check .... Fuel Quantity Adjustment Procedure... 28-12-00 ..MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 28 FUEL TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ............................ 28-91-00 .......... 28-25-00 .......... 28-40-00 ........... 28-24-00 ................ Fuel Vents ............... 28-43-02 ......... Fuel Boost Pump Removal and Installation ....... Fuel Quantity Indicating Transmitters Fuel Quantity Indicator . Fuel Tank Transmitter Adjustment .... Fuel Additives ............. Fuel Tank Leak Repair ... Distribution ......... Indicating . 28-00-00 ............ Dump . 28-14-00 ....... Fuel System Drains ................................... 28-11-00 . 28-43-01 ................ Full Selector Valve Removal and Installation................... 28-23-00 ............... Filler Cap Maintenance .. 28-21-00 ............... Engine Priming ........ 12-98 PAGE 5 5 6 6 8 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 13 28-CONTENTS 3/4BLANK .... 28-31-00 ... General ..... 28-20-00 . Fuel Tank Field Repair .................. 28-00-01 ........... Flared Fittings..... 28-90-00 . Trouble Shooting ... 28-41-00 ...... 28-32-00 ............... 28-22-00 ...... Fuel Quantity Gauge Adjustment Miscellaneous .......

in each tank. WARNING Water can enter the fuel tank through a loose fitting or damaged cap. B. 28-00-0t . . 2. Occasional lubdcationwith petroleumjelly or 2 Td-Flow will keep the o'ringsoit and pliable.__---__ _ _'_ _'_ weather fading or other damage. loadingas desired. Apptyonly one-half pound (1/2 lb. in tank. NOTE Fuel selector should be in the OFF position before proceeding with paragraph C.FUEL FILLER CAP ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE Fuel filler port cap assembfies should be checked periodicallyfor proper sealing and should be serviced occasionally to prevent bard to open or close conditions._ J. T'q]htennut (6) so cap assembly handle(7) can be opened. or equivalent.FIGURE 28-1 Optional visual fuel quantity gauges are located in each wing tank end are to be used only for padial fuel MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION to prevent bindingwhile opening or closingthe cap assembly. The dial is held in positionby RTV leak.Replace o'dng if bubbtesare observed _ and t 7 adjustment _ _ v ofthe nut / U does not I J stopthe I A J 7 ¶ #108 sealant. any damage or brittleness Removeand replaceif needed. with a low-point drain.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J 28-00-00 -GENERAL Internally sealed.that actuates the rotatinglockplate (3) should MAINTENANCE . The seating capabil_ of each cap assembly should be checked pedodicallyand at each annual inspection. This can be accomplished per the following procedures: A. 3. Clean cavityand secure correct. 24-0001 thru 24-0377).FIGURE 28-2 be lubricatedoccasionallywith Tri-Flow.Adjusttension of shaft (2) and rotatinglockplate (3) by removingcotter pin (5) from nut (6) on threaded portionof shaft (2). This should be corrected as soon as possible. Fuel feeds from either tank to a selector valve thin a gascolator. Remove cap assemblyfrom wing filler pod and inspect o'ring (1) for. The shaft (2) runningthroughthe center of the cap FUEL FILLER CAP ASSEMBLY housing. The float assemblywhich activates the magnetic portion of the dial needle as fuel level Occesionatiythediaimayrequirechangingdueto _i_!__ changes in the tank. fumed and shutwith hand pressure and still providethe necessary seal of cap assemblyto keep water from entedngfeel tank. can be seen through the (1 w_ FUEL SYSTEM .This should also lubdcatethe o'dng (4) that seatsthisshaft.. The o'dng seal (1) (Figure 28-2) around the cap assembly should be kept clean and free of did or grit that might cause abrasive action on seal or mating flange. C. pry dial from cavity.Check for _el cap leaksby soapingcircumferenceof fillercap assemblyand observingbubbles. After documenting dial orientation on wing. through the emergency pump to the engine-drivenfuel pumpand to the fue/injestor system on the engine. . integralfuel tanks are in the forward inboardsections of the wings. 12-98 28-00-00 5 =r . 1.} air pressure. to pressurize the fuel tanks. Connect rubber hose to each tank's vent line. Fuel level indicatortabs.(integralwith selectorvalve. Fuel quantity indicatorsare electrically operated with 2 transmitters located in each tank (1 inboard& 1 outboard).gallonlevel. new dial into properposition with RTV #108. can be replaced by removing the access cover that the float assembly is attached to on pressure top side of wing and replace the floatassembly. at the 25-.

. CA 91352.. ApplicationLife (HOURS) 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 (b) FilletingCompound(and on wingwalk access panel) ... 10 ..... CLASS B ....... for every 10 degree F.Application life ratingsare always based on standard conditionsof 75 degrees F.. CS3204 A-2 . (HOURS) ..... PR1403-G-B2 . 2... Metal cleaningsolvent..... CS3204 S-4 . Tank repairs should not be attempted until these instructions are fully understood. PRO-SEAL 890-A2 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL E...... 76 ........ (2) Maximum unopened container life... 72 ........ PRO-SEAL 890-Al/2. 72 .... -.. with sealant at 80 degree F.. 4 ... Gloves-. PR1422 B-1/2 . (HOURS) .......... PR1005L ... Approved Materials. If accelerator contacts the skin....... 30 .. (HOURS) . (3) Removable PR1403-G-B2....... tack-free curing time...... This paragraph outlines the procedures recommended for repair of the integral fuel tanks...... CS3204 A-1/2 ........... 30 .. 8 . and 50 percent relative humidity... ..... panel sealant (4) Protectivesealant . D.. ApplicationLife (HOURS) 2 2 2 (d) Brushable Top Coat Protective Sealant . 1... 8 . WARNING Sealants are safe only when handled with reasonable care....... PR1422 B-2 ..... Glendale... CS3204 B-1/2 ..PR1422 B-1/2..... applicationlife and cure time is reduced by half..........Polyethylene.... flush area with warm water... especially with open breaks in the skin. a) . 36 . High humidityat the time of mixing slightly reducesthe sealant applicationlife.. Refer to Service Bulletin M20-230 dudng resealing of the tanks for drain holes to be lett open.......... (3) Sealant application life. 36 .Turco 657 wipe solvent.... 30 ..... 5454 San Fernando Road......... CLASS A ....... NOTE Approved materials may be obtained from your local Mooney Marketing or Service Center. PR1422 A-1/2 .. (1) Application life is the time that the mixed compoundremainssuitable for application. Avoid ingestion and all contact with the body....PR1005-L (MIL-S-4383B).... 45 ... or Chem Seal Corp.... 24 . Sun Valley.. 72 ... Cure Rate (HOURS) . (1) Brush sealant . B...... Sealants may also be obtained from Products Research Co..... . A.....B-2 (MIL-S-8802D Class B).. Cure Rate CLASS B . CS3600 ... Sealant Matedal Characteristics...... 72 .....PR1422-A-1/2 or A-2 or CS3204 A-1/2.. CA 91209. 30 .......... 10 ... ... (HOURS) .... A. ApplicationLife (HOURS) -__ Allow 24 hours cure time prior to refueling tanks. PR1422 A-2 ............MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28-10-00 28-11-00 M20J -STORAGE .. PR1428-B .... (2) Filleting Compound .... 16 .. Tack-Free Time .... 10 .... Tack-Free Time . Wash hands before eating or smoking..... Handlingand MixingSealants.FUEL TANK FIELD REPAIR C.. PR1428 oraccess CS3330.. -. CS-3330-B ......... Cheese cloth.. Sealants...... 8 . Cure Rate (HOURS) ...BrushableType Sealant .. For every10 degree F. Methylethyl keytone0VIEK)(thinnerfor PR 1005-L). 8 ... 28-10-00 6 12-98 / . ApplicationLife (HOURS) 1/2 2 112 2 4 (c) Access Door Sealant (excepton wingwalk access panel) ........ and curingrates are as follows: Tack-Free Time ... A-2 (MIL-S-8802D Class A)... 24 ..... 11120 Sherman Way.... 36 ........ is six months.. B-2 or CS3204 B-112.. Cure Rate (HOURS) . rise in temperature......... drop in temperature.. 72 .....applicationlife and cure time is doubled.. 1/3 ... Turco leak detector or bubblefluid. 10 .... Tack-Free Time . 36 .. CS3204 B-2 ..... 16 ... 48 .. Followproceduresaccompaningsealantto propedy seal fuel tanks... (HOURS) ... F....

FIGURE 28-3 NOTE Refer to Mooney SB M20-230 for proper application and drain holes to be left open.A one inch stiffbdstie brush is recommended for sealant application. M20J B. will resultfrom improperapplication. "1 P" 1/ 1w6 __ . GAPS 8. A-2 or CS3204 A-1/2. Force sealant into all gaps with brush strokes parallelto seams. Read and comply with these mixing instructions prior to sealant ! 3. Sealant Mixing (1) For best results. A.inch nozzle opening for laying fillets at edges of all seams. Scrape sides and bottom of container to include all compound in mixture and to insure uniform blending. and bolts. or where the seam cannot be cleady defined.Allowthe first coat to cure about four hours or until it becomes rubbery before applying the second coat. (2) When the edge of a flange protrudes0. Clean metal surfacesto be sealed with Turco 657 Wipe Solvent or Methyl Ethyl Ketone. use kits with proper propodions ofbase compound and accelerator. (2) Use a spatula to pack sealant firmly in place while working out air pockets. "1 P" FILLET '_k APPLY FILLETING COMPOUND rL _FILLET SECONDSTEP 1 IN. continuemixing operation. and bolts. B. I-'1 THIRD STEP TD 1/4 IN. A-(2) over all seams. (3) Join fillets laid on intersection joints to produce a continuousfillet. application. nuts. Use a circular brushaction to deposit an even coating of sealant around dvets.grime. nuts. or other foreign substances from to be sealed.that will open up in the form of holes or voids soon after application. accumulating on surfaces SHH2EI-3 FUEL TANK SEALING . NOTE Sealant in tube form have mixing instructions on each tube.To repair holesor voids. Shape each fillet evenly.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL . hold gun perpendicular to seam so that extruded sealant will pack tightly. Brush Sealing. slowly stir accelerator into base compound. (2) To avoid excessive air entrapment. dust. Cleaning Surfaces to be Sealed. (1) Brushsealant (PR1422-A-1/2. Coating should be approximately 1/32-inchthick. rejectthe mixed batch. (3) Place a small amount of mixture on a clean stdp of aluminumand spread 3/e determine whether accelerator is visible in particleform. Be sure to use all of the accelerator. When sealant has been removed. Wipe surface dry with a clean cloth:Do not allow solvent to evaporate. clean area thoroughlyand resealtank as foUows: A.presssealant in place usinga spatula. rivets. HnLES FILLETING 3/16 1/. Use considerablebrushactionto force sealant into all small crevices and to obtain good adhesion. Use a sharp non-metallic scraper (formica or lexan). FilletSealing. 4. Filleting Compound Application . finger prints. When using an extrusion gun. prk 2: IN.IN. • (4) Seal all difficult and hard-to-reach areas first to preclude the possibility of their being overlooked or improperly sealed. The second coat should overlap the edges of the first coat by about 1/4 inch.(PR1422 B-2) 12-98 28-11-00 7 . THICK) NOTE Apply sealant as soon as possible after cleaning. Scrape mixing paddle on edge of container to remove unmixed compound. LI_ APPLY ]BRUSH SEALANT COMPOUND FIRST STEP 3/t6 Tn 1/_ IN.If course particlesof accelerator persistafter mixing thomughiy. Continue mixing for SEVEN to TEN MINUTES. Sealant Application. Allow cleaned surface to dry five to ten minutes before sealant application. If particlesof acceleratorare visible. C. (2) Referto (Figure 28-3) for typicalfilletsize. B. Air pocketsunder the sealant. applytwo 1/32-inchbrush coats. I I '"_J_r*ir "-_IIP PROTECTIVE APPLY SEALANT FOURTH STEP FASTENER SEALING WITH ]BRUSH SEALANT (1132 Tn 1116 IN. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION (1) Use a spatula or an extrusion gun with a 1/8 to l/4 . Store and handle parts in a manner that will prevent finger prints.$ _I TO i_Lr IN.040 inch or less. SEAL _/ITH 3/8 TO 1/2 IN. Old sealant must be removed.etc. dirt. (1) Be certain that the surface to be sealed is totallyclean and free from oil.

Make every effort to obtain a completelybubble-free.._. Mark all flight must be frequently inspected to insure that no suspected flaws with masking tape. To make a permanent repair. Access panels in wing walk area should be sealed with PR1422.FIGURE 28-4 . Fuet may channel a few inches or several feet to where it appears on external skin surface. 28-12-00 12-98 8 f .. A. It is necessary to periodically inspect the fuel tanks.. Seeps considered permissible for holes. brush on a smooth and continuouscoat of PR1005-L over sealant... B.. ° "_' '_^ l- _._ . Cover the entire faying surface with a sealant coat of sufficientthickness (1/32 to 1116 inch)to assure extrusion alongthe edges of the laying surface when the mating parts are assembled. (1) Apply a coat of access door sealant (CS3330.'-':.. Class [] filleting compound. exactorpoint is escaping from tank. mark location and drain fuel tank. gun. 3. (4) Running Leak--A fuel leak that flows steadily.. Upper Wing Tank Access Panel Sealing. and bolts in causing the leak cannot result in a leak of greater difficult-to-seal areas... as doing so will only 3-1/2 TD 4 IN.:.. and loss of adhesion. (2) Seep--A fuel leak that reappears shortly after area is wiped clean.-:-. Slow-to-heavy occuring open areas. 28-12-00 1-1/2 IN.. (3) After tracing leak to its extedor source. Protective Sealant.:.. The fuel tank is a network of seams. (Referto Figure 28-4). All fuel leaks must be recorded by descdbing the location and intensity of the leak in the aircraft log book.(_.. (1) Stain--A slow fuel leak that tends to evaporate as soon as it is exposed to air. continuoustop coaL DO NOT REBRUSH over areas. increase in intensity has occured._'i-:_:'. (2) Small seep leaks can be traced with raw edges of tom paper._. (3) Heavy Seep---A fuel leak that reappears immediately after area is wiped clean.?_{.--' . . Intensity Classification.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M2OJ SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL £/_ D. Leak Detection. Inspect sealant for blisters. .--'. then apply a second brush coat of PR1005-L. are leaks which do not constitute a flight hazard and need and inspect sealant in general area of outside leak not be repaired prior to flight. (2) A running leak and any leak in a confined area that is not exposed to the airstream should be repaired beforethe next flight.'. pin intensity during flight. (2) Assemble parts immediately after application of sealant and tighten screws to obtain as near as possible a metal-to-metal contacL (3) Remove the extruded sealant from the wing surface after installing the fasteners. External Leak Detection After Refueling._Q. -_- ".I.FUEL TANK LEAK REPAIR 1.-. 4 TD 5 IN. Classification of leaks as to Intensity and Location.." ' """ " ''-_u__ lU 3/4 IN.-.. dvets.. Internal Leak Detection. A. (1) Using short.. 2. it is mandatory that the true source of the intedor leak be located.spatula. seeps exposed to the in airstream. _SEEP U STAIN .-:---.. cracks.. or untiltack-free. B.. and fuel may flow through or along a seam or from one seam to another.. E.. PR1428 or PR1403-G-B2) to either laying surface _ HEAVYSEEP using short stiff bristle brush. The size of the wetted area around a leak is an indication of the leak intensity. Ifa an extrusion gun is used.I '. -_.j.. must the be determined. smoothor theextrusion sealant with a brush or spatula. The protectivesealant coat shouldextend one inch beyond edge of the filletingcompound. (1) Enter tank through inspection access panels such (1) as wing surfaces.... To be able to trace a leak from where it appears on an outer tank wingwhere skin tofuel its true source inside the tank..:-_-_.. Look first for bare seams. _uM==__ FUEL LEAK CLASSIFICATION . The fuzzy edge absorbs fluid and gives a good visual indication of fuel presence when brought in contact with suspected leak points... providing the condition point. (2) Allow the first protective coat to cure 20 minutesat 75 degree F. (1) Use compressed air to blow and evaporate fuel from seams and crevices of leak area. Inspection is particularly importantin confined areas of the aircraft that are not exposed to the airstream. "" "_'_"':"• ''_ '-'_.. Attempt to define exact point where fuel is escaping from tank. even strokes. splits.... Leak Description..I-_{. Identification and classification of fuel leaks that occur in both confined and necessary differentiate between thoseopen leaksareas that is require repairtobefore flight and those which do not constitute a flight hazard. Location Classification. u^v i. cause dragging and will break coating continuity.I.

If leak recurs. CAUTION Soapless bubble fluid is slightly corrosive and must be completely removed by washing freely with water followed by scrubbing. For a temporary repair to be satisfactory. (3) Thoroughly clean repair area using Turco 657 Wipe Solvent or MEK. If leak continues.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ (2) Test each suspected flaw from inside tank using compressed filtered air at 20 to 30 PSI. structural integrity must be retained in leak area. apply air pressure (10 PSI MAX) to external leakpoint after removing all traces of fuel from tank and applying soapless bubble fluid to tank interior seams per Section28-13-00.replacethe rivet. To prevent redeposit of oil and dirt on surface. If leak source is found to be around a rivet or threaded fastener the repair procedureshall be to restdke rivet or retorquefastener to maximum permittedtorque value. (6) Allow all repaired sealant to cure tack-free and apply two brush coats of PR1005-L to repair area (Refer to paragraph 28-11-00. CAUTION S/N 24-1038 and later model aircraft: When removing lower inboard access panels. CAUTION Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether (EGME) or other additives are not recommended due to potential deteriorating effects within the fuel system. apply soapless bubblefluid to exterior and againapplyair pressureto flawsfrom insidetank. Distilledwater. and oil. NOTE Amount of each ingredient may he reduced for a smaller quantity of solution. Hold air nozzle against flaw and closely check outside leak point for evidence of fuel. Leak Repair. Three ounces of either sodium bichromate.orestdking or retorqueinga fastener. Mix the three ingredients (A). dirt. B. D.4. completely. (2) Remove sealant in immediate area of leak source using a sharp. water can be present in the fuel in sufficient quantities to create ice formations within the fuel system. NOTE Always pour solvent onto wash cloth to prevent contamination of solvent supply. 28-14-00 -FUELADDITIVES Under certain conditions of temperature and humidity.or potassiumdichromate. 4.D. Materials. (4) Thoroughly dry clean area by flowing filtered air over immediate area until there is no possibility of solvent or fuel entrapment under adjacent sealant. A chisel-shaped formica tool is recommended. Solution life is about one week. C. (3) Apply a 1/8 inch thick coat of PR1422 (or CS3204) B-1/2 or B-2 over head and around fastener.Fastener head and adjacent metal must be entirelyfree from paint. A. (4) Allow sealant to cure until firm and rubbery. potassiumchromate. To make a temporaryfastener-leak repair: (1) Remove enough fuel from tank to drop fuel levelbelow leaking fasteners. (5) Refill tank and examine repair periodically.). ANY ONE RIVET MAY BE RESTRUCK ONLY ONE TIME. Fastener leaks of this category may be temporarily repaired by applying a sealant fillet over fastener head on fuel tank extedor. Mix item (C) abovewith fourto four and one half gallons distilled water until wetting agent dissolves (2) Clean fastener head and adjacent surrace with Turco 657 Wipe Solvent or MEK and dry thoroughly. 12-98 28-13-00 9 . sealant must be removed and area recleaned prior to making another temporary repair. D. C. B. B. Mix one of the compounds listed in item (A) above withone cup distilledwater. add ISO-PROPYL Alcohol to the fuel supply in quantities not to exceed 1% of total fuel volume per tank. and if no leak source can be discovered. Wash one small area at a time. Generally. To prevent this. (3) After testing each suspected flaw from inside tank as outlined above. Repaired fillets must be blended into existing fillets with a spatula or an appropriate tool. do not dip cloth into solvent. 28-13-00 -SOAPLESS BUBBLE FLUID FORMULA PREPARATION FOR LEAK CHECK 1. Scarf or taper ends of existing sealant so that new sealant can form a continuous and smooth overlap. A. caution should be exercised during removal so fuel outlet tubes will not be damaged or bent. Three and one-quarterouncesThickeningWax (Carbo Wax 1500). 2. (1) Repair any sealant damage due _. Mix item (B) abovewith one cup distilledwater. dry with a clean cloth before solvent evaporates. Permanent Leak repair. SolutionPreparation. Temporary Repair of Fastener Leaks. (B) and (C) together and add enough distilledwater to make five gallons of solution. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION (5) Apply sealant as required for repair (See Figure 28-3). Thirteen ouncesAlkaryl Sufonatewettingagent. (4) If above tests fait to locate leak source. allleaks in enclosed areas and runningleaks in open areas constitutea flight hazard. non-metallic tool. A.

however o not operate the boost pump for more than a few seconds to prevent excessive flooding of the engine. C. Pressure check fuel system for leaks after installation. Turn fuel selector valve OFF. A. Reverse the selector valve removal procedure for reinstaIlation. located aft of thethru console below thefuel floorboard. Remove clevis pin from valve control linkage. It is necessary. SIN 24-0378 & On: Gascolator screen removal and cleaning: Remove belly skin just aft of nose wheelwell. F. 28-20-00 10 28-23-00 . E. 80-13-03) NOTE When the aircraft will not be flown for a period of time. (Torque AN-3 bolt 15 to 20 inch pounds per Service Bulletin M20-200). Both valves are safety wired. Disconnect outlet line at valve body. 28-24-00 . Remove screws mounting valve to the tubular structure. (e) Reverse process to re-install taking care not to damage o-rings seal. rewiring should be identical to odginal installation. such as washing down the engine and induction air ducts or when injecting preservative oil into the engine and fuel injector prior to storing or shipping. Auxiliary Electric Boost Pump Removal.The boostpumpis connectedto a switchon the strumentpanel. Torque 15 to 20 inch pounds per Service Bulletin M20-200. 12-98 .to exercise cautionwhen operatingthe boost pumpto be sure that the mixture controlis in the IDLE CUTOFF position. D. Fuel selector and drain valve screen or gascolator screen should be cleaned every 50 hours. 28-22-00 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL B. when applied across the fuel metering section of the fuel injector (jetting system).FUEL BOOST PUMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. G. 2. Reverse the selector valve removal procedure for reinstallation. 2. To clean fuel selector screen. Remove electrical leads. A. C. flow divider. Loosen set screw on fuel valve drain control. B. E. Remove bolts from supporting bracket at floorboardand beam. and associated lines and fittings.This fuel pressure (fuel pressuredifferential). C. (notice should be taken of exact wiring technique before removal) and upon completion.FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM The Bendix RSA-5AD1 fuel injectionsystem measures airflow and uses an airflow signal In a stem-type regulator to convert the air pressure into a fuel pressure. M20-222 (latest revision) when replacing fuel boost pump. ENGINE PRIMING The Lycoming fuel injectioncontrolsdo not include an engine primer. (Ref. B. D. makes fuel flow proportional to airflow.FUEL SELECTOR VALVE REMOVAL & INSTALLATION 1.SELECTOR VALVE AND GASCOLATOR SCREEN CLEANING 1. Remove valve. Remove handle above floorboard in fuel selector pan. Disconnect outlet line at valve body. (For SIN 24-0001 thru 24-0377) The fuel selector valve isbelow the left floorboard just aft of the firewall. an engine driven pump and an electricallydriven auxiliary boost pump. therefore. remove safety wire on bottom nut and remove nut. Drain both fuel tanks. Disconnect right and left inlet lines at valve body. Remove fuel pump. lubricate O-rings with clean engine oil before installing. (For 24-0378 24-TBA) The selector valve is 2. Pressure check fuel system for leaks after installation. clean screen and reverse pmcass to reinstall (take care not to damage O-rings). D. 28-21-00 . air-bleed nozzles. A. (b) Turn selector valve to off position. F. (a) Remove left hand exhaust cavity.B. For this reason. (c) Remove AN-3 bolt from center of bottom of valve.D.DISTRIBUTION The fuel system includesof two fuel pumps. remove sump and screen by pulling down. 28-25-00 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 28-20-00 . Fuel will be sprayed into the intake manifolds whenever there is pressure in the fuel systemand the mixturecontrol is open. CAUTION Mixture control should be in IDLE CUTOFF dPositionto check operating pressure. Disconnect inlet and outletfuel lines. The injection system is comprised of the injector. CAUTION Do not run pump dry for more than 15 seconds. Disconnect dght and left inlet lines at valve body. turn selector valve to off position. . a protective covering should be installed on the induction air intake when performing engine maintenance. refer to Section 10-10-01 thru 10-10-03. Reverse the removal procedurefor reinstallation. CAUTION Fluid can easily enter the air section of the injector through the impact tubes or the annular groove around the venturi. NOTE Refer to S. A. (d) Remove bowl and clean.

Block entire fuel tank vent by slipping a short length of rubber hose over tube and projectingbelow wing lowersurface. "DO NOT OVERTORQUE" -. Remove fuel tank filler cap.FUEL QUANTITY INDICATOR 28-43-00 . This bottom terminal stud nut torque is factory set to provide the correct terminal studseal preload. LH or RH as needed. H. The fuel tanks can be emptied for maintenance purposesby: (1) removingthe sump drains in the lower panel of each fuel tank and allowingfuel to drain into suitable containeror (2) disconnect the fuel line at outlet of the fuel pump./#10 . in a cross flange-random order. 3. . If Stoppageis found. The transmitters are electrically connected to the fuel gauges in the clustergauge and work in series witheach other. 28-32-00 -FUELVENTS The fuel tanks are vented from the outboard upper edge.6 in. The fuel quantity indicating system has two fuel quantitytransmitters in each wing tank. A single drain line dumps fuel overboard below the cowling. usa boostpumpto transfer fuel from bothtanks to a suitablestorage container. Drain fuel from tank. For REINSTALLATION. (Anderson-Brass Valve only) 28-26-00 . A calibrated. The exicitation from the fuel quantity indicatormust be current and voltage limited and incapable of causing ignition of fuel vapor if transmitterwire is inadvertentlyshortedto ground. lib Transmitter removal (1) Remove Pilot or Co-Pilot seat as needed. Excessive torque or retorquing may warp or distort the transmitter mounting flange and cause a malfunction. Care must be taken to insure that the bottom nut on the terminal stud is not disturbed when the electrical connection is made. Make certain wire from outboard transmitter goes under head of insulating sleeve against the inboardtransmitter flange and not under the mounting screw head.DUMP (2) Locate& removetransmitter wires. blowgentlyinto rubber hose. The torque and screw clamp load will naturally relaxas the gasketflowsto a normal condition.INDICATING 28-42-00 28-41-00 . Fuel drains are installedin the inboardcomers of the wing tanks and at the fuel selector valve or gascolator. These gauges indicate pounds or gallons of fuel remaining. (3) Remove six screws attaching transmitterto rib doubler. This vent is routed outboard and is vented overboardthrougha NACA vent on lowerwing surface. B. NOTE It is important that the fuel tank vent tube protrude only enough to be flush with lower wing skins. Fuel filter shouldbe inspected.FUEL QUANTITY INDICATING TRANSMITTERS Two fuel quantity gauges are in the instrumentcluster gauge.FUEL FILTER MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION (3) Locate& remove transmitter wires. Ibs. Other nuts on the electrical terminalsshould be tightened as follows: #6 . (4) Removesix screws attachingtransmitter to rib doubler.SERVICE AND MA NTENANCE MANUAL M20J NOTE It is recommended that the fuel selector valve be replaced each 500 hours of operation or if the valve becomes difficult to operate. An O-ring at the lower flangeseals the valveseat. To checkfuel tank vents: 1.Each gauge operates by the changein resistanceoftwotransmitters locatedin the fueltanks. Fuel QuantityTransmitter Removal.FUEL SYSTEM DRAINS (4) Removetransmitterfromrib. Lbs. 12-98 AIRCRAFT MUST BE LEVEL TO CALIBRATE FUEL GAUGES NOTE See Section 24-33-00 for low fuel calibration. pumpdrains at a juncture on the right side of the engine. A. 28-31-00 . clear vent priorto flightsince fuel starvationcould resultfrom vent stoppage. 2. (2) Remove intedor panel.DO NOT RETORQUE UNLESS LEAKING D. Ibs.Air should be felt comingout of filler port. 28-26-00 11 . C. NEVER RETORQUE JUST TO RESTORE THE 20-25 INCH LBS. (See TroubleShootingChart) 28-30-00 . B. reverse the fuel quantity transmitterremovalprocedure. Snug each screw. one on lib wing tank fib and one on O/B wing tank rib. Systemvoltageshould NOT BE APPLIED to the transmitter terminal. the lowest point in the fuel Thejoin engine manifoldand engine-driven fuel system. E. then TORQUE each screw to 20-25 INCH LBS. O/B Transmitterremoval (1) Gain access through lower access cover outsideoftank area.12 in. G./#6 .FUEL QUANTITY ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 28-43-01 ADJUSTMENT" FUEL TANK TRANSMITTER A. Tank drains are recessed and spring loaded. mustbe usedto installthe fuel quantitytransmitters.14 in. 28-40-00 . Reference 28-30-00.cleaned or replacedat each annual or 100 hour inspection. F. 1. certifiedtorque applicationdevise 2. (5) Removetransmitterfrom rib.

Add 2 1/2 to 3 gal. Remove plastic plugs from holes in top left of cluster gauge case. S/N 24-1051 THRU 24-TBA) PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY Brokenwire. Check and repair. Fueltanks-EMPTY. Select proper position. Repair leak. Gauge to read within 112 needle width.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J (PRIOR TO SIN 24-1050 . Checkfor obstructionin boost pump screen. increments.checkfrom the powersupplyto the suspect item. (do not bend by forcingarm against stops). adjust pot marked "gain" for correct calibration. A and B). proceed to check the item itself. With "unusable" fuel in tanks. Check pump for proper pressure buildup. 28-90-00 28-91-00 Fuel gauge notindicating Fuel gauge indicatesfull when tanks are not full. No fuel pressure indication (calibratedtest gauges connected. Adjust low fuel warning trimmer in annunciator panel so that warning lightjust comes on (see Section24-33-00. as If intermediate or =P"indicationsare out ofreads tolerance tank is filled. Broken wire. Fuel pressurelow or surging (calibrated test gauges connected. Faultytransmittingunit. 4.approximately) 1. adjust pot marked "null" so gauge %". Check fuel lines and connection for leakage or damage. Fuel selector in "OFF" position. Add unusable fuel (1.). Clean or replace fuel filter. Inboard floats may be adjusted by holding arm near transmitter and bendingouter arm. Fuel Filter partially clogged. (part of additional 8 gal. Finish filling tank and verify total quantity leas unusable fuel. 2. Checkengine fuel pumpand checkvalve. remove the item and install an identical unit tested and known to be in good operational condition. 5. Indicatorshould read %" to 1/2 needle width below =E".) 28-43-02 12 -MISCELLANEOUS -TROUBLESHOOTING When trouble shooting. Repair or replace line. 4. Fuel selector not in proper position. Check and Repair. and 3/4 gauge readings. . SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 2843-02 Clustergauges installedon MID 1981 aimraft and any spare units installed on earlier aircraft have this adjustment. If necessary. Defective fuel pump. required for 1/4 gauge reading). Tank empty. TROUBLE . Continue calibration by adding fuel in 8 gal. If trouble is not located. Check groundconnectionat transmitter. Obstructionin inlet side of pump. +2 gal. 1. Select proper position Faulty engine pump. 3. Fuel Filter Clogged Clean or replace Fuel Filter Open fuel line.3 Gal.) for 1/4. Check and reset.(-1. Open circuitbreaker. Check and servicetank.FUEL QUANTITY GAUGE ADJUSTMENT (Approx. Incomplete ground. Replace. Air leak in system. Replace or rebuild pump. 1/2. 12-98 Check and clear fuel lines. Outboardfloat may be adjustedif required for 1/2 and 314gauge readings.

FLARED FITTINGS When installing flared fittings and hoses. Toque all fittings in accordance with flare fitting torque chart. they should be wiped clean and relubricated before they are reinstalled.00 13 .FIGURE 28-5 12-98 28-92. make sure the threads are properly lubricated with W-P-236 petrolatumper (Figure 28-5). Figure5-1. TAPERED STRAIGHT--/ TH READS LUBRICATE FEMALE THREADS / / NEVER ALLOW LUBRICANT TO CONTACT THESE SURFACES LUBRICATION OF FLARED FITTINGS . Chapter5. When previouslyinstalled MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION fittings are removed.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ 28-92-00 .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J BLANK 28-92-00 14 12-98 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 30 ICE PROTECTION .

..... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 30-EFFECTIVITY 1/2BLANK .. DATE 1/2BLANK .................... 30-63-00 ... 30-Contents............... 30-62-00 ....................... 30-70-00 .. 9 .......... PAGE ....................... 30-69-00 .. 7 ............_........SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 30 ICE PROTECTION LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .. ............. 11 ....... 13 ................... 12 .. . 30-61-02 ........ 30-67-00 ........ 6 ... ..... 30-61-01 ... 8 ........... 30-61-02 ............ 30-00-00 ......................... 30-Effectivity . 5 . 3/4BLANK . ................. 30-61-02 ...... 10 ... 14 .........

... Trouble Shooting Chart ...................... ........MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M2CJ SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 30 ICE PROTECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 8EC'IICN SUBJECT 30-00-00 30-30-00 30-60-00 30-60-01 30-61-00 30-61-01 39-61-02 30-62-00 30-63-00 30-64-00 30-65-00 30-66-00 39-67-00 30-68-00 30-68-01 30-69-00 30-79-00 ..... Continuity Test. Helpful Tips ....... . .......... ... Ammeter Test ...... 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 13 13 "0-CONTENTS 3/4BLANK . SUBJECT .............. . ...... ........ ......................... De-Icer Timer Check ........ Servicing/Cleaning ...... Schematic ............... Pitot... DescdpUon& Operation ................... Service Guide .. ......... ........... Brush to Slip Ring Resistance Test Brush Assembly Resistance Check Brush Replacement . Propellers........... Brush (Module) Replacement Alignment of Slip Ring ................ .......... ............. .. General ... ......... 12-98 PAGE ... Heat Test ...... ...................... .......... Description & Operation ..........Propeller De-Ice .... . ...... ....... .

145. SLIP RING ASSY.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 30-00-00 ( . This is normal operation.H. Whether in flight or during ground testing.-_. B._ . This aircraft includesas standard equipmenta heated pitottube assembly and may also include an optional electdcallyoperated propellerde-ice system. _ E2130 currentprope with --001z_ '_ "IP_GWIRING cmiseHARNESS rotating at RPM.F.O. Thus. Defective widng in propeller I-°°_ ' e DE-ICE / MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ) I I II SWITCH 930023--1 12 VOLT SYSTEM ULAF / "E.PROPELLER DE-ICE SCHEMATIC (14 VDC) 12-98 3O-0O-0O 5 .) or 4E2351-3 4E24-06 30-60-01 INTRODUCTION. 59-728J which is supplied with the kits for replacement boots.o c_[__ 2_IP-L_ " " 2ihtCOgA'- (1A)_.. Before concluding that the timer ls faulty. Use wiring schematic to trace circuits. M2OJ . on test.GENERAL The M20J aircraft incorporatesan alternate air system that is designed to open automaticallyany time the air intakesystembecomesblocked. test it per"De-lcerTimer Check" (30-63-00). The ammeter reading will he slightly lower when the system is operated on battery voltage.SERVICE GUIDE 30-61-01 . The pitotheat circuit breaker switch located on the panel in front of the pilots right kneesuppliespowertothe pitottube heatingelement. The ON-OFF switch is located on the switch panel in front of the pilots right knee.USE_ J(1 /--002F__L_ SHUNT --'_'-_B" (MS91586-1_J" J having°ther a tester500 _ VDO. 4. For insulation resistance tests.megoh m 1000 6. Goodrich maintenance Manual Report No. 5. A current flow is depicted. A slight deflection of the ammeter needle may be noticed approximately every 90 seconds./_ L .VDC FIGURE 30-1A . PA.PITOT. it is vital that the grounded power lead be located and corrected. _ . this is due to the cycling action of current flow to the circuits within the boot as controlled by the timer.._ G-_0" JJ . use a "megger" ("Meg" type insulation tester. mounted -- I_ \ be indicated by components normal current may readings in ground checkouts (propellers not _. pnmanly. DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 30-60-00 . DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Propeller ice removal is accomplished by optional electrically heated de-ice boots bonded to each propeller blade. A considerable number of timers have been returned for repair which proved.PROPELLER DE-ICE 3. Excess current reading on the ammeter always indicates a power lead is shorted to ground. 30-30-00 .F. _ _ _ ASSY. The timer is located on the circuit breaker panel side tray above the co-pilots right knee.). l --O05B I ]('_1 _ --O03B I_ I / AMMETER 30-61-00 .. Plymouth PROP DE-ICER Meeting.. Biddle Company. to be fully operable. 68-04-712B will be required for complete maintenance actions._-. The system uses the airplanes electrical power to heat portions of the de-ice boots in cycles controlled by a timer. (See Section IX of P. CZZ_ "-q BUS BAR + 14. A standard heated pitottube is locatedon the left wing at Wing Station No.HELPFUL TIPS 1./-3E1964--3 #_ TIMER '@J. Normal current isshown as a shaded range onthe ammeter for each propeller De-Icer system with engine running. The TroubleShooting Chart is based._. when trouble of this nature is found. Goodrich Report No. The "Probable Cause" and =Remedy" entries pertinent to each trouble are arranged in the recommended checking sequence.(8 to 12 Amps. on the use of the ammeter and it is assumed that the user understandsall normaloperatingmodesof the system. 2. 24-0001 thru 24-2999) (8 Amps. Read all of the "Trouble" entriesto locatethe one matchingthe conditionsof the system being checked.. 24-3000 thru 24-TBA) on the ammeter located in front of the co-pilot at the top of the radio panel. Deqcer boot replacement should be done per B. the ammeter can be used to determine the general nature of most electdcal nroblems. Use the "heat test" (30-64-00) and "ammeter test" (30-62-00) to determine which De-Icers are not operating. . James G.. I ' PROPELLERS.

.

....checkswitchin samemanner.. TIMER TO GROUND ... #14 .ENG_T_ BUSS BAR TO TIMER . -No powerfrem aimraft... M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR 14 VDC SYSTEM ELEMENT HEATED TIME (IN SEC'S..replacecircuitbreaker...... 30-61-02 .. Locate and correctshortbefore resettingcircuitbreaker..) If low or no voltage........... 151_.... -Ammeter Faulty.....goto =AmmeterFaulty".... :Open in timer to brush assembly(ies) circuit.... #20 ..If voltageis OKat output. Disconnect wire harness at brush assembly and check voltage to ground from pins or leads... AWG SIZE ..If none... If no voltageintocircuitbreaker...... #14 ...... SHUNT LEADS ... 5 ft. -Trippedcircuitbreaker. locateand correct open..TROUBLESHOOTING CHART-PROPELLER DE-ICE TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY Ammeter reads 0 currentall phasesof the timer cycle.. If novoltageat circuitbreakeroutputwith voltageat inputand circuitbreakerdoes notreset. -Circuitbreaker or switchfaulty. -Open in ammeter to timer circuit.... 30-61-02 7 .12V.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL TIME CYCLE D F TIME CYCLE D .. #18 . 15 t_.TerminalC. MAZ_..) OUTBOARD 90 INBD 90 TOTAL CYCLE TIME = 3 MINUTES LOAD (AMPS) 8 TO 12 8 TO 12 POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR 28 VDC SYSTEM ELEMENT HEATED TIME (IN SEC'S...If voltageisOK at switch output. (See de-icing system wiring schematic for power and ground lead and pin identification.28V to ground.. locate and coned open. TIMER TO BRUSH MODULE BRUSH MODULE TO GROUND ...locate and correct open or high resistance in wire harness..... 12-98 Disconnectharness at timerand check for appropriatevoltageat harness Pin B.... Test ammeter per Section30-62-00. 5 it...) ALTERNATING BLADES 90 TOTAL CYCLE TIME = 3 MINUTES LOAD (AMPS) 8 RECOMMENDED WIRE SIZE CHART ....

Check for partially broken wire. 30-61-02 8 -Ammeter. -Worn or dirty brushes and/or slip rings. Report No.5.(24-0001 . check wiring from timer to De-Icers for oose or corroded connections or partially broken wiring. correct as indicated. De-Icer wire harness ar slip ring assembly leads. 68-04-712B. zero current rest af cycle. should be in parallel. 68-04-712B. -Aircraft. See "Open Timer te Brush Assembly" above. 68-04-714. Gooddch ReportNo. See "Open in De-Icer" above.P. -Open in De-Icer boot or slip ring assembly lead circuits. replace defective component.F. Check voltage into switch. replace faulty De-Icer. Ammeter reads low current over entire cycle. if high resistance is indicated. See widng schematic. switch. See Section 5-4. Check voltage up to and out of ammeter. -High resistance in circuit with low current. Test ammeter per Section 30-62-00. -Inner and outer De-Icer Boot elements heating same phase (in series). slip ring assembly leads or wire harness. Goodrich Report No.. If not OK.F. 12-98 . Check contact of brushes to slip rings per Section 30-66-00 or B. check for (and fix) open in slip rings leads. M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY Check continuityfrom appropriate pin or lead to ground. See "Open in De-Icer' above. Goodrich Report No. Locate and repair incorrect lead connections.or circuit breaker faulty. or loose or corroded connection in wiring between aircrelt supply and timer input. Inspect & clean brushes or slip ring.F. Correct as required. switch. 59-728.) Ammeter reads normal current part of cycle.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION TROUBLE (cant. -Timer faulty.24-2999) -Open circuit or high resistance in De-Icer Boats.4 B. check ground wire for breakage and ground connections for correctness and tightness. If OK. and circuit breaker. 68-04-712B. DisconnectDe-Icer leads and check resistance per B. Correct as required. -Open circuit in wiring between timer and brush block assembly or brush assembly. Ammeter reads normal current part of cycle. Ohmmeter needle must not flicker when leads are stretchedor flexed. Replace as required. low current rest af cycle.voltage low under normal operating conditions. Test timer per Section 3-2. -High contact resistance up to timer. Correct as required -Open circuit ta De-Icer Boot. Goodrich Report No. B. Test timer per Section 30-63-00. If low output and input OK. -High contact resistance in timer.

-Timer ground open. With "Megger". If not OK.F.icing systemswitchOFF and timer harness disconnected. Test ammeter per Section 30-62-00. M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY -One De-Icer Bootelement (or wiringconnectionsto De-Icer) in each cycle open. With "Megger". followthe heatingcycle. clean assembly thoroughly with standard solvent and wipe clean with MEK and retest.check insulation resistance(use "Megger") to ground fromtimer harnessPin B. Terminal C. reading should be at least . -Power lead shortedto ground. 24V. locate and correct it. -Timer contacts welded together (caused by short in electrical system). -Short to ground or between adjacent timer circuits in brush block. alter locatingthe De-Icer section being heated. Insure that good electrical contacts are made at each connection in circuit. -Short to propeller or short between two adjacent circuits slip dngs to De-Icers. Ammeter flicks between 90 second phase periods. -Ammeter faulty. -Short to ground or short between adjacent circuits. (See widng schematic Section 30-60-01). and. Trace wiring from power source to timer input. Disconnect leads at brush assembly and timer. disconnect the slip ring leads one set at a time to trace short. Disconnectharness at brush assembly and repeat check for applicable brush assembly harness connections. locate and correct. If OK. Iftirner is faulty.) Ammeterreads excesscurrent overentirecycle.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL TROUBLE (cont.(24-0001 thru 24-2999) (12V) Ammeter does not "cycle" each 90 seconds. Eground or short is indicated.With de. disconnect slip dng leads and check insulation resistance between slip rings. If not OK.TerminalG. Replacedefective components. timer not cycling. Replace as required. check insulation resistance from one ring of slip ring assembly to bare prop.5 megohrns after one minute. B.12V. Goodrich Report No. If ground is indicated.5 megohms after one minute. -Timer faulty. Ammeter reads normal current part of cycle. fueling each sectionfor heatingin turn. Turn De-Icer switch ON. Performa heat test on each De-Icer. Check power leadsfrom ammeter to timer andthen to De-Icers for evidence of damage or arcing.timer to brush block. 68-04-712B.24V. Isolate brush assembly. excess current rest of cycle. 12-98 30-61-02 9 . repairor replaceit but insurethat short causingodginalfailure has been locatedand corrected. Test timer per Section 30-63-00. 12V. Electrically isolate brush assembly and test per Section 4-6. Reading should be at least . Test timer per Section30-63-00. -Loose connection between aircraft power supply and timer input. Disconnectharnessat timer and check ground connectionwith ohmmeterfrom PinA. check insulation resistance from power leads to ground and between adjacent circuits.

check the amperage being used by the De-lcar system. (See B. B. Check slip ring alignment with dial indicator per Section 30-69-00. 12-98 . B. Each of the plugs should read 12 volts (24-0001 thru 24-2999). the timer step switch will not change position. connect a volt ohmmeter with an ammeter scale or a standard ammeter into the circuit and. -Crossed connections between timer and De-lcars. GooddchReportNo. check the voltage to ground from pin B of the timer. If ground connection is open. -Brushes arcing.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION TROUBLE (cont. REMEDY If trouble occursonly part of the cycle. Refinish per Section 5-4. After the ground and power circuits have been checked. -Switch or circuit breakerfaulty. Placejumperwire acrossswitchor circuit breaker. Correct as Required. see Ammeter Checkout.if radionoise disappearsreplace switchor circuitbreaker. 68-04-712B. the following test should be performed before the timer is removed as defective. 68-04-712B. Gooddch Report No. 68-04-712B. With the wiring harness disconnected from Terminal B at the timer and the deicer switch in the ON 30-62-00 10 position. If no voltage is present. Next. 30-63-00 . F. -Slip ring wobbles.68-04-714.. Section 4-7 of B.F. The voltmeter should indicate approximately 12 volts (24-0001 thru 24-2999) or 24 volts (24-3000 thru 24-TBA) when the aircraft battery supply is being used. check circuitsfor looseor poorconnections. 68-04-712B. -Widng too close to radio equipment or associated widng. if system voltage is present.8. Test timerper Section30-63-00. and b. 68-04-712B. -Loose connection. Check brush alignment per B. Checkbrushalignmentper B. F. the fault is in the ground lead rather than the timer. 30-62-00 -AMMETER TEST At some convenient point between bus bar and ammeter. The reading of the standard ammeter should closely agree with the reading obtained from the De-Icer ammeter.F. -Rough slip rings. connect a jumper wire between pin B of the timer receptacle and terminal B of the connector plug and from pin A of the timer receptacle to ground. GooddchReportNo. Cycling sequence not correct.) Checkslip ringalignmentper Section 4-5.F. For this reason. Check system widng against circuit diagram. ' 1. Also. however.If so. determinewhich De-Icer is affected and checkfor roughor dirty sliprings causingbrushto skip. from Terminal G (28V)to ground with an ohmmeter. B.a.from wire from shunt (28V) of the harness to ground. -Brush block out of alignment.) Radionoise or interferencewith Deqcere Boots ON. check the DC voltage to ground from Pins D and F (12V).Section5-4. See 4-3. M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL PROBABLE CAUSE -Loose or poor connection. With the de-icing system switch ON. If no circuit is indicated. Goodrich Report No. If ammeter readings were significantly different and rest of de-icing system checks out satisfactorily. Check fordirtyor roughsliprings. -Timer cycleserratically.DE-ICER TIMER CHECK Experience in the field has indicated that often the timer is considered defective when the source of the trouble lies elsewhere. 68-04-714. Relocate De-Icer wiring at least 8" from radio equipment and wiring. check the circuit from harness Pin A (12V). Pin C (24V). machineor replaceslipringassembly. timer to De-Icers. 2. the points at which the system voltage is impressed in sequence to cycle power to the propeller de-icers. Gooddch Report No. GoodrichReport No.F. Turn De-Icer switch OFF and remove volt-ohmmeter or standard ammeter from circuit. 24 volts (24-3000 thru 24-TBA) in sequence of cycle. check the voltage from Pin B(12V).F. clean. the timer is NOT at fault. Rapid brush wear or frequent breakage. Goodrich Report No. with the De-Icer switch ON.

the jumper wire installed in paragraph 30-63-00. a continuity check should be performed on the widng from the timer to the brush block holders end the propeller De-Icer terminal connections. BRUSH TO SLIP RING RESISTANCE TEST .BRUSH REPLACEMENT The propeller De-Icer brush module should be replacedwhen a minimumof 1/4 inch of brush matedal remains.78 ohms.013 ohms. or high resistance in the brush assembly. 30`08-00 -CONTINUITY TEST After removing the plug from the timer. hold the voltmeter probe on the pin until the voltage drops to zero before moving the probe on to the next pin in the sequence noted above. 30-67-00 .the man in the pilot's compartment must notifythe man inspectingthe propeller De. (8 amps)(24-3000thru 24-TBA) throughoutthe timing sequence. however. If the resultant readings are not 1. Each time this occurs. use an ohmmeterto check continuityfrom: 1. Pin A of the plug(12V). This resistance should not be less than 5 megobms. 12-98 30-64-00 11 . one in the pilot's compartment to monitor the ammeter while the other checks the De-Icer boots.58 and 5. but will begin cycling from same position as it was when turned off. The man in the pilot's compartment tums the De-Icer system ctmu'rtbreaker switch ON while the man outside feels the De-Icer boots to see if they are heating propedy. the De-Icer concerned is damaged and must be replaced. 30-64-00 -HEATTEBT Before this test can be performed. Two men are requiredto perform this test. locate and correct the open circuit or ground. 2. Pin D of the plug'(12V).55 to 1. After a voltage reading of 12 volts DC (24-0001 thru 24-2999) or 24 volts (24-3000 thru 24-TBA) is obtained. 30-65-00 I 3.a short.BRUSH ASSEMBLY RESISTANCE CHECK To checkfor an open circuit. disconnect the De-Icer lead straps to measure heater resistance individually. AREAS OF PROP DE-ICERS HEATE0 Pin F 90 see. to replace the modules when 318 inch of the brash material stitt remains.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION TIMING SEQUENCE Pin O TIME ON 90 sea. If the readings in the second check are also off. If the readings in the first check are not within the accepted limits but those In the second check are. Cycling will then proceed as before (24-0001thru 24-2999). Individual boot resistance should measure between 4. . Check the resistance between the three terminal studs. the trouble is probably in the brush-to-slip ring area. After the cycling sequence has been established. 2. 30.Icer boots so that the latter can change the position of his hands to check the proper heating sequence of the propeller De-Icer areas. disconnect the each hamess at the timer check resistance from De-Icer circuit leadand (pins D andtheF of the harness plug) to ground with a low range ohmmeter. CAUTION Stand clear of propeller. turn the de-icingsystem switch OFF at the beginningof one of the =on-time"pedods and record the letter of the pin at which the voltage supply is present to facilitate performance of the following test.66-00 To check for incorrect resistance or the presence of a short or open circuit at the brush-to-slip ring contact. If the resistance is infinite. If any irregularitiesare detected. Inboard Section tbru 24-2999) (12 VoltA/C) Pin C 90 see.Terminal G (24V) to the airframeground. The ammeter needle should deflect eve_/90 secondsin responseto the switchingaction of the timer. if this resistance measures over 0. Use extreme caution during thistest procedure. The man in the pilot's compartment observesthe ammeter for the proper readings (8 to 12 amps)(24-0001 thru 24-2999). or else replace the brush assembly. Pin F of the plug(12V) to the outboard terminal of one prop boot.26 ohms. measure the resistance from the face of the brush to its terminal studs with a low range ohmmeter. Groundterminal of one prop bootto ground. for the timer test must be removed so that the connector plug can be replaced in the timer receptacle. It is good practice.TerminalC (24V) to the outboardterminal of one prop boot. verify magnetos OFF. 4. locate and repair the cause of excessive resistance. Both blades ON/OFF(24 Volt NC) Outboard Section- (24-0001 NOTE Timer does not reposition itselfto start at Pin D when systemis turned off.

_/_ \_ follows: __ etched into the surface of the plastic housing. X-dimension (inches) given indicates when modules MUST be replaced. C. 3E2011-1 6."B". SuRING . Install assembly on aircraft with attaching hardware removed. REFERENCE FIGURE 30-3 SHM30-S MEASURING BRUSH WEAR-FIGURE 30-2 1. "tHIS IR THE ALL£1VF_I) NaP.. Spacer 4E2218-3 7. RINGS "i_RU 361_ OP SLiP SlHO ROTATION 14-_ . 68-04-712(B) forcomplete maintenance information. reorient center module as shown (Figure30-4). Remove assemblyscrews and separate A. as replacements.-.. Nut MS35649-262 1OOJ o_.__AR IIRUSH ASSE3HIBLIES _u. If there is interference between adjacent ring terminals. 3E2011-1 2. individually. When a brush wears out.... Brushes are not offered. _E TI] PRBTRLll]E FROM BRUSH BLOGI(._. (FIGURE 30-2). Gooddch Report No. and disconnectenginewire harness.NB (24V) stackingarrangement and location of spacers.. X-SIMENSION (JIN_H_) 1.thentighten screws. Refer to B. BrushAssy.HAL POSITION BF THE BRUSH '..or "C" terminals of modules.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL (24 Volt system has only 2 modules stacked) 30-68-01 . o.ESHAVZ.PLACE 17164 1-7164 aircraft by removing attaching hardware. the module containing it should be replaced as . Restack modules and spacers as shown ONTHE AIRCRAFT. On 3E2042 sedes assemblies. ( FORE & AFT POSITIONING I i \..FIGURE 30-2 30-68-01 12 i 12-98 .. Measure brash wear as shown (Figure 30-2). H. Check NB/C (12V). make sure flat washer is positioned between star washer and housing. The part number of each module is ___L.F. 2. .. Dismountmodular brush assemblyfrom modulesand spacers. Screw MS24693-$35 (6-32 x 1-3/8) 12. Insure that adjacentdng terminals are nottouching. Reconnect aircrafl wire harness to applicable "A".u. F. E. G._ASURB4CNT O_-Y_16InCH _r BRUSHH SH_U_ \ replace with the same part number module..onu_sHAVING SRLL_HE=VilliRB_ _u__D_.J LS= .BRUSH (MODULE) REPLACEMENT (See Figure 30-3).o°u. f p(.6 SRUSHES VITHI]IJT RODS MUST RF. LockwasherM835333-7 14. I.. Brush Assy./t-10 6 13_: . B.. Check assemblyfor proper alignment. -._ . Spacer4E2218-1 10. Washer AN960C6 13. Make sure that assembly is square./HEN INSTALEID D. _3 MEASURING BRUSH WEAR . BrushAssy.3E2011-1 3.

010 inch (+/.0. clean. If it is not within the limits.SERVICING/CLEANING Thoroughly cleaning the slip ring area with MEK or standard engine degreaser on a routine basis is recommeded. Check that the total run-out does not exceed 0.F. I l SH30-4 ALTERNATE MODULE STACKING ARRANGEMENT FIGURE30-2 corrective action is required. grease and carbon build-up will prevent those contaminantsfrom beingtransferred to theslip ring. Goodrich Co. (Only 2 modules for 24 volt systems) ALIGNMENT OF SLIP RING . 30-70-00 . CAUTION Due to the loose fit of some propeller thrust bearings.ALIGNMENT OF SLIP RING To check alignment of slip ring assembly. If run-out is still out of tolerance. and recheck alignment. return the slip ring assembly to the B. no check for ring dirt run-out on the isring gear mounting surfaces.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 30-09-00 .FIGURE 30-5 12-98 30-69-00 13 . securely attach a dial indicatorto the engine and place the pointer on a slip ring (see Figure 30-5). a considerable error may be induced in the readings by pushing in or pulling out on the propeller while rotating it. Care must be taken to exert a uniform push or pull on the propeller to hold this error to a minimum. oil.0025 inch) for reciprocatingengines withinany 4 inchesof slipringtravel.notingthe deviation of the slip ring from a true plate as indicated on the gauge. Keeping the brushes free of dirt. Grasp the propellerblade and rotateitslowly. If the slip withinthe limits specified.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J BLANK 30-70-00 14 12-98 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 32 LANDING GEAR .

..................................... 8 ........... 24 . 3 ........ 32-10-06 .. 32-00-00 .............. 32-50-02 ............................................... 20 ............... PAGE ... 32-41-01 ......... 12 ... 32-82-00 .... 32-10-02 .... 16 .................... 18 ...... DATE 1/2BLANK . 7 . 32-40-03 ....... 32-40-04 ..................................... 11 ......... 21 ......... 13 ......... 4 . 29 ......... ..... 32-Contents ... 14 .. 32-30-04 ........... 32-31-03 .............. 32-30-04 .. 32-Effectivity .. 32-40-00 . 32-30-02 ...............................SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 32 LANDINGGEAR _ LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ................. 32-10-05 .................. 10 ........ 25 ....... 32-60-00 ......... 32-30-05 ............ 32-40-04 ........... 32-30-05 ...... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 32-EFFECTIVITY 1/2BLANK .. 30 ..................... 32-60-04 .... 9 ....... 32-32-00 ..... 27 ..... 28 .... 5 ......... 32-30-04 ..... 23 ........... 32-31-02 ............................ 32-40-04 ........... 19 ......... 32-Contents ......... 26 ...................... 17 ........ 32-31-01 .................... 15 ... 32-20-03 . 6 ....... 32-31-05 ................................... 22 ..........

Nose Landing Gear System Rigging (24-3000 thru 24-3078) ........ Final Check . 32-30-01 . .. 24-3079 thru 24-TBA) (24-0001 thru 24-0377 . Landing Gear Actuator.......MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M2OJ SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 32 LANDING GEAR TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ..... PAGE General . 32-10-02 ... (24-0001 thru 24-2999........... 32-31-02 ......... Recoiler Spdng..... Extension and Retraction .. Nose Gear Rigging ............. 32-20-02 ... 32-10-06 .... Gear System Operational Check ......... 24-3079 thru 24-TBA) Main Gear Door Rigging (24-3000 thru 24-3078) Inboard Door Rigging (24-3000 thru 24-3078) . Main Gear Removal............... R&R Manual Emergency Gear Extension System............. 32-30-00 .................. 32-30-06 ............................. 32-30-04 .. (24-0378 thru 24-2999................................ :32-30-02 .. Main Gear Installation .... 32-30-07 ........... 32-10-03 ......... Emergency Gear Extension System Rigging.. 32-10-01 ... Main Landing Gear System Rigging ..... Nose Gear Installation .... 32-20-01 ................ 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 11 14 16 16 17 18 19 19 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE! 12-98 32-CONTENTS 3 .. SUBJECT ......... 32-10-00 ............. 32-31-03 ....................... 32-10-04 ....... R & R..... 32-20-03 .......... Landing Gear Actuator....... 32-31-01 ......... Nose Gear and Doors ... (24-3000 thru 24-3078) .. Main Landing Gear and Doors ... 32-20-00 ... Nose Gear Removal ...... 32-10-05 ...... ...... 32-30-03 ................ 32-30-08 ... Clutch Spdng..... Main Gear Door Rigging ... 32-00-00 ........... 32-30-05 ................ Assist Bungee Installation ....

..... Position and Warning .. Shuttle Valve ......Brake System . .... Nose Gear SteeringSystem ......... .................... ......... ElectricGear Safety Devices . ...... . ............ Landing Gear ShockDisc Inspection ... .. ...... .......... .................... Airspeed Safety SwitchAdjustment .... Trouble Shooting..................... Landing Gear Warning System .......... Main Wheel Disassembly/Assembly ......... Wheels and Brakes... ...... Steering....... Trouble Shooting .... ...... ..................... ...) CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT 32-32-00 32-40-00 32-40-01 32-40-02 32-40-03 32-40-04 32-41-00 32-41-01 32-50-00 32-50-01 32-50-02 32-60-00 32-60-01 32-60-02 32-60-03 32-60-04 32-80-00 32-81-00 32-82-00 ..... .. Miscellaneous .... Recommended Hard LandingInspections 12-98 PAGE 20 21 21 21 22 22 26 20 26 26 27 28 28 28 28 29 29 29 30 ............................. Nose Gear Steering &Tracking ......... Nose Wheel Disassembly/Assembly... .... 32-CONTENTS 4 SUBJECT .........SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION TABLE OF CONTENTS (con't. Main Wheels .................... Brake Assembly . ...... .................. ......... Squat SwitchAdjustment ........

8. Removegear door and mud guard (if desired). A by-pass switch is installed adjacentto the gear selectionswitch in order to override not retract. For SIN 24-0001 thin 24-0377. NOTE Heat treated components should NOT be repaired. 32-10-00 -MAIN LANDING GEARAND DOORS 32-10-01 -MAIN GEAR REMOVAL (SIN 24-0001 thru 24-2999. Parking brakes are actuated by depressingboth brake pedals and pulling the parking brake control cable knob. 7.as shown. by depressing brake pedals mounted on the pilotsrudder pedals. (Figure 32-1). PIN GSE 030012. Disconnectgear door links and brake lines. replace them. (Figure 32-1). 3. A squat switch is locatedon the lee main landinggear leg (SIN 24-0001 thru 24-0237. 12-98 32-00-00 5 . This releaseshydraulicpressureat the wheel cylinders and thereforereleases thebrake discs. by attachingspringinstallationtool (B). Power is suppliedto the actuatorthrough a set of relays actuatedby the gear selectionswitch. 24-3079 thru 24-TBA) 1. An airspeed safety switch (24-0084. This cable actuates a lever on the parking brake valve and traps the hydraulicfluid from the valveto the wheel cylinders SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL thus holding the pucks to the discs. The steerable nose gear mountsto the cabintubularsteel frame.bearing. This switch is located inside the throttleby quadrant (24-0001 thru was 24-0377) and operated a cam when throttle retarded. CAUTION ON SIN 24-0001 THRU 24-0377. The travel dudng the extend and retract cycle is controlled by down and up limit switches located beneath the floorboard under the pilotsseat. Partial retraction using emergency extension system is permissible only during gear rigging. Detach main gear retracting tube (V).the safety switch circuitryif the gear does The gear legs are constructed of welded chrome-molybdenum tubular steel. Release the parkingbrakes by pushingthe parking brake knob in. The actuator worm gear ball nut is connectedto the retract bellcrank which is connected to push-pull retract tubes and bellcranksthroughoutthe entire retractionsystem. Adjustment procedures are similar. Remove cotter key and nut at springconnecting link(F). NOTE Steps 7 thru 9 apply to 24-0001 thru 24-2999 and 24-3079 thru 24-TBA only. 9. can be inserted. Retractthe gear by hand until a 2 inchthickwood block(C). 2. 4. Rubber discs in the gear leg assemblies absorb the shock of landing and taxiing. A. 5. Extend gear three to four inches from down-lock position and secure. Remove grease fittingsfrom forward gear support trunnion-shaft. 24-0238 and on) is mounted to the back of the airspeed indicator and incorporated into the landing gear electricalcircuit to prevent landing gear mtracUon while on the ground untila safe takeoff speed is reached. DO NOT operate gear electrically with emergency extension system engaged. Emergency gear extension is available through a manual override system. Cap all linesand fittings. Remove grease fitting pdorto usingtool. (old PIN was 8186) using an AN3-12A bolt (E). The landing gear warning system providesthe pilot with an audible warningthat the landing gear is not down and locked when the throttle is retarded to within 1/4 to 3/8 in. BRAKE The the brake system is hydraulically operatedSYSTEM.Refer to Section 32-31-05 and 32-30-03. (Figure 32-9) from retractingtruss (G). (Dual brake system is optional for co-pilot). Individual wheel brakes are available by depressingeither left or right pedal. Main gear attaching points have bushings installed in the gear mountingbox attached to the wing spar. MANUAL-EMERGENCY LANDING GEAR SYSTEM.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 32-00-00 -GENERAL The landing gear is operated by an electdcal motor driven actuator. 24-0378 and ON partially retract gear as descdbedin Section32-60-01. This warning switch is mounted on the throttle housing forward of the instrument panel (24-0378 & ON) and can be adjusted for the proper setting by loosening the screw and repositioning the switch.to holdgear in retractedposition. NOTE Apply MIL-G-23827 grease to bolt at (F) for better rotation of Link (D). This system is built into the actuatorunit. 6. except 24-0084 DO NOT fully retract gear using emergency gear extension system. Removegear retractionspring (A) at (F). When the landing gear is down and locked the electrical circuit is opened and the intermittent horn is stopped. except 24-0084) Partiallyretract gear by operatingthe emergency gear extensionmechanismin reverse. Remove six mounting bolts from rear gear trunnionshatt mounting block assembly at stubspar. LANDING GEAR WARNING SYSTEM. For SIN 24-0084. except 24-0084). The gear selection switch is located at the top of the instrument panel in front of the pilot. The main gear wheels have hydraulic disc brakes with a parking brake valve incorporated into the system. Raise aircraftonjacks. B. throttle position. heat treated for greater strength and wear resistance. (Figure 32-1). and remove bolts (H) from retractingtress mountingblock.

= _. Normally once the doors are installed at the factory no further adjustment should be required. 4. 32-10-O3 . 3. • 03 IH.. Check main gear up against bumper pads.020. t 3 iN. 12-98 . NOTE Gear system must be properly rigged prior to gear door rigging. 2. and carefully remove gear assembly from wing. 13. adjust outboard gear door rod ends (B)(Fig 32-2) at forward or ett linkages the gear in the UP gear position. 12. Temporary attach gear door link _odsto gear leg brackets. 5. DO NOT make final gear door adjustments until gear has been rigged (Ref. Forward be and tight aR trailing the edge wing of B.. Extend to adjust links. Spacers (A) the C. 24-3079 THRU 24-TBA) 32-10.. "_" l C.MAIN GEAR DOOR RIGGING • (24-0001 thru 24-2999 and 24-3079 thru 24-TBA) 1. 32-2). Lubricate wheel beatings. to obtain a good fit with no bindingor distortionwith (Figure32-2)should be added or removedas required be usedas spacers. Raise aircraft on jacks. Slide out aft bearing block. E . and DO NOT intermix right and leRgear components. see Section 32-30-01. Identify all components removed. Reconnect outboard gear doors and check that the forward edge of outboard gear doors are falrea with wing skin/wheel well opening and that there is no binding or distortion where links attach to door. Disconnectoutboard gear doors at the forward and all linkages (B) (Fig. APPLY MIL-G-23827 GREASE TO BOLT FOR ROTATION OF LINK =D"AT =F"._ • ' F ""-" MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION D JiJ'_l J" Jk rP skininboard and fairgear witheadng the should aftedge bubble fairing. 32-30-02).. Shim excess by inserting shims at rear block (maximum of any 2 shims). retraction linkage. 32-10-02 '. DO NOT attempt to repair any heat treated component of main landing gear assembly. Slide gear assembly aft until clear of front beadng. Raise geardoor electrically to the fullagainst up position. _ | ___S. and fore and att trunnion beadngs pdor to installation (refer to Section 5-20-07 for recommended lubdcants). 11. 14. Check fore and aft movement of gear in bearing blocks. Slide front bearing block aft and remove. Raise aircraft onjacks. If adjustments are required. Retract gear while checking for binding in door linkage and proper contact of gear door edges with wing. 32-10-02 6 MAIN GEAR DOOR ADJUSTMENT POINTS FIGURE 32-2 (SIN 24-0001 THRU 24-2999 8.AN960-10 washers may as required. 5. MAIN GEAR DOOR RIGGING (24-3000 thru 24-3078) 1. installation of main gear is the exact revereat of the main gear removal procedure. However.-04 .---. 3. should the inboard doors be removed for any reason the followingdgging procedureshould be usedwhen reinstallingthem: A._.. GEAR RETRACTION SPRING REMOVAL FIGURE 32-1 10.. Maximum allowable movement is . -MAIN GEAR INSTALLATION 1. then retract to checkadjustment. 4.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ 2.

should Mid-Gear doors be removed for any reason the following rigging procedures should be used when reinstallingthem: A. but closedwhen gear is UP. Adjust inboard door link to close doors with =0" gap. 32-3A). Adjust outboarddoor link to close gap at leading edge of door. as DOnot doors more than necessary 3. 32-2A). B. However. EXAMPLE: (2) The door is closed when gear down. Normally once the doors are installed at the factory no further adjustment should be required. see Section 32-30-01. 32-2B). 12-98 32-10-05 7 . Spacers (A) (Figure 32-2A) should be added or removed as required to obtain a good fit with no bindingor distortionwith the gear in the UP position . 32-9) is at a 2 to 1 ratio. Adjust by turningretract tube (V) rod end IN 1/2 turn. the skinwill be under stress (concave) at the point where the linkageis attachedto the door. Forward leading edge and aft trailing edge of Mid-Gear Door should be tight againstthe wing skin .32-5) md end IN 1 turn. 2. and retract tube (L)(Fig. EXAMPLE: (1) The door is open a small amountwhen gear is DOWN. Any adjustmentto rod end on retract tube (L) Fig 32-5) and rod endon retraction tube (V) (Fig. 3. 4. Extend gear to adjust. if necessary.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J NOTE Gear system must be properly rigged prior to gear door rigging. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 3240-05 . then retract to check adjustment. Doors must be closed with gear extended and retracted. but open a small amountwhen gear is UP. and retracttube (L) (Fig. Reconnect outboard and Mid-Gear doors and check that the doors are faired with wing skin/wheel well opening and that there is no bindingor distortion where links attach to door. this adjustment will changerigging values. If the dooris rigged too tight.FIGURE 32-2B I I i . 32-2B). Re-dg entire LDG system. 32-5) rod end OUT 1 turn. Disconnectinboard doors at the forward linkage and springs(A) (Fig. Tightenjamb nuts and connect springs on inboard gear doorbettcranks(A)(Fig.INBOARD GEAR DOOR RIGGING (24-3000 thru24-3078) 1. Adjust linkage if required (Fig. Disconnect outboard doors at forward and aft linkages(El)(Fig. If door is not closed in both positionsrefer to landinggear dggingprocedures in Section 32-31-03. Raise gear electricallyto the fullUP position. Check main gear overcenter preload torque for proper values. AN960-10 or AN970-3 washers may be used as spacers.Recheck preloadvalues. Adjust by turning retract tube (V) rod end OUT 1/2 turn. C. D. / / V / MAIN GEAR DOOR RIGGING . It could also causethe midand inboard doors to gap open. 2. MID-GEAR DOORADJUSTMENT POINTS FIGURE 32-2A (24-3000 THRU 24-3078) this rig may resultshut in higher actuator loads. respectively.

Lubricatewheel bearings. 1. NOTE To remove INBOARD GEAR DOORS use a sharpened punch less than . Remove aircraftfromjacks. DO NOT attempt to repair any heat treated componentof nose landinggear assembly. Disconnectnosegear steeringhorn link(B) (Figure 32-3). 6. 3.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J 4. 2. 6. 2. 3. (Figure 32-3). 4. installation pin at (B). CAREFULLY. Remove exhaustcavityfaidngs. Disconnectlink (A) on nose gear truss assy.093 dia. 32-2C).NOSE GEAR AND DOORS 32-20-01 . a NOSE GEAR RETRACTION TUBE ADJUSTMENT POINTS . With bungee installed recheck pre!oad per steps 30 thru34 of Section 32-31-03. 7.NOSE GEAR INSTALLATION ASSIST BUNGEE . Torque and safety. Raise aircraftonjacks. Pull gear down with emergency extension until main retract bellcrank and md end bungee line up. Remove left and rightgear mountingbolts(D) and (E)(Fig 32-3) from tubular structure and nose gear trussassembly.. Cycle gear manually and electrically while inspecting for clearances Re-check MLG system riggingvalues. washers & nut through block. 32-10-06 8 12-98 . Retract gear. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 32-20-00 . Returnaircraftto service. 2. just to take the load offthe 3/16 in. 32-10-06 INSTALLING ASSIST BUNGEE (560213-501) (24-3000 THRU 24-3078) 1. 5. Partially retract gear as described by Section 32-60-10. or a short piece of hinge pin to open the crimped hinge assembly pin hole. Remove pin from (B) (Fig. 32-20-02 . InstallAN3 bolt. retraction linkage and left and rightmountbearings. Installgear in reverse order of removal procedure. Remove firewall nose gear box (if needed) to gain accessto bolts.FIGURE 32-3 9. washers & nut through Helm rod end beadng and AN4 bolt. 1. 5.NOSE GEAR REMOVAL.FIGURE 32-2C (24-3000 THRU 24-3078) CAUTION Bump gear up.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M20J

32-20-03
- NOSE GEAR DOOR RIGGING
1. Raise aircraft onjacks. (Refer to Section7-10-00.)
NOTE
Gear system must be properly rigged prior to
gear door rigging, see Section 32-30-03.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
completely. Check for any tire interference as tire
enterswheelwell.
3. Closethrottleand confirmgear hornsounds.

2. Adjust gear door link rods (H) and (J) (Fig 32-3)
to obtai_pmperdoorfltwhen closed.
3. To increaseor decrease nose gear-uptravel in
wheel well, adjustboth eccentricson trunnionbearings

4. Inspectgear doors for proper closing. Referenc
Section32-10--03, 3C., 32-10-04, 2,D, or 32-10-05, 1.
Lowergear to fullyextendedposition.
5. With zero airspeed place gear switch in UP
position.Gear hom shouldsoundregardlessof throttle
position,both gear positionlights and safety by-pass
switchwill illuminate.

(J) (Figure 32-4) as required.

6. Push RED gear safety by-passswitch and holdIN
to partiallyretract gear.
7. Pull=GEARACT circuit breaker.

F

A. Measure nose gear bungees (Figure 32-8).

/
-'1/

_

"_G,,
. , .,
_'_

stopping extension the moment the GREEN Gear
Extend
gear
manually
(See in
Section
32-30-04)
8. B.
Checknose
gear
overcenterpreload
as follows:
Down
Light
comes
ON.
Gearswitch
down
position.

_,

"'_'J.'_'7 _ _,/""/

C. Measure nose gear bungee springs. Deflection
.070 inches for each bungee (Fig 32-6). (.010 to .030
inch for M20J with Dukes Actuator PIN 1057-00-56).
D. If spring deflection is not within prescribed limits,
adjust tube rod ends (F) (Fig 32-4) @ (G) in
incrementsof 1/2 turns as required.

==.,.,-,-K

A Place rigging tool (T) PIN GSE030007 (Fig
32-9)" on retraction truss. Hold tool stationary by
placing
thumb
rear
end of tool
at (S)
and press
9. Check
mainon
gear
overcenter
preload
asfollows:
forward.

__

B. Place 10" torque wrench (R) on rigging tool.
Place thumb on wing bottom;applyforce untiljoint (4)
breaksopen slightly.Insertshim stock(.005 to .008 in.
thickness)between link and trussat (P). Release force
on wrench.

NOSE GEAR RETRACTION TUBE & DOOR
ADJUSTMENT POINTS - FIG. 32-4
NOTE
Eccentrics permit nose sheel to move quicker
to clear nose gear doors & also will allow nose
wheel to be positioned further or less further
into nose wheel well.
CAUTION
Nose gear overcenter preload must be
rechecked after any
adjustment to nose wheel
eccentrics.
4. Readjust nose gear door linkage (K) as required
after eccentricshave been adjusted. (Fig 32-4).
32-30-00
- EXTENSION AND RETRACTION
32-30-01

- GEAR SYSTEM OPERATIONAL
CHECK
(S/N 24-0084, 24-0238 thru 24-TBA)

1. Raise aircraft on jacks. (See Section 7-10-00).
2. With Master Switch ON and gear switch in UP
position apply pressure to pitot tube (see Section
32-60-01). Verify gear retraction occurs at 69 MPH +/5 MPH (60 +/- 5 KIAS). Allow gear to retract

C. With fingers on torque wrench and thumb on
wing bottom apply force on wrench while maintaining a
pulling force on shim stock. Read torque value on
wrench at the exact moment the shim stock pulls
loose. Torque valueshouldbe 250 to 280 inchpounds.
D. Repeat on other main gear.
E. If preload is notwithin prescribedlimitsproceed
to applicable SIN main landing gear rigging
proceduresin Section32-31-03.
F. If main gear preload needs re-adjusting, the
nose gear bungees should be re-checked per 8,(C)
above. On SIN 24-3000 thru 24-3078 proceed to
Section32-30-03 for nosegear riggingprocedures.
NOTE
When gear overcenter preload check is
completed, electrically extend the gear and
check the nose gear tube bungee springs to
assure they have not compressed completely
resulting in no remaining deflection. This would
indicate excessive preload or weak bungees.

12-98

32-20-03
9

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

M20J

SQUAT SWITCH OPERATIONAL CHECK
(24-0001 thru 24-0237,Except 24..0084)
A
squat
switchis above
incorporated
on theNumbered
left main Aimralt.
landing
gear
assemblyof
listedSedal
The followingoperationalcheckshouldbe made:
1. Raise aircraftonjacks (see Section7-10-00).
2. With master switch ON place gear switch in UP
position.Gearshould retract normally.
3. Extendgear to downand locked.
4. Refer to Section 32-60-04 for squat switch
adjustmentprocedures,
32-30-02

-MAIN LANDING GEAR SYSTEM
RIGGING

32-30-03

- (AVIONICS PRODUCTS - 24-0378
thru 24-2999 & 24-3079 thru 24-TBA)
1. Raise aircraft onjacks and remove 3 belly access
panels locatedconsecutivelyjust aft of nose wheel well
or the one piece belly access effective 24-1418 and
later aircraft. DISCONNECT ALL GEAR DOORS.
2. Disconnect electdcal power from landing gear
actuator by pulling actuator circuit breaker. Make sure
landinggearwaming lightcircuit breaker is pushedIN.
3. Disconnect main gear retraction tubes (L) (Figure
32-5) at inboard bellcranks (M). Loosen Iocknuts (E).
Disconnect nose gear retraction tubes (F) (Fig 32-,3)at
main refraction bellcrank (A) (Fig 32-t0B). Loosen
Iocknuts (G) (Fig 32-4). Disconnect rod end beadng on
barrel nut (D) from bellcrank (A) at N (Fig 32-10B)
NOTE
Do not loosen Helm rod end bearing from barrel
nut (D) on Avionics Products actuator,

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

Disconnectnose and main gear door links.Check gear
for bindingat pivot pointswhile moving gear legs by
hand. Lubricate retraction system as indicated in
Section 5-20-07.
4. Positionretractionbellcrank(A) (Fig 32-10B) so that
center of forward hole in left outboard arm of the
bellcrankis 1.56 * IN. (approximately)from forwardface
oftruss at FuselageStation33. (See Fig 32- 10B).
* NOTE
This is a starting point only. This dimension
may vary to permit retraction tubes to connect
with zero preload.
5. With the bellcrank (A) (Fig 32-10B) in position,
turn barrel nut (D) on actuator until Helm bearing aligns
with holein bellcrankat (N). Installconnectionbolt
NOTE
LH & RH adjustable retraction tubes should be
approximately same length to start rigging
procedures.
6. With bellcrank in position and all gears fully
extended, adjust main and nose gear retraction tubes
sothattubescanbeslippedinplacewithzeropreload.
7. With bellcrank, retraction tubes, and the gear
positioned as indicated in step 4, set down-limit switch
striker arm (J) so that gear down light switch is just
closed and GREEN gear-down light is ON. Secure
striker arm in position.
8. Reset actuator circuit breaker and partially retract
gear (use Master Switch to control motor). Screw rod
end (E) (Fig. 32-5), on aft end of each main gear
retracting tube, OUT two (2) full turns, screw each
nose gear retractiontube rod end (G) (Fig. 32-4) IN
one (1) full turn, then slip attaching bolts back in place.

'- :°

MAIN GEAR RETRACTION TUBE ADJUSTMENT POINTS - FIGURE 32-5
32-30-02
10

12-98

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M20J

9. Check nose and main gear overcenter preload
described in Section 32-30-01, steps 8 and 9. Adjust
as instructed.
10. Complete operational check descdbed in
32-30-01 steps2 3 5 & 6. Reset landinggear system
c rcuitbreaker and fullyextend gear.
11. When step 10 is complete,the retractionsystem

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
between down-stop and end of barrel nut (C)
(Fig 32-7).
NOTE
Use 1 to4,560252-11 shims with 560252-009

allowance for actuator overrun after cutoff.
12. Disengage manual system.
13. Leave all gear doors disconnected, and run
gear-up electrically until main gears are .03 inches
minimumfrom bumper pads (.06 in. thk. rubberstrips
installedon W.S. 43.50 false rib). Positiongear-up limit
switchstrikerarm
(H) (Fig. 32-5) so that switch
iswith
just
is rigged for the gear-down-and-locked
position

D
'_
_r__=

B'_

strikerarm in position.The gear is nowproperlyrigged
in the gear-up position with allowance for actuator
overrunafter cutoff.
para.
8.C.
closed,
and RED gear unsafe light is OFF. Secure
14. Electrically extend gear to down-and-locked
position.Connectand adjust gear doors (refer to Main
Door and Nose Gear Door Rigging Procedures in
Section 32-10-03, Main, and 32-20-03, Nose).
15.
AdjustNose
the mechanical
down
stop,per
on32-30-01,
actuator
Recheck
Gear Bungee
Spdngs
housing,and up stop, per the followinginstructionsand
Fig. 32-7 & 32-5.

_..__
g.p

--LITBD

A"-

_[
_r_-_,,_-__..__._

_'_

MECHANICAL DOWN STOP - FIGURE 32-7
y560245

stop to achieve proper clearance as an
alternate for 560252-001, -003, -005, or -007.
C. Actuatorballnut(C)(Fig. 32-7).

(REF) Nose Gear Bungee
J VH/_JJ__ _

I_

D. 560252-011
shim (use with 560252-009 only,
maximum
of 4).

Deflection of spring _rom static length
to rigged posttton to be . 030 to . 0"/0 In.

E. AN515-6R screw*
AN936A6 LockWasher
Cryp.2 plc.) (usewith 560252-009 only).
*Use .063 longer screws with each additional shim.
(Securescrew with Blue Locktite#83-31 grade C).

NOSE GEAR BUNGEE SPRING - FIGURE 32-6
MECHANICAL DOWN STOPS
A. 560252-001
560252-003
560252-005
560252-007
560252-009

Fixed Stops
Use one dn/stop
Fixed Stops
on each side as
Fixed Stops --required (Use
Fixed Stops
existing hdw).
Adjustable
(use -011 shim)
Stop
NOTE
Tube assemblies are allowed .010 in. per foot
bend allowance.

MECHANICAL UP STOP
With gear fully retracted, adjust stop for .050 - .070
clearance between UP STOP (A) (Figure 32-8) and
retracting truss (B), then tighten set screw (C).
NOTE

B. With gear fully extended, select down stop of
proper thickness to give .050 - .100 clearance @ (B)
12-98

The main gear preload torque should not
exceed 325
inchprocedure
lb. using the
torque
wrench/shim
stock
after
electrical
extension.
32-30-04

(NON-AVIONICS PRODUCTS
ACTUATOR) 24-0001 thru 24.0377)
1. Raise aircraft on jacks (refer to Section 7-10-00,
and removebellyaccess panels.

32-30-04
11

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

M20J

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

2. Partially retract gear (Refer to Section 32-10-01).
Disconnectmain gear retractiontubes (L)(Fig 32-5) at

F'WD

OUTBD

_

,_,

_

Disconnect nose gear retraction tubes (F)(Fig 32-,3)at
inboardbellcranks
(M). Loosen
Iocknuts(E).
the
retraction bellcrank
(A) (Fig
32-10A). Disconnect
nose gear and main gear door links. Check gear for
binding at pivot points while moving gear legs by hand.
Lubdcate retractionsystem as indicated in Section5.
3. Adjust Heim end bearing on actuator stud so that
the Heimthreaded end at (E) is 7.50 inches +.125 inch
from the far end of ball nut (C)(Fig 32-10A).
NOTE
Helm bearing is locked in position with a set
screw extending into a slot in the actuator stud.
Set screw must be removed prior to making any
adjustment (non-Avionics Prod. or Plessey).
CAUTION
Adjust Heim end only - Do not loosen actuator
set screw or Iocknut and attempt to adjust
actuator stud.

"_
MECHANICAL UP STOP - FIGURE 32-8

1.56

Checkdistancefrom the Helm bearing centedineto the
face of the actuator.Dimensionmust not exceed 2.35
inches, readjust making sure that 7.50 dimension is
within the +.125 tolerance. Align slot in actuator stud
with setscrew in Heim bearing shank. Loctite Heim
beadng setscrew and secure. Tighten Iocknut. Rotate
actuator barrel until ball return (or returns) on ball nut

(

W
Z
V
R ETRACTI O N
LINK
NG
R
RETRACTION
TOOL
TORQUE
TRUSS
G
050007-100
WRENCH
LEFT MAIN GEAR
(VIEW

LOOKING

FWD)

MAIN GEAR RIGGING TOOL APPLICATION - FIGURE 32-9
32-30-04
12

12-98

250 28(
INCl LBS.
FoR
cE

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M20J

bC) is facing actuator motor. Reattach Helm to
ellcrank,
NOTE
When installing helm bearing end in the
bellcrank,
position
freelyscrew.
so there
willONE
be no
lateral bind
on theit jack
Place
AN960-716L washer NEXT TO THE BALL JOINT,
(can be placed on either side) and shim
remaining space with AN960-616 washers. This
installation will prevent helm bearing from
twisting too far, yet provide adequate
movement,
NOTE
Previous installation may have contained one
large AN960-916 washer next to the balljoint.
This washer MUST NOT be reinstalled, the
AN960-716L smaller and ththnerwasher
described above is used as a replacement,
4. Position
(A) outboard
(Fig 32-10A)
that
center ofretraction
forward bellcrank
hole in left
arm so
of
bellcrank is 1.56 * inches from forward face of tress (B)
at FUS. STA. 33.0 (Fig 32-10A). This can be
accomplished by engaging the emergency gear
extension system hand crank and turning to position
the bellcrank,
See SI M20-89B for Dukes Actuator Drive
Coupling Inspection.
• NOTE
This is a starting point only. This dimension
may vary to permit retraction tubes to convert
with zero prelead,
II
"----"

FWD

\--

C

Disengat_e
I rT,_--._

FL_CC_t"

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5. With bellcrank in position and gear fully extended
and overcenter, adjust main gear retraction tube rod
ends (E) (Fig 32-5) and nose gear retraction tube at
rod ends (F) (Fig 324) so that tubes can be slipped in
place with zero preload. Reattach ends of retraction
tubes at the belicrankand slip boltsin place.
6. Disconnect electrical power from landing gear
actuator by pullingcircuitbreaker. Make sure landing
gear warninglightcircuitbreaker is pushedin.
7. With bellcrank, retraction tubes, and the gear
positionedas indicated in step 5, set down-limit switch
strikerarm (J) (Fig 32-5) so that gear-downlightswitch
is just closedand green gear-down light is on. Secure
stdkerarm in position.
8. Use manual crank to padially retractgear. Screw
rod end (E) (Fig 32-5) on aft end of each main gear
retractingtube, out two full turns, then slip attaching
boltsback in place.
9. Manually extend gear; stop extension just as
greengear-downlightcomes on.
10. CHECK PRELOAD TORQUE on each main gear
per Section 32-30-01,
CAUTION
Check that bungee springs are not "bottomed"
out. Torque difference between each gear
should not be more than 25 IN. LBS. If torque is
not within limits, repeat steps 8 and 9 to adjust
rod ends one-half turn in or out as required.
11. Partiallyretract gear with manual crank, screw in
each nose gear retraction tube rod end one full turn,
then slipattachingboltsback in place.
tube and then extend gear manually, stopping just as
12. Check
length
of nose
gear
green
gear-down
light
comes
on. bungee spring in each
13. Check length of nose gear bungee spdngs in
gear-extended position. Nose gear bungee spdng

.030 to .070 inch for each bungee (Fig 32-6). (.010 to
.030 inch for M20J with Dukes Actuator, PIN
_K.__.-_
deflection fromRecheck
zero load main
condition
12) must
be
1057-00-5G).
gear(step
preload
torque
"_==:::'=='==';":'_=_="value. If nose gear bungee spdng deflection and/or
,:._..._.:_.:_main gear preload torque is not within prescribed limits,
7.50 + • i25zN.,ii_ii_iii}i
!_
adjust retraction tube rod ends in increments of 1/2
-....'_='_:_"_"
turn as required. Use manual crank dudng
.ii._ii_i;i_r
readjustment, and stop extension just as gear-down
light comes on. (When step 15 is complete, the
retraction
system
is
dgged
for
the
gear-down-and-locked position with allowance for
actuator overrun aftercutoff.)
14. Disengage manual crank and reconnect landing
gear system circuit breaker.
15. Leave all gear doors disconnected, and run gear
up electdcaily (ref. Section 32-60-01) until main gear
each side is .13 to .03 inches from bumper pads (see

Fig 32-1). Position gear-up limit switch stalkerarm (H)
---(Fig 32-5) so that the switch is just closed and the red
intransitlight goes out. Secure striker arm in position.
The gear is now properlyrigged in the gear-upposition
with allowancefor overrun after cutoff.

i
MAIN GEAR RIGGING - FIGURE 32-10A
12-98

32-30-04
13

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

M20J

Extend gear to down-and locked position. Adjust gear
doom. (Ref. Section 32-10-03 and 32-20-03 for rigging
gear doors.)
16. Cycle the retraction system electrically through at
least five trouble-free test operations. Manually extend
gear, stop extension just as green light comes on, and
check main gear preload torque and nose gear bungee
deflection for limits specified in steps 10 and 13. If
values are within limits specified, the retraction system
is properly rigged and ready for use. If preload and/or
deflection is not within limits, readjust retraction tube
rod ends as required,and repeat test operations.
NOTE
Check main gear preload torque and/or nose
gear bungee deflection after extending the gear
manually and stopping just as the gear-down
light comeson. Gearpreload, after electric
extension, may vary due to inconsistency in
actuator overrun; therefore, the gear must be
only manually extended during all rigging
checks. Rigging values after electric extension
may exceed the values obtained after manual
extension,

8. Disconnect nose gear doors, outboard main gear
doors, and inboard door links. On outboard main gear
doors disconnect springs. On inboard door bellcranks,
disconnect spdngs. Loosen jamb nut (X) on retraction
tube (V) (Fig 32-9) and back off pressure on spring by
loosening adjustment nut (Y). Disconnect retraction
tube (V) from bellcrank (C) (Fig. 32-2B)
9. Position main retraction bellcrank (A) so that
center of forward hole in the left outboard arm of
bellcrank is 1.56 *** inches from forward face of
fuselagetmss at F.S. 33 (Fig32-10B, detailA).
NOTE
This dimension*** may vary to permit
connection of the retraction tubes with zero
preload at bolt hole.

17. When
gear
rigging
completed,
center
locks on
all gears
to is
ascertain
that check
none ofover
the
down lock bungee springs have compressed to solid
heightand have no remainingdeflection. If any bungee
has reached solid height, readjust system and/or
replace bungee springs,
WARNING
Lack of compliance with Mooney mandatory
Service Bulletin No. M20-177 may result in
unsatisfactory electrical extension of the
electric gear.
32-30-05
(SIN 24-3000 thru 24-3078)
1. Raise the aircrafton jacks and remove one piece
bellyaccess panel.
2. Assist Bungee Assy. Removal. Retract landing
gear untilrigging pinhole lines up on bungee assembly
and insert 3/16 in. pin.
CAREFULLY BUMP the gear UP with the gear
safety bypassswitchuntilthere is zero load on bungee
assy rod end. Remove AN3 bolt/hardware at rod end
and AN4 bolt/hardware at block and remove bungee
assy.
3. Pullthe landinggear actuator circuitbreaker OUT.
4. Loosenjam nuts (E) on the main retractiontubes
(L) (Fig 32-5); disconnect the tubes at the inboard
bellcranks(M).
5. In nose gear well, loosenjam nuts (G) (Fig 32-4)
on nose gear retractiontubes (F) (Fig 32-3 & 32-4).
6. At main retraction bellcrank (A) (Fig 32-10B)
disconnectactuator barrel nut at (N) (Fig 32-10B) and
nose gear retractiontubes (F).
7. On Avionics Products actuator, verify dimension
from rod end center to end of barrel nut housing on
actuator;,it should be 1;25 +.000/-.010. Adjust rod end
bearing, if necessary and secure with set screw and
jam nut. Plessey actuatorsare not adjsutable.
32-30-05
14

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

10. With main retraction bellcrank (A) held in
position,turn actuator barrel nut until rod end bearing
alignswith hole in bellcrank; install connection bolt at
(N) (Fig. 32-10B).
11. Position bellcrank(C) (Fig. 32-2B), so centerof
attachpin(D) in top leg is 1.35 inchesfrom bottom side
of spar cap (E). This will be the startingpositionwhen
landing gear is in down and locked over center, with
outanypreloadset.
12. Adjust retractiontube (V) (Fig 32-9), at rod end,
wnitl it will connectto bellcrank (C) (Fig 32-2B) with
zero preload. Install connection bolt/hardware, leave
loose.
13. Adjust rod end on retraction tube (L) (Fig 32-5)
so attach hole is aligned with inboard bellcrank at (M).
Install connectionbolt/hardware.
14. Disconnect retraction tube (V) at bellcrank ((3)
rod end; position disconnected gear full down and
locked over center. Both LH and RH landing gear
should be in this configuration at this time.
15. PUSH landinggear actuator C/B - IN.
16. Turn MasterSwitch- ON.
17. Extend main gear actuator to fully extended
position.Make certain lugson main retract belicrankdo
no contact fuselagetube, floorboard or actuator barrel
nut Ifthere is any contact, runactuator back upslightly.
18. There should be .050 to .100 inch clearance (B)
obtained between actuator barrel (C) (Fig 32-7) and
mechanicaldown stop (A). Shims (D) (.050 thk.) (Fig
32-7) may be added or deleted to mechanical
downstop(A) (4 max).
19. Cycle landinggear UP. Run actuatordown and
recheck retraction bellcrank clearance at F.S. 33.
Check clearance of bellcranks (M) (Fig 32-5) and
center section.
20. Reconnect retractiontubes (V) (Fig 32-9). With
main gear fully extended, if necessary, adjust main
gear retraction tubes (L)(Fig 32-5) so they can be
re-connectedwith zero preload.
21. Adjust nut (Y) (Fig 32-9) until main gear is
preloaded.Preload is correctwhen a "CLEAN BREAK"
can be felt when pushing up on retraction link at (P)
(Fig 32-9).

12-98

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M20J

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2_7

/-

"-"d _"--1.56IN (APPRnX.)
]DETAIL
A
LANDING GEAR ACTUATOR

ADJUSTMENTS

22,NOSE GEAR RETRACTION TUBES ARE TO
REMAIN DISCONNECTED at the main retraction
bellcrank (A) (Fig 32-10B) dudng remainder of
procedure,
23. Place landinggear switchin UP position,
24. Push RED gear safety by-pass switch IN
INTERMITTENTLY to =BUMP UP" (retract) landing
gear until lelt main tire just contacts bumper bracket
which covers bulbstringer in wheel well. Make certain
actuator barrel does not contact main retract bellcrank
inthe UP position,
25. Set UP limitswitchstdker arm (H) (Fig.32-5) so
GEAR UP limit switchis just CLOSED and RED "GEAR
UNSAFE"light is- OFF. Securestdker arm in position,
26. Loosen
set screw
(C)32-8)
Figure
Adjust
mechanical
up-stop
(A) (Fig.
for a 32-8.
clearance
of
.050 to .070 inches at main retractiontruss (B); tighten
set screw(C).
27. Reinstallassistbungee per Section32-10-06.
28. Using emergency gear extension, move gear
downuntil GREEN, gear down lightJUST illuminates.
29. Turn Master Switch - OFF.
30. Place riggingtool (T) (Fig.32-9), P/N 030007-100,
on retractiontruss assembly (G). Hold tool stationaryby
pushingat point(S) towardmaingear leg.

c

:.,'c/_,'cv'u'o,
DETAIL
B
- FIGURE 32-IOB

NOTE
The left main geartrusswill probably lock over
centerfirst. Continuetoslowlylowerthegear
manually while monitoring the compression of
bungee spring on retraction tubes (V
)(Fig.32-9). If the spring coils (W) are fully
compressed, retract tube (V) must be removed
from aircraft for modification. Dismantle the
bungee portion of tube (V); remove one spacer
washer (Z) and reassemble. Reinstall the
modified retraction tube and complete above
overcentar requirement. Removal of additional
spacer washers may be required prior to
obtaining the final configuration for the
retraction tube (V).
31. Place 10 inch torque wrench (R) on riggingtool
('1)
as shown in Fig.32-9 and apply an unlockingforce
to retractiontruss.
32. When joint at (4) breaks open slightly,insertshim
stock (.005 to .008 in. thickness)between retractionlink
andtrussat (P), releaseforceon torquewrench.
33. While applyinga pullingforce on the shim stock
exertan increasingunlockingforce withtorque wrench.
34. Read torque wrench value at the EXACT
momentshimstock pulls loose.
35. Repeat steps 30 through 34 on the other main
landinggear leg.
36. Use adjusting nuts (Y) (Fig. 32-9 ) on retract
tubes (V) to equalize breakaway torque values within
10.0 inch Ibs. Adjust the torque to 250 to 280 inch
pounds.

12-98

32-30-05
15

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

M20J

37. Turn Master Switch ON.
33. RUN GEAR DOWN ELECTRICALLY AND
CHECK THAT TORQUE VALUES DO NOT EXCEED
325 INCH POUNDS USING THE TORQUE
WRENCH/SHIM STOCK METHOD.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

15. Measure nose gear bungee assemblies,
dimension "P", as shown in Fig 32-6. If the springs
have deflected less than .030 inches or more than .070
inches from the static dimension (as recorded in Step
2) adjust length of bungee assemblies to bdng
deflectionwithintolerance.

LANDING GEAR WARNING ADJUSTMENT

32-31-02

1. Check that landing gear warning light circuit
breaker is pushedIN.
2. Check
pulled
OUT.that landing gear actuator circuit breaker is
3. Turn Master Switch - ON.

- EMERGENCY GEAR EXTENSION
SYSTEM RIGGING.
DISENGAGE RIGGING:
(24-0084, SIN 24-0378 & ON)
1. Insert cable thru hole in actuator disengage arm,
(B) (Fig 32-10B).

4. Set DOWN limit switch striker arm (J) (Fig 32-5)
so that gear downlimit switchisjust CLOSED and the
GREEN,
GEAR DOWN lightis ON. Secure stdker arm
in position.
5. Turn Master Switch- OFF.
NOTE
The main gear preload torque should not
exceed 325 inch lb. using the torque
wrencWshim stock procedure after electrical
extension,
32-31-51
- NOSE LANDING GEAR RIGGING
PROCEDURE (24-3000 thru 24-3078)
1. Check eccentric bushings (J) (Fig 32-4) on gear
truss assembly to be installed with bolt hole in upper
forward position.
2. Adjust nose gear retraction tubes (F) (Fig 32-3),
so they can be reconnected to the main retraction
bellcrankwithzero preload.

2. With red lever
(Fig 32-11A)
in full disengaged
position(down
and(1)
latched)
push actuator
disengage
arm (B) to full forwardpositionand applyapproximately
5 Ibs.pullto cableto removeslack.
3. InstallD222 wire stop, (C) tighten nutand connect
spdng(E) to clevispin, (D).
4. Lilt RED leverand pull"T" handle (2) (Fig 32-11A)
aside; re-engage RED lever. Check manual extension
systemto verifythat it is fullydisengagedby pulling=T"
handle;no resistanceshould be felt. If a resistance is
felt, check cable routingthrough pulleys3 and 4 (Fig
32-11A) to vedfy if it is cable routing or actuator
resistance.
AVIONICS PRODUCTS ACTUATOR
(SIN 24-0084, 24-0378 THRU 24-TBA)

The eccentric bushings may require rotation to
a new position in order to meet the zero preload
condition.
NOTE

¢43t'B_

.

l

. .._._-_

(Fig 32-6) and record for future reference.
4. Pushlandinggear actuator C/B - IN.
5. Place landing gear switchin UP position.
6. Turn Master Switch - ON.
7. Push RED, GEAR SAFETY BYPASS SVVITCH-

,¢n_,=-_¢,_,_-_c
_,uE

3. Measure nose gear bungees dimension (P)

____

8. Turn Master Switch - OFF.
IN and hold it to partially retract landing gear;, release
9. Pull landing gear actuator C/B - OUT.
switch.
10. Screw each nose gear retractiontube (F) (Fig
32-3) IN (clockwiselookingtoward front of aircmlt) one
(1) full turn, then re-attachto main retractionbellcrank.
11. Place landinggear switch in DOWN position.
12. Push latch(5) (Fig 32-11) FORWARD on manual
emergency extension controls (on floorboard).
13. Pull RED lever (1) (Fig 32-11) back and upward
to engage manual emergency gear extension system,
14. Pull "T" handle (2) UP (slowly until engaged) and
return itto its original position. Continue this procedure,
stopping when the gear down light JUST illuminates.
32-31-01
16

__'

_=.__. _
_-=-

EMERGENCY GEAR SYSTEM - FIGURE 32-11A
5. Move RED lever to full UP position; pull "T" handle
slowly to verify manual extension system is engaged.
Resistance should be felt at once.
6. Replace "T" handle under RED lever and return
RED lever to disengage position, (down and latched).
Manual extension system is now rigged.

12-98

II

I

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M2OJ

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Rigging

of

Manual

Emergency

Landing

Gear

32-11B):
1. WCLh
aircmltonjacks,insurethatdisengage operating
handle(1)(Fig 32-11B)in the cabin is in the full forward
Disengage
positionand that
Unit the
ascable(2)(Fig32-11B)is
Follows (Ref. Fig 32-10A
insertedthru
and
holein existingboltattachedat (K)(Fig32-10A).
•7S.._._ _]/_'"

_,CTUATOR

"

_.

-

_-_.

1
_.

"\

2. V_thbolt
unit(K)
full engaged
position(K full
aft)apply
and
existing
(M) in
inserted
thru disengage
arm,

_' '/

connect spdng.
3.
readjust
stops
(L) and
4. Tighten
Turn crank
(3)
(Fig
32-11B)
to assure
full
approximately
5nut
Ibs.(M),
pullto
cable
to wire
removeslack.

3

5. Move disengage operating handle (1) to full aft
position and operate hand crank (3) to assure full
disengagement.Returnhandle (1)to full forward position.
6. Rigging is nowcomplete.

_

(_x_'

i

(SIN 24-0001 THRU 24-0377,
NOTE EXCEPT 24-0084)

_"_

_'_

EMERGENCY GEAR SYSTEM - FIGURE 32-11B
DISENGAGE RIGGING:
(S/N 24-0001tbru 24-0377, Except 240084) (Other
than Avionic Productsor PlesseyActuator)
PLESSEY
SEE SERVICE

ACTUATOR
INSTRUCTION

inspect
rubber
drive
coupling
between
motor/gearbox and jackshaft/gearbox for signs of
During
200 hour
gear inspection,5-20-O6,3,L,(1),
deterioration,
hardness
or wear. Loosen and
remove 2 nuts/washers/bolts from
bracket
connecting the two components. Separate motor
assy. from jackshaft assy. Remove rubber coupling
from which ever shaft it remains on and inspect,
Replace if damaged or deteriorated. Reassemble
motor assy. to jackshaft assy. and secure all

M20-92

9 MOb. IDENT. PLATI
8

"">

i3 EATIqN ACTUATE]R

le_

SMbt32-14

3 __"

7

It

SEESERVICE
INSTR.
HaO-52B
(P/N IOPO00)

LANDING GEAR ACTUATOR(S) [EXPLODED VIEWS] - FIGURE 32-12
12-98

32-31-02
17

Reinstallrecoiler assemblymake sure to fully seat gear. and remove housing. cable length should be 5" to 8" long. 32-31-03 . be certain that spring detent on drum engages both recoiler springs by slightly rockingdrum end. 4. item (2). 2. Run actuator to within approx. 7. ASSEMBLY -PIN 102000(*) 1.(1). 9. Remove manual extension system disengage cablefrom actuatordisengage arm.D. NOTE Be sure spring around is all thecam. NOTE Plessey Actuators should be lubricated every 2000 cycles w/MIL-G-81322 grease. insert clutch spring into bore until fully seated. Cable length should be 31 1/2" +/.Discardremovedscrews(3) & (4). Slide pulleydrum and cable offshatt. Retest unit for proper electrical and mechanical operation.Recheck properinstallationof springs.1/2" long. At full extend. from housingusing gear assembly. Remove two shortscrews. Lubricate gear and new clutch spring thoroughly withlube(MIL-G-81322) poly-lube. clean clutch gear thoroughly. Mark the first block of modification plate with the figure "1" using metal stamp or etching tool. 3. item (7).LANDING GEAR ACTUATOR. Remove two nuts.item (6). 2. and gear assembly. 6. intospring from flangedend of housing. DISSASEMBLY . Using gear to rotate spring. Insert. PIN 102000-(*). not suppliedin kit) to four new screws suppliedand install.item(6). and remove (Figure 32-12). and gear tang into manual drive slot of recoilerassembly. Measure overall cable length prior to reassembly. pull properly aligned cable several times to ensure the absence of binding conditions. Remove two screws. Remove gear assembly. 4.12 inch pounds. (* currently -1. * All dash no'sapplicablefor PIN 102000(*) actuator. Run actuator to mechanical "extend". Alter disassembly. and two (2) of the three (3) springspacers leavingthe thirdspacer in housing. take care to use the two longest screws in bottom holesof item (5). Retain pulley onshaft. ApplyLoctiteGrade A (Catalog Number 88-31. -4. Remove recoilerassembly. item (9). 32-31-04 . bearing. See SI M20-89B for Dukes Actuator Drive Coupling Inspection. Removethe two (2) recoilersprings.item (10) from actuatorbody. item (8). 5. 5. NOTE When looking at recoiler assembly with shaft end toward you. item (8). by rotating gear and pulling with slightto moderatepressure. clutch spring item (9). Remove old grease from & relube exposed screw threads. 0. NOTE Torque to approximately 10 . way in and seated 32-31-03 18 12-98 . item (4).(P/N 102000(*) 1. item (6). Measure cable length from side of housing.L. Install new recoiler springs placing a spacer betweeneach spring and overtop spring. Remove two long screws. Inspect cable for sheathing damage. fill tube cavity with grease thru MS15001-1 grease fitting until old grease is purged from screw assy. Reinstallcable supportbracketand retainingnuts. item (5). 9. & ON) KIT No.LANDING GEAR ACTUATOR.3. Carefullyseparate pulleyhousingfrom recoiler assembly(5) by removing screws (14). 6. PIN 102000(*). Note positionof cable supportbracket. Mark plate at each succeeding clutch spring replacementwith the next consecutivenumber. Be certain that spacer is in place before installation of two (2) new recoiler springs and previouslyremovedspacers. RECOILER SPRINGS / CABLE AND DRUM ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 1. -3. from clutch housing. IMPORTANT . 4. 3. the spring tabs in the housing slot should curve to the right as shown (Figure 32-12). In retracted position. Landing gear actuator clutch spring replacement is mandatoryat each 1000 hoursof aircraft operation. See 32-30-06 procedure prior to reassembly for additionalmaintenance if needed. A10-85. -2. 7. plate (first 1000 hours only). the length of cable should be 29" minimum. Replace cable if sheathing is cut or stripped. as removal tool. 6. Installmodificationplate adjacentto I. Complete gear inspection per Section 5-20-06. 7. 8. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPOFLATION 3. 6. Remove clutchspring. avoid damage to gear and do not allow dirt to enter clutch housing bore. item (1). Align slot in pulley housing with cable and slide pulleyhousingover cable and drum assembly. Slide drum ontoshaft. Holding the housings together. 5.rotateCCW and pull slightly.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J components.5 inch of mechanical "retract" & remove major excess grease extruded from ball nut assembly during this retraction step. 2. When full engagement is obtained wrap cable arounddrum n a clockwisedirection-leaving2" to 5" of cable free of drum. CLUTCH SPRING REPLACEMENT.item (3). CAUTION Use extreme care to prevent ball bearing from dropping out of recoi er assembly.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL NOTE Cable length in retract may be adjusted shorter or longer by position holding clutch with the 1. 3. The gear is down and lockedwhen green down-gear indicatorlight is on and when the lines on the visual gear position indicatoron thefloorboard are aligned. Crank handleclockwiseto lower gear. remove pin (11) from disengage arm (12) and slide disengage arm out so bronzeclutch(13) can be pulledfrom itsddveshalt. To manuallyextend the gear:.25 In. 12. If damaged or worn. to correct any discrepancies. Push latch forward with rightthumb. Push crank engage handle forward to engage drive mechanism. 3. Actuator barrel nut may bind on DOWN STOPS. 3. Move landinggear control switch to DOWN position. 32-31-05 . Pull lever back and upward (engaging manual emergency gear). when landinggear is retracted. Slight spring tension should be noted starting at 8" to 10". To manually extend the gear: 1. CAUTION To prevent partial engagement and subsequent damage to drive spline or flexible shaft. (slowly to engage gears) then RETURN to original position. Attach clutch recoiler assembly to actuator gear housingwith the four (4) screws removedin 32-30-05 (suppliedin clutchspring kit).Make certain that no bungee spdngs are compressed to a solid height and that nose gear tire clearstop of wheel well a minimum of . 10. rotating pulley housing one full turn CW (to shorten) or CCW (to lengthen). CAUTION DO NOT continue to pull T-Handle after GEAR DOWN light is ON. 2. continue until GREEN GEAR DOWN indicator light is ON and/or the lines on the visual gear position indicator on floorboard att of console are aligned when viewed from directly above the indicator (this will nromally take 12 to 20 pulls). Make adjustments per the above procedures. 12-98 32-31-05 19 . finger of one hand (to prevent shaft rotation). Raise and lower the landing gear through five complete cycles. check disengage arm (K). Figure 32-10A. 4. The override systemhas a flexible shaft geared to the landing gear actuator driven by a hand crank on the left side of the cabin panel. Pull landing gear circuit breaker. 2. Move landinggear controlswitchto DOWN position. Re-torque all jam nuts. Pull landing gear actuator circuit breaker. Landing gear circuit breaker will trip. as required. Replace bronze clutch and reassemble disengagearm into recoiler assembly. Check to see that nose and main landing gear doors are still rigged per paragraph 32-10-04. 4. Except 24-0084) The emergency manual override system may be used to extend the gear. CAUTION DO NOTretractgearmanually. The controlsare on floorboard aft and between the front seats. This is covered under disengage rigging. 32-31-06 FINAL CHECKS ( 24-3000 thru 24-3078) 1. 13. DO NOT operate gear electrically with hand crank engaged. Bronze clutch (13) should be inspected for damage or wear at slot where gear assembleengages duringmanualextensionof the landinggear. 11. use electrical system to retract gear. 5. 24-0378 THRU 24-TBA) The manualemergency gear extension systemis used to extend the gear only. Pull "T" handle UP. . CAUTION DO NOT operate landing gear electrically with manual extension system engaged. pausing after each cycle to check re-quired tolerances and dimensions and annunciator lightindications. Retention of clutch with finger will not allow pretensioning of springs. (Section 32-30-04). and then with the other hand. 2. Reattach main and nose landing gear door links.MANUAL EMERGENCY GEAR EXTENSION SYSTEM (T-HANDLE) (SIN 24-0084.MANUAL EMERGENCY GEAR EXTENSION SYSTEM (CRANKDOWN SYSTEM) (SIN 24-0001 thru 24-0377.

Gear will not retract & Landing Gear Actuator C/B trips. Replace with smaller diameter tire. -Same causes as listed with "In complete Retraction" above. Does gear retract using override. 32-32-00 2O 12-98 Rig manual engage arm. -Drive connector is out of rig. Replace burned out lamp. Applicable remedy listed above or replace motor or brushes. -Nose wheel location improper. Examineall movable partsfor proper lubricationand freedomfrom binding. -Manual engage arm improperly rigged. but green indicator light will not illuminate. inoperativeactuating motor. -Lamp burned out in green indicator-light circuit.Gear retractsto an intermediate positionand stopsshort. Aircraft does not Track or steer properly. Manual system will not lower gear. Replace burned out lamp Manual system will not lower gear. Gear will not retract at 70 to 80 MPH IAS. Gear will extend manually. See Section 32-50-02. . Replace spring. Malfunctionin gear electrical cimuit. Check indicator-light circuit and/or down-limit switch.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 32-32-00 M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .LANDING GEAR SYSTEM TROUBLE Incompleteretraction. Reset circuit breaker. -Lamp burned out in green indicator light. circuit breaker tdpped or actuator ball nut binding on DOWN STOPS. (con't. Checkfor actuatorjackscrew binding and lubricate as needed. green indicator-light (press-to-test) will notilluminate. Same remedies as listed with =IncompleteRetraction" above. PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY -Bind in gear retractionsystem becausegear is out of rig. Check pitot tube and line for obstructions. Gear will extend. -Manual engage handle in engaged position Adjust and check squat switch operation. Replace drive connector assembly if female spline is stripped. check systems operation.SB-M20-196 Disengage Manual System. Any malfunction can cause the landing gear circuit breaker to trip: therefore check electric circuit for loose connection.or weak battery. broken wires. -Any of the above or Brushes in motor worn.) LDG actuator will not.TROUBLE SHOOTING .retract or will not extend gear. use wrench on ball nut flat to loosen. Down-limit switch is inoperative. Cold weather. -Insufficient air-speed.Ref. -Sheared female spline in drive connector. or defective relay switches. -Oversize/stretched tire will not go into wheelwell properly. Examine pressure switch for proper adjustment and operation. pressure switch inoperative. Adjust control cable tension of ddve connector. Recharge battery if necessary. -Squat switch not properly rigged. -Avionic Products Actuator internal clutch spring broken. -Gear switch is not in DOWN position. Place gear switch in DOWN position. Actuating motor extends gear to an intermediate position. . Gear may have been extended manually & ball nut is tight against STOPS. Referto landinggear riggingprocedure.

6. andExercise wheel half retaining Clean allbeadng wheel parts cleaningfluid in5. 3. [Ref. Do not loosen wheal WARNING half retaining nuts before tire is completely deflated.and felt seals in wheel halves.washers. clean thoroughly. NOTE Position Spacers as needed to positon Brake Disc .back nut offto nearest castellation. Inflatetire to 30 PSI. Tighten axle nut until _adng binds slightly.12 inches away from MLG leg assembly. (5). and axle nut. 10. Slide wheal off axle. Inspectal pads f_ crocks. Remove eitherIB or MID gear door.To insta cup.WHEELS AND BRAKES 14.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 3240-00 M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL . DetachdtL_tshield. g. If necessary to remove bearing cups heat wheel in boiling water for at least 30 minutes. 5.and installcotterpin. 17. Repack wheel bearings and lubricateseals with grease. Polish smell burrs or nicks out of wheel halves with No. then positionotherwheel half on tire.// / COTTERPIN -J / WASHERS---' // NUT-J NOSF WHFFI LANDINGGEAR WHEEL REMOVAL . 6:00 x 6.Then remove cup by tapp ng evenly.MAIN WHEEL DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 1. Remove wheel by removing cotter key and nut from axle. AC 43. To remove main wheels fromaimrafl: 15.or evidence wear. (Federal Specification PS-661). T'_htan nutsevenlyand torqueto 150 inchpounds. Remove snap fng. 3.13-1(*) ] (* = current revision). Remove 2 boltsfrom brake caliper. 12. Reinstallbrake caliper& safety. wheel will turn with a slight resistance. CAUTION Conduct a retraction/extension check (6 cycles) to varify tire enters and exits whealwell without interference. 3 PLCS. six-ply ratedtireswithstandard tubes. Inspect bearing cups and replace if cups are damaged or worn. (10) grease seal rings. washers. heat wheel half again. 2. 13.Removethreescowsandwashem. Remove bearings(7). _//_F "_. 32-40-01 -MAIN WHEELS The main wheels have standard brand. NOTE Bearing cups are shrink fated.. 400 gdt sandpaper. (See Fig 32-14). Completelydeflatetire. 2. 32-14). Replsce bearing cones that showsignsof wear or beadng fretting. separate halves. one wheel half. and nutS(Fig. 32-40-02 . and refinishprotectivecoatingas requital. NOTE When properly installed. (3. CAUTION Uneven or improper torque may cause bolt or wheel failure. Failure to observe this warning may result in bodily injury. do not remove them unless necessary for replacement. washer. 1.) _NUT / _--SPACER bolts. Positiontire and tube onrings. special care 4. closurerings. 4.cleaning cones_omughly and felt in dngs to insure thoroughcleaning. Installdustshieldand IB/MID gear door. Install brake disc (2) and wheel half retaining bolts._ COTER MAIN WHEEL e_. 8. Positioncup and tap lightlyto insureproperseating.FIGURE 32-13 32-40-00 21 . 4) and removetire and tube.(8) and feltseals (9).= NOSE TIRE NOSE GEAR-J_\\ LEG ASSY. cool cup with dry ice. 7. 12-98 ___//. Installbearings. Remove nuts. 16. (See Fig 32-13). Install wheel assembly.conosion. Secure with snap 11. /--SCREW ///"_--_ /// | ] (TYP.

If lining replacement is necessary proceed with steps D thru O. to 90 inch-pounds. BRAKE ASSEMBLY . C _ V _-R A. Clean parts in cleaning solvent (Federal Specification PS-661 or equivalent) and dry with oil-free compressed air. New ones can be installed by tapping them in place with a soft hammer.205 for warpage. Remove nuts from anchor bolts. B. Tighten retaining Inflate tire bolttonuts 49 PSI. nut. CI_j 4 A. F._ 1 0]_ 1 __-"T_ 3 -- 32-40-04 . B. and washer from axle. Nose wheel disassembly. . C8 _ -7 __i _ _\ '--. 18.. A. Installation is in reverse sequence of removal.¢_1_}_. Note D. (Fig 32-14). When the anchor bolts are replaced they should be pressed out. Nose wheel removal. and wheel half retaining tire and tube. -GI_ _ MAIN WHEEL ASSY. (Figure32-13). Remove cotter key. torque disassembly. tube-type. Disconnect and capbolts hydraulic linethe (4) condition at brake of the anchor bolts.D V (_ [_ V E--//_ J 1._ "-- 13 ____ "1_ inch or less._ NOSE WHEE"L-_SSY. Visually inspect linings for wear and brake disc they are wom to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch._.FIGURE 32-15 32-40-03 22 12-98 ] . G. CAUTION Brake disc should be replaced if width is . Otherwise reassemble in reve[se sequence of 15 disassembly. 2. cylinder assembly. 3. Remove aircraft from jacks. 5:00 x 5 nose wheel tire is six-plyrated. Ddll out rivets (9) attaching linings (7) to back lining plate (2) and the pressure plate (5). WHEELASSEMBLIES v . bolts (15) from wheel. Place aircraft on jacks.NOSE WHEEL DISASSEMBLY-ASSEMBLY The standard brand. It is permissible E. Refer to Section 32-40-02 steps 5 thru 10 D.BRAKE SYSTEM ]3 [_ E F. evenly and . Brake linings should be replaced when _4 108 8 "_. Reassemble nose wheel in reverse sequence of for wheel inspection. Remove pressure plate assembly (Fig 32-15) to remove use compressed applied to the brake line fitting to the pistonair (10) from the brake cylinder.FIGURE 32-14 (5) sliding it offthe anchor (6). Remove nuts. 32-40-03 . Remove safety wire and two AN4H17A bolts (1) attaching back lining plate assembly (2) to brake cylinder assembly (Fig. 32-15). B. Remove inboard or mid gear doors. If they are nicked or gouged they should be sanded smooth to prevent binding with the pressure plate (5) or torque plate(8). washers. Remove nose wheel. Completely deflate tire by removing valve core.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION C.. 1. Remove piston assembly (10) and "O"ring (11)._c_ o_ °%o/4_. BRAKE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION: Lining inspection and/or replacement or cylinder repair.

A scored brake cylinder should be Specification No. Remove aircraft from jacks. remove cylinder. If thicker 250 protruson set and properlength(3. O. DISSASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY (24-3201. ull The procedure will generate sufficient heat to cure the B. cylinder may _use the "O" dng to leak or cause rapid (7) Clean all parts with cleaning Solvent (Federal wear of the O dng. To disassemble master cylinder:. I. 24-3202 thru 24-3217 REMOVAL.. using #561-2 rivets.BREAK IN PROCEDURES. hand.= n I ._6 . thestops brake discs ¢_..min. but will not cause the material to become carbudzed due to excessive heat..:_. BRAKES . MASTER CYLINDER 24-0001 thru 24-3200.). Lubricatecylinder and piston with MIL-H-5606 and scratches. Immerse all parts in hydraulicbrake fluid liningplate assembly onto the airplane in the reverse pdorto reassembly. 2. remove torque plate from axle mounting (13) Replaceall faultyparts and all O-rings. (spring guide (3) will be pushed out by spring (5) when roll pin is removed). 32-40-04 23 . is outboard. Perform a minimum of six (6) light pedal effort braking two Allow (2) hard from 25 to to 40 MPHapplicationsand (21 to 35 KIAS). Disconnecthydrauliccylinderfrom pedal linkage. obtainCleveland proper fit between dvet shank hole. groovesin bore. (1) Unscrew and remove rod end clevis and nut from piston rod (9). 3. (10) Inspect spacer (11) for damage. Proper conditioning may be accomplished as follows: 12-98 G. red hydraulicfluid and assemble componentswith care to preventdamage to the "O" ring. Replace linings with Cleveland 65-30 linings and piston (7). (8) Inspect cylinder for cracks. PS-661). D. (14) Reassemble in reverse sequence of M. Disconnect hydraulic cylinder from bracket. (Gerdes or Parker-Hannifin) (Reference Fig 32-17A). NOTE S/N 24-3201.1.. E. Do not reusethe old=O"dng. nicks L. Reassembly brake cylinder assemblyand back disassembly. INSTALLED RELATIVE TO CYL (4) Disassemble piston rod assembly by FIGURE 32-16 removing roll pin (4). replaced. (10 and 12) from piston and assembly. -- '"_. flangeand installas shown (Figure 32-16).. spdng (5) H. DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY.. A scored (6) Remove stat-o-seal (8) from piston rod. Reinstallmaster cylinder in reverse sequence of N. (9) Inspect piston (7) for damage.. scodng. Inspect torque plate assembly making sure the .=_ partially cool between stops. 4.670 in. (11) Inspectpush rod for scoring. (3) Remove spacer (11) and O-ring packings. max. C. REMOVAL. lower fuselage skin aft of firewall and exhaust cavity. Remove left. F. or J.05 in. Replace AN6230-2 "O" dng (11) with a new one.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Service and inspectmain wheels as describedin and scratches. TORQUE PLATE ASSY.grooves. Excessive heat created prior to conditioning will carbudze the linin'g matedal and prevent the attainment of maximum braking coefficient.Beed h_raulicsystemasdesm'bedin 8ec_n 12-20-05.. removal. Section 32-= . Rivetsand must be rolled to (5) Remove O-ring packing (6) from piston. Bleed brake system (refer Section 12-20-05).u _. (2) Remove snap ring (13) and lift out compete piston rod assembly. sequence of disassembly. NOTE Brake pad conditioning is required to properly cure the resins binding the asbestos lining composition together. Inspect brake cylinder bore for scodng. resins in the lining. Disconnect and cap hydraulic lines.24-3218 thru 24-TEA have larger capacity Master Cylinders (P/N 10-24D)installed. 24-3218 THRU 24-TBA) A.125 thickness is toward brake (12) Inspectpistonreturnsprings(2) for permanent cylinderassembly (outboard).checkfor nicks K. item 3 thru 12.

i s"_-_l_202thru24"3217 [ (9) Inspect piston (5) for damage. (6) Remove end cap (8) and o'dngs (9) [ID] and (7) [OD] from end cap assembly. (4) Remove bushing (3) and spdng (4) from end of pistion rod. (8) lnspect cylinder for cracks. nut (16) and washers(14 & 15) from pistonrod (12). Disconnect and cap hydraulic lines. Disconnect hydraulic cylinder from bracket and remove cylinder. The plug (that would normally go to ca-pilots side)has to be loosened se fluid can be purged from shuttle valve cavity dudng bleeding to keep shuttle valve from locking up one side lo 9 11 T e • I BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER (PARAMONT) . 24-3201. C.TBA '(3) Remove snap ring (2) from end of piston rod assembly.FIGURE 32-17A (7) Clean parts with cleaning solvent (Fed. E.01.all PS-661)..-i_:.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 112 _- M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION _0 \_ . B. (Gerdes or Parker-Hannifin) (Reference Fig 32-17A. check for nicks and scratches.FIGURE 32'17B 32-40-04 24 12-98 . 24-3218 thru 24-TBA). To disassemble master cylinder.. Disconnect hydraulic cylinder from pedal linkage.. D. items 2 thin 12. (5) Remove piston assembly (5) and o'dng (7) from piston assembly and o'ring (6) from piston rod shaft. have to be bled somewhat differently. scodng or grooves In bore. Specification No. NOTE j 1991 single brake systems.thru24. (2) Remove snap dng (11) from cyhlinder housing assembly. with shuttle valve. lift out complete piston rod assembly. _t sMx3. Spring (13) can be removed at this time. (10) Inspect end cap (8) for damage. (1) Unscrewand remove rod end clevis (17).5 _- 3 2 '3_- u _ _- / _ - 4 k'--z7 _--u " _-7 _-7 BRAKE MASTER CYLINDERS .

Remove parking brake valve. (SIN 24-0001 thru 24-0757. A. F. Remove end plug(5) and square out gasket (6). from housingby bumpingontabletop. 12-98 32-40-04 25 . 4. Reassemble brake valve in reverse sequence of disassembly. PS-661). (12) Inspect spring (4) for free height . C. Disconnect and cap hydrauliclines. (9) Inspect pistonfor damaged valve seat. o'dng packings (3). scoring. nicks and scratches.scratches. Bleed brakesystem (refer to Section12-20-05). H. G. replace the valve assembly. Inspectvalve seat for nicks. and grooves. D. (7) Clean all parts with cleaningsolvent(Federal SpecificationNo. 1. MIN. ( M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL (11) Inspect push rod for scoring. Replace o'dng packings. K. B. Reinstall master'cylinder in reverse sequence of removal. B. D. Valve assembly (8) willfall out when cotter pin is removed. (13) Replace all faulty parts and all c'dngs. Refer to Figure 32-18 B).MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION . PS-661). MAX). Remove dvetsor screws (1) attachingvalvearm (2) to valve body (3) and stem (4). (8) Inspect cylinder for cracks. Withdraw valvestem assembly (7) and remove o'dng packings(8 & 9) from valve body. To disassemble Paramount master cylinder (Reference Fig. Replace entire pistonrod assemblyif faulty. (15) Check piston rod and return spdng (13) for proper compression during stroke (9 Ibs. (1) Unscrew and remove rod end beadng and nut from pistionrod. B. grooves. (3) Remove piston top (2). grooves. K. or groovesin bore. (14) Reassemble in reverse sequence of disassembly. C. Remove left hand exhaust cavity. (@ 3/4 stroke). Inspect all threads for damage. Remove bothfittings(4) from end of housing. Reassemble parking brake valve in reverse sequenceof disassembly.: 3-5/16 IN. Refer Figure 32-18 A). Inspect all components for damage. E. Disconnect parking brake control at parking brake valve arm. (@ start of stroke)to 32 Ibs. Replace all o'dngs(9). Install brake valve on hydraulic reservoir. I. Clean all parts with cleaning solvent (Federal SpecificationNo.by removing cotter pin (5). (14) Reassemble in reverse sequence of disassembly. nicks. (5) Remove o'dng packing (10) from piston (11). +/. grooves. M. D. Inspect valve stem (4) for nicks. Immerse all parts in hydraulic brake fluid pdor to reassembly. Bleed system and service hydraulic reservoir with hydraulicfluidas deacdbed in Section12-20-04. Remove snap ring (5) from end of camshaft assembly(6). and scodng.. If valve or packing is faulty. (11) Inspect push rod for scodng. Remove bothfittings(1) from valve housing(7). C. Immerse all parts in hydraulic brake fluid pdor to reassembly. Camfullyrsmovecamshaltassembly(6)from housing. Reinstall hydraulic reservoir and connect lines and brake control. (10) Inspectvalve assemblyfordamage. PARAMOUNT MASTER CYLINDER A. A.030. Replace end plug gasket (6).500 in. (4) Disassemble piston rod assembly . J. (2) Remove snap ring (1) and lift out complete pistonrod assembly. scratches. (6) Remove spring (12) from cylinder.. PS-561). Bleed system and service hydraulic reservoir with hydraulic fluid as described in Section 12-20-04. (13) Replace all faulty parts. C. PARKING BRAKE VALVE Removal. L. G. NOTE DO NOT attempt to remove O-ring packing (9) under valve head. E.. G. and spnng washer (7). 32-17B). Clean all parts with cleaning solvent (Federal SpecificationNo. nicks and scratches. valve stop (6). F. spdngs(8) will comeoutwiththe fittings. Disassembly & assembly parking brake valve. B. Disassembly & assembly parking brake valve: (SIN 24-0758 THRU 24-TBA. burrs. F. A. Reinstallmaster cylinder in reverse sequence of removal. nicks and scratches. Connectvalve assemblyto the hydrauliclines. (12)proper Inspectlength piston (3-3/16 return spring for permanent set and IN. J. H.. and brass washer (4) from pistonrod assembly. Bleed brake system (refer Section 12-20-06).etc. Remove poppet valves (2) and pins (3). Do not unscrew piston from push rod.

) 1. 32-50-00 -STEERING 32-50-01 . -Foreign matter lockingdisc. Repeat step C and D to test oppositeport. Disconnect inlet lines from master cylinders and cap line ends. Replace lining. -Brake lining worn beyond allowable limit. Cleandisc and lining. Gear retraction automatically disengages steedng mechanism from nosewheel.'-I'L :- : . Shuttle valve shouldunseat at 15 to 50 PSI. Checkthat shaft travels in straightline & not bindingin linkage. 12-98 . 2. Spongy brake. 6. -Master cylindershaft or linkage misaligned. Bleed brake system per 12-20-05.TROUBLE SHOOTING .NOSE GEAR STEERING SYSTEM The nose gear steering system consistsof a steedng horn on gear leg linked to the rudder pedals by push-pull tubes and bellcranks.BRAKE SYSTEM TROUBLE " -_ Solid pedal and no brakes. -Defective parkingbrake valve. REMEDY 3241-01 3. -Warped or bentdisc. Repair or replacethe valve. Brake pedalwill not return to neutralposition. Replacedisc.SHUTrLE VALVE SIN 24-0001 thru 24-0763 (If Installed) Shuttle valve removal and testing (optionaldual brake system. Pressure will not hold. -Air in system. -Leak in brake system. 5. 4. Apply pressure to opposite port.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 6 8 PARKING BRAKE VALVE (24-0758 THRU 24-TBA) FIGURE 32-18A 3241-00 PARKING BRAKE VALVE (24-0001 THRU 24-0757 FIGURE 32-18B . Reinstallshuttlevalvein reversesequenceof removal. Brake grabs. Parkingbrake willnot hold. 7. To test valve operation. Visually check entire system for evidence of leaks. 32-41-01 26 Bleed brake system per 12-20-05. Disconnect outlet line leading to brake cylinder and cap lineend. See remedies above. . -Air insystemor leakin system (downstreamof parkingbrake valve). seat shuttle valve by applying1500 PSI hydraulic pressure to one inlet port with outletplugged.

replace leg assembly. (Ref 940052 Dwg. 12-98 CENTER LINE NOSE WHEEL LOCATION . exceeds . NOTE Aircraft SIN 24-1464 & ON have twin limiter pads and adjustable stops (7) (Figure 32-19) installed on the nose gear leg assembly (A) that will prevent turning damage to leg assembly. from rear to front. 5. Check holes in leg assembly where pivot bolt (3) is located for any wear. Modification relocating nose wheel should be accomplished if axle position. Levelaircraft as described in Chapter 8. washer. NOSE LEGASS'(. If holes are worn. Place plumb line over and forward of nose gear trunnion (see Figure 32-20) part number 540001-503. PLUMB UNE I SEE ITEM 4I 2. NOTE Shock absorber (6) and related attaching hardware may be removed from all Mooney M20J aircraft if desired. NOTE Check nose gear leg assy. Add SB M20-202-3 spacer . NOSE WHEEL STEERING .NOSE GEAR STEERING AND TRACKING 1.FIGURE 32-19 fiSection 27-20-00 outlines the nose gear steering gging. 2. NOTE Some collars have holes drilled off center and may be turned overto change axle position. Check nose gear door and wheel well tire clearances.under collar to reposition the axle if required.) CAUTION Bolt. 4. nut (9) and (10) (Figure 32-19) must be installed as shown. STRUCTURE 6. 32-50-02 . Every 100 hours remove cotter pin (1)(Fig 32-19) and retorque nut (2) to 450-500 inch Ibs. Re-rig if required. Rod end beadng (4) (Figure 32-19) should be inspected at least every 100 hours for any damage or bending. 7 3. Adjust turn limiterstop bolts (7) to contact cross member (8) of trues assembly (. 4. COLLAR NOSE GEAR TRUNNION SPACER 1.06.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 3. Check steering ham assembly (5) collars and spacers for looseness.FIGURE 32-20 32-50-02 27 . Center nose wheel. 6. Run gear through up/down cycle. for towing damage.) A centering cam aligns the nose wheel for entry intowheel well. Replace any bushings or spacersthat are worn.020 gap permissible) when rudder is at its extreme left and right travel position. Measure forward from aft edge of plumb line to axle center line. Replace if any dent exceeds 1132inch. forward of plumb line.

roll the tubing with the cotter pin until compressed air within the twisted tube actuates airspeed pressure switch. for proper limitswitchrig ging. fivetimes. Pullingwheel-shaped knobout and moving itto upper detentraises gear.P.03. 32-60-02 . The up-limitswitch will stop the gear in its retracted position.no lights). 6.LANDING GEAR WARNING SYSTEM The landinggear wareing system Consistsof:.4 inches water. 3. 1. Maintain pressure on the switch until retraction is complete. Secure set screw and repeat step (5). graduallyapplyair pressureto inlet at cap. Landinggear positionlights:(GEAR DOWN-white indicatorlighton floor and green lighton annunciator. The indicator marks will be aligned on the visual gear-position indicator.5 MPH or 60 +/-5 KTS). 4. NOTE Whitman-General switches can be adjusted using thefollowing procedures: 1. 2.P. Connectan ohmmeterbetweenmicroswitchleads. Due to hysteresis of the switch/diaphram assembly the switch MAY NOT deactivate the landing gear circuitry until approximately 57 MPH (49.Horn will sound if gear is not DOWN and LOCKED even if switch is in DOWN position or if airspeed is below 60 KIAS & gear switch is in UP position.775 inches of water untildiaphram movement closesmicroswitch. The gear down-and-lockedpositionis indicated by: 1. 3. water (69 +/. On aircratt equipped with airspeed safety switchto allowgear retractionwith the aircraft on jacks.384/-. Check warninghornfor volume in flight periodically. GEAR IN TRANSIT .DEVICES M20J 32-00-03 The gear switch operates the landing gear actuator relays. Using a water manometer to measure pressure. Slowlydecreasepressureuntilmicmswitchopens.Additionally the RED gear unsafe lightcomeson and warninghornis soundedwhen gear controlhandleis placed in gear-up positionbelow69 +/.318 in. The warning horn will not sound with the throttle retarded to within 1/4 .E. 5. However. of panel. is mounted behind airspeed indicator.359 in. CAUTION When running gear up or down electrically DO NOT use circuit breaker as a switch. manufactured switches are field adjustable. attach a 12-inchlength of 3/8 inch pliable rubber hose (surgicaltubing) over pitot head.ELECTRIC GEAR SAFETY. . CAUTION During Pitot-Static System Inspection.5 KTS). The down limit switch will Stop gear actuating motor when the proper force is exerted to holdlandinggear in down-and-lockedposition. GEAR DOWN annunciator light is dimmed when NAV Lightswitchis ON. 3. CAUTION The airspeed safety switch is designed to operate within a specified range during increasing airspeed only. -AIRSPEED SAFETY SWITCH ADJUSTMENT (24-0084. They should close at 2..5 MPH (60 +/-5 KTS).GEAR UP .E.6.An airspeed safety switch is incorporatedinto electrical system to prevent landing gear retraction while on the ground and at airspeedsbelow69 +/. 2. To adjust the squatswitchrefer to Section 32-60-04. This is airspeed adjustment knob.Moving control knob to its lower detent lowers landing gear. A warning horn in cabin is actuated by throttle controlwhen gear controlswitch handle is up and the throttleis retarded to within 1/4-3/8 in. and pinch open end with a larger cotter pin. NOTE Referto proper electrical schematic when replacing with switches from another manufacturer. Place Master Switchin OFF position. Failure to equalize pressure on diaphram could cause it to rupture.Refer to Section32-30-02. Adjust slotted screw head on center of switch to obtain correct settings. 2.8 +# . Gradually increase pressure to 2. located inside cabin.775 +.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 32-60-00 . This could allow the landing gear to retract if the gear switch is inadvertently placed in the UP position during the landing roll. 2.POSITION AND WARNING 32-60-01 .red unsafe on annunciator. of panel.5 MPH (60 +/-5 KTS). Momentarilyactuate master switchuntilgear is in desiredposition. V. compensating pressure MUST be applied to pitotside ofA/S Safety switch diaphramwhen "static presssure" is applied. Adjust knuded body until switch closes at an increasingpressure of 2.up or down . Move gear switchto GEAR UP or GEAR DOWN as desired. 24-0238 & ON) The airspeed safety switch. an airspeed safety switchor a squat switchis incorporatedin the electrical systemto prevent landinggear retractionwhile on the ground. Partial retraction or extension may be accomplished electricallyas fellows: 1. switches can be adjusted using the following procedures: V. To adjust airspeed switch refer to Section 32-60. Illuminationof the GREEN gear downannunciator light. 32-60-00 28 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 12-98 WARNING Do not turn knurled knob on back of switch housing (WhitmaI-General Switches) when disconnecting switch from electrical connections.

assemblies can tolerances. B. See (Figure 32-20). Adjustswitchbodyuntilswitchjust closes. NOTE Shock disc retention collar should be installed with the chamfer facing down and forward. Adjustmentof squat switchis accomplishedas follows: 1.FIG 32-21 12-98 NOSE GEAR SHOCK DISC REPLACEMENT/TOOL FIGURE 32-22 32-60-04 29 .Vary' due to manufacturers The dimension (T) in a no load fully extended position should be approximately 3. The leg A. to remove and install nose gear shock discs. 2.60 inches. Use removable pad from tool as a guide on top of shock link to align discs as they are being compressed. MAIN GEAR SHOCK DISC REPLACEMENT TOOL APPLICATION . 32-21) and top retaining plate (B). (1) Check gap between retainingcollar (A) (Fig.LANDING GEAR SHOCK DISC INSPECTION SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL (3) Careful application of the shock disc replacmanttool is recommendedduringreplacementof main gear shock disc to keep from damaging grease f'rttings. 4. 5. Use removable pad from tool as a guide on top of shock link to align discs as they are beingcompressed. Remove safety wire from adjustment nuts on switch. Main gear shockdiscs. Resafety adjustmentnuts. Use shock disc replacement tool (C).00 to 0. (Figure 32-22) and top retaining plate (E). is critical to properly locate nose wheel position. ! M20J -SQUATSWITONADJUSTMENT (24-0001 THRU 24-0237 except 24-0084) The squat switch. as needed. Top retainingplate must be in contactwith retainingcollar. Nose Gear Shock Discs.0 inches. Add spacer under collar (D) per 8B M20-202. (old PIN ME120). paragraph 30-50-02. to remove and install main gear shock discs. Aircraft with full fuel load and weight on landing gear. P/N GSE 030010. (See Fig 32-21). (old PIN ME 121). Raise aircraft onjacks. Dimension ('r).(See Fig 32-22) (1) Check for gap between retainingcollar (D). 3. 32-80-00 32-81-00 -MISCELLANEOUS . Allowable gap is 0. PIN GSE 030011. (Figure 32-22). for proper steering/tracking rigging. located on the left main gear. Switch shouldnow be open.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 32-00-04 . NOTE 1. is incorporated into the electrical system to prevent landing gear retraction while aimraft is on ground. (2) Replace shock discs if gap is found. Use shock discreplacementtool (F). Check switch by slowlyIowedngaircraftto ground. (2) Replace discs when gap exceeds tolerance.

A. Tail skid damage or damage to bulkhead that attachestail skid. Inspect nose gear snubber (shock absorber)(if installed) for proper shock absorbing action. (Figure 32-20). Pilot/Co-Pilot's seat adjustment supports/tubes bentfrom excessiveG-loads. Raise airerafl onjacks . 5. D. Replace snubber when effectiveness is impaired--the unit is sealed and cannot be repaired. Mud Shield missingor damaged on eitheror both main landinggear.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J 2. 4. CAUTION Both collar and bolt must be replaced when one or the other is defective. 12-98 ' . B.RECOMMENDED HARD LANDING INSPECTIONS The followingare areas recommendedto be inspected when a "hard landing" has occured. Main landing gear shock bisquits condition. C. it is recommended that a thorough inspectionof all the above areas be done and repairs be made as necessary. Propellerstrike/marksor other visualdamage. 32-82-00 3O MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 32-82-00 . NOTE Shock absorbers may be removed if desired. Replace shock discsthat have lost resilience. Nose landing gear leg assembly damage near steering lugs.The disc preload must be great enough to maintain completewheel extensiondudngretraction. Engine or engine mount damage. 1. 6. 3.shocksfullyextended. Inspectnose and main gear shocksfor evidence of gap between retainingcollarand retainingplate. Refer to Drawing 940052. it is up to the owner/operator to advise maintenance personnel when the inspectionsare to be accomplished. wear. compressedor extrudedrubber. Replace defectiveboltand cellar. ' NOTE For Nose Gear Steering/Tracking see Section 32-50-02. E. 7. Inspectretainingcellar and bolt for deformation.Contact FAA personnel for incidentreportrequirements. If any evidence of damage or abnormal visual observations are found. 2. and cracks. Since a =hard landing"is a relativeterm.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J CHAPTER 33 LIGHTS MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

......... 33-Contents... 8 ..... 33-21-02........... ..... 11 ............................. 33-22-00 ........... 12 ...... .................... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 33-EFFECTIVITY 1/2BLANK ........... ........ PAGE .........MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 33 LIGHTS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ......... 5 ... 33-23-00 .... DATE 1/2BLANK ................. 33-Effectivity . 7 .................... 33-00-00....... 33-43-01 ........ 8 .................. 3/4BLANK ... 33-42-00 ....... 33-41-03 ........ 10 ..... 9 .. 33-41-01...

.... Power Supply Unit... 33-00-00 .......... 33-21-00 . Landing/Taxi Lights--24-1354 thru 24-TBA ... 33-40-01 .. 33-41-03 . PAGE GeneraI-Descdption and Operation ..... 33-41-00 ................ 33-20-00 .... SUBJECT .......... 33-22-00 ...... 33-22-01 . Gear Down Indicator Light (Floorboard) ..... Landing/Taxi Light Adjustment Procedures 12-98 5 5 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 33-CONTENTS 3/4BLANK ... Trouble shootingExterior Lights . High Intensity.............. Intedor Lights .....Replacement Service ............ Light Bulb Replacement ... 33-40-00 ........ ........Maintenance ............... Light Bulb Replacement ... Extedor Lights ................. Instrument/Right Panel and Glareshield Lights .... 33-23-01 ...Overhead Lights . Cabin Lights........ 33-43-01 .... Position Light ......Removal or Replacement Power Supply Unit Installation . Navigation/Position Lights . Cabin Light Switch Replacement ..... 33-23-00 .. Strobe Lights ..... 33-43-00 .............SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 33 LIGHTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .... Light Bulb Replacement ........ 33-41-01 ......................Maintenance Practices ..... 33-41-02 ........... 33-21-01 ...Maintenance Practices ......... 33-42-01 . 33-42-00 .. Strobe Light Replacement ................... 33-21-02 ....

I. S/N 24-0001 thru 24-0787 .OVERHEAD LIGHTS GE 4553 GE 4596 • Use same lightassy.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 33-00-00 M20J -GENERAL-DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION High intensitystrobe lights are standard equipment on M20J aircraft. SIN 24-0001 thru 24-1037 have a combined Nav-Strebe light assembly on each wing tip and has no strobe lighton the rudder. 24-0378 thru 24-1168) (SIN 24-1169 & ON) (Floorboard Indicator) (Whelen/SDI) (Grimes) (Whelen) 14 VOLT 28 VOLT GE 330 GE 330 GE 330 GE 1816 W]-7046 GE 327 GE 327 GE 327 GE 1818 N/A GE 370 GE 327 34-0212080-85 * GE 327 GE 327 34-0228030-85 w A-7512-12 W1290-14 A508-14 (Whelen) W1290-28 (GE) (GE) (Whelen) GE 4522 01-0770303-00 • Use S.A switchin the dome light base controlsthe overheaddome light.only a navigation light. bright)adjacent to the light near the co-pilotshead. butdroppingresistor RH-50-7.INTERIOR LIGHTS . The lightsthe areinstrumentpanel activated by a incircuit locatedon front ofbreaker/switch the pilot. Tool No. Navigation lights are located on each wing tip and rudder trailing edge (24-0001 thru 24-2999).The rear cabin light is accessible from the baggage compartmentdoor also. 203541 to removelamp. 12-98 33-00-00 5 .MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 33-21-00 . Remove light cover panel (2) (Figure 33-1) from the headlinerassembly(1) by removingscrews(3). off. The system is actuated by a circuit breaker/switchlocatedon the instrumentpanel in front of the pilot.6 req'd. 24-3000 thru 24-TBA) LandingLight -(24-0001 thru 24-3153) -(24-3154 thru 24-TBA) RecognitionLight BULB PART NUMBER (SIN 24-0084. (24-3000 thru 24-TBA) A/C have the aft facing navigation light (clear)located on each fiberglasswingtip trailing edge. The passengercompartment lights are locatedabovethe rear seats in the overhead paneland are activatedby a similar three positionswitch located adjacentto the light. mounted on inspectioncover. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL One 290. CAUTION SIN 24-0001 thru 24-3153-cabin lights are connected directly to battery through their switches and WILL ILLUMINATE WITHOUT MASTER SWITCH ON. 33-21-01 . and insidethe tailcone adjacent to the left rear inspection cover. 33-20-00 . Separate power supplies are utilized for each strobe light and are located in each wing outboard section. (dim. S/N 24-0001 thru 24-3153 The landinglightis locatedin lower engine cowling.LIGHT BULB REPLACEMENT (S/N 24-0768 thru 24-3373) 1. S/N 24-3154 thru 24-TBA Two 110.000 candle power sealed beam bulb is incorporatedand mounted in a housing designed to isolate the bulb from engine heat and vibration. The lights are located adjacent to the wing tip navigation lights and incorporated in the taillight assembly.000 candle power sealed beam bulbs are locatedin LH & RH side ofwing. LAMP BULB REPLACEMENT CHART APPLICATIONS Glareshield Lights Post Lights Map Light Cabin Interior Lights Trim & Flap Indicator Gear Down Light Tail Position Light Wing Tip Position Light -(24-0001 thru 24-1425) -(24-1426 thru 24-1708. Two intedor lights are located on the overhead panel (SIN 24-0768 thra 24-3373). NOTE The front and rear light bulbs are replaced in the same manner.CABIN LIGHTS . The forward cabin overhead lights are located between the pilot and co-pilot seats and are actuated by a three position switch.D.The light is activatedby a circuitbreaker/switch locatedon the instrumentpanelin front of the pilot.

Press snap tab & pushfrom panelto remove._l SWI CA FIGURE 33-1A . 33-21-02 . .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 2. 4.INTERIOR LIGHTS (24-3374 THRU 24-TBA) 33-21-02 6 /_ _ /_::1_ --" . _p_'_NG_ O_TLSIGEHA. _w.TYPICALTO LEFTSIDE .. Reassemble panels and ventilation control. BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT SWITCH 1.._.. Pull door frame down slightly from velcro fastners to access baggage compartmentlightswitch. 2. Disconnectwire terminals and replace with new switch. .. Remove and replace the bulbs and check for properoperation. instrumentpanel lights..LIGHT BULB REPLACEMENT (SIN 24-3374 thru 24-TBA) 1. Pull bulbfrom bulb holder. Disconnectblade terminals from lightassembly. Disconnectterminals. Switch is located at rear of baggage door at front.. (UNDER COVER) _ SONALERTS_ _=_=_w_.._.REAR SEATPASSENE UGHTSW1TCH ON RIGHTSIDE PANEL. 6._. UGHT7 3.... . "-_ PASSENGER'S-EIGHTS / .. Disconnect wire connections and replace with new switch. 33-22-00 .. 3. replacewith new bulb. 5..CABIN LIGHT SWITCH REPLACEMENT (SIN 24-0768 thru 24-3373) 1.J_._.OCA O. 4.. 3. Remove cover (4) from headliner assembly(1) by removing screws (3) holding panel in place (Figure 33-1).LIGHT BULB REPLACEMENT 1. 4. Figure 33-1A) 2. SWITCH PANEL _. Co-pilot'scabin lightswitch is located in front of cabindoor hingeabove co-pilot'sright knee.. PUSH switchthrough panel. Remove cover from arm rest assembly by removing2 screws holding coverto arm rest. (Ref. 5._=_N_. Carefullyslide smooth. !"rG-_l'_ -" "_" SPEAKERS..CMPT.. top of hat rack opening (Figure 33-1A) 2.. Re-assemble switch assembly into cover by snapping in from top side.replaceswitch. Re-assemble in reverse swquence when maintenanceactioncompleted. 3. PILOT'S & REAR SEAT PASSENGER'S LIGHTS 1../ t rp-r _A_ ¢_'AT UNDE_ COVER FINTER]OR UGHTSMASTER SWITCI" * r. Check for proper operation.. Switches are snap-fit and may be removed by pressingsnap tabs and pushingswitchthroughcover.un \ _ _ _ / UGHTSWITCH RIGHT. 4.Removedoorframe cap. 3..Pull panelfrom velcmfastnersto accessswitch. NOTE SIN 24-0901 and ON have a butterfly shut-off valve for the overhead ventilation that must be freed from the panel prior to removal. Re-assemblelightassemblyinto mountinghole.. Check for properoperation.INSTRUMENT/FLIGHT PANEL AND GLARESHIELD LIGHTS 33-22-01 . Press snaptabs. if app icable. 4. \ /r PILOTSOVERHEAD uun. Re-assemble in reverse order.. CO-PILOT'S SWITCH 1. Remove 1 screw inboard of switch.fiat sharp blade underlip of light assembly flange and pop light assembly out of mountinghole. Remove 1 screwabove switch. EXERIORUGHTS--_ _._ ____ __:_!( REAR SEAT_/"/ /DAFRONTSA'_Tf .Check for properoperation.to headliner. Re-install cover into arm rest. 2. 12-93 _ _. Reinstallbulbholder. securewith 2 screws. 2. Hold light assembly body and rotate bulb holder counter-clock-wiseto remove. Switch (5) is a press and snap in fit and may requirebendingof springtabs to release for removal. CABIN LIGHT SWITCH REPLACEMENT (24-3374 thru 24-TBA) BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT | BAG.

A. Screw outer housing back onto base. Insert new bulb into hood and push hood back onto post light base. INTERIOR LIGHTS FIGURE 33-1 SIN 24-0001 THRU 24-3373 A.. Check for proper operation. B. 12-98 O U TB D -LAP S Wl TC H TRIM/FLAP INDICATOR LIGHT . Disconnect wires at knife disconnects (3) and carefully unscrew socket portion (4) from light assembly lens (5). A. Internally lit instruments are not being considered in this information. 3. c. remove and replace with new bulb. Replace knurled button with new bulb installed into console. D. _" 3-/ I 4 I I TRIM/FLAP INDICATOR LIGHT . B. Trim/Flap Indicator Light A. Insert new bulb. 24-0378 thru 24-1188) F. B.FIGURE 33-3 (24-1169 thin 24-TBA) 33-22-01 7 . Check for proper operation.r. D. The lens is glued to trim/flap indicator reflector (6). Check for proper operation. Post light bulbs are replaced by pulling hood straight out from post light base and then pulling bulb from this hooded portion. C.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FWD OUTBD @ . B. bulb is bayonet type. Unscrew the black knurled button (1) (Figure 3-3) to gain access to the bulb. Bulb will come out with socket portion of light assembly. push.FIGURE 33-2 (SIN 24-0084. Remove bulb and insert new bulb. P FWD D. D. twist and pull to remove. Gain access to light assembly (1) (Figure 33-2) by reaching in over console side par (2) from co-pilots side of cabin.. Connectthe knife connectionsand ty-rap securely. Check for proper operation and hood orientaUon. Remove outer housing by unscrewing from light assembly base. C. 2. C.._ / _I \ I t ----_. Bulb is a friction fit type in button. Carefully screw socket back into lens.. E. Glareshield lights.

Reset circuit breaker. Check continuity through switch. Replace if necessary. -Battery defective.Tighten mounting screws.EXTERIOR LIGHTS . Reinstallbellypanel.. -Circuitbreaker/switch defective.MAINTENANCE PRACTICES . Red is positiveand black is negative. 4.Reset circuit breaker. Remove and replace bulb. replaceif necessary.=-========== . Replace. -Power supply inoperative. Check all connections in circuit. -Looseconnection or defectivewire. The strobe light assembly is a pottedassembly and cannot be repaired: 33-23-00 8 ! The power supplies may be synchronized by connecting each yellow wire together between all powersupplies (Hoskins only)..E-_=-.00 . -HIGH INTENSITY. - .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ 33-23.LIGHT BULB REPLACEMENT 1. -Loose connection... Checkfor shortcircuit. -Lampburned out. Replace lamp. Replace battery or use external power. -Circuit breaker/switch defective. -Circuitbreaker/switch tripped. Checkcontinuitythroughswitch. NAVIGATION LIGHTS AND TAILLIGHT Lampfails to light. Check and tighten electrical connections..The voltage for the strobe light is supplied through Pin 1 and 3 of the power supply connector with Pin 2 as the trigger pulse. 3..GEAR DOWN INDICATOR LIGHT (FLOORBOARD) 33-23-01 .TROUBLE SHOOTING EXTERIOR LIGHTS TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY STROBE LIGHTS Lightsinoperative. Remove lower belly panel to gain access to light asse-m_-bl. -Faulty power supply. Replace bulb. 33-41-00 -Circuit breaker/switch tripped. Check for shortcircuit. -Defective fixture Replace fixture.. 28 VDC (24-3000 thrc 24-TBA) input across the red and black wires. Check for properoperation.. -Bulb burned out. -Fixturenot grounded. Checkfor good bondingbetween fixture and structure.. Replaceor repairwire if necessary. -Loose connection. LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS. Tightenconnectionsand checkwire circuitcontinuity. One bulbdoes not light. 33-40-00 33-40-01 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 2. 12-98 . STROBE LIGHTS-MAINTENANCE The strobe light power supply requires a 14 VDC (24-0001 thru 24-2999). Disconnectsynch wiresto identify faulty power supply. or common.

WARNING High voltage is involved in the circuit between the power supply and strobe light assemblies. When one light not flashing: 1. If input voltage is present. power supply is physically mounted to this inspection cover. This will allow the light assembly (4) and mounting plate (5) to be pulled away fromtip db. 33-41-03 C. applyfor removalofthis powersupplyunit. If novoltage is present check for shorted power leads or tripped circuit breaker. first check the input voltageto the power supply. A. Failure to observe these precautions may result in physical injury from electrical shock.FIGURE 33-4 3. and Warning of paragraph 33-41-01. wing tip strobe power supply. 1.Turn off master switch. let_ hand side of the tailcone. If good flashtube operates. Disconnect widng connections between switch and power supply: C. Remove the wing tip lens (1) (Figure 33-5) to gain access to malfunctioning strobe light. If not. 28 VDC (24-3000 thin 24-TBA). CAUTION STROBE LIGHT WIRING -An incorrect hook-up of the wires at either the power input or between the strobe light assemblies and the power supply unit will cause a reversal of polarity that results in serious component damage and failure. 3341-01 B. then disconnect the connector to the flashtube. If no voltage is presentthen check for shorted power leads. The red and black line should have 14 VDC (24-0001 thru 24-2999). 0 2. Power supply (2) is physically attached to this inspectioncover." '-_ 1 POWER SUPPLY LOOKING UP . Gain access to this unit through the inspection cover on the aft. or circuit breaker.I 0 0 LJ 0 2\. connect a known good flashtube to the power supply. then disconnect the yellow sync wires. If good flashtube fails to operate power supply is defective. The red and black line should have 14 VDC (24-0001 thin 24-2999). VIEW STROBE LIGHT POWER SUPPLY.POWER SUPPLY UNIT .TYPICAL LOCATION . Check circuitbreaker/switch. . POWER SUPPLY UNIT INSTALLATION The installation of any of the power supplies is a reverse sequenceof the removalprocedures.STROBE LIGHT REPLACEMENT 1. Gain access to wing tip power supply through bottominspectioncover (1) near wing tip (See Figure 33-4).REMOVAL OR REPLACEMENT 1. WING TIP STROBE LIGHT. 28 VDC (24-3000 thru 24-TBA). This will allow unaffectedunitsto flash.RIGHTWIN(. (See warning above). Replace flashtube. B. Although a bleed-off resistor is incorporated in the power supply circuit. the power supply has no outputand is defective. To determine power supplyor flashtubeproblems. 2. If input voltage is present.400V-500VDC should be presentacross Pin 1 and 3 of the power supply. Steps B thru D. (24-1038 THRU 24-TBA) A. Determine defectivelight and proceedto =onelightnotflashing"below. D. 3341-02 . turn the control switch for the strobe lights OFF and allow at least 20 minutes to elapse prior to disconnecting the cables at the power supply or strobe light assemblies before handling either of these units in any way. 2. The . To determine powersupplyor flashtubeproblems. Disconnect wiring harness between power supply and strobe light. Remove the screws secudng the power supply to the inspection panel and remove the unit. Care must be taken to ensure that the red wire is connected to positive power and the black wire to ground. Disconnectthe widng connectionsbetween the switchand the powersupply. L_. If voltage is present across Pin 1 and 3 of the power supply. the flashtube is defective. Remove the two screws holding the navigation/position light lens (2) and the one screw (3) below the flashtube assembly. 12-98 33-41-01 9 .LEFT WING INSPECTION COVER . Tail strobe light power supply (SIN 24-1038 and on). blown inline fuses. Be sure yellow sync wire is insulated and not grounded. B. first check the input voltageto the power supply.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL TROUBLE SHOOTING AIDS When no lights are flashing: 1. A.

See (Figure 33-6) for this detail. Failure to observe these precautions may result in physical injury from electrical shock. Although a bleed-off resistor is incorporated in the power supply circuit. D. To gain access to the wire harness and 3 I 28 VDC\ (Z_I TYPICAl WING TIP STROBE LIGHTS TAIL LIGHT FIGURE 33-5 C. WARNING High voltage is involved in the circuit between the power supply and strobe light assemblies. (S/N 24-1038 thru 24-2999). turn the control switch for the strobe lights OFF and allow st least 20 minutes to elapse prior to disconnecting the cables st the power supply or strobe light assemblies and before handling either of these units in any way. 4 to 5 feet long. TAIL STROBE/NAVIGATION LIGHT REMOVAL. F. connections from the power supply rotate the round access cover (1) on the lower left side of the empennage stinger (Figure 33-6). the clear lens can be removed from the flashtube assembly by removing the two lens retaining screws (7) and pulling the lens free for replacement orcleaning. the flashtube is soldered in place and is not readily removeablefrom the assembly. If required. D: Tie and tape a strong. C. NOTE The Whelen Strobe-Nay light assembly is installed slightly different but is removed and replaced in a similar manner. %_2 2 7 oPTIoNAL I A. Remove the two screws (6) from the back side of the mountingplate. Installthe new strobe light assembly in reverse sequence of removal. The rubber grommets at each bulkheadwill require removal from bulkhead but leave attached to wire harness. Remove the two screws (3) that secure strobe/taillightassemblyto rudder (4) and pullthe light assemblyout so it clears the mounting hole. E. Remove the pins from the plug and pull individual wires through the holes to allow the flashtube assembly to come free. NOTE On some aircraft the plug may not come through the wire routing holes. Disconnectthe widng harness plugand remove the flashtube assembly. F. 33-41-03 10 TAILLIGHT ASSEMBLY FIGURE 33-6 (24-1038 thru 24-2999) (24-3000 thru 24-TBA has only strobe light assembly in rudder) B. _. SIN 24-3000 thin 24-TBA have only a strobe light assembly located on the rudder. The wire harnesswillbe stretchedtightat this point. small diameter cord. to the entire wire harness after plug has been removed. Disconnect strobe wiring harness connector fromstrobe power supply hamess and disconnectthe connectorsfor taillightassembly. Carefully begin working the wire harness throughthe empennage and rudder bulkheadsuntilthe wire harness can be pulled through the light mounting hole in the rudder. Removal is same as combination NAV/STROBE lightassembly. G.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 2. 12-98 . The flashtube assembly must be replaced if determined to be bad. E. Remove the connector plug (2) from the strobe light widng harness leaving the pins connected to individualwires.

There is sufficient wire available. Disconnect light assembly pigtail (11) from connector at (12) and replace assembly if needed. Tie and tape cord to new hamess and carefully begin to feed wire and grommets back to their positions. 12-98 33-42-00 11 . C.I. Remove the two screws (2) holdingthe position light lens in place. C. target position. Replace with new lamp and reassembletaillight assemblyin reversesequence. L. PositionL/H and PJH main landinggear at exact distance from vertical wall. Check for proper operation. coil hamess@ (1) and ty-rap harness coils. Remove the clear lens (8). A. SIN 24-1418 and LATER aircraft have a new style strobe light installation. 3. AFT POSITION LIGHT (24-3000thru 24-TBA) A. Remove the wing tip lens (1) (Figure33-5). DO NOT PULL THE STRONG CORD ALL THE WAY THROUGH ACCESS PANEL willduring need installation. Secure light assembly. Remove access cover behind each landing/taxi light location on with lower surface. Replace complete flashtube/base assembly (5) if strobelight portion is malfunctioning.POSITION LIGHT - SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 2 /-- _M33-AFT AFT POSITION LIGHT (24-3000 THRU 24-TBA) FIGURE 33-7 B. Place all grommets in the bulkheads. after plug (2) is removed from new harness. K. back inYou place from wire harness.5 inches up vertical wall from same ground planeaircraitis restingon. Pull the lens (red or green) from mounting plate (5) and removethe lamp (8). M. A. in reversesequenceof removal. 12.85 feet left and right of nosewheel centerline. B.NAVIGATION/POSITION LIGHTS 33-42-01 . TAIL POSITION LIGHT (24-0001 thru 24-2999). H. REPLACEMENT/SERVICE 1.375 inchesfurther outboard on both left and rightside of Step B. Replacewith new lamp & reassemble lightassy.D. D. See item (10) (Figure 33-6). 3. The flashtube is not a replaceable component. Reassemble the light assembly in reverse sequence. Remove lamp (6) with S. from wall. N.LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS 33-43-01 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J G. C. WING TIP POSITION LIGHTS (SIN 20-1038 THRU 24-TBA ). Place bulkhead grommets at relative positions on new harness. B. Install new lampinto base. Connect the completed harness and plug from the strobe light assembly to the harness socket from the strobe power supply. Positionaircraft to face a vertical wall with frontof nosewheel 7 1l. parallelto wall. Pulllight bulb(withspecialpuller if needed) D. this to pull Remove the new cord wire harness HOLE. 1_ 4 5 J. I. to pull this strobe light assembly out the rudder light mounting hole. IE. E. Refer to Figure 33-7. B. 3342-00 . 2. Pull light assembly and entire wire harness through mounting hole in rudder. D. special tool no. mountingdng (9) and gasket (7) to gain accessto positionlightlamp (6). Place four target crosses(+) on verticalwall at the followingpositions: A.6 in. Reinstall plug (2) on new harness and secure the strobe/navigation light assembly to the rudder. 36. 33-43-00 . 2. 9. Remove two screws (3) (Figure 33-6) from the taillighthousing that secures the lightassembly (5) to the rudder(4). Remove clear lens (3) & gasket to gain access to lightbulb(4). Remove two screws that secure aluminum cover (1) to wing tip (2).LANDING/TAXI LIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 0NING MOUNTED LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS ONLY) 1. when ty-raps are cut from coiled harness at (1). C. 203541 or equivalent.

turn adjusting screws until light beams are centered on outboard target crosses(+). left and right. 12-98 . exit aircralt. 6. Repeat Step 4 for landing lights.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J 4. 33-43-01 12 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 5. left and right. Turn taxi lights ON. except center light beams on inboard target crosses (+). Turn lightsOFF. reinstall access covers.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 34 NAVIGATION AND PITOT STATIC .

............ 34-20-00 .......... PAGE .......... DATE 1/2BLANK ...........SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 34 NAVIGATION AND PITOT STATIC LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ............................ 5 .................... 34-11-O0. 34-00-00 .. 34-21-00 ............................ 8 ...... 6 ..... 10 .. 34-Corltents................ 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 34-EFFECTIVITY 1/2BLANK . 34-Effectivity ..................... 7 . 9 .... 34-23-00 .............. 3/4BLANK ..... 34-90-00 .

.. Magnetic Compass . Airspeed Indicator-Trouble Shooting . Pitot & Static Air Pressure System .....................Trouble Shooting ... ...... .... Clock . ..... Airspeed Indicator .... ......................... Altimeter-Trouble Shooting....... Outside Air Temperature ...................... .. Directional Gyro-Trouble Shooting .... ........ General ................... ....... ............ .... ........ .. .... .................... .... 12-98 PAGE 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 10 10 10 34-CONTENTS 3/4BLANK ........... . . Compass ....... Vertical Speed Indicator ........ .................. Directional Gyro Compass ..... Turn Coordinator ......... ....................... SUBJECT .... Artificial Hodzon ......... Heated Pitot-Trauble Shooting ...........Trouble Shooting ...... Gyro-Hodzon ..................... ...MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 34 NAVIGATION AND PITOT STATIC TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT 34-00-00 34-10-00 34-10-01 34-11-00 34-11-01 34-12-00 34-12-01 34-13-00 34-13-01 34-20-00 34-20-01 34-21-00 34-21-01 34-22-00 34-22-01 34-23-00 34-23-01 34-90-00 34-90-01 34-90-02 .......................... Rate-Of-Climb (VSI) Indicator Trouble Shooting Altimeter . Turn Coordinator-Trouble Shooting ... Miscellaneous Instruments ....

An alternate static source valve is providedto change the static air source from outside the aimraft to inside the cabin. check system for leaks and tighten linefittings. Heatingelement burned out. Slipendofashortrubberhoseoverpitottube. . 2. C. 34-10-01 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CAUTION Release the air pressure slowly by unrolling the rubbertubing. Reset cimult breaker. Static system leak test. 34-10-00 . When blowing back through theisinstrument make the sureline thatfrom no air blown intopanel. Excessivevoltagedropbetween batteryand pltot head. Reinstall the glareshielclin reversesequence. 12-98 34-00-00 5 . inspect the hose sections for signs of detariomtion. a sudden release oftheair pressure may damage the airspeed indicator.411. If iesthJmentoperation is erratic or inoperativeafter draining.center post coverscrews and carefullyliftcanter postcover and glareshieldfrom the panel. C.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J 34-08-00 . 4. Instrumenterroror possibledamage may result if even one pert is clogged with did or foreignmatter. Check all tubing for brittleness. B. Disconnect the glareshield lights. When new hose is installed. Pitotsystem leak test. Clamp hose and holdfor one minute. Close open end of hose. E. CAUTION NEVER BLOWAIRthroughthelineTOWARD the INSTRUMENT panel. Cover each staticport separatelywhen blowingto insurethat each line is dear. Pitot system hose inspections.Airspeed indicatorand altimeter readings will be slightly affected when using the alternate static source.performthe following: 1. Open circuit. Replace pitothead. within one minute. The valve is located on the lowerpanelimmediatelyto the lett of the pilots control column. Repeat steps B. Switchcircuitbreakertdpped. Remove glareshieldattaching screws. Alternate static source.slowlyroll up hose until airspeedindicatorreads 150 KIAS. Checkvoltageat pltot head. therefore. Repair.PITOT & STATIC AIR PRESSURE SYSTEM Static pressureinstrumentsare extremely sensitive to pressure changes. through the lines from the disconnected line at the aimpeed indicatorto the static ports. Alter the pitot system is checked for leaks. 5. Blow low air pressure (10-25 PSI). The static system should be checked for leaks in accordance with the instructionsin Federal AviationRegulation91. If airspeed indicatorfalls more than 10 KIAS. (Make sure Master switchis OFF and Gear Controlis in DOWN position. the instruments.Drain the pitot and static systems after humidor wet weather. to do so will seriously damage the instruments. 3.HEATED PITOT TROUBLE SHOOTING TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY Tube does notheat or clear itselfof ice with switchon. The glareshisld must be removed and widng or plumbing disconnected on many of the flight mstrumenta before they can be removed. and D until obtainingless than a 10 KIAS indicatorreadingdrop.(3) reference to the earths magneticfield or (4) aimralt electricalpower. Static system cleaning.checks or cracks particularlyat the bends or connecting points. CAUTION To avoid damaging either the airspeed indicator or the landing gear airspeed safety switch an equal pressure should be applied to the pitot side of the indicator while leak testing the static system. D. recheck the system for leaks using the PITOT SYSTEM LEAKTEST procedureabove. the pitot and static system must be kept free from moisture and obstructions.) A.GENERAL All flight instruments are grouped on the shock mounted panel directly in front of the piloL Flight instrumentsare operated by: (1) barometricpressure or bemmetdc impact air pressure differences (2) vadationsin e ectdc currentdue to mechanicallyvaded resistance.

top side for ascent rate and bottom side for descent rate. Keep depressed untilair is free of moisture.. See Section 27-95-00 for stall warning systems.An electricallyheated pitot head prevents ice obstructionin flight.. A knob adjusts a movable dial behind a small window in the face of the main dial to indicate local barornetdc pressure...AIRSPEED INDICATOR TROUBLE SHOOTING TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE Instrumentpointerdoes not indicateproperly.. Disconnectstatic linefrom instruments.. (VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR).AIRSPEEB INDICATOR Registers airspeed in knots....MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 34-11-00 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ..... PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY Pointer does not set on zero. This instrument has a single needle and two adjoining scales that read from 0 to 2000 feet per minute.. Instrumentpointeroscillates. -Defective mechanism.. -Leak in instrumentcase or =n pitotlines. Checkfor leak and seal lines... 34-13-00 Turnsettingscrewto reset pointerat zero.. Disconnectall instrumentsconnected to the staticline.. -Obstructionin staticline.ALTIMETER The altimeter operates by absolute pressure and converts barometric pressure to altitude.. Air pressure difference between impact air. and tens of thousands of feet. NOTE m 34-114) 1 195 KIAS 174-195 KIA8 64-174 KIAS 57-110 KIAS . ....... readingsare in feet per minute.reading is in feet above mean sea level. White Arc . -Leaks in static line.. (Includeswater) Pointer oscillates. Green Arc .Tap instrumentwhileresetting. Pointerfails to respond. and static air (static ports on each side of the aircraft tailoone) operates the airspeed indicator... YellowAm . -Obstructionin pitottube...RATE-OF-GMMB INDICATOR TROUBLE SHOOTING. -Aging ofdiaphragrn..... Replace instrument. .)to instrumentend of static line. 34-11-00 6 12-96 ... slotted screw at the lower left of the instrument case is used to "zero" the indicator when the aircraft is on the ground... Barometric pressure is sensed through the static vents.. 34-12-01 TROUBLE . pitottube.VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR Convertsbarometricpressure changeswithin the static port linesto aircraftascent or descent rate...Reconnectstaticline to instrumentsand leak check. Check both staticportsfor air flow.... The altimeter has a fixed dial with three pointers to indicate hundreds.... The recessed. 34-12-00 REMEDY . Depress staticdrain valveand check for water. Clean outobstruction.. Check individual instrumentsand test installationfor leaks... thousands. Apply low pressureair (10-25 PSI max.... -Leak in instrument Checkfor leak and seal case or in staticlines lines. This corrects the altimeter reading for prevailing conditions.... The airspeed indicatordial markingsare as follows: Radial Red Line .

Replaceinstrument. -Excessive vibration. for maintenance instructions.25 +/.Replace _stmmentifscrewis missing.If vibrationamplitudeis morethan. Biminateleakinstaticpressuresystem. Reset pointers. Vacuum pressure for satisfactory operation is 4. Excessivepointeroscillation. Hg. -Defective mechanism (worn or dirty pivots and bearings.. Replace instrument. Reset the instrument with the aircraft in level flight. -Defective mechanism. Replace instrurnenL 12-98 34-20-00 7 .) 34-20-01 . The directional gym rotor is air ddven and rotates with its spin axis horizontal The _:nobis used to reset basic directional heading. Vacuum line kinked.DIRECTIONAL GYRO COMPASS This vacuum-operated instrument indicates the heading reference. (See Trouble Shooting Chart. Check for collasped innerwall of flexible hose. Locateand if deflective.2.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 34-13-01 M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION . Adjust vacuum regulating valve. -Shift in mechanism.0/-0. 2.ALTIMETER TROUBLE SHOOTING TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY Excessscale error. Replace instrument. Vacuum regulating valve 1. REMEDY Inspectfilter. . 34-20-00 Replaceinstrument. -Excessive vibration. If vacuum indication is below 4. Instrument is sluggish. improperly adjusted. The vacuum system filters should be changed each 500 hours or at one year intervals. -Slippage of mating parts. Replace instrument. Innerreferencemarkerfailsto mow when setlingknob is misted. -Excessive vibration. Pump failure. Dull or discolored luminous markings.004inch. Replace instrument. Cracked or loose cover glass. 3. Barometdc scale and reference markers are out of synchronization with pointers. Testwithvibmmoter. Replace instrument. Defective mechanism. -Improper calibratio_adjustment. Setting knob set-screw is loose or missing. whichever occurs first. -Wrong lubdcant or lack of lubdcation. -Static pressure system leak. -Age.) -Operating limits have been exceeded Replace instrument.5 +0.DIRECTIONAL GYRO TROUBLE SHOOTING TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE Excessivedrift in either direction. -Marker out of engagement. High reading. -Dirty air filter (high vacuum indication).Replace if necessary. 3.replace or repairvacuum line. 2. Barometric scale and reference markers are out of synchronization. leaking or too long for its diameter.examineshock mountingsto see ifconneclJons are restifctinginstrument.25 IN. -Insufficient vacuum. Dial spins continuously in one direction. Repair or replace pump. T_hteninstmmontscrewffloose. Setting knob is hard to turn. check as follows: 1.2 to 5.

Bar does not set level. Excessive card oscillation. -Insufficient beadng clearance.is encased in a liquidfilled glass and metalcase.adjustdghtscrew. In lowtemperature.B. Degausingof the tubular structuremay be required if compass cannot be compensatedwithin limits. The unit mountson the stainlesssteel windshieldcenterpost above the glareshield.TURN COORDINATOR TROUBLE SHOOTING TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE Pointerfails to respond. -Pitted orworn pivotsor bearings. -improper instrument mounting. Replace instrument. Replace instrument. Insufficient liquid.Carefully go over the entire steel structure with degauser to remove residual magnetism. -External magnetic interference. NOTE Check for outside magnetic influences if excessive compensation is required. for degausing procedures. 34-22-00 8 12-98 REMEDY Locate magnetic interference and eliminate if possible. -Gimbal and rotorassemblyout of balance.TURN COORDINATOR A gyro instrumentthat indicates controlcoordinationand rate oftum.adjust leftscrew. -Foreign matter lodgedin instrument. Replaceinstrument. NOTE Refer to S. -Compass not properly compensated. -No electric current. Replace instrument.To compensatefor N-S deviation. Instruction III. Recommend Armature Growler to degausesteel structure. Replace instrument. -Excessive clearance between rotor and rotor pivots. to compensatefor E-W deviation. Compensate instrument.The compass shouldbe swung and compensatedat each annual inspectionand whenever new equipmentis installed. This instrumentis electricallydriven. 34-22-01 -MAGNETIC COMPASS TROUBLE SHOOTING TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE Excessive card error. -Oil or dirt between damping pistons and cylinders. M20-15OA. Bar sluggish in returning to level and does not set on level when stationary. Replace instrument. Replace instrument. Check voltageat instrument.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 34-21-00 M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL . -Oil has become too thick. graduatedin five-degree increments. . bar fails to respond or responds sluggishly and with insufficient deflection. Align Instrument.MAGNETIC COMPASS The magneticcompassdial. . 34-22-00 REMEDY Replace instrument. 34-21-01 .

Examine filter and clean or replace if necessary.Checkfor collapsed innerwaUof flexible hose. 5. 1. Vacuum line kink. Correct excess compensation. Horizon bar oscillates or vibrates excessively.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL TROUBLE (cont. 3. 2. -Insufficientvacuum resulting from the following: Correctinsufficient vacuumasfollows: 1.ARTIFICIAL HORIZON The vacuum-powered artificial horizon gyro indicates aircraft. Replace instrument. Liquid leakage. Dirty air filter. 34-23-01 . -Excessive pivot friction or broken jewel. 2. Adjust valve. Discolored luminous markings or discolored damping liquid. -Age Replace instrument. Examinefilter and clean or replace instrument. REMEDY Replace Instrument. Examine shock mountings and replace if necessary. -Broken cover glass. Excessive vibration. Defective light. Test with vibrometer. 1. -Dirty air filter (highvacuum) indication. Locateand repair. attitude relative to straight and level flight. Test withvibrometer. Shock mounted panel is contacting structure (inadequate clearance). Tighten screws.) Sluggish card.GYRO-HORIZON TROUBLE SHOOTING TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY Horizon bardoes not respond. 4. -Shock mountedpanel is contactingstructure(inadequate clearance). -Instrument too heavily compensated.004 inch. Replace instrument. if amplitudeis morethan . Pump failure. -Burned out lamp or broken ctmuit. If amplitude is more than . Hodzon bar does not settle. Replace instrument. 2. Vacuum regulating valve improperly adjusted. 3. Vacuum regulatingvalve impropedyadjusted. Adjust valve. Defective mechanism. Maintenanceis similarto that requiredfor the directionalgyrocompass. Examineshock mountingsand replace if necessary. -Defective sealing gaskets. Replace instrument.lealdngor too long for its diameter. . 12-98 34-23-OO 9 . -Defective mechanism. 34-23-00 M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION PROBABLE CAUSE -Weak card magnets. Check lamp or wiring continuity.if necessary. 3. 2. -Excessive vibration. Repair or replacepump. Replace Instrument. examine installation to determine whether connectionsare restrictingmovement of instrument. 3. -Excessivevacuum resulting from the following: Con_ctfor_ivevacuumasfol[ows: 1.004 inch. 5. -Loose bezel screws. examine installation to determinewhether connections are restrictingmovement of instrument. 4.

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE .MISCELLANEOUS 34-90-02 INSTRUMENTS Provides the pilot with the free stream outside air temperaturein degrees centigrade. 34-90-00 10 12-98 .The standardclock ismountedin the left sideof the instrumentpanel.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 34-90-00 34-90-01 M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .CLOCK Variousclockoptions are available. .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J CHAPTER OXYGEN MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 35 .

.. Recharging Procedures . SUBJECT General ............ PAGE 35-Effectivity/Co ntents ..... 3 ............... 6 ............ .... 35-00-01 35-(:0-02 . 12-98 PAGE ... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .......................... 35-00-02 .... 5 ................... ...... ........... 3 3 4 35-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ................ 4 ....MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 35 OXYGEN UST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ................ • ..... DATE 1/2BLANK ....... ..... 35-00-02 .............. 35-00-00 ..... . 35-00-02 . 35-00-00......... Maintenance Practices ...

A gauge. WARNING NO SMOKING when refilling oxygen cylinder. No. (70 degree F.I.S. indicates the pressure of the cylinder. .GENERAL The oxygensystem is an optionalinstallationfor sedal number24-0001 and ON. 35-00-01 . The cylinder contains 1850 P. The system consistsof a 76 (metal). (70 degree F.). at 21 degree C. FIGURE 35-1 12-98 35-00-00 3 .RECHARGING PROCEDURES with aviatorsoxygen. ure 9 8 li S/N 24-000] THRU 24-14J7 (2) must be Valve used.charging correct See (Figure 35 .77. The system is serviced through an access opening located aft of the baggage compartment door. When the cylinder is full the pressure will indicate 1850 P. through the Oxygen Access WARNING Oil.. charging S/N I OXYGEN SYSTEM 24. Recharging Mooney PIN 870025-501 oxygen recharge hose assembly is recommended. 3. nes connected to the altitude compensating valve distributeaviatorsoxygento the pilot and passengers. has on the k_ 7 3/ CYLINDER 3 2 i\ \ 10 DUTLETS -TO \ fittings are required for this servicing. for these will IGNITE upon contact with pure oxygen under pressure.S. at 21 degree C. Refill the cylinder with aviators oxygen Specification No. particularly with respect to oil or grease. and clothing are clean. Make sure that your hands. A reducing valve and an altitude compensatingvalve are connected to the _iYlinder to regulatethe oxygen flow for a givenaltitude. -icwever several of standard oxygen fittings are in use and a compatible fitting for the Scott pressure.2) for 4 vs. Standard refill fittings are required to fill the cylinder WARNING Proper safety measures must be employed while oxygen system maintenance is being performed or a serious fire hazard will be created. The system is activated by either the control handle being pushed forward (SIN 24-0001 thru 24-1417) or the control knob rotated (24-1418 & ON) to open the reducingvalve. The valve must be removed and the cylindercleaned and inspected if this happens. tools. cylinder located in the tailcone immediatelyeR of the baggage compartment bulkhead.The oxygen cylinder should not be used to less than 100 P. (Spec. 1.1418 THRU 24-TBA pressure. MIL-O-27210.I. grease or other lubricants in contact with oxygen create a serious fire hazard. located on the pilotsarm rest adjacent to the control. and such contact must be avoided when handling oxygen equipment.1 (composite)or 115.S. contamination may occur to the cylinder and valve.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 38-00-00 .I.7 (composite)cubic1_. Avoid making sparks and keep all burning cigarettes or fire away from the vicinity of oxygen. MIL-O-27210).) when fully charged. 2.

Purging is accomplished by connecting a recharging cart into the system and to flow and outlets until any offensive odors have been carded away. Set the cart pressure regulator to deliver 50 PSI to the system. pressure system leak. _. Offensive odors may be removed from the oxygen system by purging. removethe masks fromthe outlets. Conduct the low adequatelypurged. Cap open for an additional hour.If leakage exists apply MIL-L-25567.After the system has been contamination of the regulator.continue purgingthe system line from the regulator and plug the line. Oxygen system purging. Conduct high pressuretest using cylinder pressure. (ReEAC 43.10 PSI to the system.The control is WARNING Avoid making sparks and keep all burning cigarettes or fire away from the vicinity of the airplane when the outlets are in use. regulator port with a clean plastic cap to prevent replacethe supplycylinder.Apply 70 6. and clothing are clean.The drop in bulkhead. If an 4.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL charged to capacity. The system should also be purged any time the lines are left open and subjectto contamination. Using the su.Remove oxygen offensiveodorstill lingers. The pilots outlet (8) and passenger outlets (9) B.pplygauge on the pilot's side wall. Oxygen cylinder removal. allow 2 minutes for the locatedin the tailcone aft of the baggage compartment systemto stabilize. Open the cabin doorand place the control knob 3. Make sure that your hands. note cylinder pressure. Make necessary repairs and retest. Oxygen system test procedures. The oxygen cylinder is +/. perticuledy from grease and oil stains. Allow the system to purge for one hour. This cable is muted through vadous bulkheads along the leit side panelto the control(6) at pilotsposition. If such odors still remain. Inspect the individualoxygen masks.Access to the cylinder is obtainedthru the pressure after 15 minutes shall not exceed five PSIG. C. test solution to ._ wipe clean and dry. Inspect the filler connection for cleanliness before attaching it to the filler valve.13-1 (*) (* = cun'entrevison) 1. Connect a recharge cart to the tiller valve. There shall be no pressure loss alter 30 minutes. and fittings in the halfopen position. The supply gauge (7) located adjacent to this control indicates the pressure of oxygen available in the system.test using a 70 +1. tools. Plug in an oxygen mask at each outlet in the shou_ be inspected for damage and cleanlinessduring cabin. a posh-pull assembly is activated by a control lever cable assembly for S/Nthat 24-0001 thin 24-1417 and a rotating knob assembly for S/N 24-1418 & ON.10 PSI place the control knob in the closed position and oxygen supply plugged into one of the cabin outlets servicethe systemas describedin 35-00-01. 35-00-02 12-98 4 i .remove oxygen supply. D. for these contaminants will IGNITE upon contact with oxygen. The control cable (3) (Fig. set. 35-1) is attached to an actuating arm (4) on reducingvalve (5). OXYGEN SYSTEM FIGURE 35-1A S/N 24-3373 THRU 24-TBA 35-00-02 ' MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 2. and a test gauge plugged into another outlet. crag. The followingprocedures are recommendedto purge the system: A. fordamage. radio compartment access door or the left side of the Remove temporary plugand ensurethat the cylinderis aircraftbehind leftwing post. 5.

NOTE Maximum life for composite oxygen cylinders is 18 years. Repeat this checkoutprocedurefor alloutlets.ehap. Cap all open lines and regulatoropenings with cleanmetal cops. Placeand new secure. cigarettes and sparks away from the vicinity of the oxygen cylinder. Slowly loosen the supply line fittings at the cylindervalves. NOTE Maximum life for light weight steel oxygen cylinders is 24 years. H. Place pilots control lever/knob in the closed position.see rechargingtable on (Figure 38-2). (reference Figure 35-1). Reinstallthe radio compartmentaccess door. and carefully remove cylinderand regulatorsfrom its position. Connect all lines to proper fitting and connect the controlcable (3) to the arm (4) on reducer valve (5)° D. A. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE -OF FILLING PRESSURE -PSIG AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 2F FILLING PRESSURE -PSIG 0 10 20 30 40 1650 1700 1725 1775 1825 50 60 70 80 90 1875 1925 1975 2000 2050 OXYGEN FILLING PRESSURES VS TEMPERATURE FIGURE 35-2 12-98 35-00-02 5 .34. G. E. G.1.para. D. Because of this merely filling to 1850 PSIG will not result in a propedy filled cylinder. Test the system for leaks per leak test check. Loosen the clamps (11) retaining the cylinder. Filling pressures will vary due to ambient temperature in the filling area and the rise of temperature resulting from compression of the oxygen. while supporting the cylinder. Gain access to the cylinderthrough the large radiocompartmentdoor. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION B. NOTE Oxygen cylinders must be hydrostatic tested in accordance with DOT Code of Federal Regulations. C. F. Place the pilotscontol lever/knob to the open positionand plug on oxygenmask intothe pilotsoutlet to checkfor propersystemoperation. Oxygencylinderinstallation. After presure is relieved. B. Remove caps from lines and carefully inspect all connections for damage or any foreign substance before connectionto the new cylinderand valves. to relieve any pressure that may exist in the supply lines. to the correct pressure. D. C.removethe lines. A. 7. E. Oil and grease will IGNITE upon contact with oxygen under pressure. cylinderand into position in clamps The regulators new cylinder should bepositioned with regulator valves and control arm in the same position as the removed cylinder assembly components. CAUTION All oxygen cylinders MUST be replaced every 10.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J WARNING Keep fire. 173. F. Note relative position of regulator valves and controlarm priorto removal.Title 49. if required. paragraph35-00-02. Fill to pressures indicated on FIGURE 35-2 for ambient temperatures.000 recharge cycles. Charge the cylinder. Disconnectthe control cable (3) from the arm (4) on reducingvalve (5).

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J BLANK 35-00-02 6 12-98 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J CHAPTER 37 VACUUM MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

. 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 37-EFFECTIVITY 1/2BLANK ............. 6 . 10 ...... 3/4BLANK ............. 37-00-00 ...... 37-11-04 ......... 5 ... ......... 37-13-09 ....... 37-49-99 . 37-Contents ..........MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 37 VACUUM LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ... DATE 1/2BLANK ................................................. 7 ............. 37-41-09 .. 8 ............. PAGE ........... 37-Effectivity ... 37-21-95 ................. 9 .........

................. 37-13-04 ... VacuumSwitch ......... Removal ........... Servicing ............ 37-13-03 ..... 37-12-01 ....... 37-40-00 .. Removal .... Dry Air PumpRepair............. 37-14-00 ........ Vacuum Regulator ......... .. Indicating... 37-30-00 .................... . . ...... 37-13-01 ....... 37-21-05 ...... Removal ... Removal .................... Servicing .............. 37-11-00 .................... 37-11-01 ... 37-12-03 ...... Filters ............ 37-11-03 ......... 37-12-00 ................................ 37-41-00 .... 37-20-00 .... 37-30-02 ............. 37-12-05 .................... 12-98 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 37-CONTENTS 3/4BLANK .............. OperationalProcedures...... MaintenancePractices . ...... 37-40-01 . 37........ Stand by VacuumSystem (Optional) ... MaintenancePractices ......................SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 37 VACUUM UST CF EFFECTIVE PAGES 37-00-00 ..... Removal ........................... 37-30-01 ................. _¢ervicing .............. 37-21-03 ............ 37-13-02 .......... Adjustment... 37-21-01 ... 37-21-04 ...... 37-21-00 ................... Distribution .................... 37-14-04 ....... MaintenancePractices . 37-13-00 ............................ Servicing ... Description...... General ...........12-04 ... 37-14-(_2 .. 37-12-02 .. Hoses ........... Installation.... Servicing ......... Installation-NewPump...... Adjustment.. MaintenancePractices .... 37-10-00 .... Installation................... 37-14-01 .. CouplingInspection& Replacement ............. MaintenancePractices ... DryAir Pump Inspection .... 37-21-02 .... Installation . 37-11-04 ................. 37-11-02 ............ .......... 37-14-03 ............. DryAir Pump .... .............. Installation...........

CAUTION Do not blast the air pump coupling area or other pneumatic system components with cleaning solvent under high pressure. I_L _HU" '_ • " '_=_= _ SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 37-11-01 . Protect coupling area between the pump mounting flange and the pump housingby wrappinga protective coveringaroundthat area dudngenginecleaning. 4. A vacuum annunciator light will illuminate and flash when vacuum drops below the setting required to operatethe instruments. A standbyvacuum system kit is availablefor the M20J aircraft. Prior to washing down engine compartment.. fluid under highpressurecan be forced by the seals and enter the pump. The internal parts are self-lubricating and requirethe NO afler c. 37-10-00 . _ _ BEFORE engine. 2. then clean the engine. also refer to Section 37-41-00). VACUUM SYSTEM FIGURE 37-1 12-98 37-00-00 5 . & engine overhaul. ¢_:_ _ retrofit kit 940064. Replacement is recommendedat 500 Hrs. The air is passedthroughseveral filters before entering the instruments._ with a red =Remove Before Running Engine" tag. NOTE Aircraft with optional radar use vacuum pump (outlet) pressure side to pressurize RTA compartment in right wing..Before washingthe engine off. Dry air pumpcoupling. I 3. =low Vac" light on regular engine driven Refer to flashes Vendor Manual for standby vacuum system repair. Dry air pump discharge hose _=_'_ _"1. dust and lightfluid. CAUTION Do not allow protective covering around the coupling or filterstobecomesaturatedwith solvent. Idle RPM settingswill normally not provide adequate vacuum to satisfactorilyoperate the instruments. A vacuum regulator valve is incorporated to maintain the required operating vacuum throughoutthe engine power range..DRY AIR PUMP A dry air pump (1) (Figure 37-1) requires no maintenance between replacement. NOTE Always replace inoperative pump with new air pump.Fluid canseep throughloosethreads and enter the pump. 37-11-02 starting .w.MAINTENANCE PRACTICES Protectionof pneumaticdry air pump when cleaning the enginecompartmentis veryimportant. the followingprecautionsmust be taken for better service life of the pneumaticdryair pump..SERVICING The dry air pump requires no servicing. 37-11-03 . Directional Gyro and Artificial Horizon.assembly. Disconnect hoses from dry air pump. check pump fittings for loosenessof the threaded fittings.REMOVAL 1. NOTE Vacuum pump exhaust tube should be installed. The standbyvacuum system should be activated manually whensystem.=. Dry air pumpfittings. Replace vacuum relief valve filter _.GENERAL An engine driven dry air vacuum pump supplies suction for the vacuum operated gyroscopic flight instruments. end of theinstrument hose CAUTION or thesystem) fitting and flag it (vacuum Plug the Remove plug prior to running engine.This kitcan be installedby the factory or in the field. However. if not installed at time of manufacture.DISTRIBUTION 37-11-00 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION { M20J 37-00-00 . WARNING Failure to protect the dry air pump from contamination by engine cleaning solvents may result in failure of the dry air pump within a short period of operation. The seals in the front frame ofthe housingbehindthe coupling are designed to keep out foreign material such as dirt.eaning engine ADDITIONAL compartment lubricating. 1.

will increase vacuum. Pullregulatoraft to removefrom aircraft. 4. Inside aircraft. will decrease vacuum. then bend locking tab away from thumb adjustment screw. making it difficult to reinstallonto the pump fitt rig. This MUST BE DONE or pump warranty may be voided.turning screw out. If the seal shows any signs of oil leakage. Replace seal if there is any doubtas to its serviceability. install both instrument lines to regulator and secure... Use vacuum or air pressure to cleanthe lines. Hg. CAUTION Change all the filters in the system. See Section 37-13-00 for detailprocedures. spray the rriting at the hose end with silicone. Use only a box wrench to tighten fittings to desired Position. 6. These particles WILL damage the pump. Prior to reconnecting hoses. install hose from pump to regulator and secure. 3. Discardtwistedffitings and nutswith roundedcomers. 4. 1. 3. Spray the fitting threads with silicone and LET DRY. Airborae's Application List.just under glareshield. Install f_ings in the pump.75 +/. 8.REMOVAL 1. 37-12-01 . 37-12-04 . 37-12-05 -ADJUSTMENT 1.SERVICING No servicingis requiredto the regulator otherthanfilter replacement per Section 5.cap to prevent foreignobjectsfrom entering them. Ibs. 2.90 to 110 in. Insideaimratt. then installhose by pushingit straight on. 37-11-04 . The vacuum regulator is located on the left. 7. Consultthe airframe manufacturer'scurrent parts manual. pipe dope or thread 4. Tighten all four (4) mounting nuts.Adjustvacuum regulatorvalveaccordingto Section 37-12-05. CAUTION Do not wiggle hose from side to side. lube. Loosen and remove large nut at firawall on vacuum regulator. Retain fittingsif they are serviceable and clean thoroughlybefore reusing.MAINTENANCE PRACTICES Check general condition of regulator to insure it is secure and in airworthycondition. Set vacuumto read 4. Underneath the instrument panel.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J 2. 2.firewall insidethe cabin.0. insertthe vacuum regulatorthrough the mountinghole in the firewall. Pad inspection. If the vacuumregulatoris not set at 4. inspectthe inside of the hose carefully to make sure it is clean and free of all debds. Turning screw in. .INSTALLATION 1. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 37-12-00 -VACUUM REGULATOR The vacuum regulator (2) (Figure 37-1) is a spdng-contrulled diaphragm valve for regulating vacuum for the aircraft pneumatic instrumentsystem. or the PMA label on the pump box to vedfy that the pump is the correct modelforthe engineand/orsystem. 3. oils or solvents. since clamping across the center housing will cause an internal failure of the carbon rotor. 5.cap to prevent foreign objects from entering. 37-12-03 . When hose clearance is tight. CAUTION Pump housing should never be placed directly in a vise. replace the seal. rebend tab back to lock adjusting screw. Install new pump mountinggasket (suppliedwith new pump). Always replace ALL locking washers when installinga new pump. Hg. DO NOT use teflon tape. Engine compartment. DO NOT make more than one and one half (1 /2) turns beyond hand-tight position. 37-12-02 . 2. remove both instrumentlines from vacuumregulator. 4.INSTALLATION OF NEW PUMP CAUTION Never install a pump that has been dropped.25 In.(see Figure 37-1). Check the conditionof the AND 20000 pad seal. 37-11-04 12-98 6 NOTE After setting regulator. Engine compartment. with the drive coupling downward Protect the pump mounting flange with soft metal or wood. This could cause particles to be cut from hose ID. Hand tighten. Install large nuton regulator and tighten. LET DRY..25 In. Remove air pump from engine and discard old mountinggasket and lockinghardware. Tee a calibratedvacuum gauge into the system upstreamof the regulator. 2. Remove fittingsfrom pump.75 +/. Operate engine at a minimum of 1700 engine RPM. Remove the hoses fromthe aircraftif necessary. remove hose from vacuum regulator. 3. Place the pump mounting flange in a jaw-protectedvise.

. Incorrectinstallationwill cause damage to the gyrosystem. Over tightening will cause cracking of the aft instrument housing. Installclamps and secure. 37-21-00 . Ref.REMOVAL All filters. 37-14-02 37'21-01 .INDICATING The indicating system contains a low vacuum light which illuminates (flashes) when the vacuum is below 4. These particles WILL damage the pump. 2. CAUTION Do not over tighten. 37-13-04 -INSTALLATION 1. B. hard. protectthe dischargehose: 1. Prior to installing a new vacuum regulatorfilter. Remove the hoses from the aircraft if necessary.SERVICING Inspect the inside of the hose carefullyto make sure it is clean and free of all debris. Periodic check of all clamps for security is recommended. SECTION 5-10-01. CAUTION Don't over tighten. 37-14-01 . Do not wiggle hose from side to side. 37-13-01 37. 12-98 37-13-00 7 .DESCRIPTION 37-21-02 .0) In. checkthe regulatorto insurethat it is clean from any foreign material. All filters require routine inspection of condition of elementand securityof filter in system.14-04 . Fig. Where hose clearance is tight. 37-13-02 .2-. Vacuum regulator garter filter is removed by stretchingit over and offthe regulatorframe. making it difficultto reinstallit ontothe pumpfitting. Replaca with new current configurationfilters. not on the annunciator panel. 37-20-00 . and a high vacuum light which illuminates (steady) when the vacuum goes 5. The alternate instrument filter installation (6) (Figure 37-1) should follow the same cleaning and replacement schedule. 37-14-00 . Instrument filters (5) every 500 hours or at least once a year. oils or solvents. or above. ALL RLTERS MUST BE CHANGED WHEN A NEW PUMP IS INSTALLED. is located on either the Artificial Hodzon (3) or Directional Gyro (4).FILTERS SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 37-14-03 . causinga pumpfailure. 37-21-03 . 2 Reinstallnew gyro filters into instrument bossand tightensecurely.REMOVAL Make certain hoses are connected to the correct fittings. NOTE 2.spray the fitting at the hose end with silicone.every 100 hours.Reconnectwires.MAINTENANCE PRACTICES Check for switch secudty in instrumentand all wires secure at switch. Sections of the inner layers may separate.SERVICING All filters require no service except routine inspections. Use vacuum or air pressure to clean the lines.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 37-13-00 M20J . except the vacuum regulator filter are of paper-pleatedmaterial design. 37-1. Hg. CAUTION Remove plug prior to running engine.5 (+.2 In. The vacuum switch (7).MAINTENANCE PRACTICES Dudngenginecleaning. The illuminating low and high light adjustments are done on the switch. 37-21-04 .Airfilterreplacement intervals: A. Plugthe end 0fthe hoseand flag it witha red"Remove BeforeRunningEngine"tag. cracked or brittle hose.HOSES The hosesare of the aircraf_MIL-H-type.LET DRY then install hose by pushing it straight on.VACUUM SWITCH I. 3.INSTALLATION 1.INSTALLATION Installswitchin housingand tighten. then cleanthe engine. Replace old. The switch is a low and high vacuum sensing adjustableunit.REMOVAL Disconnect wires and unscrew from art instrument housing. particularly on the pump inlet.. overtightening will crack the rear housing. This could cause particles to be cut from hose ID.Vacuum regulator. Hg.25 +/. Individual gyro instrument filters unscrew from the back of the instruments. 37-13-03 . The vacuum regulator filteris a foam-gaiter design. Some installations have one main gyro filter in a manifold line.MAINTENANCE PRACTICES .garter filter (2).

VACUUM PUMPS MAY VARY.DRY AIR PUMP REPAIR/ REPLACEMENT 37-30-01 -COUPLING INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT 1.Reinstall wires if removed. 37-30-02 . Reinstall pump on eng'_neand test run. Reconnectwires. 7. _T_ fitting and calibratedgauge to vacuumswitch. 5. The "HIGH/LOW VAC" lightshouldflash. SMX57-2 DRY AIR PUMP COUPLING INSPECTION 37-21-05 8 12-98 FIGURE 37-2 . Hg.. 37-30-00 2. App[y vacuumand adjustsourceto 4. 5. Hg. Remove switch from instrument. Increase vacuum source to 5. Remove switchfrom hose and gauge. Punch a small jewelers screw driver through the poly-vinyltube and into the fitting where the high setting screw is located and adjust until the =HIGH/LOWVAC" lighton annunciatoris illuminated. Remove vacuum pumpfrom engine in accordance with maintenancemanual. AdjustLow settingscrew (connectorend of switch) to illuminatethe low vacuum circuit on the annunciator panel. If coupling (1) has sheared. CAUTION Crossing the electrical wires on vacuum switch will cause the annunciator lights to act in reverse. checkfor rotationof pump. remove pump drive coupling (1) from engine couplingdrive gear (2) and pump drive gear (3) being careful not to damage drivepins. 7.2-.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J 37-21-05 . 3. Turn by hand.DRY AIR PUMP INSPECTION VACUUM PUMPS ARE A NON-REPAIRABLE UNIT.0) in. 6. 4. Push engine couplingdrive gear (2) into place on pumpdrive coupling(I). Section37-11-03). 3.5 (+.ADJUSTMENT 1. Turn aircrall power on. Make logbook entry. Connect other end of hoseto a vacuumsource.25 (+/. BUT SHEAR COUPLING WILL BE SIMILAR FOR MOST VACUUM PUMPS. 4. Remove malfunctioningpump and replace with new pump. Attach poly-vinyl hose.2) ln. refer to Section37-11-04. Use a screwdriver or similar tool. remove engine couplingdrivegear (2) from engine gear housing and see Section 37-30-20 below. Push new drive coupling(1) into place on pump drivegear (3). After you have completed switchadjustment turn aircral_power off. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION . 2. 8. Reinstallswitchin Gyro. 6.

The Stand-bypumpisto be used only as needed when the main Vacuum pump malfunctions.inspect set screws in motor/air pump coupling for tightness and security. When the engine starts the check valve closes and the stand-by vacuum pump system will not produce enough additional vacuum for any indicationon the gauge (if equipped)to be noticeable. . in flight.the stand*byvacuum pumpbe tumed ON to verifythat the vacuum gauge (if equipped)indicatesnormal operating vacuum and that the gyms spin up and erect. 12-98 37-40-00 9 . that every g0 days (approximately)the Stand-by Vacuum System should be turned on.OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES The OptionalStand-by Vacuum pump for the M20J is located in the tailcone. Inspectto verify hoses and wires are clear of any obstructionor interferencawith other componentsthat may chafe hoses orwires. 4. 37-40-00 3740-01 37-414)0 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL . The exhaust pert of the dry air pump is routed into the housing of the electric motor to assist in purging moistureand debd from the motorassembly. It is recommendedthat priorto aircraftengine start. It is recommended that if the Stand-by Vacuum System is not used regularly. It is recommended that stand-by vacuumsystem operatingtime be documented. Replacement is recommended at 500 hoursoperatingtime. If no specificmaintenanceinformationis availablefrom the manufacturerthefollowingis recummended: 1.STAND BY VACUUM SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) -SERVICING Refer to manufacturersservice and maintenancedata forthe particularunitinstalled. 5. If annunciatorlight is flashing RED. but can vary slightlydependingon optionalequipmentinstalled on aircraft. 3. The VAC annunciatorlight will illuminate (RED) either flashing (low vacuum) or steady (high vacuum) when this situation occurs. or land and have vacuum sytem inspected and repaired. push STEY VAC switch ON and annunciator light should extinguishas stand-by vacuum system takes over for all instrumentoperation. Inspecthose clampson all fittingsto vedfytightand secure. Its location is standard. if annunciator is steady RED. for 20 . monitor flight instruments with non-vacuumgauges and continuewith flight if feasible.30 minutesto get the pump and drive motor warm enough to dry out any condensation that may have accumulated. A dry air pump requires no maintenance between replacement.s. 2.MOONEY"AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J NOTE After installation if regulator valve requires adjustment refer to Section 37-124)5. Every 100 hour/annual inspection .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J BLAN K 37-41-00 10 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTANANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 39 ELECTRICAL PANELS AND COMPONENTS .

........... DATE 1/2BLANK ............ 39-12-04 ............ 10 . 39-11-01 ......... 39-21-00 .............. 39-00-00 . 8 . 39-12-00 ............................ 39-11-00 .............. 9 . 3/4BLANK ..... 6 ...................... 39-11-02 ...... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 39-EFFECTIVITY 1/2BLANK ........... 11 .... 5 .............. PAGE ................ 39-Effectivity .....SERVICE AND MAINTANANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 39 ELECTRICAL PANELS AND COMPONENTS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .............. 39-10-02 ...... 12 ...... 39-Contents.................. 7 ...........

.. Avionics Equipment. .............. .... 12-98 PAGE 5 5 5 6 6 6 8 8 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 12 12 39-CONTENTS 3/4BLANK ................. ........MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTANANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 39 ELECTRICAL PANELS AND COMPONENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT 39-00-00 39-10-00 39-10-01 39-10-02 39-10-03 39-11-00 39-11-01 .. Miscellaneous Maintenance ................. Instrument and Radio Light Control Box ........................ Cigar Lighter .. ..... General ....... .. .. -Troubleshooting Guide .. Electrical/Electronic Equipment Rack ......... Avionics/Radio Panel ... ............................ Instrument and Control Panels ... ......................... ... Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) Switch..... .. Cluster Gauge ......... SUBJECT ......... ...... Flight Instrument Panel .. Annunciator Panel .... Equipment Maintenance ... Flight Instruments .. 39-11-02 39-11-03 39-12-00 39-12-01 39-12-02 39-12-03 39-12-04 39-20-00 39-21-00 39-21-01 ..... Engine Instruments and Circuit Breakers ....................... ............ .............. Landing Gear Safety Override Switch ............ ........ .. LandingGear Switch ... ........ ..............

fT'. See Section91 for ElectricalSystem Hardware Charts and Schematics..r-.INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL PANELS 39-10-O1 . PANEL_.. has individual racks for the componentsand are ofthe quick removaltype. The avionics panel has two configurations: Serial Numbers24-0001 thru 24-0900 has a tubular structure configurationthat will not accept the radar installation. [AVUNIU.. Disconnectand remove anypostlights. Model year improvements. E.. technical improvements or vadous avionics installationsdictate which instrumentwill be installedin a givenlocation. The flight instrument panel is shock mounted... Glareshield/InstmmentRemoval: A. _ _ V _ _ h --''1 oooo . The panel illustrationdepicted in Figure 39-1 shows phantom lines for some installations.GENERAL The instrument panel is divided into three basic groupings: MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION located steel tubular structurethat will allow the radar indicatorto be installed.._ PANEL..SERVICE AND MAINTANANCE MANUAL M20J 39-00-00 .. B. 2."--". Remove the screws attachingthe glareshield and cover plate and carefullylilt glareshieldto expose the disconnectsfor the glareshield lights.. Disconnect the plumbing and/or electrical connectionsfromthe flightinstrumentsto be removed. 3. I-'ANLL5 v loB[]a=o F/mmaaam0 onal He- S/N 24--0901 & ON TYPICAL INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL PANEL I OOOOO( _laooooc . The circuit breaker/switches for theare standard optionalaccessoriesand equipment locatedand/or at the bottom of the flight instrumentpanel on either side of the pilotscontrolcolumn. l. The radio/avionicspanel generally. Sedal Number24-0901 and ONaircratt have a re- C. \ II FLIGHT INSTRUMENT I _'1 V _ lr. Engine Instrumentsand CircuitBreaker Panel.. _ UUUll d W . BKR. 39-10-00 . Avionics/RadioPanel..11 12-98 PANEL DOG0( FIGURE 39-1 39-00-00 5 .. The annunciatoris located at the top of the avionics panel. Removethe instrument by slidingit att from the panel. Flightlnstmments. The clustergauge containingfuel quantity and engine operating gauges is located at the top of the flight instrumentpanel. @ _'V I('_)](_-J FLIGH_T INSTRUMENT _-) i PANEL //S/N t I) 24-0001 THRU 24-0900 _ _(SHOCK MOUNTED) I_-_" @ _ E3_l ATS ENGINE CIRCUIT INSTR... D. ( . The engine instruments and circuit breaker panel are located in a quick removal panel which is slanted toward the pilot. Remove the mounting screws securing the instrumenttothe panel..FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS 1. Disconnect the wiresand littthe glareshieldoff._l fT"-.

I B. Installation. 1. 39-10-02 6 L Si IDE AFTF/JRREMBVA SMX39-£ ENGINE AND CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL FIGURE39-2 E. forward section. package any installed is basically a customer. 1. 2. 39-10-02 (SnNELATERMDDELS MAYHAVERIVETS IN THESELBCATInNS.FLIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL The flight instrument panel is a shock mounted panel containing vadous flight instruments for a particular installationgroup. Installationof new instrument or circuit breaker into the panel is accomplishedin reverse sequence of removal. Install the repaired or new unit in reverse sequenceof removal. Secure glareshieldand cover plate withscrews. C. NOTE In some instances instruments. G. Remove the NAS21919DG clamp (E) from the steel structure cross brace.. Remove two fiat head screws (B) on outside of the airplane (Fig. The panel should now be free to slide aft. Connect the post lights. Place instrument into the proper location on panel. A. Remove thin lexan glass insulation strip if requiredwhen removingcomponents. approximately 4'5 inches.nste. 2. 39-10-03 -ENGINE INSTRUMENTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS The engine instruments and circuit breaker panel is an assemblythat can be pulled out as a unit for removal of any instrument or circuitbreaker. C. Remove the plumbing or the electrical connections from the instrument or component that will be removed. B.) -AVIONICS EQUIPMENT customized package to meet the requirements of the Each avionics harness. Removal of these units will require the same sequence as removal of flight instruments in Section 39-10-01.ation. I. B. Connect all plumbing and/or electrical connections to the instrument. perform pitot/static leak check. Installation. Removal of these avionics components will require evaluation of each installation to determine the proper procedure or sequence to follow.& THENREPLACED. 39-2). D. Remove two screws (D) from underneath. Insert and secure mounting screws to hold instrumentto panel. H. near the edge of the panelface.These instrumentsvaryslightly 12-98 . A. Some components are not mounted in slide out chassis. Removal.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTANANCE MANUAL A. 2. Remove the glareshield per Section39-10-01. Loosen the screw on the face of the component and slide the unit straight aft to remove. Insert the lexan insulator sheet in proper locationto preventany shortcircuits. underneath the panel. /? /_/ C _ 1] E. Remove the Instrument by removing any post lights and mountingscrewswhich secure instrumentto the panel and pull forward. Remove two screws from the face of the panel at the upper left corner (C)(Figure 39-2). see (Figure 39-2). These are located forward of the cabin door hinge and above the cabin air inlet scoopapproximately4 inchesbelow the windshield. Most individual avionics components are mounted in slide out chassis racks. Remove the circuit breakers by unscrewing nut from stem on each circuit breaker and pushthe breaker throughthe panel. must be removed or at least some wiring. F. This will allow access to the plumbing and electrical connections. Removal. CAUTION Radio panel must be stacked from the bottom to the top. other than the one to be removed. F. D. or plumbing disconnected to gain access to the desired one.Widng associated plumbing or mechanical mechanisms required for a particular avionics installation are well secured to prevent any interference with other components.. THEYMUSTBE gRILLE]] nUT. Position the glareshield so electdeal connectionscan be madeand secured. 39-11-00 .

NOTE: LOCATION OF OPTIONAL SWITCHES MAY VARY WITH INDIVIDUAL AIRCRAFT INSTALLATIONS.Y" SPAREALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE VALVE I CIRCUIT BREAKER/SW]TCHES 12-98 SHOCK MOUNT SMX39--3 FIGURE 39-3 39-11-00 7 .SERVICE AND MAINTANANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION --MASTER SWITCH /-AL_RNATOR .om..E_SWOON o o FtFTNoFI VIEW -LOOKING AT FWD SIDE OF PILOT'S PANEL (TYPICAL EXAMPLE OF LAYOUT .LOCATION OF IGNITION OPTIONAL SWITCHES MAY VARY WITH INDIVIDUAL swrrca AIRCRAFT INSTALLATIONS) VIEW -- LOOKING AT BACKSIDE OF PILOT'S PANEL.u::. LANDING PITOT TAXI SHOOK MOUNT SPARE NAVICATI REOOC" IJNLIGHTS_ :o.

Replace by carefully pushinggaugein & securingscrew. One some configurationsthe entire cluster gauge will require removal from the panel to allow room to pull modules out. LIGHT BULB ACCESS ®®®®®® ? JoJ MODULE TERMINAL STUDS ("f"fP) CONFIGURATION OF CLUSTER GAUGE WILL VARY BETWEEN MODEL YEAR AIRCRAFT. Access is obtainedby removingthe glareshield per section 39-10-01. SERVICE AND MAINTANANCE MANUAL 39-1t-01 -CLUSTER GAUGE The cluster gauge is located at the top of the flight panel. The nuts on terminal studs need to be removed so wire terminals can be pulled from studs to remove the modules from the cluster gauge chassis.along with the master switch. 12-98 . There is a common bus bar on some of the switches that will require loosening or removal for switch replacement. SECURE SCREW. Remove and replace the defective module.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J depending upon the avionics package installed. REPLACE GAUGE INTO CLUSTER. Faulty sender. 39-11-01 8 Wire between sender and gauge disconnected or open. which control most of the systemsofthe airplane. Loosen screw in lower LH corner. Referto Figure39-3). LOOSEN SCREW OF INDIVIDUAL GAUGE AND PULL GAUGE OUT. CAUTION Care should be exercised when replacing wiring or switches to ensure proper alignment of terminal connections to prevent shorting between switches. CLUSTER GAUGE FIGURE 39-4 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE FOR CLUSTERS PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS GAUGE CONDITION CHECK FOR THESE POSSIBILITIES Gauge reads full scalewith engineshut down. remove gauge by pullingfrom pilot'sside of instrumentpanel. Faulty gauge. Access for maintenance of the switches or related widng is obtained by removing the two attachment screws and pushing the switch through the panel. Some configurations have individually removeable gauges. The panel containsa row of circuit breaker/switches. Cluster gauges have the capabilityof individualmodulereplacement.

by cutting with wire cutters or opening the knife disconnects. Open sender lead. Defectivegauge.. Gauge off calibration. Sender not properly grounded to airframe. Remove the nut and washer from the face of the switch and push switch through the panel. Wire between sender and gauge grounded. Gauge off calibration. 3. the isolated sender may be grounded.LANDING GEAR SWITCH The landing gear switch is a two position switch located at the top right side of the flight instrument panel. The wheel shaped knob must be pulledaft pdor to raisingor loweringthe switchto activatethe landing gear actuator. (SOME OVERRIDE X_/A_SWITCHESARE LOCATED ESIOE THE / _ L°G GF'ARsWITCH) _'LDG GEAR SELECTOR SWITCH VIEW-LOOKING ATBACK SIDEOFPILOT'S PANEL SMX3g-5 LDG GR SWITCH &LDG GR SAFETY OVERRIDE FIGURE 39-5 1. Either sender defective.__ SWLTCH -II I_ =_ _ _ / _ I_ Ikl(JL) ([_ __ - _ I. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION Wire between sender and gauge grounded. On dual sender systems. 1. Gauge readszero when engine is hot. Turn the wheel shaped knob counterclockwiseto removefrom stem. Grounded wire between sender and gauge. 2. Defectivesender. The landing gear switch or cluster gauge will require removal to gain access for the removal of the overrideswitch. system will not allow gear to retract CAUTION Activation of the gear safety override switch while the the aircraft is on the to ground may cause landing gear retract. Gauge indicates past full when tank is less than full. Wire between sender and gauge is open or disconnected. KNURLED NUT FOR REMOVING". FUEL SYSTEM CHECK FOR THESE POSSIBILITIES GAUGE CONDITION Gauge indicates empty in the tank. _ _ _ _ /LoG GEAR OVERRIDE SWITCH 39-11-03 . 4. Inoperative gauge.(Figure39-5). 12-98 39-11-02 9 . Gauge indicates 1/2 when tank is full. Defective. Disconnect wire connectors. Remove the wire connectionsfrom the back of the landinggear switch. 2. 24-0238 thru 24-TBA) Landing gear safety overdde switch is located to landing gear switch. The glareshieldwill require removalto gain access to switch for maintenance action (refer to Section 39-10-01).LANDING GEAR SAFETY OVERRIDE SWITCH (SIN 24-0084. Faulty gauge TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS Gaugereadsfullscalewithenginecoolorcold. Proper operation ofadjacent landing 65gear below+7/. .SERVICE AND MAINTANANCE MANUAL M20J Gauge reads zero when engine is running.4 safety KIAS. Open sender (open resistance element).gauge Defectivesender. Defective sender. approximately 6 inches from the switch. Faulty sender. The lead between the isolated sender and the grounded sender grounded. 39-11-02 .Note: Some clusters are equipped with fuel gauges that have trim pots and may need re-calibration.

Place the remote switch in the "ON" position and tune the communication radio to 121.LOOKING INTOCONTROL BOX (UNDER CAP) (COVERREMOVED) 1.EMERGENCY LOCATER TRANSMITTER (ELT) SWITCH The remote ELT switch is located at the top of the avionics panel. If ELT unit is found to be operating properly and the system still will not work correctly through the remoteELT switch. Reinstall glareshield. SERVICE AND MAINTANANCE MANUAL A. The light bulb (GE 330) can be replaced a_er the glareshield is removed by bending a nail or similar rod (approximately 3/32" diameter) and pushing the red lens off to the front of the panel. 24-3218 & ON HAVE THE TRANSISTERSLOCATED THE LWR BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT INTHETAILCONE. Reconnect wires and test switch for proper operation. The remote switch is connected in parallel to the ELT circuit and will operate correctly either in the "ARM" mode or the "ON" mode. Disconnect wires. 39-12-01 . replacement of the ELT battery or the unit may be necessary.AVIONICS/RADIO PANEL The avionics/radiopanel containsequipment installed per sales order by Mooney Aircraft and other equipment installed by other sources as the owner desires.FUSES view. 2. NOTE Other switches located in the ELT placard area of avionics panel can be removed and replaced in similarmanner. CAUTION Testing of ELT should be conducted only during the first five (5) minutes after any hour and no longer than three (3) audible sweeps. "OFF" and "ARM". Check appropriate schematics for proper wiring. 39-12-00 . To gain access to the remote switch and widng the glareshield will require removal (refer to section 39-10-01). Normal operation is in the =ARM" position.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 3. two fuses and miscellaneous wiring contained in a metal box assembly. Remove the screws holding unit in place on the panel and removefromthe back side of the panel.ANNUNCIATOR PANEL and The annunciator panel is located at the top of the center-mostavionics/radio panel and is not mounted witha slidein type chassis. Use a small vacuum tube puller or soft nosed instrument to pull the bulb from the socket. Place the Mhz remote =ARM"positionfor normal operation. 39-12-03 -INSTRUMENT AND RADIO LIGHT CONTROL BOX The control box for the instrument. radio and glareshield lights consists of two vadable rheostat switches.The maintenanceinformationcontained in this Service and Maintenance Manual describes the Mooneyfactory installationonly. are P/N 2N2016 and are no longer being manufactured. Remove the switch retainilig nut and washer and push switch through face of panel. .5 to switch verify back that to a warbling tone is heard. two transistors. Follow ELT manufactures instructionsfor battery replacement. repair or replacementof the switch or wiringwillbe required. prior to 24-1214. The unit has a three position switch "ON". Refer to Section 24-33-00 paragraph 4. Loosen the nut on the stem and hold the nut located inside the mounting bracket. D. The ELT is located in the tailcone and is accessible by removing the radio access panel on the leRside of the aircraft fuselage. Remove this component by removing the two screws holding cover plate in position. The red lens may need to be removed to fully remove the switch from the panel and bracket. The ELT antenna is located on top of the tailcone underneath the fiberglass dorsal fin. remove and replace defective switch. LOW FUEL WARNING CIRCUIT CALIBRATION. If the warbling tone is not heard. B. 39-12-02 . The correct position of this switch is "ARM".Remove the glareshield and disconnect the electricalhamess from back side of the unit. The transistors installed in M2OJ aircraft. 4.1 and2. 39-12-00 12-98 10 INSTRUMENT & RADIO LIGHT CONTROL BOX FIGURE 39-6 (SIN 24-1214 THRU 24-TBA) ._NS RHEOSTATS (S//N 24--3201. C. "m. The avionics/radio components are removed installed acoordingtoSection39-10-02.

It is a standard cigar lighter similar to automotivetype. Access is gained through a panel aft of avionics bay access panel. NOTE A retrofit kit is available to use the latest light control assemblyonany12Vaircraff (940013-#. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 39-20-00 .two kitsprocedures.11Kit).CIGAR LIGHTER The cigar lighter is located at the bottom of the radio panel immediatelyto the dght of the co-pilotscontrol column shaft. have a different light control assembly (12V)using a different transistor and circuitry. M20J aircraft.ELEOTRICAUELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT RACK The electrical equipment rack for the M20 series aircratt is located in the tailcene just aft of the baggage compartment bulkhead. (See Figure 39-6).SERVICE AND MAINTANANCE MANUAL f /' M20J The replacement transistors are included in a spares modification kit. (12V NC only). 39-12-04 . Access is gained through the large access door in the tailcone aft of the left wing trailing edge. PiN 919003-907. ELT and the various avionics black boxes are mounted on the electrical equipment rack (See Figure 39-7). auxiliary power plug receptacle (if installed). SIN 24-1214 thru 24-2999. The battery and battery box. are requiredThe for both circuits. 24V A/C have the ELT mounted on an accessory rack further aft in the tailcone.resistor. which includes a transistor. The ELT antenna is [ocated under the dorsal fin.and instruction sheet describing the modification kit will modify one circuit only. (FIGURE 39-7 REPRESENTS 12 VOLT AIRCRAFT ONLY) ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONICS EQUIPMENT RACK 12-98 FIGURE 39-7 39-12-04 11 .

MISCELLANEOUS MAINTENANCE 39-21-01 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 39-21. 39-21-00 12 12-98 SERVICE AND MAINTANANCE MANUAL .00 .EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE M20J Refer to SECTION 27-42-00 for Electric Pitch Trim system Maintenance.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 51 STRUCTURES SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

....................... 51-12-01 .... 21 ..... 13 14 .. 51-14-03 • . 51-11-00................. 51-13-03 51-13-03 .................. . 8 ......... 51-15-04 ................ 12-98 • • • ° • • • 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 51-EFFECTIVITY 1/2BLANK ....... ........ PAGE DATE 1/2BLANK .... 51-12-04 .... 51-13-02 ..... .. ... 11 ............................SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 51 STRUCTURES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT• 51-Effectivity ......... 9 10 ... • ................... 5 6 7 .. 51-Contents .......... 51-13-04 51-13-07 51-14-00 ........ 51-12-02 .. 22 .............. 51-00-00.......... • 18 19 20 .... 51-10-01 ............... 51-12-01 ....... 3/4BLANK ....... • 51-15-01 51-15-02 ....... 12 ........... 51-15-05 .... 15 16 17 .......

.......... 51-13-02 .... 51-12-04 . Miscellaneous .............. DESCRIPTION ... Main Spar Repair.... Wing Tip Repair .... 8tdnger Repair .........Repair Procedures .................... Stub Spar Repair . 9.......... 51-14-01 ..................... 51-13-06 .......................................... 51-10-01 ................... Structural Repair.. 51-10-00 .... 51-15-01 . Fuselage Repair ... 51-15-04 .......00 Rib Repair ................ 51-12-03 ..... Wing Repair .... Rear Spar Repair ...... In Surface Areas ........ Common Structural Laminate Repair (Metal Insert) . Fastener Replacement .. 51-14-04 .... 51-13-07 ... ..... 51-12-00 ............................ PAGE General ....................... Rib Repair ..... 51-13-03 ... Tubular Structure Repair . Non-Structural Repair ....... LandingGear & Retraction System Repair ...... 51-12-01 ................. Main spar Repair Outboard of STA.................................... 51-13-00 ............ Flight Control System Repair................. Cracks.. 51-14-00 .... 51-15-03 ......... 51-12-02 .......... 51-15-02 . 12-98 5 5 5 7 7 7 10 10 11 11 11 11 13 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 18 18 18 19 20 20 21 22 22 51-CONTENTS 3/4BLANK . 51-14-02 ..... 51-11-00 ........... Remating Horizontal Stabilizer to Stinger Fiberglass Laminates.. 51-15-00 . Leading Edge Skin Repair ... Taileone Repairs ... 51-13-01 ...... 51-15-05 ......... Horizontal Stabilizer & Vertical Fin Repair........... Reserved .. 51-13-04 .................... Common Structural Laminate Repair Fiberglass DelaminationRepair . 51-13-05 . .................MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 51 STRUCTURES TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ........ 51-14-03 . Wing Skin Panel Repair ...........General ...... 51-00-00 . 51-16-00 ..

A. It is intended to supplementFAA Advisory AC 43. 13 (. at the leadingedge and dvetedtogether at the trailing edge.) No.) No.GENERAL The Mooney M20J is an all metal. Belly skins are connectedto fuselage bulkheads (SIN 24-0001 thin 24-1417) and are removablefor access to various componentsand controls located between thefirewalland the rear spar.A looseor slip fit Huckboft is unacceptable. TIl. Mooney Aircraft uorporetion.) No.boltsand screws.185 TO .The rear seat 2 place.1695 IN) No.050 at the fuel tanks. The Huck LockboRis an interference fit fastener used in a dgid joint structure. .187 IN.13-1( * ) by showing repair methods specificto MooneyAirplanes.Kerrville.) No. The spar is constructed from tapered cap strips(7075 aluminum) bolted (huck bolts) to webs (2024 aluminum).187 IN. The vertical stabilizer is constructed around a fabdcatad mainspar assemblywith ribs connectingthe main and rear spar. (830) 896-6000 for factory recommendations when the preceding instructionsare inadequateto accomplishthe repair. 51-16-01 . Extrudedstringers run the full length of the wing.STRUCTURAL REPAIR .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 51-00-00 . 18 (. 12-98 51-00-00 5 .skins The elevators are constructed of on formed aluminum fastened to a spar extrusionat the leadingedge and dvetadtogetherat the trailingedge. usingseat cushions in molded wells over the wing spars and individuallyrecliningrearseat backs. or with the specific approval of a Federal AviationAdministrationrepresentativewhich is the final authority in all repairs. Huckbolis ALPPH-T6 and R3001-T6 may be replaced with R3007-T6 Huckbolts as necessary. (* = currentrevision) All structural repair must be: in compliance with AC 43.56 inches and the edge distance is greater than .33 inches. 20 (. Oversize Huckbolt holes may be repaired by replacing 2LPH-T5 Huckboits with ALPPH-T6 Huckboltsor NAS 623-2 screws and NAS 1021 No.147 IN. The skins are sketch formed.The steel tubular struutum is covered with non-structural aluminumskins fastened to the tubular structure by rivets.GENERAL This section outlines structural repair procadures for the M20J airplane. S/N24-1214 and ON contain a split type seat. The front seats are installed on rails which are attached to the floorboardand structure beneath the floorboard.) 3/16 (. with normal hand pressure. spaced chordwise for strengthand skin reinforcement. These skinscontributeto the strengthof the aimmft and secodty of each panel is mandatory.147 IN.FASTENER REPLACEMENT 1.should be consultedfoi" special repair procedures when repair of damaged structureis notcovered by publishedinstructions. 51-10-00 The empennage is of similarconstructionto the wing.161TO .) No.ecompletedwing assemblyis mated to the fuselage tuoular structure duringfinal assembly at the Mooney facility.Aluminumribsconnectthe mainspar to the aft stub spar and the rear spar.1695 IN) No. enlarged size at beth ends. Removal of the wing from the fuselage structure is required for most over land type transportation.185) No. provided the pitch distance is greater than . When the Huckbolt is enlarged beyondthe above limits but is straight and round. A main spar spans the length of the stabilizer. Kenville. (830) 792-1904 (830) 896-6000 (switchboard).1635IN.1635 IN . low wing airplane.025 at the tipto . aluminumskin wraps around the leading edge ribs and is riveted to the rear spar on both sides. Select-fit Huckboitsto the oversize holes. The fuselage cabin area is constructedof a welded 4130 chreme-melybdenumsteel tubular structure.187 IN. Ribs connect the main spar to the stub and rear spar.2005TO . provided that the Huckboft cannot be pressed into the hole. A stretchformed skin wraps aroundthe leadingedge ribs and attachesto the rear spar top and bottom. B.161 IN. The tailcone is of semi-monocoque type construction and is fastened to the tubular structurewith structural bolts.2025IN H-ilok fastners may be substitited for Huck fastners of same diameter and grip. It is constructedwith a one piece. This manual is for general guidance and Support has no Department.185 TO .13-1( * ). 18 (. Texas. 7 (201 IN) . the hole may be considered acceptable. The wing is a tapered laminarflow one piece wing. A stretch formed. HUCKBOLT INSTALLATION. 13 (. Consult the Customer Support Department. authorized approval status. 2024-T3 aluminum ranging in thicknessfrom . . full lengthmain spar. unlessspecificMooney factoryrepairs are recommended.Texas. The recommendedlimitsfor Huckboltholesare: HUCK FASTNER PRE-DRILLED SIZE DRILL SIZE HOLE LIMITS 2LPH-T5 ALPPH-T6 R3001-T6 2LA426H-T5 R3007-T6 No. wrap around.161 iN. 26 (. 26 (.185 IN. is builtinto the top of the w ng center sectionfrom the main spar aft to the rear spar. 20 (. Aimrsft SIN 24-0001 thru 24-1213 containa bench type seat with a one piece non-recliningback rest. The rudder is constructed of formed aluminumskins fastenedto a spar extrusion . 8 Hex-lock nuts (or equivalent). .AircraftS/N 24-1418 and later have a one piece composite bellyskin that coversthe undersideof the aircraftfromthe exhaustcavityaftto the tailcone.161 TO . The Customer Mooney Aircraft Corporation. to a depth thanCheck 50 percent of hole the heaviest matadal beingmore secured.

098 inch.500)MAX Nominal Dia. Not more than 20 percentofthe fasteners in any pat-tern. 3/32. If the edge distance is a minimum of two times diameter of the original dvet. HOLE OVERSIZE. Huckboltsor conical KeystoneLock blind rivet heads may be cocked no more than . 3/32.065 inch thick (or a combinationof not more than two washers . HUCKBOLT PIN SUBSTITUTE P/N (VENDOR) DESCRIPTION NAS1465 or R3001-T5 HL2O-5PIN (HI-LOCK) HL86-5 COLLAR PIN-PROTRUDING TENSION 160 KSI Ftu NAS1466 or R3001-T6 HL2O-6PIN (HI-LOCK) HL86-6 COLLAR PIN-PROTRUDING TENSION 160 KSI Flu NAS1475 or R3014-T5 HL19-5 PIN (HI-LOCK) HL94-5 COLLAR PIN-100 D. If the edge distance is a This repair applies only to original countersunk head minimum oftwo times the diameter of the original rivet. mill the excess head height flush with the install the next standard size larger diameter rivet of surface.032 inchthick) underthe Huckboit collar.040 (3) Machine Countersink Joint. Method II.004 inch. or monel rivets of 1/16. If the edge distance is a minimum of two times the diameter of the next standard size larger diameter dvet and the sheet thickness involved are within the limits specified for machine countersinking for the next standard size larger diameter dvet.When a Huckboltpin of the proper length is not available use a pin of the next longer length. 3/32 1/8 5/32 (2) Machine Countersink Joint. To adjust the grip length. REPLACEMENT-STANDARD SIZE RIVETS. A_er installation. in 1/32nds" (5/32 = . 1/8.025 . Do not redimple. and 5/32 inch diameters. it will be permissible to drill and countersink for and install the next size dvet of the same type and matedal as the original rivet. RIVET REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT. remachine the countersink. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL The combinedthickness of any two washers shall not exceed . may be cocked. steel. If the standard size larger diameter rivet of the same type edge distance is a minimum of two times the diameter and matedal as the odginal rivet. it will be permissible to drill for and install the next standard size larger diameter rivet of the same type and material as the odginal rivet. nor more than three fasteners in succession. Method I. FLUSH SHEAR. Alter of the original rivet.065 inch and .156) Pin Part Number A. and 5/32 inch it will be permissible to drill for and install the next diameters. Do not as paragraph 2. (1) Protruding Headthe Joint. mill the B. 1/8. install a cadmium-plated steel washer . it will be permissible to dd]l for and installation. This method is subject to the same limitations the same type and material as the original rivet.95 KSI Fsu NAS1476 or R3014-T6 HL19-6 PIN (HI-LOCK) HL94-6 COLLAR PIN-100 D. HOLE AND COUNTERSINK OR DIMPLE OVERSIZE. The following are limits for machine countersinking: .032 . excess head height flush with the surface. 2. A (3). REPLACEMENT-STANDARD SIZE RIVETS. This repair applies only to odginal aluminum alloy. FLUSH SHEAR. Such dvets may be replaced (as noted and 51-10-01 12-98 6 . Such rivets may be replaced as noted and limited below and in the General Limitations.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J To compensate for material thickness tolerances Huckboltlengthmay be ncreased by one dash number from the prescribed length. NOTE Where access is limited orfor replacement/repair the following substitution is permissible.95 KSI Fsu [PART NUMBER CODE] Hr0 / " r / " P Gdp in 1/16the" (8/16 = . aluminum alloy dvets of 1/16.when the hole only is oversize. (4) Dimpled Joint.

To compensate for matedal thickness tolerances. class2.BOLT. class E705-2 0Jnde 85.141 IN. C. (MIL-E-23765/1C..omatch the oversize MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION dimpleor countersinkand installthe next standardsize larger dvet accordingto paragraph2.Use AIS14130 condition N steel for replacement and repair of tubes. Check existing rivet hole size before installing blind rivets. DIMENSION AN470AD3 orAN426AD3 #40 (. Ordinadly. A (4). Electrodes meeting the requirement of specificationMIL-F-5632-A. (1) A dvet head will be consideredopen if .all surroundingweldsshould be dye checkedfor cracksalter tube straightening. CAUTION The use of blind dvets normally require morefrequent inspection of the area where used.001 feeler gauge can be inserted betweenthe head of the flush or protrudinghead dvet end the top skin. If the edge distance is a minimumof two timesthe diameterof the next standard size diameterdvetand allthe pads are dimpled. Welding rod meeting the requirementof specification MIL-R-5632. When hole is marginal. RIVET HOLE TOLERANCE. Linde CMS-32 or Page AS-35) are recommended for non-heated area. 51-11-00 -RESERVED 51-12-00 -FUSELAGE REPAIR 51-t2-01 . MS 20470-AD4 of MS20426-AD4 dyers may replace spotwelds.. 5.095 dia. is recommendedfor oxyacetylene welding. (Type MIL-70S-2)or AWS A5. class2. One regularwasheror one thinwasher may be added to any boltinstallation. (1) An enlarged hole is defined as having an internal diametric dimension in any direction which exceeds the sum of the ddll diameter normally used plusten percentofthe diameterof the dvet shank. the next larger diameter rivet may be used if (a) four-diameter (4£)) dvet spacing is maintainedand if (b) two-diameter (2D) edge distance is maintained.. RIVET HEAD TOLERANCE.where dvet bur.The AN363 nut is acoeptabie for higheroperatingtemperatureinstallations.the next longer lengthpin may be used with cadmium-platedsteel washers to adjust the pin grip length. Replacing a member or subassembly is often advantageousand more feasiblethan repair.ChenyLock (CR-2248 and CR-2249) dvets may be substituted for AD rivets to repair skins and structuralmembers.) . it will be permissible to rework the smaller countersinkor dimple to a size t. use the next larger size dvet to assurefirm attachmenL 4. Inspect for evidence of loosening of the rivet(s) or crack developmentthat may cause detedodationof structural integrity. fit& functionof assemblyunlessaltematefasteners are specified. M20J limitedbelow)when the hole and countersinkor dimple is oversize. 6. D..t3-t) for ALL tubular frame repair procedures.OO4.TUBULAR STRUCTURE REPAIR Check tubular structure annually for corrosion and damage.(1) per spot. it will be permissibleto rework accordingto paragraph2. When a hi-sbear rivet pin of the prescribed length is not AX. Use proper material when making weld repairs.AN960 regular washers and AN960L thin washers may be used interchangeabty for properbo|tand nutinstallafion. A (3).however. However. (2) The followingtable specifies the maximum acceptable diametricdimensionsfor the vadous dvst sizes that occurin multiplelayer assemblieswhichare "ddlledon assembly=.Washers may be usedunderthe bolt head and/orunderthe nut. 3. BLIND RIVET INSTALLATION.1285 die.13-1(*) ( *= current revision letter of AC43.18-69. HI-SHEAR RIVET INSTALLATION. and for makingrepairsleeves. (1) Machine Countersink Joint. inert-gas shielded-arcwelding (Hellarc). Refer to AC 43.) .it willbe permissibleto rework the smaller dimplesto a size to matchthe oversizedimpleand installDimples in 75S-T6 mustbe hotformedwhen mworked.AN365 and AN363 nutsmay be used interchangeably.king is impossible.105 IN. head side & double flush requirementsdeterminedby form. ACCEPTABLE DIAMETRIC available. I RIVET SIZE NOMINAL DRILL SIZE (3) When a hole becomes enlarged beyond the acceptable diametric limit and the prescribed rivet cannot be used. The top of a flush head rivet must not be below the skin in whichit is installedby a dimensionof morethan . Solid rivet replacement of blind dvets is recommended at eadiast possiblemaintenance. consult the Customer Support Department or a representative of the Federal Aviation Administration before using blind-typeor hollowdvetsin primarystructure. AN470AD4 or AN426AD4 #30 (. AN. If the edge distanceis a minimumof two timesthe diameterof the next standard size larger diameter dvet and the countersinkdepth is not beyond the thicknessof the countersunk sheet. Alldetail 12-98 51-11-00 7 .the lengthof AN bolts may be increased or decreased by one dash numberfrom prescribedlength.096inch. Dimples in 756-T6 mustbe hot formed when reworked. (2) Dimpled Joint. NUT AND WASHER INSTALLATION. Intedor panels may require removal to gain accosstoaraaswhicharedifferenttoinspect. The combined washer thickness shall not exceed . Warped or bent tube memberscan often be straightened.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL . (3) Combined Countersink and Dimpled JoinL If the edge distance is a minimum of two times the diameter of the next standard size larger diameter dvet.

then. secure in positionwith a rosetteweld on each side at one-half the odginal tube diameter from the inner-sleeve end.. F. A innerstubs sleeve to the tube through the 1/8 inch gap.. ="=-_ _:_""-----O-"=-i - . 2.mE ='_ /ZL-A RnsErTE VEL_ "_ forming anoveda d bead across the gap \ wel replacement ____ ]/2A _r.. I nRI_NAL EPAIR TUBE TUBE/ INS. Install replacement tube over the inner sleeve allowing a 1/8 inch gap for welding between the original and replacement tubes. Select a tube with an outer diameter equal to the inner diameter of the tube to be repaired and with the same wall thickness... same diameter and the same wall thickness as the original tube.TL. C.. small holes. Installinnersleeve in tubeto be repairedso that its outer end is one and one-half of the original tube diameter from the nearest end of the diagonal cut. and file the repaired surfacesmooth._. WELDED PATCH REPAIR OF LOCAL DAMAGE.].. Use an inner sleeve spliceto partiallyreplace a tube without increasingthe outside diameter (see Figure 51-2). B. E. (830) 792-2092.OF TUBE)) DANA WELDED PATCH-LOCAL DAMAGE REPAIR FIGURE 51-1 o. Weld patchin place. Mooney Aircraft Corporation. remove the burr from the remaining end. Form a patchthat will cover twice the diameter of the tube aroundthe edge ofthe damaged area and twice the circumferential area of damage as shown in (Figure 51-1).. Make a 30-degree cut to remove the damaged portion of the tube... Use a welded patch to repair dents. tele. weld the hole or dent.rr.. condition N). GAP _ = : _5A I/2A - INNER SLEEVE SPLICING . U2A .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J tubes or assemblies needed for replacement can be purchased from Service Parts Department.. Cut a replacement tube of the same material (AISI 4130 steel.. INNER SLEEVE SPLICING.. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A.._E _A IIEA ---_ " LEAVE 1/8 IN.. 1. Kerrville.T_ .FIGURE 51-2 51-12-01 8 12-98 VELBING 2 to the in the Rosette tube inner t_NO or sleeve more . Drill out the crack. 78028.. TL_E RDSE'-rTE WEL_ C REPAIR TUBE INS. LIF NOT GREATER THAN "A"(DIAH. Texas. and cracks no longer than the outside diameter of the tube and covering a maximum of 1/4 of the tube circum-erence... Louis Schdener Field. D... smooth the hole edges.. Cut tube to a length five times the outer diameter of the tube to be spliced...

3.-8 at welds.I SPLIT-SLEEVE SPLICE .. I/2A FIR WELI]ING j-1/2A !2-1/2A.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL WELD HERE M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION FIRST--_ . D. Drill four 1/4 inch holes for rosette welds 1.. Weld tension fitting in proper position. Insert the inner sleeve in C tube and weld in place as shown (Figure 51-4). Form the split sleeve from the same rnatedal (AISI 4130 steel. This section does not apply to any control system tubing or assemblies. TENSION FI-FFINGREPLACEMENT (see Figure 51-4). C.FIGURE 51-4 12-98 51-12-01 9 . F. . and cracks that will clean up with a #20 drill may be drilled and repaired per item A. Weld center of each sleeve half to odginal tube with two rosette welds spaced one original tube diameter apart. Nicks. REPAIRS FOR WELDED ASSEMBLIES General. Make an inner sleeve five inches long from 4130 steel tube. engine mounts or heat treated steel components (except as stated below). Allow a 1/8 inch gap between sleeve halves for welding. Nicks and ddll marks that are no longer than 1/8" and do not exceed four percent of walt thickness in depth after cleanup may be smoothed out and repdmed. C. F. Weld parallel edges of sleeve to original tube through 1/8 inch gaps. Cut C tube at a 30 degree angle seven inches from bottom of tension fitting. A.. B. condition N. E. Use the split-sleeve splice to repair a damaged tube when the parts on each side of the damage cannot be separated to insert an inner sleeve (see Figure 51-3). B. E.085 inch wall thickness. Cut A and B tubes loose from tension F_ing 340034-7. Cut a replacement C tube at a 30 degree angle and at an appmpdate length to position the tension fitting. condition N) with at least the same gauge as the odginal tube. B. holes. SPLIT-SLEEVE SPLICING.9 inches from center of 30 degree cut.. A. 4. FIGURE 51-3 TUBE == = TUllE7 I INSIDE-J!= _l TENSIONFITTING TENSION FITTING REPLACEMENT .125IN. D. A. with outside diameter to match inside diameter of tube (3 and with a . 5. Small holes up to a #20 ddil may be closed by welding with the inert gas shielded arc method._/EL]]GAP ". Form the split sleeve from sheet steel when outside diameter of the original tube is one inch or more. Form the split sleeve from steel tube or sheet steel when outside diameter of odginal tube is less than one inch.

FIGURE 51-5 51-12-02 10 12-98 . figures2.Either a flush patch.LANDING GEAR & RETRACTION SYSTEM REPAIR Replace any damaged landing gear or retraction systemcomponentwith a new part. LONGERON SPLICING. a plate patch. REPAIR OF SPOT WELDS. Install new skin panels to exactly match the originalskininstallation. Failed spot welds' on aluminum may be repaired by installing an AD470`4 rivetthroughtheweld ifthe damaged area willclean up witha #30 drill.Patches in nonstructuralskin are not restricted as to size or shape. oooooo'.check gear and retraction system rigging as outlined in Section 32-20-02. DENTS. Repairing landing gear or retraction system components is not recommended.30 for fastenerrequirements.13-1(*). appearance and possiblevibrationdamage should be considered. ConsultAC 43.07. 51-12-03 . TAILCONE STRUCTURAL SKIN REPAIR.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J C.After installingnew components. The repair of weld beads on best-treated assemblies may be accomplished without reheat treatmentwithinthe followinglimits. (1) The repair bead will not exceed . whichever is the lesser. I=igum2. Use procedure outlined in current AC 43. Before retuming the aircraft to service performa retractiontest and operationalcheck of the landinggear and retracton system per Section 32-30-01. Replace severely damaged structural skin panels. The skin covedngthe M20J aircraft tubular fuselage structureis considerednonstmctural.072 "-_ "-. NON STRUCTURAL SKIN REPAIR.29 and 2. (2) Onlyone repair perweld bead is allowed. 81-12-02 -TAILCONE REPAIRS 1. Repair minor tailcone skin damage as shown in current AC . or a plugpatch may be used. 2.= . : • iooI SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 43 13-1(*). 6.28.(Figure 51-5) shows acceptable methods for splicing Iongerens. "-1 '. 2. Smell dents which do not exceed five percentof the diameterof the tube in depthand are no longerthan one-halfthe tubediameter are acceptable. o o o o io o M51-5 LONGERON SPLICING . 7.375 in length or 113of total lengthof weld.13-1(*) (*=current revision) for repairingand splicingtailcone Iongerons. 7. The dvet pattern for stressed skin repaim shall be the same as the rivet pattern in the skin joint immediately forward of the damaged area. however. 3..24.

Mooney Aircraft Corporation..0BE Hag SERIES. assure proper interferencEfitof the replacedhuckbolts.of--1 7 I _L. Before removing a laq]e area of wing sldn..l_ . aO24-T4 H_ SERIESI 20t4-T6 8. The p_ch and edge dLstance must conform to AC 43. Use only new hardware when installing new parts.16_! 51-12-04 11 . if a spar cap repair is thoughtnecessary.u o\o:.FUCE .FIGURE51-6 12-98 _ _.L. attach temporaryjigsor holdingfixturesto the wingto prevent wing warpage. Before returning the aircraftto service.. Alter installationof new parts. To replace a spar cap. Stringer splicing may require drilling new holes and adding rivets between existing rivets to obtain the requiredtotal number of rivets.FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM REPAIR Replace any damaged pdmary control system componentwith a new part..E LL) . 51-13-02 .0 o^ ¢. Add extra dvsts where the distance between existing dvets is the greatest.to obtainfactory recommendationsprior to beginningthe repair. When attachinga new spar cap. check control system travel and dggingas outlinedin Chapter 27. 51-13-00 -WING REPAIR S1-13-01 .050 91HENS. a014-T6 SMH51-6 CF _ (6 PER SIgE) STRINGER REPAIR .MAIN SPAR REPAIR The spar caps inboardof STA 103 are made of 7075 high-strengthmaterial.13-1(*) (*=current revision) requirements (see Figure 51-6).an exactdescriptionof the damage showing location and extent should be sent to the Customer Service Department.* oe .. However.E.Replacement of the spar cap is preferable to repair._ II I. SPAR CAP REPLACEMENT.STRINGER REPAIR 1..SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 51-12-04 . remove the skin covedngthe area to be repaired.IRNSEF EXISTING STRINGERS ... Repairingprimarycontrol system components is not recommended. I 06E 0..flight test the aircraft for proper controlsystemrigging.

Add extra fasteners to bdng the minimum number of fasteners to six AD-5 rivets per side in the vertical flange. 400 abrasive paper. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 2. (See Figure -_1-7). RIVET CODE FOR STRUCTURAL REPAIRS 4 -_ 5 MS20470AD4-XX MS20470AD5-XX _' 4 MS2046AD4-XX BP 5 CR518-XX MS2046AD5-XX SPLICEANGLE NATERIALI7075-T6 . the shank will notcompletelyfill the hole.005 inch of material. Use proper length huckbolts.003 inch by sanding with No. Remove no more than . Clean and prime area where the protectivecoatinghas been removed. Splice sheet-metal angles with an extrusion of equal area. the collar will not swage properly. use dye penetrantto be sure that the scratch is completelyremoved.if the bolt is too short. Repairscratcheson spar caps that are not deeper than . When installing oversize huckbolts.Do not allow sphces in a repaired extrusion to coincide with a spar-web splice when avoidable.EACH SIDE) _ .FIGURE 51-7 51-13-02 12 12-98 SMM51-7 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J Dudng Installation of the new spar cap all holes damaged drilling or reaming be reamed toby themproper hole size recommended forshould oversize huckbolt installation.If the bolt is too long. consult the Huck Fastener Standards Manual for proper tolerances. and nine AD-4 (or six AD-5) rivets per side in the horizontal flange.5 o5e I L_ •7 F •130 __3 ALPPH-TP (4 HIN. picking up existing fasteners. Spar cops outboardof 8TA 103 consist of sheet metal angles backed up with aluminumextrusionsfrom STA 103 to near STA 150. Replace or repair damaged extrusions._CF_ (4 MIN.EACH SIDE) VIEV LOOKING UP I VIE'_ LOOKINGI)nVN SPAR CAP REPAIR . Inspect the sandedarea. SPAR CAP REPAIR.

. | PICK UP (15) B/P F/_IENERS EACH Sl0E.FIGURE 51-8 12-98 51-13-03 13 . 2. but 22 minimum)..I i ._.0. I.. and pdme area to be spliced. Rivet partstogetherusingwet pdmeron all rivets. 3. 4.O _ . plate.13-1(*).. • . -503 angles to pick up 15 existing fastener holes (12 minimum)..OF S_LICE 8= -503 ANGLE PICK UP (30) B/P F/_'IEHERS EACH_DE OF SPLICEc_ n "_ *l i I: i... \-r_ 1 Iq-- 98 = --501 FLAT PATrlERN(. Repair all damage to Spar webs in accordance with AC 43.. Pdme angles.I.21.020 inch. .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ! M20J 3. SPAR WEB REPAIR.:: I i. + "_° ""/"**'..091 NSI C 130. and spacer.( ( MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION + 82= ..0) (See Figure 51-8). and -505 plate and -507 spacer... 51-13-03 -STUB SPAR REPAIR (Stubspar spliceat wing STA 34. Smooth all roughor sharp edges. _.. Locate new outboardsectionand trim spliceto witha maximumgap of . ' I*P" * "t*FI" *" * */** / ' I S:ACttSIOEOFSI:_JCS.'. Cut the stub spar halfway between existing rivets as required by the damage incurred.._ 4_ w_.-_ =_) --503 FLATPATI_RN ('O40 NSJ 4130.=1 _-m i_1 #ST uaSP.5 +/..13-1(*) (*=current revision)./-+' 20.location consult the CustomerService Departmentgivingexact and extent of damage.I. 1.f (REF) ¢= . If there is extensivedamage to a web that cannot be repairedas outlined in AC 43.= + + 4.n.3.' i I I. (See Figure 51-8)._1 (eeO_'_=_ __CkP w.. I S =| L SM51--8 STUB SPAR REPAIR ..+**R i.7s _R_E =. ( P_m (_1 _ _ lll. • • J I ] . Fabdcate -501 angles to pick up 30 existing fastener holes (30 recommended.--o_o-i I i_" / SKIN AND "503 0°)4. I FI I El/:::1:::::::::.IHRU " +470-AD4 .

..... .111 REAR SPAR REPAIR - FIGURE 51-9 _l-|O RIB REPAIR 51-13-03 14 - FIGURE 51-10 12-98 MANUAL . 0 ooo:lol_ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J 7.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 5.. O 0 . Ii I[ 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 ° °: o oo° o 0 Iz ..9 ..

51-13-05 . Locate the new tip db in the exact originaltip db positionto preventwing tip twisting. (b) the crack in one or more of the dimples extendsbeyondthe radiusof the dimpleinto the skin. 4.13-1(*) (*=current revision) (see Figure 51-9). and (c) when there are four or more cracked dimples aroundan inspectionhole (see Figure 51-11). (b) ddll and countersink100-degree fastener holes in the doublerto match dimpled fastener holes in skin.RIB REPAIR Replace dbs that are severely damaged.128 IN.or Iocator pins to maintain correct wing tip 2. Use AN426-AD4 dvets when matedal is . it is advisableto replacethe entiretip skin and db. 1.13-1(*) (*=currantrevision).5.) drill as shown in the above illustration.5.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 51-13-04 . To repair damaged dimples(a) cut a doublerfrom the same matedal and gauge as the skin to be repaired. 5. Install new skinpanels to exactly match the odginalskininstallation. Use a temporary support position.) ddll. Install cherrylock(CR-2248) blind rivets in places inaccessible for dvet bucking. Repair damaged dimples around inspection holes when (a) there are three or more cracked adjacent dimples. Roll skin back on lower wing surface to gain access to stringers for dvet bucking.REAR SPAR REPAIR The rear spar may be spliced between ribs in accordance with AC 43.Preformedskinpanels may be obtained _'om the Mooney Service and Marketing Centers. Rivetnew tip db to main and rear spars. Ddll holes usinga No. Minor damage may be repairedas shown (Figure 51-10). 6. Rivetskinto db at STA 193. Rivet skin to upperstringers.Use AN426-AD3 dvets when matedal is . 1.032 inch thick or less. DamagedDimpleRepairAround InspectionHoles. Add one extra countersunkblind dvet between every other pair of cherrylockdvets. 3. ACCESS COVER . 7.unlessan entireskinpanel is to be replaced. Ddll holes using s No. Rivet skin to tip db starting at leadingedge. 30 (. 51-13-07 -WING SKIN PANEL REPAIR Repairwing skinpanelsas prescribedin AC 43. Buck dvetsas far back as possible.OUTBOARD WING TiP ASSEMBLY REPAIR To repair severe damage to the wing tip outboard of STA 193. and ddll rivet holesthrough skin to match existingholesin dbs and stdngers. 40 (. and (c) install doubler around inspectionhole.098 IN.FIGURE51-11 12-98 51-13-04 15 . 51-13-06 .040 inch thick or greater. Locate new skin.

.010 IN.. Wet pdme priorto assembly. rivetC. B..to each side of the cracked dimple. . DIMPLE CRACKS REPAIR .010 inch by .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION EXlSmNG '... Wet prime washer and adjacent skin and doubler surfaces priorto assembly.FIGURE51-13 51-13-07 16 DOUBLER SUBSTRUCTURE OVERSIZE HOLE REPAIR . C. Install doubler as shown in Figure 51-14. Circumferentially dimples (dimples with cracks '.....ROUNDCORNERS I SM51-13 NEXT OVERSIZE RIVET SM51--1.25 IN. :.. use next oversize rivet size..__ "O") ir /_ O_ i ----J RIB STRINGER-_i.. degree dimples in doubler. AS SKIN)--SCARF EDGESTO | APPROX..spacingswith two-diameter edge distances in a Round the comers ofthe doubler....six 60dvets bit. Drill remainder of the hole to allow installation of next larger diameter rivet than the rivets in the odgina[ pattern.. Maintain ur-diameter (4D) spacing and two-diameter (2D) edge distances. Repair of cracked Circumferentially Cracked Dimples.FIGURE 51-14 12-98 . I/ 6 FASTENERS(SAMESIZE AS ORIGINAL FASTENERWITHCRACKEDDIMPLE) WET PRIMER 100 ° CONICAL WASHER {. When odginal dvet pattern has dvets on only one or two sides of a dimple. Cracks in dimpleswhich do not extend beyond the dimple radius can be repaired by (a) stop drilling the crack with a No. Countersink dimple hole in skin allowing the countersinkto extendinto substructure.. DEEPAND | SCARF EDGES . . Cut a doubler from the same matedal as the ddll crack with No.... at four-diameter skinA.... toStop be repaired..FIGURE 51-12 2. / / CRACKED / DOUBLER(SAMEGAUGE + DIMPLE L_. 4. the same size as those in the original fPoattem. B.. Install conical washer. only one or two dvets need be added (see Figure 51-12). Cracks extend through Beyond the face Dimple of the 3. the odginal pattern). Allowfor DIMPLE circularpatternaroundthe cracked dimple. E.hatappear as an annular mark around the dimple) can _e repaired by installinga conical washer. A.._%. Drill throughdimple usinga ddll large enough to removethe damagedarea.. Repair of Cracks Wholly Within Dimple Radius.250 inch.. Surfacecracks on inside (bearing) face of a dimplethat do not extend through the matedal can be repaired by sandingout the crack. 60 drill and (b) by adding dvets. Pdme area to be repaired anddvet installdoubler with wet primer. Repair of that Cracks Extending dimple into tile surrounding skin can be repaired as follows: (see Figure 51-13 ). and drill and countersink 1O0 --_"__'i-----'_'J _oe_1. E. Ddll holes for six rivets (same size as those in sandwiched edges to about ..-"-_ I i M20J - Radius. and scarfthe ? D. WIDE."" (_ _}--_EXlSTING SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL '_F =" SM51-_2 DIMPLE CRACKS REPAIR ._. CRACKED I/ ADD"_-- .T . D.

Repair main spar web damage outboard of STA damaged area.5 inches) access hole in the lower side of the stabilizerleading edge 4_0 REPAIR and close the access hole by installing inspection cover PIN 913000-501.00 and area.]htening the damaged area and inspecting it and STA 48. ViEW B).0 on the spar lower flange with a splice angle 10 AD4 dvets through angle and web on each side of formed from . splice angle flanges must be as wide as the original 3. 51-14-00 17 . Pick up three new holes between existing holes on each side five existingrivet holes and drill six new holesbetween of damaged area. The the damaged area.HORIZONTAL STABILIZERFIN VERTICAL & 51-14-01 <4_N.LEADING EDGE SKIN REPAIR The hodzontai stabilizer and vertical fin leading edge intedom are inaccessiblenear the tailcone.FIGURE 51-16 OUTBOARD OF STA. To repair damage in these areas. 48. stop ddll or by 3/4 inch.0 inches by 6. existing rivet holes in the skin at each side of the 4.00 Repairdamage to the horizontalstabilizermainspar by 2.0) FIGURE 51-15 12-98 cracked area priorandtodeburr splice installation.Pick up five remove cracked area.) .To .070 AISI 4130 steel.The splice and sparweb.plate Pick from up 3 . angle web flange should be cut to allow sufficient coverage of the damaged area of existing web and long enough to install5 AD4 rivets on the flange on each side of the damaged area. Install 22 AD4 rivets through splice 34.oso splice angle and web on each side of the damauea between existing holes.050 2024-T3 sheet aluminum.00 and STA 34. Pick up all dvet holes on web under splice plate and drill new rivet holes on equal spacing around the damaged area similar to that on Figure 51-18 dvets on each side of damaged area. and 22 AD4 dvets throughsplice angle a splice angle from . VIEWA).050 existing dvet holes on top and bottom flange on each side of damaged area and drill 2 new AD4 dvet holes between these existing holes. existing holes and ddll six new dvet holes between 1.0 existing holes in the skin on each side of damaged on the spar upper flange. lowerflange by forming angle and skin.7s _f j .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 51-14-00 M2OJ MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .5 Approx.050 2024-T3 aluminum. Pick up three existing holes and drill Prime splice angle before riveting it to spar.0 & 34. 5. damaged area). If cracks are formed.o_o I I . 35 --t -. 9.5.MAIN SPAR REPAIR SPAR REPAIR (STA.0. Form a splice 2024-T3 flange the damaged area. Install 11 AD4 dvets through angle and skin and STA 40.PERS_DD ___ .5 by forminga splice angle from 3/4 inch tullyfor cracks.5 cracked more than 50% The of the web height may be (see web area" damaged web sh°uld be repaired stop ddlled °r aluminum to fit the inside dimensions 0fthe web and Figure at 51-18). 9.5 outboard spar flanges.040 2024-T3 install 11 AD4 rivets through the skin and 11 dvets matedal on both side of web using 12 AD4 rivets (6 through the spar web on each side of the damaged through skin and 6 through web on each side of area (see Figure 51-15. Pick up 3 existing dvet holeson flange of spar and ddll 3 new dvst holes r--. top flange.--. (See Figure 51-15. . (See Figure 51-15. and STA 48. Spar webs outboard of STA 48. cut a standard (3. Pdmeremoved splice angle sparangle web and flange before installing spl=-e (see Figure 51-17). (See Figure 51-16). VIEWA)._ER StudLDGK £R 2248 SHSt-16 51-14-02 . Repair damage between S'I:A 9. condition N. Drill 10 rivet holes throuon r I • ' SAME LENGTH _S _aUE aB_ SPUCED "/ _ 17_. Repair main spar damage from STA 48.--• SPAR REPAIR (BETWEEN STA. and between STA 9.o402a24T-_ CLAn CHERRY <4Hm. Repair main spar cap damage between STA 34 sfrai. The splice angle must be long enough to by installing splice angles made from .

occasional repairs will be necessary._/. 1. Adhesive EA934 Part A HysolDivision The Dexter Corporation Catalyst ..FIGURE51-18 12-98 .'_ _'._ • • _.Ren Hardener CG 1304 Ren Plastics company Lansing.FIBERGLASS LAMINATES.AerospaceAdhesive EA934 Part B Hysol Division The Dexter Corporation Alternates: Resin . 51-14-04 . Damaged dbs should be replacedwith new parts.RIB REPAIR The repair of damaged stabilizer and fin dbs is not feasible in most cases.Ren Epoxy CG 1304 Ren Plastics company Lansing. remating can be facilitated by using huckbolt substitutioninformationcontained in Section 51-10-01..FIGURE 51-17 51-14-03 ._1..Aerospace laminate. SPARREPAIR 51-14-03 18 ._ o o I o o o =" o o I o o == o 51-15-00 . Michigan SM51-1 8. The following stepsoutlinethose procedureswhich are used to make repairs for the more common type damage to a fiberglasslaminate.j.. REPAIR PROCEDURES .Epoxical #606 PatchingAdhesive Resin o t_ EACH SIDE) States Catalyst -United Epoxical #606Gypsum Patching Adhesive Hardner United States Gypsum OR Resin. When mating stabilizerto stinger use bent rivet swage set #5 (see Figure 51-19). _ o o '_ _'_ .REMATING HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TO STINGER When stabilizer repair necessitates removal from the stinger.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M2OJ SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL d:l_ 4 (10 EACH SIDE OF CRACK) _ (6 EACH SIDE OF HUCKSUMP COLLAR GUN l_-v SWAGE SET oooooooo STOP OLO ov00 CRACKED SPAR WEB AREA) 2024--T3 SM51-17 ET SPAR REPAIR (O/B of STA.4(5 EACH SIDE) . ._ ._ I o _ o _o _ o_. Materials used for repairs shall be as specified below and compatible with the basic resin used in the fiberglass Resin .4(5 Despitethe fact that fiberglasslaminatesare designed to withstand considerable abuse. It is difficult to cover all the various repair techniques due to such limiting factors as accessibilityand the extent of damage. -.0) .050 2024-T-3 CLAD o J_ o _ ok _ o _ o '". Michigan Catalyst. o SM51-19 RP-MATINGHORIZON [AL STABILI/-I::RTO STINGER FIGURE51-19 o I o o I o o o o oLo . 34.

Contoured repairs will require additional considerations and the proper shapingof the backupplates used for clamping the laminates together dudng the cudng cycle.. and slightly softened by aromatic hydrocarbons. B. shape of part and the extent of damage.:-2: RNBHEBSURFACE ' _ A B SIDE OF CRACK THtCKNESS .EO_ C. 51-15-01 . General.5" EACH .CRACKS. Must be added to the base resin (cowling and airintake assembly only). Q MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 0. "" 1. i:iiiiiiiiiil)iiiiii_.)))). Prepare surface for repair as shown in (Figure 51-20.AMFE. and Figure 51-22). The manufacturer's bulletins shall be followed for all mixing ratios and preparation pdor to application.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J Fire retardation. 10% maximum by Weight of Resin Content. A.E. the same techniques can be used for contoured surfaces.ii!:/__>_'. Stop drill all cracks per standard aircraft procedure.E" _ SURFACE _ ' MASKINGTAPE T i _M_NAT_ THICKNESS SM51-20 NON-STRUCTURAL REPAIR ...S.__ ii:iiii)ii iiiii_ '.. however..ii)il-.iiiii)iiii: I.04 CD o""'. 5% minimum..5" :-= CHAMFER 1.. Prior to continuing the repair. 3. for simplicity._ / CRACK _[-. all surfaces in the area of the repair must be cleaned of all contaminates by wiping the area with a clean cloth saturated with Methyl-EthYl Ketone. CAUTION Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (M.. chlorinated hydrocarbons..VllI I O_OK OOT. CAUTION Fiberglass components are attacked and deteriorated by the following products: Ketone.N. ..K.... Figure 51-21. The configuration of repairs are shown for fiat surface areas.) is a flammable liquid and should be used with proper ventilation andthe prescribed safety equipment. Remove any loose particles and frayed fiberglass strands from the cracked portion.5iiiI_ sToP o.FIGURE 51-20 12-98 51-15-01 19 .Antimony Trioxide for fire retardation. aliphatic esters.. IN SURFACE AREAS 1. (_ _ .02 TO... 2. The degree of laminate chamfer and size will vary based on accessibility.)I(IIIIIIIIII)IVlIII . A. 2. 4..

... '. 375" _ • ..... clean repair area with M._:.. =i:- /_///////_'_./ _J / ....._::./ I / / // ....... 3.--':::. ..... .BOND _ FLUSH RIVET (TYP... .._ "::=....) IN PLACE OVERLAP (1) LAYER RBERGLASS ONLY IF THIS SM51-21 SIDE IS A NON--FINISHED SURFACE. roughenrepair area with 240 sandpaper... ................_... Lay wax paper over both sides of the repaired area while still wet..i.. 5 i cRAcK __1 ! "1 il 1 51-15-03... .. Apply wet coat of catalyzed epoxy resin to chamferedsurface.....-..... Then IMMEDIATELY performSteps 2..35 on centeralldirections..E..COMMON STRUCTURAL LAMINATE REPAIR 1......._::_:=_::=_=_i J #181 FIBERGLASS ! •025 T-3 ALUM.rl I 2 O" I = I-] II CLOTH ii I 1 I I I...MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 51-15-02 M20J .:::::::::_::::_:::_:. 3.NON-STRUCTURAL REPAIR SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 51-15-03 1.... Add additional plys of #181 fiberglass cloth.. )rz. ..........':-:: "-:.... saturated with epoxy resin to attain original laminate thickness......... 2) 1 / ....025 T-3 aluminum straps. ../..... ' F LAMINATE FINISHED SURFACE _ \ X I_ _FIBERGLASS-. perforatedwith #40 holesapproximately..:......025 T-3 ALUM (SEE SECTION 51-15-03...:....-:--.. Applyone additionalply of #181 cloth bridgingthe totalrepaired area and bond in place.'...._:_:_:/......:.............':: :::::.........-..?.:-:::::::::= ":........ 2) # 181 CLOTH BERGLASS OVERLAP(1) LAYER FIBERGLASS ///" //]--- ALUM• PLATES _...._---.....:.. Cut away laminateper sketch..'= ="::':_":... " ..o3"-J " ! !-I I= 2... (SEE SECTION I ... 2...._::::. ..... '..... 4. " ..:_:_:_=:::_:_.. 5...... thru 5.. //////_ //_2 ... Apply one layer of #181 fiberglass cloth saturated withcatalyzedepoxy resin..75 I I I'..... Install chemically cleaned . ........... Applymaskingtape over crack on finishedsurface side.. 4...:_:_ _/////Z_L_ ._.--_......:. ._(/ / / / / _/..K...::_... This prevents adhesion to the pressureclamp application(paragraph5).... 2. ..-: ::-:::::::-.._-::::. COMMON STRUCTURAL LAMINATE REPAIR(METAL INSERT)-FIGURE 51-21 51-15-02 2O 12-98 .../?....... Y//////////'/q"-_"LAMINATE ... ........_((_........--. Applywet coat of epoxy resin to aluminumstraps and apply one or more layers of resin saturated#181 fiberglass cloth to equal the thickness of the original laminate...... apply a wet coat of catalyzed epoxy resin to surfaces.-/-.--.._ :::-::_'::":'::=": "":::::""::":l_ I I I ' S F . r....':::-.

Should the opposite side be a non-finished sudace.0. Apply one layer of#181 fiberglass cloth saturated with catalyzed epoxy resin.....) t" .5" /1'/ _ STOP DRILL i OUTLINE I_ f ON--FINISHED SURFACE CRACK . sand and blend the repaired area to match the surrounding surface. Using #240 sandpaper. Alter the fiberglass repair has cured. Appearance surfaces will normally require the application of a filler-sealer coating.. Mix epoxy resin and catalyst per manufacturers specifications and apply to the appearance surface area. 5. This prevents adhesion to the pressure clamp application (paragraph 6). 11..04 EACH SIDE ('[YP...02 TO . 4. prior to applying a filler-sealer coating. The number of rivets and spacing will be determined by the size of the repair. Lay wax paper over both sides of the repaired area while still wet.. Steps 10 and 11 may be repeated to acquire a satisfactory surface finish. using a clean cloth saturated with M.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ( M20J 5. 10. extending 1/2" each side ofthe chamfer and bond in place... permit the repair to cure before attempting further treatment of appearance surfaces. an additional layer of fiberglass should be applied to this side. _. Apply one layer of #181 fiberglass cloth to the non-finished side of laminate... 7. Place rigid aluminum plates on both sides of repair area and clamp into place with "C" clamps.. Apply wet coat of catalyzed epoxy resin to chamfered surface. 3. @-"l F (FIBERGLASS--RESIN COMBINATION) COMMON STRUCTURAL LAMINATE REPAIR 12-98 -q F SM51-22 FIGURE 51-22 51-15-04 21 .AM EI TH.. ..COMMON STRUCTURAL LAMINATE REPAIR (FIBERGLASS-RESIN COMBINATION) 1.. 8. remove the clamps and install #3 AN426A rivets. Flush head to be on the finishedsurface side.. . Care should be taken to assure as smooth as possible surface In this particular operation...E. 51-15-04 .K. if required. 2..O N LAM'"A ..SHEO SURFACE /y_..... The appearance area is to be wiped clean.. Apply one on additional overlapping layerand of #181 fiberglasscloth the non-finished surface bond in place.. 6.. Upon completion of steps 1 thru 7..LTHICKNESS _ "---q O. Add additional plys of #181 fiberglass cloth saturated with epoxy resin to attain original laminate thickness. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION Permit this surfacing coat to cure pdor to any additional applications or further rework. 4 r-. 9. "---F. Permit laminated repairtocure.

Parts with protective coatings (such as Conversion Coated or zinc pdmer) on which the coatingis scratched. Permit the repair to cure a minimum of 8 hours before removing clamps. drilled. The number of rivets and spacing will be determined bythe size of the repair. After fiberglass repair has cured. Extensive delamination of a part will be reason fortotal rejection of the part and shall be scrapped per standardpractices. Care should be taken to assure as smooth as possiblesurfacein this particularoperation. 2. Steps 10 and 11 may be repeated to acquire a satisfactory surface finish. Upon completionof steps 1 thru 7. 7. Permitthis surfacingcoat to cure prior to any additional applicationorfurtherrework. and removing loose particles by blowingclean compressedair intodamaged area. Appearance surfaces will normally require the applicationof a filler-sealer coating. Dudng replacement the part is spotfaced to receive bolt and washer. usinga clean cloth saturated with M. priorto applyinga filler-sealercoating. Generally. 11. Plastic. or spliced to allow the replacement of sections of damaged lines. shortened. Mix epoxy resin and catalyst per manufacturer's specificationsand apply to the appearance surface area. Shortening and Lengthening of Tubing. Mooney manufactured assemblies of plumbing. This part must be primed after spoffacing. and flexible ducting may be modified to allow the use of longer parts of the same size and materialto be cut and used as replacements. 9. Delamination or ply separation of a fiberglass product is usuallya result of poorbonding of fiberglass layers. 51-15-05 -FIBERGLASS DELAMINATION REPAIR 1. hoses. sand and blend repaired area to match surroundingsurface. 8. Proceed by inserting catalyzed epoxy resin into the delamination and then immediately clamp the delamination together. Place rigid aluminum plates on both sides of repair area and clamp into place with "C" clamps.E. Using#240 sandpaper. EXAMPLE: Part Conversion zinc Coated as detail part. The fittings are called out in the Parts Catalog text pages followingthe illustrationdepicting the assemblyor componentin question. or in any way removedmust beis recoatedwith chromateprimer. remove clamps and install #3 AN426 rivets. the system must be checked for leaks. The appearance area isto be wiped clean. 12-98 . and Flexible Ducting. When the manufactured ends of flexible ducting are removed the raw edge must be taped with 3M aluminumfoil tape. A.K. Flush head to be on finished surface side. allow the repair to cure before attempting further treatment of the appearancesurface. or Rubber Line Splices.this conditionis localized and can be readilyrepaired by carefullyspreadingapart the plysin the delamination.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 6. spotfaced.MISCELLANEOUS 1. Low Pressure. 10. Static system lines may be lengthened. 3. tubing. If splices are made. ProtectiveCoatings. 3. 51-16-00 . 51-15-05 22 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 2. Hoses. Permit laminate repairto cure.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J CHAPTER 52 DOORS MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

...... .. 52-11-00 ...... Cabin DoorSeal.... .. .. 52-31-00 .................. PAGE General... ......... BaggageCompartmentDoor-LatchingMechanism 12-98 3 3 5 5 5 7 52-EFF/CONTENTS I_2BLANK .... 7 .... . Cabin Door Rigging/AdjustmentProcedures .. DATE 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLEOF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ... 52-10-00 .. 52-30-00 .MaintenancePractices. PAGE ...... .... • Cabin Door............................. 8 ............. SUBJECT . Baggage CompartmentDoor-MaintenancePractices ......... .................. 1/2BLANK ........MOONEY AIRCRAFTCORPORATION M20J SERVICEAND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER52 DOORS LIST OF EFFECTIVEPAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ........... .... 52-Effectivity... ..... 52-00-00 52-10-00 52-11-00 52-12-00 52-30-00 52-31-00 . • • . ....... ........... 6 .. ... 4 ............. 3 ........... 52-00-00 .. .. 5 .. 52-31-00 ...........

The inner handle and the outer handle are intemonnected. The intedor panels require removal if the door locks are to be removed and replaced. betweenouter skin and hinge support plate on tubular structure. PRC 1321-B2.If rivets. 3. Reinstalldoor hinge to mountingplate usingthe eight (8) fiat head screws removedearlier and three (3) fiat head AD4 standard (AD5 oversize) dvets. (Refer to AFM/POH Section III for specificproceduresto operate auxiliary exit handle. Place door. This handle can be operated onlyfrom the inside even if the outer handle is locked. The door should be repaired. Remove the cotter pinand washers fromthe holdopen arm shaft. When door is properly positionedmark the new hingefor mountingusingexistingholes. Removal. eitherfrom the outer skin locationsor from the hinge mountingplate insidethe cabin. G.After removal of the outer rivets and/or screwswork a putty knife or a thin piece of aluminum betweenthe outer skinand the hinge and betweenthe hinge and the mountingplate from the inside in order to break the sealant bond. 2. The door is hinged at the forward edge by an extruded aluminum hinge. These fastners will be underneath the outer skin. is assembledto the doorframe priorto installationof the outer skin. B. (The number of Iocator fastners may vary).The old door can be relocated by usingthe existingholes.A single keywill operate either door lock. C. B. into position between the outer skin and the mounting plate. Remove the eight (8) screws from outsidethe airplanethat holdthe front portionofthe hinge in place. The baggage compartment door is constructedof an inner and outer aluminum shell fastened together by rivets. The door and hinge should come free when all sealant bond and rivetsare removed. with hinge attached. if applicable.The mountingplate shouldbe thoroughlycleaned of all sealant and foreign material beforereinstallationof thedoor. D. Adjustmentto the special nut at the top of the door frame can be made for proper closure. Remove the interior panel around the door frame. A. Door Repair. issecurelyin place. Remove the door. Remove the intedordoor panel if necessaryto repairthe door assembly. During this procedure determinationcan be made where the Iocator fastners are positioned. accordingto standard proceduresin AC 43. Apply sealant. A. A new door or hinge will require proper positioningof the doorto obtain proper sealing. 52-10-00 . A door lockis providedfor bothdoors. Adjustment for each push pull tube is providedto accurately dg the latching pin and the jaw type latch. Remove the hold open arm at the door frame. Drill the new holes in hinge carefullywhile door 1.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 52-00-00 M2OJ -GENERAL The cabin door is constructedof an inner and outer aluminum shell fastened together by rivets. DO NOT DRILL THROUGH THE OUTER SKIN. The auxiliary exit handle is located on the insideof the baggagedoor. Carefully drill center of rivet head with a l/8th inch drill bit until head pops off and rivet stem can be punchedout. It is providedwith a dual latchingmechanism. Pull the shaft up from the doubler plate and clear of the doorframe.CABIN DOOR . Installation. 12-98 52-00-00 3 . F. E. D.by adjustablepush pull tubes. The door is placed into position and the hinge held in place on its mounting plate by sealant and Iocator rivets or bolts. Adjustdoor latching mechanismso door closes and seals during flight. It has dual pin latches that extend into receptacle fittings on both sides of the door frame when the exterior handle is closed properly. The cabin door may be removed to replace or repair the door or to replacea damaged hinge. C. Attempt to movethe door and hinge att and away from the attach pointafter each rivet stem is drilled out. A hold open arm is attachedon both doors to assistin holdingthe dooropenwhen desired.1) a lockpin extends into a mating recaptacle in the lower door frame and 2) a jaw type latch clamps a special designed nut in the upper door frame to hold door securely in place.13-1( * ). installing a new door or hinge if proper alignment can be obtained using another method. A. NOTE The rivets and rivet holes originally used as Iocators do not have to be utilized when B.deburr holes and clean the shavingsfromthe area. (See door dgging procedures paragraph52-11-00). This mechanismis spnng loadedto an over center positionin the latchedposition for positive security. or equivalent. A cam mechanism allows a clevis pin to bypass the outer handle latch groove and open the two latching pins which hold the baggage door closed. with new hinge installed.MAINTENANCE PRACTICES MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION The original door assembly.) This door is hinged at the top with an extruded pianotype hinge. locate these rivets from the inside and ddll the bucked head carefully. There are also three (3) flush dyers that will require removalat this location.

. Z HOUSING ASSEMBLY 8. ® ® "" ® _COVER PLATE FWD 3.FIGURE 52-1 52-10-00 4 [:--_q 12-98 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL "6. 9. LOWER LINK OUTBOARD AT CABIN DOOR CABIN DOOR.RIGGING/ADJUSTMENT . . SLIDE POINT _ ® LATCH JAWS . ADJUSTMENT POINT 5. UPPER// LINK "1 / \ \ ARM VIEW-LOOKING L_ 1. SPRING-_ f i _:_ 4. ADJUSTMEN" 7.

C. Repair. (See Figure 52-1. The baggage door may be repaired per standard repair procedures in accordance with AC 43. Clean the area with lacquer thinner to help solten the remaining adhesive. Unless deformed or tom. 1.BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR . F. • Adjust cabin door linkage to satisfy requirements listedbelow.030.should be overcenter a minimumof . Reinstall the hold open arm with new cotter pin.13 from the full latched to full open position. (Fig. Coat bond area of new seal with adhesive (St. Latching pin must clear striker plate when openingor closingthe doorwith latchingmechanism in full open position. Carefully ddll dvet heads and punch dvets from holes. 52-30-00 . Work a putty knife or thin piece of aluminum between outer skin and hinge and inner skin frame and hinge to break sealant bond.13-1(). Pull insulation backto clear rivet shanks. G. The outside handle is to be flush with outside skin when mechanism is in full latched position. The seal is held to inner door frame with adhesive. in full locked position. F. the upper latch jaws (6) must be closed and the latch slide cam (7) at the end of its full travel. the sealwill provide adequate sealing around the periphery of the door during flightconditions. C. E. As the lower link (1) and bellcrankarm (2). CAUTION Care should be exercised to keep the lacquer thinnerfrom dripping on the wing or any other portion of the airplane. is to be compressedto 1. Latchingpin must contact stdker plate on door frame the full circumferenceof pinwhen mechanism is in fulllatchedposition. Removal. A. B. Carefully place end of sealthe into position at bottomof door and continuearound door untilthe seal isfirmlyattached. H. Center punch rivet heads holding the hinge half to the fuselage. Pull the seal from the door frame. I. (Figure 52-1). 2. i A. Remove hinge and baggage door assembly carefully.000 +/.) Removal of the intedor door panel will be required to gain access to the adjustmentpoints. E. Paint door to match airplane. G.MAINTENANCE PRACTICES NOTE It is not necessary that the lower link (1) contact the upper link (5). 12-98 52-11-00 5 .The baggagecompartmentdoor may be removed replace or repair the door or to replacea damaged to hinge. 1. 52-1) travel over center. A. Remove excess adhesive. NOTE Washers may be added between spring and link or 310294-501with housing itemsassembly B and C. D. hinge area. Clair#4587).SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J H. for proper fit and sealing• D. In full open position the upper latch jaws must be open and slide cam at the end of its full travel. I. C. Coat cleaned door frame with adhesive (St. the spdng (3). NOTE Slide cam (7) moves 1. 52-12-00 -CABIN DOOR SEAL The cabin door seal is an extruded rubber seal filled with a soft foam. B. Remove the door inner tdrn panel to gain access to the door seal. When is propedyattached the door should close with littleseal effort. Cabin doorseal replacement. (4) to comply NOTE Door contour can be altered slightly to conform with cabin contour. J. if needed. Reinstall interior panels and intedor tdm to door and cabin.3 inches. G.Do not pull tightaround comers. Clair#4587). Remove the coat hanger anti headliner panel located inside and directly under the baggage door F. Let bothapplicationsdry untiltacky.. Repairsmay be made to the baggage door on the airplaneif feasible. 52-11-00 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION B. Cut off any excessseal. Clean hinge and hinge mounting area thoroughlyof all sealantor foreignmaterial. In full latched position.(Figure 52-1). E. The cabin door latching mechanism has several adjustmentpointsthat may be utilizedto obtain proper rigging. -CABINDOOR RIGGING/ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES D. The lower link (1) and bellcrank arm (2). See adjustment points (8) and (9).

while door is in the latched position to properly locate the door and seal in the door frame. M20-63 PIN 0 0 {NOB (WHITE) Q © DOOR SEAL NOT SHOWN EARLY CONFIGURATION LATCH KNOB BAGGAGE DOOR LATCH MECHANISM 52-30-00 6 12-98 - FIGURE 52-2 . Install rivets (AD4 standard. C. NOTE 3. AD5 oversize) in all holes. Center punch all holes and carefully drill the two end holes. B. D.assure attachment area is clean of old sealant.. Remove door . Push in on door assembly at top. Apply sealant. Verify correct position of door prior to ddlling holes in hinge. Installation. if satisfactory continue drilling all holes. Reinstall door assembly with old hinge and cleco hinge for proper placement. (RED) Q INSIDE (CAM SLOT) CLEVIS PIN CAM FOLLOWER y GOES HERE LOCK HANDLE_ CAM SLOT) _" SPRING ADDED PER SJ. PR 1403-G-B2 or equivalent. B. While door is held in place mark holes in new hinge using holes in outerskin as Iocators. Place old door assembly with new hinge or new door assembly and new hinge into position and latch the door in place. E. check tching operations. E. Place repaired baggage door with old hinge into paOSitionand cleco securely to assure fit of door. FABRFC C 0VF_R_ BACK) LATCH ROD HITCH PIN SPRING--(OVER CENTER TENSION) STIFFENER ANGLE O 3OOR FRAME AUX. D. to hinge attachment area between outer skin and inner frame. Hinge mounting area should be clean of old sealant and debris. C. Fasten clecoes in these and recheck door assembly fit. OLD HINGE A.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE NOTE MANUAL NEW HINGE If repairs are to be made the interior trim panel may require removal. A.

NITCH PIg/f_HANDLE _ CR32:3-4-3 RIVET AN960-4 WASHER (2) (i UNDER RIVET HEAD 8. PR 1403-G-B2 or equivalent. NOTE FollowtheproceduresintheAirplane Flight ManuaI-PilotsOperating Handbook(AFM/POH) for reengagement of the mechanism for proper outside handle operation.) NOT HSP0470-4 RIVET (OPT) SH52"2 AUXILIARY EXIT LATCH RETROFIT (CNVSB M20-239)-FIGURE 52-3 12-98 52-31-00 7 . in an emergency. Deburr and clean the area completely pdor to reinstallation of door assembly.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J F. This ensures a positive reengagement of the clevis pin into the cam slot of outside handle for proper actuation of the outside latching mechanism (see Figure 52-2). Mooney Service Instruction M20-63 dated Apdl. An auxiliary exit mechanism is inconporatedinto this latching mechanism which allows the door to be opened. Apply sealant. 52-31-00 -BAGGAGECOMPAR'rMENT DOOR-LATCHING MECHANISM The baggage compartment door has a direct non-adjustablelatching linkage that inserts two pins into hard points in the door frame. See Mooney Service Bulletin M20-239 for retrofit configurationof auxiliary exit handle. AD5 oversize) in all holes. Reinstall door assembly and cleco securely in place. (See Figure 52-2). inside latching mechanism(See Figure 52-3). Remove clecoes as rivets are being installed to keep door aligned. to hinge mounting are between outer skin and door frame. Remove door assembly. G. 1953 adds this modification to these aircraft. Install rivets. S/N 24-0001 thru 24-1381 were manufactured without the spring attached to the clevis pin to actuate the latch pin linkage. from the inside even if outsidehandleis locked. H. 1 ON BACK SIDE OF HANDLE. CLIP/PIN A_Y S CR3213-4____===_== RIVET _ _ (2 PLC) LANYARD (ORIENTATION CRITICAL) MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION The outside handle has to be unlatched arid fully opened to correctly re-engage the latching mechanism alter use of the inside auxiliary exit handle. I. This latching mechanism can be locked from the outside. (AD4 standard.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J BLANK 52-31-00 8 12-98 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J CHAPTER 53 FUSELAGE MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

01 .. 4 . 53-40-02 . 5 ...................... 53-30-00 .................. DATE 1/2BLANK . 53-Eff/Contents .......... 12-98 PAGE 3 3 3 3 4 6 6 7 8 8 53-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ........................................... Empennage Attach Fittings .................. Wing Attach Fittings. 53-10-00 . 53-40-04 . 7 .... 6 ..... 53-10-02 .. Attach Fittings ......... ... Tubular Structure Frame .............................................. 53-40-00 .... Main Frame ................... 53-40-00 ..... Main Landing Gear Atta{ h Points ...... SUBJECT ... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ............... 53-40-02 . 8 ......... 53-10-01 ............... Tailcone Structure ... 53-00-00 .......... 53-40-03 ..MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 53 FUSELAGE UST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ............... 53-40-03 .... 53-40........... Engine Mount Attach Points .... 3 ........... PAGE ................... General . 53-30-00 ....... 53-00-00 .... Plates/Skins ........... 53-30-00 ...................

The tailcone bulkheads. electricalharnesses and antennas are assembled into the tailconeduring this manufacturingstage. along with stringers. etc.formers. etc.FIGURE 53-1 12-98 53-00-00 3 . These components. inspected and then assembled intothe main cabin fixtureand heliaro welded into a cabin enclosure. SIN 24-0901 and ON have had the wishbonesubassembly (1) changed to allow this unit to be installed. 53-10-02 . clips. brackets. The assembled steel structure is sand blasted and dipped in zinc chromate palmerfor corrosionprotection.TUBULAR STRUCTURE FRAME The basic cabin enclosure is shown in (Figure 53-1). TAILCONE STRUCTURE The tailcone is of semi-monocoqueconstruction. The forward cabin structure (1) is bolted to the tailcone with TUBULAR STRUCTURE FRAME .. The forward cabin enclosure and the taiicone are mated and this fuselage assembly advances down the MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION production line to the point of mating with the wing assembly. control brackets. 24-0001 thru 24-0900 have a windshield frame that will not accept the radar display unit.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ( M20J 53-00-00 -GENERAL The Mooney M20J forward fuselage is constructed from 4130 chromemolybdenum tubular steel.. 53-10-00 -MAIN FRAME 53-10-01 . are formed from sheet aluminumon a hydro press or drop hammer at Mooney Aircraft Corporation. The tubular steel sub-assemblies are hellarc welded in fixtures. All air ducts. are assembled together on a fixture and built into the all fuselage assembly. Serial No.The internal structure is shown on (Figure 53-2).

The hat rack shelf (4) provides rigidity as well as storage space. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL The empennage attach points(6) are attached to the rear bulkhead (7) with tabs extending forward and attachedto the tailcone structure. The fuselage assembly and tailcone have panels. 8 8 4-. /-8 / . NOTE Refer to Mooney Service Instruction M20-76 for sealing of tailcone and smooth belly skin. . The skins covering the tailcone are an integralpart of the structure. The avionics equipmentshelf (3) spans the tailcone widthto provide rigidityand space for avionics components. 53-30-00 4 12-98 NOTE PR-1766-B2 sealant should be used on all fuselage skin laps to provide a good electrical ground plane. The skins are riveted and boltedto support angles. coversor doors at various locationsto provideaccess to the interiorfor inspectionor maintenance purposes.) SECTION 3.-i / / 0 23 3 _HJK53-2 TAILCONE STRUCTURE .13-1(*) (*--currentrev. See (Figure 53-3) and table following for component location and identification.PLATES/SKINS The fuselage tubular structure is covered with aluminumskins after mating to the tailcone.The battery box (5) and battery are located in this area also. (See Figure 53-3).MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J load beadng portion of the assembly. The belly skins are removableto provideaccessto all components and control systems located below the floorboard.SIN 24-1418 and lateraircrafthave a one piece fiberglassbelly skin. Repair or replacement of these skins should be according to AC 43.FIGURE 53-2 53-30-00 . These skins are non structural coveringsto form the outside contour of the forward fuselage section. formers and brackets.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J / 3 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 2 21 1713 ' .FIGURE 5&-3 12-98 53-30-00 5 . (24-1418 AND _/N) SMJ53-3 INSPECTION PANEL AND COVERS .

LH 3 _ 12-98 (TYP. 16. 23. Tail-LightHarness Connections. Rudder Torque Tube.Oil access 13. 9. 14. LandingGear RetracUonTubes. WING/FUSELAGE ATTACH FII-rINGS 53-40-00 6 (TYP. Trim Jack Screw. 6A.WING ATTACH Frn'INGS The wing assembly (1) is attached to the fuselage assembly (2) using structural hardware (4). 17. Baggage Door. Brake Master Cylinders. access.cranks. All components (12-18. Batteries. StabilizerTrim Jack Screw. 3.L. Vadous type of fittings (3) are used to propedy distribute the load between the wing andthe fuselage. Cowl Flap Controls. 2. Elevator/Rudder Control Stops. 22.T. RudderControls. 5. Fuel Selector Valve. 18. Empennage Attachment. Electdc Fuel Pump. 20.Elevators& Rudder Be. 10. LH & RH) 4 (TYP. 15. 53-40-00 . RudderTorque Tube. 12. 7. Electdc Flap Actuator. 4. Elevator/Rudder/Aileron Control System. LH 8.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M2OJ SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL TABLE FOR FIGURE 53-3 . 2 3 (TYP.ATTACH FITTINGS 53-40-01 . Gascolator. Bellcranks. Cabin Door. Flap Indicator Cable. 11. Nose Wheel Steering System. 21). 24. RH) 4 FIGURE 53-4 . 19. 6. RH) & RH) (TyP. (see Figure 53-4 for locations). Rod End Beadngs. Landing GearActuator. E. Stabilizer Trim Screw and Stops. EmpennageAttachment. 21. 8. Engine Compartment .Rod End Bearings& Travel Stops. EmpennageAttachment. Landing Gear Retract Tubes. LH 8. Elevator/RudderControls.COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION 1. AvionicsBlackboxes.

(Figure 53-5) with the vertical fin and the horizontal stabilizer using common components. Lateral stabilityofthe empennageassemblyis controlledwith an articulated hinge assembly (2) (Figure 53-6) attachedto the rear bulkhead (3) (Figure 53-6) of the tailcone.This unit attaches to the tailcone empennage attach points (1) (Figure 53-6). The bottom attac[n point (4) (Figure 53-5) on the MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION empennage assembly secures the stabilizer trim jack screw (5) (Figure 53-5) and (4) (Figure 53-6). The hinge attach pin (6) (Figure 53-5) is held in place with a coffer pin at each end. using two structural bolts (2) (Figure 53-5) passing through two top hinges (3) (Figure 53-5).FIGURE 53-5 12-98 53-40-02 7 .EMPENNAGE ATTACH FITTINGS The empennage assembly is manufactured as a unit (1). / $H53-5 I EMPENNAGE ASSEMBLY ATTACH FiTTiNGS .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ 53-40-02 .

AN4 bolts are used for this application. Grease fittings (8) are 1 installed at pivot points of the main landing gear assembly for lubrication per Section 5.MAIN LANDING GEAR ATTACH POINTS The main landing gear assembly is a welded heat treated 4130 chromemolybdenum steel assembly. The lower hard points (2) are for fittings outside the firewa[I which allow a clevis on each side of the engine mount to be attached for shear loads. The brass beadng (7) should be inspected at any scheduled maintenance action for wear.ENGINE MOUNT ATTACH POINTS 4 The engine mount is attached to hard points built into 2 the forward portion ofthe tubular structure. The upper hard points (1) (Figure 53-8) are for NAS1304 boiLsinstalled for tension loads. This is the rear hard point. The main landing gear truss assembly (5) also attaches to the tension strap fitting (2) on the main spar. The leg assembly(1) is supported at the forward end by the tension strap fitting (2) attached to the wing main spar assembly (3) (Figure 53-7) and provides one of the hard points for the main landing gear assembly. The leg assembly (1) is supported at the rear by a bracket (4) attached to the stub spar assembly (5).FIGURE 53-8 . (Reference Figure 53-7).MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 53-40-03 . _4s3--6 TAILCONE-EMPENNAGE ATTACH POINTS FIGURE 53-6 SMX53-7 SNJK53-8 MAIN LANDING GEAR ASSEMBLY ATTACH POINTS FIGURE 53-7 53-40-03 8 12-98 ENGINE MOUNT ATTACH POINT . 3 53-40-04 .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J CHAPTER 55 STABILIZERS MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

........Installation ......... 55-Eft/Contents..........Installation .... 55-40-01 ............. ... 55-30-02 ..... 55-20-00 ..... 55-30-01 ........... 55-20-00 ........... Vertical Stabilizer..Removal ........... Rudder . 55-20-01 .. 55-10-00 ..................Installation .... 55-20-02 ....... 55-10-02 ..Installation .. Horizontal Stabilizer........................ 55-40-00 .............. Elevator ... 55-10-01 .. 4 ... 55-30-01 .. SUBJECT . 12-98 PAGE 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 55-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ................. Rudder.. PAGE .........Removal ............. 3 ...... Elevator......... 5 ........ DATE 1/2BLANK ...Removal . Vertical Stabilizer........ 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .......... 55-30-00 . 55-40-02 ............... Vertical Stabilizer...... Horizontal Stabilizer.................. 6 ........ General ...............Removal . Horizontal Stabilizer ................... Rudder ...... Elevator.... 55-00-00 .. 55-90-90 ...... 55-40-02 ..............MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVlCE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 55 STABILIZERS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ...............

HORIZONTAL STABILIZER REMOVAL The faidng located on the tailcone. The elevator and rudder are constructed from an extruded loading edge spar assembly covered with formed skins. The rear spar (7) is an extrusion attaching to the aft end of the ribs and containsthehingefittings(8)fortheelevators. 11 8 9 _ g s DETAIL A 5 8 3 8 SHX55-1 HORIZONTAL STABILIZER . (Reference Figure 55-1).GENERAL MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 55-10-00 The M20J empennage assembly is a vadable incidence tail-plane consisting of a horizontal and vertical stabilizer built as a unit.FIGURE 55-1 55-10-01 . The stub spar (5) is a channel formed from aluminum sheet reinforced with a joggled channel (6) at the center section. covering the gap between the tailcone and empennage assembly. Section 53-40-02 describes the attaching points for the empennage assembly. 3 and 4) are formed and riveted to the spar through the web section. The ribs (9) are assembled in sections to the front and rear face of each spar assembly to form the air foil. (Refer to Chapter 53 for the attachment of the empennage to the fuselage.HORIZONTAL STABILIZER The main sparassembly (1) (Fig. 55-1) is formed from aluminumsheet into a channel. The aft vertical fin spar (11) is attached to the horizontal stabilizer structure through a bracket (12) which is fastened securely to the stabilizer rear spar assembly (7). 55-10-02 .HORIZONTAL STABILIZER INSTALLATION Referto Section 53-40-02 for installation. The hodzontal stabilizer has a stub spar that spans a portion of the stabilizer.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 55-00-00 ( M20J . will require removal to gain access to empennage attaching hardware. Angle doublers (2. The elevators and the rudder have balance weights permanently installedforstabilization during flight. . Refer to this section for the removal of the empennage assembly from the airplane. Stretch formed skins (10) are fastened to the ribs. spars and doublers to form the complete horizontal stabilizer structure.) The hodzontal and vertical stabilizer are constructed of formed sheet metal ribs attached to a forward and aft spar assembly covered with stretch formed skins. 12-98 55-00-00 3 .

Formed angle doublers(2) are nested insidethe main spar channel and dvetedto the web. The rear spar (3) is an extrusionused to attach the art end of the sectioned fibs (4). There are no ribs in the elevator between the inboard and the outboard fibs.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 55-20-00 -ELEVATOR The elevators on the M20J consist of a left. The stub spar (5) is also formed from sheet aluminum.H.A doubler channel (6) is attached to the vertical stabilizer stub and the stub spar of the horizontal stabilizer. 55-3) is formed from aluminumsheet. (Reference Figure 55-2). A lead balance weight (7) is installed in each elevator tip with iron rivets (8).). 55-20-01 .H. See Section 27-91-00 for balancing procedures on the elevators. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL The elevator control horn (2) is connected to the inboardleadingedge eachconnectedto elevator (R. and fight hand assembly attached through ball bearing fittings (1) to the rear spar of the horizontal stabilizer reference Figure 55-2). Both controlhorns areofthen theand elevator flight controlbellcrank. then remove the AN3 boltsand hardware from each hinge fitting on both elevators.) 55-30-00 -VERTICALSTABILIZER The main spar assembly(1) (Ref. Fig. 6 3 6 2 A ELEVATOR . repaired or repainted elevator should be checked for balance per Section 27-91-00. The skins are attached to the leading edge extrusion(5) and the fibs (6) with blind rivets.ELEVATOR .REMOVAL Remove the AN3 bolts from each control horn and push-pulltube bearing. L. 55-20-00 4 .FIGURE 55-2 55-20-02 The elevator skins (4) are stretch formed for the upper and lower surface of the elevator. The elevators are installed in reverse order of removal.INSTALLATION WARNING Each new. 12-98 . Nominal torque values for AN3 bolts are to be used (see section 5-20-01 for torque table. Each formed corrogationis matchedon top and bottomskins and rivetsare installedfor strength and dgiditythrough each corrogation. This attach channel is securely bolted to stinger bulkhead brackets.ELEVATOR .

2. repaired or repainted rudder should be checked for balance per section 27-91-00 prior to installation. Fig. 4 _ J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPOP. (Refer to Figure 55-3). tailcone which coversthe gapdescdbes between tailcone and Section 53-40-02 the attaching points for the complete empennage assembly. Nominaltorque valves for AN3 bolts are to be used. Refer to this section for removal of the empennage assemblyfrom the airplane. A stiffener (5) is to support the lower rudder ball bearing hinge fitting (6). The rudder controlhorn (8) is attached with the center hinge fitting (9) to the rear flange of the front spar at the junction of the lower db assembly (10). 55-30-01 -VERTICALSTABILIZERREMOVAL The hodzontalstabilizerare removed as a unit verticaland with the stinger assembly. The three rudder attachfittings(11) are mountedto the rear spar extrusion. (See Section 5-20-01 for torquetable). A brace arm on the horn assemblyis attached to a f_ing (11) on the lower rib (10). Remove the faidng located on theempennage. The rudder is installed in reverse order of removal. . 55-4) riveted to an extruded leading edge (2) and rivetedtogether at the trailing edge. 10 VERTICAL STABILIZERASSEMBLY . The upper hinge fitting (12) is attachedto the rear flange of the frontsparjust under the top rib assembly(13) and the balanceweight (14).RUDDER . See section 27-91-00 for balancing procedures on the rudder. Disconnect electdcal connections 33-41-03.FIGURE 55-3 12-98 55-30-01 5 .a rib assembly (4) and at the leadingand trailing edge.A _ 13/f thru E. The rudder lower skins (3) are drop hammerformed left and right halves rivetedto the upperskins.RUDDER INSTALLATION WARNING Each new. 55-40-00 The rudder on the M20J is constructedthe same as the elevator with stretch formed skins (1) (Ref. 55-40-02 . 8 and 9 provide attach points for the stinger and the horizontal stabilizerspar.ATION 55-30-02 . The skins (1 IN are stretch formed in 2 sections and rivetedto the lbs and spar. (refer to Figure 55-4). A weather seal (7) is includedin the assembly.RUDDER Remove the AN3 bolt from the control horn and push-pull tube bearing.REMOVAL 55-40-01 . then remove the three AN3 bolts and hardware from per eachparagraph hinge fitting. The balance weight (14) is installed with four iron dvets (15).SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J The mainspar doublers and angles 7.VERTICAL STABILIZER INSTALLATION Refer to Section53-40-02 for installation.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 15 . 1 \ \ 11 \ \ 12 \ 1 \ 9 \ I /" 16 3 \ 4 ' _ 3 4 6 5 7 RUDDER ASSEMBLY 55-40-02 6 -/ 12-98 .FIGURE 55-4 5 .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 56 WINDOWS SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

................ 3 ........... 6 .Installation.....SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 56 WINDOWS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT . ..... 56-22-02 ......... Storm Windows ... 56-21-00 . 56-21-02 .................. 56-90-00 ............................................ _ ............. 56-50-00 ... 5 . Cabin WIndows ............... 56-22-01 ......... 4 .........Removal ......... 58-50-00 ...Installation ..... 56-21-01 ..... 12-98 PAGE 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 ¢ 56-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK .. Cabin Windows . SUBJECT General ........ Acrylic Ddlling ... Windshield ......... PAGE 56-Eft/Contents ................. 56-50-00 . 56-00-00........... Cleaning Acrylic...................... ...... 56-20-00 ......... Windshield .... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ..... 56-23-00 . 56-22-00 .... Cabin Windows .. 5B-22-00 .......... Windshield Removal . DATE 1/2BLANK ............ ........ 56-00-01 . .... ............... Windshield and Cabin Windows ...........

ultra-violetfliteration and coolingeffectfor the cabin. all residualsealant must be removed prior to installation of the replacement windshield. ie. deicer fluid. Careful scraping with putty.K. Micro-Mesh. Retainers and clips are used on the frame to hold the windows in place. The storm window is milled to fit the hole and to be flush withoutsideof pilotswindowsurface when closed. 66-21-02 .INSTALLATION When old sealant is removed brush M.. lacquer thinner.WINDSHIELD . Carefullypullthe windshieldaway from its location startingat the lower portionand work it loose as the sealantbondis brokenaroundthe edge of acrylic.GENERAL 56-21-01 The windshieldfor the M20J is . Wipe solventbefore it dries and redistdbutescontaminates. _1 f 5 Minor scratches or abrasions may be polished out by using acrylic resuffacing kits. 66-21-00 6 --1 WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION . .312 inch thick storm window. house hold cleaning fluid or any other questionable fluid to clean acrylic windows.E. and placed on a plaster moldto coolwhile maintainingthe correct shape.The pilotsside windowis also . will assist in remm. The windows are all sealed to the outside skin with PR1403-G-B2 or equivalent sealant.The aluminumretainer (1) at bottom of windshield (2) must be removed by drillingout the rivets attaching ittothecowldeck(3).187 inch thick acrylic heat formed to contour.FIGURE 56-1 . 2. 56-00-01 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .E. When windshieldis removed.The inner pane is a . Flush windows with water prior to wiping with clean.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 56-00-00 M20J . (referenceFigure56-1). Serial Number 24-0001 thru 24-1213 and 24-1418 and ON have single pane side windows installed. J CAUT.WINDSHIELD 12-g8 56-00-00 3 . or equivalentcleaningsolventin the cavity(8) where new windshieldwill be located. Considerable effort may be required to break the bond.WINDSHIELD . Serial Number 24-1214 thru 24-1417 have a double panel cabindoorwindow.125 inch thick acrylic.REMOVAL 1.CLEANING ACRYLIC A commercial cleaning solution manufactured for acrylic may be used to clean routine grit and grime 7 commercial cleaner used.060 inchthick acrylicfittedto clips and bracketson the doorframe. acetone.187 inch thick acrylic with a hole cut out to accommodatethe . the when instructions on the Never wipeFollow windows dry. carbon tetrachloride. 56-20-00 The .qng the excess sealant. The windows are tinted green or gray for visual comfort. These solvents will soften or craze the surface. _ 8 2. Flushwithwater after cleaningwith kerosene. CAUTION from the windows. A puttyknife or thinaluminumstripwillbe necessaryto work underneaththe top skin (4) and the side post skin (5) to break the sealant bond betweenthe acrylicand the skins. If no commercial cleaner is available these procedures should be followed: 1. benezene.WINDSHIELD AND CABIN WINDOWS removal and NOTE installation of windshield and __ windows are accomplished in the following paragraphs.K. available from aviation accessory suppliers.ON Never use gasoline. All the windows are heated in an auto-clave to approximately300 degrees F. soft cloth soaked in kerosene.knife and the application of M. CAUTION Exercise care during this operation to avoid scratching the acrylic.The other three side windows are .(Fi£1ure56-1).

K. Damage may result if drops of solvents come in contact with either the exterior paint.ACRYLIC DRILLING Drill bits for acrylic should be ground per (Figure 56-3). Apply sealant.00 __ ' After 56-1). (reference Figure56-2). 5. (reference Figure . attaching hardware (8) and held closed by a latch (9). a bead of sealaot along the recessedjoggle (6) of the into place. Apply The new windshield being forced into the cavity between the outer skin (4) and the interior retainer (7) will extrude excess sealant. Place window (1) into positionto assure proper It. interior trim or plexiglass.f ' _k. (approximately 5 tubes (3. The sealant will be forced out and seal the window to the outside skin. Remove the retainers (2) or dips (3) which holdthe window in positionfrom the inside.E. both inside and outside. (reference Figure 56-2). Drill out rivets carefully. ' 3.After sealant cures the excess can be cut off with a sharp razorknife.CABIN WINDOWS 56-22-01 . Reinstal interiortrim panels. Removeall old sealantand clean skinareawith M. NOTE Some retainers are held in place with screws (4) and some with rivets. 12-98 . refer to Figure 56-2. Remove interior trim from the window (1) to be replaced. 56-22-00 4 . Priorto rivetingthe aluminumretainer (1) into position coatretainerwith a uniformthicknessof either sealant. Force window (1) into place with retainers (2) or clips (3) and securewith Avex 1601-410 blindrivetsor existingscrews and hardware (4). Care should be exercisedto keep windowfrom twisting and possiblycracking. into the cavity (8) until approximately half filled.INSTALLATION 1.FIGURE 56-2 The window will be bonded to the outside skin with sealant. -2 WINDOW INSTALLATION . _' __ .K. Use M.E. 2. -CABIN WINDOWS. 1. Apply a uniform thickness of PR1403-GB2 or PRC1321-B sealant to' the skin and window area where window (1) will be located.5 oz. - 1. Use 113212-5-2 cherry rivets to realach the retainer (1) to cowl deck (3). 56-50-00 .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION NOTE Exercise care with application of these solvents. Sufficient sealant should be used so that excess sealant is extruded from all edges of windows. Carefullywipe excess sealant off acrylic before it sets up. Checkfor water leaks. 1. After the windshield is in place wipe the excess sealant off with a damp clean cloth.the sealant cures the excess may be removed with a sharp razor knife. 56-23-00 -STORM WINDOW The storm window (6) is mounted with two aluminum hinges (7). Considerable effort may be requiredto break the bond betweenthe acrylic and the outer skin. (reference Figure 56-2). 4.CABIN WINDOWS . A gasket (10) is bonded to the storm window for seeing purposes when closed.) for 4 side windows). Repaint retainer and rivetsto match aircraft. PR1403-G-B2 or PRC1321-B-2. Removat is basicaly the same procedure as single window installations. and a scraper to removethe sealant. Trim if necessa_/. Checkreplacedwindowfor leaks. 56-22-02 " ' 3.REMOVAL = • ' . Remove the window and clean all remaining sealant from the skin. Aircralt SIN 24-1214 thru 24-1417 have an inner (5) and outer window (1) installation on the cabin door window. 2. 56-22. A slow tuming ddll bit with light pressures is desirable.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 0 I i" NEGATIVE (.0000 INDICATED RUNr]UT = .0002 ACRYLIC PLASTIC DRILL BIT .0000 -.03 FLAT WIDTH) 5 ° CLEARANCE --STOVE BURNER TYPE BIT (NO FLUTE RELIEF) JOBBER FLUTE LENGTH & JOBBER LENGTH OVERALL DRILL DIAMETER TOLERANCE = ! TOTAL +.FIGURE 56-3 ( 12-98 56-50-00 5 .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J BLANK 56-50-00 6 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 57 WINGS SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

.... Flight Surfaces ..................................... 12-98 PAGE 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 57-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ..............................Skin ... 57-50-21 ...... Wing Removal and INstallation.................... ... Wing Tips ....... 5 ... 57-50-11 ...... Plafes .......... 57-30-00 ...... 57-50-1g . Jack Points .... 57-50-20 ........ 8 ................. 7 . SUBJECT General ..................... 57-50-00 ................ 57-20-02 ................. 57-00-00 .... PAGE 57-EffectMty ..... 6 .......... 57-20-02 ........ 4 .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 57 WINGS LIST CF EFFECTI_E PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .................... 57-40-00 .................................. Flaps ..... 57-00-02 ............ . 57-20-01 .... 9 ........... 3 ........ Stall Strip Installation ...... 57-50-20 ............................. Aileron Removal and Installation .. 57-20-00 ....... DATE 1/2BLANK .. 57-00-00 ..... 57-20-02 ............... 57-40-00 .................. 10 . 57-20-02 ... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ...... 57-30-00 .... Attach F_ings ........ Ailerons ............ Auxiliary Structures ....... 57-00-01 ......... 57-50-21 ..... 57-10-00 ...... Main Frame ...... Flap Removal and Installation .......................

Disconnect hydrauliclinesat wing mainspar. F. These three sections are then assembled into one full span wing assemblyasthe skinsare installed. 1.spar and baffle plates. Morethan 15 degree yaw. Remove the navigationstrobe light lens (1) by removing4 screwsand washers (2) that retainthe lens to wing tip (3) (24-0001 tbru 24-2999).5. 57-00-01 -WING REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION The major subassembliesof the wing may be removed individually. AttachA-frame hoistto propeller.25 and outboard. Jack aircratt. (2) Aileron controltubes at inboard bellcranks.or supportwith a propellerjack. Disconnector removethe following: (1) Two landinggear assistsprings.0 on both wings. (See section 28 for resealing procedures).MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ( M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 57-00-00 .00-02 -STALL STRIP INSTALLATION 1. outboard wing tip assembly is available which includes completed section from wing station 118. W_ngtip removal. 2024-T3.GENERAL The all metal wing is a one piece assemblyattachedto the fuselage at structural hard points with structural hardware. 2. Remove front and rear seats. (See Section 28 for fuel system details). 57-20. 1.(Reference Figure 57-3).the center section (2). Wing removal: A. ' E. The assembly includes the stringers (4) required to complete the spliceto the old centersection. The threaded wing tie down eyebolt fittingsare designed to accept the non threaded jack points.Disconnectaft positionlightconnections. D.AUXILIARY STRUCTURES 57-20. G. More than 15 degree roll. Secure stall strip per installationinstructionsin (Figure 57-2). C. Remove the two inspectionplates under rear seat area. The tanks are sealed duringmanufacturingwithcurrent state ofthe art technology sealant. B.FIBERGLASS WING TIPS (SIN 24-1038 and on) The M20J wing tips are non-structural fiberglass components. Refer to Figure 57-4). (10) Airspeed indicator line. (6) Elevatorcontroltube. The fuel is contained in wet wing type fuel cells betweenthe main spar and bafflesforward ofthe spar. They are riveted to the upper and lower wing skinsduringfinalassembly of the wingstructure. More than 30 degree pitchbelow flight level. the left outboard section (3) and an opposite right outboard section (not shown) (Figure 57-3).or the wing may be removed as a unit. (8) Floorboardsat rear attach points. Drain allfuel from tanks. (4) Main gear retractiontubes.01 .JACK POINTS The jack points are located on the under side of the wing. To remove a wing. (SeeisSection 53-40-01). 12-98 57-00-00 3 . attach securely withduct tape for test flights. Repair of these componentsis covered in Section51-13-00. a fuselage supporting cradle is needed. These are located outboard of each main gear. until aircratt flies to criteria in paragraph 57-00-02. 1.MAIN FRAME The integral fuel cells. (11) Hardware shown in (Figure 57-1). Remove wing-root faidngs and bottomfuselage access panels. span spar assembly connected to the The stubfull spar andmain rear spar assembly by dbs. ribs caps and doublers are 2.5 and continueto the rib at station74.00 . 57. C. Moldedwing tips (SIN 24-1038 and ON) are fabricated from compositesand house the navigation and strobe lights. A spares. A. B and C. B. See Section7-10-00 for completejacking procedures. (9) Bellyskin stringersplice angles. Sealer is applied to alljointson ribs. The main landing gear forward attach assembly is an integral part of the main spar and the rear fitting is boltedto the stub spar and assembly.Re-positionstall stdps. Position stall strip on wing leading edge so that during stall recovery normal use of controls would prevent: A. Drain brake lines and reservoir. (5) Rudder controltubes. CAUTION Have a suitable cradle ready to carry the fuselage before removing all mating hardware. pitot lines. (3) Trim controltube at station59. T4 or T42 aluminum. The wing is manufactured in three sections. 57-20-02 . Place stall strips on leading edge at stations shown on Figure 57-2. A. 57-10.3 and 94. shaded area (1) start at wing station 24. (7) Elevatorand rudder push-pulltubes. up ordown. and pitot heater wires (if installed). Wing installation:Installationof the wing assembly is direct reversalof removal.00 . The spar are 7075-T6 aluminum the webs. SIN 24-3000 thru 24-TBA . doublers and skins.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION WING ATTACHING HARDWARE .FIGURE 57-1 57-20-02 4 12-98 .

.10" DEEP AN515--RR1¢) "_. DIA RIVNUT FWD "== STALL STRIP ALTERNATE INSTL STALL STRIP INSTALLATION W_ ( "". SKIN /-_ C BORE STALL .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION LEFT WING - RIGHT WING - M20J SHOWN OPP.25 wS 59. ^/ R._5 " I SNJ57-3 WING STRUCTURE . ST -scREw-UstE LOCKTITE D DRILL /USE .L_/ \ .FIGURE 57-3 12-98 57-20-02 5 .193 A6-75 _PEcv_ A/_'/_ TYPICAL INSTL._ KIN LL SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL !_!!!-!-_7!27 .5 W_ 118.1_]g/'./_ .// FIGURE 57-2 103.06/.

Remove all rivet shanks with a punch. 57-2O-O2 6 2. CAUTION Be sure aileron and aileron balance weights are not restricted in movement either direction. Drill out rivets (4) holding tip to upper and lower wing skins (5). B.FIGURE 57-4 B.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 24-1038 M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 24-3000 THRU 24-TBA THRU 24-2999 4 7 3 •... Place the new or repaired wing tip in place. 8 • 6 2 1 STROBE LIGHTS (7) AN]] POWER SUPPLY CONNECTORS (8) WILL VARY. Disconnect the strobe and navigation light harnesses at the quick disconnect plug (8) pdor to completely removing the tip. When all holes are ddlled remove wing tip assembly and deburr. NOTE Connect strobe and navigation light connectors (8) prior to final attachment of the tip. Secure wing tip and ddll holes to match wing skins. SNJ57-4 WING TIP ASSEMBLY (24-:1038THRU 24-TBA) . A.. 12-98 . NOTE The strobe or navigation lights can be removed from wing tip either before or after its removal from wing. Carefully pull wing tip away from wing db (6) and skins (5). Cleco as holes are ddlled into tip. C. Wing tip installation.

The wing access and inspection covers shown in (Figure 57-5) provide maintenance access to components. RetractionBungee Spring (205 only) 21. 14. NOTE One piece belly skin panel on 24-1418 & ON 7_--_ L_ L7-. Wing skin.left wing only.-0 8 19--. Speed Brakes (if equipped) SIN 24-1418 & ON have a one piece fiberglass belly skin.-19 --_7 9 0---0s--7i2 FIVESEPARATE BELLY SKINS ALUMINUM S/N . 20. Wing . Repaintto match the aircraft..SKIN They are flush mounted covers and when installed continue the aerodynamic contour of the wing.___ _ . Wing skin.fuselage attach points. 17. Controltube guide blocksand flighttimer.040 thickness.040 thickness.removefor access. Elevator and rudder controls .I] 0-. 1. Gyro compassflux valve (one of these.032 thickness. Fueltank access.PLATES . Aileronbellcrankand controlrods. (fueltank) 3.FIGURE 57-5 LEGEND FOR FIGURE 57-5. 10.-19 -2 7. D. 12-98 57-30-00 7 .025 thickness.. Wing skin . Wing skin . 8. depending on installedequipment). 18. 11. 5. 12.rod end bearings.=4-0001 THRU 24-1417 -- 7--0 3 ([]00 3-- _ 7 0__0__9 i9- 17 8-49---ii _4 19 .025 thickness. OAT probe. rightwing only._= _-. SIN 24-1418 and ON have a one piece fiberglassskin that can be removed to gain access to component located inthat area. 9. Fueltank filler. Pitot post._fueltank) 2. 7.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION . 4. I M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL C. 15. 6.050 thickness. 13...-- _ H 4- 17 DNE PIECE L FIBERGLASS J BELLY SKIN S/N 24-1418 THRU £4-T3A 5-- 6 -- l TOP LEFT WING 19-- --13 16 -5 14 15 BOTTOM SMJ57-5 0 --9 LEFT WING O0 =- -6 WING SKINS AND INSPECTION COVERS . Wing skin .(leftwing only). Wing skin .. Main landinggear retractionspring. _ 19-. Strobe lightpower supply. bellcranks.plumbingand controlbellcranksenclosed withinthewing. Auto pilotservos. 18. 19. Controltube guide blocks.. Use Avex 1604-0412 blind dyers to attach the wing tip to the top and bottom skins. 57-30-00 .

The intemal structureof the flaps consistsof a leading edge extrusion(5) trailing edge stiffener (6). ribs (7) and top and bottomskins (8).FLAP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Refer to Section27-50-00 for removal and installation procedures. 57-40-00 -ATTACH FITTINGS Refer to Section 57-00-01 for wing fuselage attachment.FIGURE 57-6 57-40-00 8 12'98 3 4 . 57-50-11 . Any access covers that are riveted in place are required for manufacturing only and NOTfor routine inspections. These componentsare riveted together into a leit hand and right hand assembly.FLIGHT SURFACES Refer to Section 27-90-00 for flight control surfaces balancingprocedures 57-50-10 . MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION The flap actuator jack shaft is connected by a push-pull rod end bearing to the actuator bracket (1) (Figure 57-6) locatedjust inboard of the inboardhinge (2).SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J NOTE Access covers on bottom of wing that require removal for inspection intervals are secured with screws. All four hinges(2) and (3) are faired (4) to reducedrag. 4 7 4 8 6 1 7 2 4 3 5 3 3 FLAP ASSEMBLY .FLAPS Refer to Section 27-50-00 for maintenance and rigging procedures. 57-50-00 .

i6 BEI'AIL I _ _'v'/]]ETAIL 5 2 A I0 B ]]ETAIL C /_'_o_ SMX57-7 AILERON ASSEMBLY .The main spar (1). is attachedto the rear spar (2) through dbs (3). The ailerons are of all metal construction. hinges(6) and balance weights (7) are installed.To completethe controlsurface. (Figure 57-7). These components are riveted togetherand a top and bottom skin(4) and (5) dveted to this sub-assembly.FIGURE 57-7 12-98 57-50-20 9 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 57-50-20 -AILERONS Referto Section27-10-00 for maintenanceand rigging procedures. 57-50-21 .The SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL weights (7) are bolted(10) through an outboard rib (8) and bracket(9) on each aileronassembly.AILERON REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Refer to Section 27-10-00 for removal and installation procedures.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J BLANK 57-50-21 10 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

PROPELLER .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 60 STANDARD PRACTICES .

...... PAGE 3 60-EF_CONTENTS I_BLANK ....... 60-00-00 ............. ..... DATE 1/2BLANK .... 60-00-00 .............................PROPELLER LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .....SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 60 STANDARD PRACTICES .. 60-00-00 ... PAGE 60-EIT/Contents....... 1_98 ..... 3 . 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ... ... 4 ................. SUBJECT Gene_l ...................

13 12-98 60-00-00 3 .13-1(*).GENERAL SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CAUTION The standard M20J aircraft has a McCauley Propeller. Repairs may be made to metal propellers in accordance withAC 43. An option for the M20J is a Hartzell Propeller with Q-Tip blades. and in conjunctionwith the definitionsof FAR 43. controlledby a governor for constantRPM settingsat the pilotsdiscretion. Each propellerhas its ownmatchingspinnerassembly. Refer to Textron-Lycoming maintenance publications for engine inspection procedures after a propeller strike. * Currentissueof AC 43.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 60-00-00 + i M20J .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 61 PROPELLERS SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

.. Propeller Assembly ......... 8 ... Propeller Controlling .................... 61-Effectivity ......... .. 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT 61-00-00 61-00-10 61-00-20 61-10-00 61-10-10 61-20-00 61-20-10 61-20-20 61-20-30 61-20-90 61-40-00 ................ DATE 1/2BLANK .... .. 3 .......... ........ Spinner Dome and Propeller Removal ............. ...... Propeller Installation ........... Minor Propeller Blade Repair .. 61-90-20 ................. Propeller Balancing ... 7 .. 61-40-00 ............. ............. 12-98 DATE 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 7 61-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ......................... 61-20-90 ...... 4 .... Propeller Governor Adjustment .......... Propeller Governor Troubleshooting ....... SUBJECT .. 5 ......... 61-20-90 ... ....... Propeller Governor Rigging ............. .. Propeller Governor Installation .......SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 61 PROPELLERS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .................... .................... ... 6 .................................. General ... ... 61-OO-00 ...... ....... PAGE ............................ 61-40-00 ......

Remove spinner dome (2). Refer to propeller manufacturers' overhaul manual for complete maintenance action and time limits. B. Engine lubricatingoil is supplied to a powerpistonin propellerhubthroughthe propeller shall The amountand pressureof oil supplied(0-300 PSI) is controlled by an engine driven governor. As governor oil pressure is reduced.13 (*) for the definition of major or minor repairs or alternations and who may accomplish them. Remove screws (1) from spinner (2). centrifugal twistingmoments and spring force on propellerblades decrease propellerblade pitchand increaseRPM. 43. Spinnerdome removal(if necessary). Approved propeller shops only are authorized for overhaul or major repairs to these propellers. A. C. Govmor oil pressure acting on a piston (and spring) increase propeller blade pitch. (See Textron LycomingService and Maintenance Instructions). (FAR 43) and Federal Aviation Agency Advisory Circular No.(See Figure 61-1) NOTE It is not necessary to remove spinner when removing propeller assembly. 61-00-10 . but interval between overhauls shall not exceed 1500 hours (McCauley) or 2000 hours (Hartzell). Part 43. Propeller overhaulshall coincide with engine overhaul. thus decreasingengine RPM. Referto Federal Aviation Regulations.SPINNER DOME AND PROPELLER REMOVAL 1. Remove doubler plates (3). i I"-- _X \ 7 3 _ l SPINNER DOME & PROPELLER REMOVAL .FIGURE 61-1 12-98 61-00-00 3 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 61-00-00 M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL " GENERAL NOTE The propelleris a constantspeed type which operates by oil pressure opposing natural centrifugaltwisting moment of rotating blades and rome of a spring (in McCauley propellers) to obtain correct pitch for the selected engine load.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

M20J

D. Remove safety wire and loosen bolts (4)
attachingpropellerto engine crankshal_,about 114inch
and pull propellerforward.
NOTE
Bolts (4) will have to be backed out evenly so
that propeller may be pulled forward
(approximately 1/4 inch at a time) until all bolts
are disengaged from the engine crankshaft
flange. As the propeller is separated from the
engine crankshaft, oil will drain from the
propeller and engine crankshaft cavities,

8. INSTALL SAFETY WIRE THROUGH ROLL PINS
SAFETYING BOLTS IN PAIRS.
9. Adjust alternator drive belt tension as outlined in
Section24-31-01.
10. Install spinner dome (5) making sure fiber
washersare installedunder all screws.

E. Pull propeller from engine crankshaft.
F. if necessaryto remove the aft spinnerbulkhead,
remove bolts, washers and nuts (5) attaching
bulkheads to the starter ring gear support.
NOTE
After removal of the propeller, the starter ring
gear support assembly may be removed from
the engine crankshaft to allow easier access of
the aft spinner bulkhead attaching bolts,
Loosen alternator adjusting arm and disengage
alternator drive pulley belt from pulley on aft
face of starter ring gear support assembly.
6t-00-20
- PROPELLER INSTALLATION
1. If aft spinner bulkheadwas removed,re-thstallon
ring gear supped, using bolts, nuts and washers in the
reverse order of removal.
2. If starter ring gear support and aE spinner
bulkhead were removed, clean mating surfaces of
suppo[tassembly and engine crankshaftflange.
3. Place alternator drive belt in the pulley groove of
the starter ring gear support. Fit starter ring gear over
propeller flange bushings on cranksha_,
NOTE
Make sure the bushing hole in the ring gear
support, that bears the identification "O", is
assembled at the "O" identified crankshaft
flange bushing. This bushing is marked "O" by
an etching on the crankshaft flange next to the
bushing. The starter ring gear must be located
correctly to assure proper alignment of the
timing marks on the ring gear.

NOTE
The teflon tape (9) on hub (6) should be
checked for smoothness of tape layers and that
inner bulkhead (7) fits snug as spinner dome is
being installed.
11. Conductoperational and leak check on propeller
installationpriorto flight.
6t-10.O9
, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY
No externallubricationis required on M2OJpropellers.
Preflight inspection should be accomplishedprior to
each flightto determine: if bladeshave been damaged,
if any abnormal Ioosness is evident between hub and
bladesor if there is any evidence ofoil leakage.
6t-t0-10
-MINOR PROPELLER BLADE REPAIR
1. Minor nicks, dents and gouges may be dressed
out by approvedpersonnel;Blend any nicksor gouges
intothe leading edge with smooth curvesor generous
radiias shownin (Figure 61-2). Repaint area to reduce
corrosive action.
61-20.00

- PROPELLER CONTROLLING

61-20-10
-GOVERNOR INSTALLATION
1. Clean mountingpad and bottom of governor.
2. Coat new gasket w/ DOW Coming 7 compound
release agent or equivalent before installation.
3. Installnewgasketon mountingstuds. Insuregaskethas
raisedsurfaceof the gasketscreentowardthe governor.
4. Positiongovernoron mountingstuds, aligningthe
governorspttnes andthe splinesof the accessorydrive.
5. Installall mountinghardware. Torgue nuts.
6. Connectgovernor controlto governorand rig.
NOTE
All dggingto match governorarm Ioction.Do not
adjustgovmor high RPMstopto match the dgging.

CAUTION
Remove all rags or plugs placed in crankshaft
or hub during propeller removal.

61-20-20

4. Clean propeller hub cavity and mating surfaces of
propellerhub and ring gear support.
5. Lightly lubdoate a new O-ring (8) (Figure 61-1) and
the crenkshal_ pilot with clean engine oil and install
O-ring in the propeller hub.
6. Align propeller mounting bolts (4) with proper
holes in engine crankshaft flange and slide propeller
carefully over crankshaft pilot until bolts can be started
in crankshaft flange bushing,
7. "l-_Jhtenbotts evenly and work propeller aft on
crankshaft flange. Tcjhtsn bolts to 55-65 FT-LBS on
McCauley propellers and 60-70 FT-LBS on Hartzell
propellers.
61-00-20
4

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

- PROPELLER GOVERNOR CONTROL
RIGGING

1. Disconnect propeller govemor control rod.
A. Remove cotter pin, nut, bolt and washers from
rod end at propeller governor control arm.
B. Remove bracket installed with propeller
governor mounting bolts.
C. Disconnect control rcd fromgovemorcontrolarm.
2. Adjust control arm spring to minimum tension
which will return control arm to maximum RPM.
3. Push propeller control in cockpit futt forward. Putt
control back approximately 1/8 inch and lock in this
position,

12-98

_

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M20J

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MINOR PROPELLER BLADE REPAIR - FIGURE 61-2
4. Place governor control arm against high RPM stop
screw (325 degrees from governor centerline).
5. Adjust propeller control rod end to coincidewith
thegovernor arm position.
6. Attach control rod end to governor arm and
secure.
7. Operate the propellercontrolfrom cockpitto verify
fulltravel of control arm in both directions,high RPM to
minimumRPM stop.
NOTE
When propeller control rigging is complete,
check controls in cockpit to be sure there is 118
inch cushion between control knob and
adjustment nut on instrument panel. The
control should not bottom out when pushed full
forward,
CAUTION
Recheck safety wire, security and thread
engagement on all engine controls after
adjustment rigging or assembly.
NOTEcan be adjusted by
Vernier controls friction
loosening the lock nut on back side of panel
and either tighten the nut on front of panel to
increase friction or loosen the nut to decrease
friction. Retighten the lock nut on back side to
secure cable to the panel.
NOTE
Takeoff RPM should not exceed 2700 RPM.
(Static RPM may be 50 RPM less than 2700).

61-20-30

- PROPELLER GOVERNOR
ADJUSTMENT

!. Fly aircraft an drecord max. RPM at T/O or cruise
flight atfull power.
NOTE
No adjustment can be done before a test flight
to obtain max. governor RPM.
2. Remove upper engie cowlfor accessto governor.
3. LoosenhighRPM screw jam nut.
4. Turn screw in (CW) or out (CCW) to match RPM
recordedduring governortest flight. One (1) fullturn of
the screw equalsapproximately25 RPM.
5. Tighten jam nut an make propeller control linkage
adjustmentsas necessaryto maintain full travel.
6. Re-dg discennectaed controls and reinstall
cowling.
7. Perform propeller and governor operationaltests.
Fly aircraft and repeat governor test flight and record
max. RPM in flight at max power. Repeat this process
untilthe proper max. RPM setting is achieved.
NOTE
When installing a governor, insure the oil
system is purged of all air by cycling the
propeller seveal times before flight.

12-98

61-20-30
5

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
61-20-90

M20J

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

- PROPELLER GOVERNOR TROUBLE SHOOTING

TROUBLE

PROBABLE CAUSE

REMEDY

Leakage: Between controlshaf_
and head.

-Damaged O-Ring.

Replace with new O-Ring.

Betweenhead and body.

-Damaged head and body
gasket.

Replace gasket.

Betweenmliefvalveplugand body.

-Damaged relief valve plug
gasket.

Replace gasket.

Between body and base.

-Damaged body and base
gasket.

Replace gasket.

Between govemor base and
engine mounting pad.

-Damaged governor mounting
gasket.

Replace gasket.

-Loose governor attaching nuts.

Retighten nuts.

-Warped engine mounting pad.

Consult engine manual.

-Wrong high-RPM governer
setting,

Reset governor external high RPM
adjustment screw.

-Incorrect system dgging.
-Low engine power.

Adjust control system.
Consult engine manual.

-Erroneous reading tachometer.

Calibrate or replace instrument.

-Sticky pilot valve.

Remove head and clean pilot valve with
crocus cloth. Maintain sharp pilot valve
land corners. Check for straightness of
pilot valve; if bent, replace valve.

-Sludge in governor pilot
valve or relief valve.

Disassemble and clean.

-Burrs on pilot valve lands.

Disassemble and clean with crocus
cloth.

-Backlash in governor control
system.

Redg or adjust control system.

-Sticky relief valve.

Inspect for burrs, and clean.

-Erroneous reading
tachometer.

Calibrate or replace instrument.

_Excessive oil leakage in propeller shaft transfer bearing.

Refer to engine manual.

Inability to attain takeoff RPM
dudngflight,

RPM fluctuates. The RPM can
fluctuate +/-30 RPM.

High propeller friction.

Refer to propeller overhaul manual.

Governor function upset by
malfunctioning engine.

Repair engine for smooth operation.
-Air trapped in propeller.

61-20-90
6

-Sticky oilot valve.

Cycle Power Lever from MIN to MAX
several times to purge air.
Remove head and pilot valve. Clean
away sludge and varnish. Check
speeder spring ends for proper settings.

-Bent pilot valve.

Remove head and replace pilot valve.

-Excessive intemal leakage
in governor,

Check rigging and make necessary part
replacements,

12-98

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M20J

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TROUBLE (CONT.)

PROBABLE CAUSE

REMEDY

Excessive over-speeding.

-Wrong governor setting.

Reset governor. Use test rig if
available.

-Damaged or wrong gasket
between governor base and
engine mounting pad.

Install correct new gasket.

-Sticky governor pilot or relief
valve,
-Erroneous reading tachometer.
-High-RPM screw adjusted
too far IN, causingrestricted
arm travel,

Disassemble, clean, and check for
burrs.Replace bent pilot valves.
Calibrate or replace instrument.
Remove control arm and rotate one
serratioaclockwise. Back out
high-RPM screwto required maximum
RPM.(One turn equals 27 RPM.)

-Excessivepropeller
bladeseatfriction,

Examine propellerhub for cause of
friction.

Inability to attain positive high
RPM:

Surging.

61-40-00

- PROPELLER BALANCING

Balancing of the propeller by means of an approved
system is recommended to provide smoother
operation. The vendor system used should be an
approved system and the procedures followed very
carefully.The propeller may have been balanced with
another vendor system previoulsy and may require
removalof
balancing. old balanceweights and/or other means of

Log book entdesmust be made when the propeller is
dynamicallyor staticallybalanced
CAUTION
Place weights, washers, or whatever balance
weights are specified atthe locations specified
bythe balancing procedures. Be careful placing
weights on spinner dome.

12-98

61-40-00
7

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

M20J

BLANK

61-40-00
8

12-98

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

MOONEY AIRCRAFT

CORPORATION

M20J

CHAPTER 71
POWERPLANT

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE

MANUAL

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

M20J

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

CHAPTER 71
POWERPLANT

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT ...........
71-Effectivity .........
71-Contents ..........
71-0O-0O............
71-00-01 ............
71-00-40 ............
71-00-61 ............
71-00-92 ............
71-10-00
...........
71-11-02
...........
7%13-03
...........

PAGE

..........

DATE

1/2BLANK ..........
3/4BLANK ..........
5 ...........
6 ...........
7 ...........
8 ...........
9 ...........
10 ...........
11 ...........
12 ...........

12-98
12-98
12-98
12-98
12-98
12-98
12-98
12-98
12-98
12-98

12-98

71-EFFECTIVITY
1/2BLANK

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M2OJ

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 71
POWERPLANT

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT

...........

71-00-00 ........
71-00-01 .........
71-00-10 .........
71-00-20 .........
71-00-30 .........
71-00-40 .........
71-00-60 .........
71-00-61
..........
71-00-70 .........
71-00-80 .........
71-00-90 .........
71-00-91
..........
71-00-92
..........
71-10-00 .........
71-10-01
..........
71-11-00
..........
71-11-01 ............
71-11-02 ............
71-12-00
..........
71-12-01 ............
71-12-02 ............
71-13-00
..........
71-13-01 ............
..............
71-13-02 ............
...........
71-13-03 ............
..............
71-13-04 ............
..............
71-30-00 .........
71-60-00 .........
71-60-01
..........
71-61-00
..........

SUBJECT

........

General ..............
Engine Data ............
Engine Removal ...........
Engine Inspection & Repair ........
Engine Installation ..........
Engine Ground Checkout
........
Fuel Injection Maintenance ........
Fuel Injector Idle & Mixture Adjustment
Starter System Maintenance ........
Engine Mixture Control Rigging .......
Trouble Shooting ...........
Starter Trouble Shooting .......
Engine Trouble 8hooting .......
Engine Cowling ...........
Cleaning,Inspection and Repair .....
Cowling Removal .........
Top Cowling .........
Bottom Cowling ........
Cowling Installation ........
Bottom Cowling ........
Top Cowling .........
Engine Cowl Flap(s) ........
Engine Cowl Flap Rigging .....
(24-0001 thru 24-2999)
Engine Cowl Flap Rigging .....
. . . .
(24-3000thru24-TBA)
Cowl Flap Indicator Adjustment ....
(24-3000thru 24-3410)
Cowl Flap Indicator Adjustment ....
(24-3411thru 24-TBA)
Fireseals ............
Air Intakes ............
Engine Induction System Maintenance
Air Intake Duct Replacement ......

12-98

PAGE
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12

71-CONTENTS
3/4BLANK

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

M2OJ

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

71-00-00

- GENERAL

The M20J SIN 24-0001 and ON has either a TEXTRON-Lycoming IO-360-AIB6D, IO-360-A3B6D or IO-360-A3B6
series engineinstalled.These arefour cylinder,200 H.P., fuel injectedengines.
71-00-01
- ENGINE DATA
AIRCRAFT MODEL .............
ENGINE MANUFACTURER
.............
ENGINE MODEL ...................
BHP (rated MAX) ........................
RPM ...........................
NO. CYLINDERS .........................
DISPLACEMENT (Cu. In.) .....................
BORE (Inches) ........................
STROKE (Inches) .......................
COMPRESSION RATIO ......................
MAGNETOS
Manufacturer ...................
Model . . ......................
...........................
ADVANCE BTC**
.....................
VALVE ROCKER CLEARANCE
(HydraulicTappets Collapsed)
............................
RIGHT MAG FIRES
Top Plugs.........................
BottomPlugs ....................
LEFT MAG FIRES
Top Plugs.........................
BottomPlugs
........................
R bank
FIRING ORDER
........................
FUEL INJECTOR
Manufacturer .......................
Model ........................
OIL CAPACITY (QTS)
.................
OIL VISCOSITY
RECOMMENDATIONS
NOTE:Multi-viscosity
oil is recommended
for all operations.
ALTERNATOR
...............
...............

"..........

Bendix- Scintilla****
D4LN-2021
D4LN-3021
25 Degrees**
028 to 080
R bank
L bank
L bank
1-3-2-4

" ....

AVERAGE AMBIENT
.
AIR TEMPERATURE.
Above60 Deg. F
30 Deg to 90 Deg. F
0 Deg. to 70 Deg. F
Below 10 De_l. F

.

SINGLE VISCOSITY
GRADES *.
.

..............

.

BENDIX
RSA-5ADI
8

MULTI-VISCOSITY
GRADES *

SAE 50
SAE 40
SAE 30,SAE 40
SAE 20, SAE 30

SAE 40 or 50
SAE 40
SAE 20W-40
SAE 20W-30

PRESTOLITE
(24-0001 thin 24-2999) 14V, 60 AMP
(24-3000 thru24-TBA) 28V, 70 AMP

STARTER ..............
.................
SPARK PLUG GAP
Fine Wire ................
Massive ................
MAX CYLINDER HEAD TEMP

M20J
TEXTRON LYCOMING
IO-360-A3B6D***/****
200
2700
4
361.0
5.125
4.375
8.7:1

(24-0001 thru 24-2999) 12V
(24-3000 thin 24-TBA) 24V
015 to .018
015 to .022
..........

475 Degrees F

• Refer to latest edition of LycomingService Instruction No. 1014.
•* Refer to latestedition of LycomingInstructionNo. 1325.
•** EngineModelIO-360-AIB6D (Effective24-0377 and earlierM20J) con be convertedto an IO-360-A3B6D
enginewithSB M20-206 compliance.
•*** S/N 24-3374 thru 24-TBA have IO-360-A3B6 engineconfigurationinstalled.This configurationutilizestwo
Slick Magnetos.
12-98

71-00-00
5

Oil temperature bulb. 7.. Propeller govemor control.Remove engine mounting bolts. 1. Cylinder headtemperature bulb. and f_ings as the_/are disconnected. 11... Engine mounting bolts are properly torqued. Breather hose.. Disconnectthefollowing: A. D. 14.. 10.. Attach hoist to lifting eye at top of crankcase. Drain engine oilsump. hoses. Make surethat all cockpitswitches are OFF. E. Minimum ..... 4. 71-00-30 .. NOTE Make sure the J7763-1 Lord mounts (load bearing) are positioned aft on upper ring and forward on lower. Tachometerddve shatl (if installed).) D.engine to relieve weight from engine mounts. Oil sump is filled to eight quarts.identifyand tag each part as it is removed. 12-98 . Disconnect battery ground cable. F.. Disconnect ignition switch wires from magnetos. #10-32 lower engine mount attach block to fusalage-2Oto 25 Inch Lbs. 8. Engine shock mount bolts-450 to 500 Inch Lbs. 71-00-19 100 PSi 25 PSI 90 PSi 60 PSi ...... Remove propeller(referto section61-00-10)... Slowlyraise engine. Shore up fuselage at tail skid usingshodngstand to preventtail from dropping. E.. D.ENGINE DATA (CON'T. Silver--non-load bearing). Hose clamps-10 to 29 Inch Lbs. D.. H.. E.... NORMAL OIL PRESSURE Maximum . NOTE Positionwasherssame sequenceas when removed. 71-00-20 .. 13. Disconnectheater muff and exhaust tail pipe. S_ightlyli_.... Minimum . C. B. 5. Disconnectvoltage regulatorwires (opt. Rerno_ enginecowl'_gandba_es (SeeSection71-10). C.. Engineinstallationtorquevalues are as follows: A.. 2.. Disconnect the following control linkage: A. -- To assistin installation. Spark plugs-360 to 420 _nchLbs. B..... 3. Tbruttle control B. Tum fuel selector valve OFF... Disconnect engine ground strap.ENGINE REMOVAL -.. Refer to Bendix Maintenanceproceduresfor magnetos. Manifold pressure line. 15. and wires are flee. Vacuum line. Cabinheat ducts (at engine)... Disconnectfuel line at enginefuel pump. B.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 71-00-0t M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL . 16... Oil pressure line. Fuel vent lines (at firewall)..... NOTE IDENTIFY AND MARK SEQUENCE OF WASHERS ON RUBBER BISQUITS AS WELL AS THE ORIENTATION OF THE BISQUITS FOR EACH MOUNTING POSITION. 1. 71-00-01 6 C. 9. 12. hoses. 1/4to 70 inch upper engine mount to fuselage bolts---50 in-lbs..consult engine manufacturer's overhaul manual and service instructions.. Alternate Air. Be surethat all lines... C.) START & WARMUP OIL PRESSURE Maximum . Propeller and spinner are properly torqued. 2. G. (Recheckrod-endsfor properthreadgdplength.. 17..Plug or cap all lines. Oil drain plugs aretightened and safetied. (Gold--load bearing.. Mixturecontrol. WARNING Ground magneto breaker points.ENGINE INSPECTION & REPAIR For specific engine inspection and overhaul instructions. I.. Enginecontrols are properlydggedand safeUed. 6... Reinspect to see that: A.. Disconnectalternator and starterwires.).ENGINE INSTALLATION Reverse the engine removal procedurefor installation..

A. Refer to AVCO LYCOMING maintenance publications for procedures. Cowl flap control rods are connected. S. AA. and wires are pmpedyanchored. T. W. Check magnetos at 1900-2000 RPM with propeller at HIGH RPM blade angle. Check magnetoground connections. fuel selector drain or gascolator. If no oil pressure is indicated within 30 seconds. G. Start engine. K. Oil temperature bulb is tight and safetied. F. Boost pump OFF. Warm up engine until temperature indications are normal. and maintain RPM in the 1000 to 1200 RPM range during warmup and ground run. Clear propeller area. H. 2. Checkbaffles and cowlingfor security. P. etc. Drain fuel sumps. Induction manifolds are secure. Switch from BOTH to RIGHT and check magneto drop.ENGINE GROUND OPERATION CHECKOUT 1. G. Operate all controlsthrough full range to check for binding. Set mixture control at: IDLE-CUTOFF. consult engine manufacturer's overhaul manualand serviceinstructions. Open cowl flaps. All lines. 71-00-60 . Magneto ground wires are properly installed and secured• H. NEVER idle for extended periods at LOW RPM (LOW RPM WILL FOUL SPARK PLUGS).FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE For injection system inspection and overhaul instructions. then. Induction air filter. Cowling is installed and secure (See Section 71-11). Prestarflngprocedure(withaimraltheadedintowind): A. The fuel injection system consists of the following major components: (1) the fuel injector assembly comprised of the servo regulator. H. then return to IDLE-CUTOFF. Starterceble connection is secure. Check engine oil level. Switch back to BOTH until RPM returns to normal. Turn boost pump ON. 12-98 71-00-40 7 . and (3) the four air bleed nozzles. Check oil pressure.and airflow sensing system. Ground run and warmup. Oil filter is installed and secure. • Z. advance throttle slowly to 1200 RPM for engine warmup. I. Ram Air opening between cowling and air induction duct is aligned. Monitor cylinder head and oil temperature instruments for overtempereture. B. Always operate with the mixture control at FULL RICH. tools. X. Set propeller governor control: FULL FWD (HIGH RPM). check for open or broken P-leads. J. O. D. Alternator drive belt(s) tight• I. Fuel connections are tight and pressure checked. Return switch to BOTH.Check for sediment and water. Fuel Injectionlines are fight and pressurechecked. Set thrOttle for 900 to 1000 RPM for one minute. DD. Oil pressure relief valve plug is safefled. Place wheel chocks and set parkingbrake. 3. Exhaust system is secure. G. F. This regulated pressure con-troisthe distributorvalvewhich schedules fuelflow in proportionto airflow. Open throttle 1/4. Oil pressure transducer is positioned correctly so no interference with any part of engine installation. M. R. (2) the flow divider. V. Cylinderhead temperature connectionis secure. N. Push mixture control toward FULL RICH for 3 to 5 seconds. Tum fuel valve ON. Heat shrouds and baffling are installed and secure. J. Switch ignition-starter switch from BOTH to LEFT to check magneto drop. Alternator(s) wiring is secure. Always head the aircraft into the wind during warmup. A smooth drop off past normal is usually a sign of too lean ortoo rich mixture. hoses. Starting procedure_ A. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION C. C. I. check operation. D. advance mixture to FULL RICH. Tachometer drive is secure (if installed). B. shutdown engine and trouble shoot oil system. Manifold pressure lines are tight. If no drop in RPM. Turn ignitionswitch OFF. Engage starter switch. Checkfuel quantity. When engine starts. E.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J F. B. Y. L. Vacuum lines and connections are secure. Engine area is free of loose objects. magneto drop should not exceed 175 RPM on either magneto (drop should be within 50 RPM of each other). Q. Always select HIGH RPM blade-angle setting when ground running the engine. U. BB. fuel control. E.The fuel injection system operates by measuring airflow through the throttle body of the servo valve regulator controland usingthis measurement to operate a servo valve within the control. 71-00-40 . CC. Spark plugs are tight and ignition hamese is propedy installed. Oil pressure lines are tight and pressure checked. installed and secure.

approximately 600 RPM. Loosen Iocknut on control rod end and adjust controlarm rod as required. 71-00-00 -ENGINE MIXTURE CONTROL RIGGING 1. B.adjustidle and mixture as follows: A.STARTER TROUBLE SNOOTING SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL NOTE If above procedures do not result in stabilized idle speed.Care must be exercisedto return the mixture control to full rich before RPM can drop to where engine cuts out. D. NOTE Idle mixture must be adjusted with fuel boost pump on. B. B. 71-00-61 8 12-98 . Check with tester and replace defective wires. if magneto drop is normal. Disconnectmixture control. A. and fuel valves. Adjustment of mixture control arm. 2. C.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 71-00-61 . If RPM changes appreciably alter making idle mixture adjustment during succeeding steps. Check for properthread grip. 71-00-92 . Allowance should be made for weather and field altitude when adjusting idle mixture. Open throttle 1/4. D. 2. 71-00-90 . C. F. -No fuel. proceed with idle adjustment. : : _-I . allow cooling time before re-engaging. Make additionaladjustmentsand checksas required. When idling speed has stabilized. Clean and adjust or replace spark plugs. TEXTRON-LYCOMING OPERATORS MANUAL should be consulted. -: . B. Check magnetos. -Incorrect throttle setting. Clean lines. G. Check for full travel. -Defective spark plugs. Check fuel system for leaks. If above check indicatesthat mixtureistoo lean or too rich.ENGINE TROUBLE SHOOTING TROUBLE Enginewill not start. to check new position. readjust idle speed to desired RPM. -Defective ignition wire. Secure Iocknut. A. Adjustidleto 700-750 RPM.TROUBLE SHOOTING 71-00-91 . and observetachometer for an RPM changeduring leaning process. Repeat step D. Fill fuel tanks. E. For operationin normalor low ambienttemperature conditions. Runup to 2000 RPM to clear engine before proceeding with step D.STARTER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Refer to Section 80 for starter system maintenance procedures. 3. For operation in high ambient temperature conditions. A. and two washers from clevis and mixture controlarm.FUEL INJECTOR IDLE SPEED & MIXTURE ADJUSTMENT 1. Reconnect mixture control. Start engine and warm up in the usual manner untiloil and cylinder head temperatures are normal. Remove nut. C. See Section 24-39-04 for procedure. check idle linkage for looseness. CAUTION Do not operate starter in excess of 30 seconds. bolt. strainers. In the cool of the morning adjust mixture to provide a 50 RPM rise when the mixture contro s slowly pulled to idle cutoff. 71-00-70 . Remove cotterkey. An increase of more than 50 RPM while leaning indicatesan excessivelyrichmixture. Maintain cooling airflow by keeping engine RPM as high as practicaldudng ground runup. NOTE Each time idle speed mixture adjustment is changed. Reverse disconnect procedure to reconnect mixture control.or as high as practical.adjustidleand mixtureasfollows: A.An immediate decrease in RPM (if not preceded by a momentaryincrease) indicatesidlemixture is too lean. pull mixture control smoothly and steadily toward idle cutoff. Close throttle to IDLE. tam idle mixture adjustment in direction required for correction.

-Leak in induction system. Internal failure. -Cracked engine mount. track. and balance. Check and replace if necessary. -Stuck relief valve. Clean injector nozzles. -Incorrect idle speed. If particles are found. Drain and fill tanks with recommended grade of fuel.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL IEQU_BLE Engine does not idle propedy. Check timing. Examine air scoop and remove obstruction. Replace bushing. -Uneven compression. Tighten all connections and replace defective parts. -Partial clogging of injector nozzle or fuel screens. -- M20J . (Extremely dch mixtures are indicated by black exhaust smoke. . Tighten all connections and replace defective parts. Clean points and check timing. Clean points. -Restdction in air scoop. Check compression. Check strainers. Low. -Defective ignition wire. Adjust idle speed. -Faulty ignition. Tighten all connections and replace any defective parts. Replace or repair mount.power and uneven running. Check and replace connectors if required. Clean and gap or replace spark plugs. -Defective spark plug terminal connectors. Clean nozzle or fuel screens. Readjust mixture. out of track. Check oil screens for metal particles. -Induction system leak. Check flow at fuel injector. Engine does not develop full power. Adjust mixture control.) Readjust fuel injector. -Incorrect idle mixture. -Improper fuel. remove foreign material and overhaulengine. or unbalanced propeller. Low oil pressure. Clean injector nozzles. -Leak in induction system. Rough running engine. -Insufficient oil. -Defective mount bushing. -Mixture too lean as indicated by overheatingand backfiring.: ' EEMEDt -Improper magneto operation. -Partial clogging of injector nozzles or fuel screens. Check throttle linkage travel. Improper fuel flow. if found. Check with tester and replace defective wires. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 12-98 71-00-90 9 . -Throttle lever out of adjustment. Clean nozzles or fuel screens. Check Ignition system. -Mixture too rich as indicated by black exhaust stacks.. Check fuel lines for restrictions. -Magneto breaker points not working properly. Check propeller. -Damaged. overhaul engine. Fill sump with oil and inspect screen and filter for metal particles after running engine. -Defective spark plugs.

71-10-00 10 12-98 4. Check and replace. . operate at 75 percent power or higher until oil consumption stabilizes. and loose fasteners. -Low grade of oil. See "High Oil Temperature" in Trouble column below. Use mineral-base oil. Remove two (2) screws from top cowlingon each inboardside of enginecoolingair intakes. 71-10-00 Check compression. inspect cowlingfor dents.The lower cowl (SIN 24-0001 thru 24-3153) containsthe ram-air inlet. Carefullylifttop cowlingoff. -Failing bearings. Check sump for metal particles. Install new rings. Replace gauge. clean. -Dirty oil strainers. -Defective temperature gauge. Clean oil lines and strainers. Drain and fill sump with oil conforming to specifications. remove foreign material and overhaul engine. (Do not over torque fittings). -Obstruction in oil pump intake passage. -High oil temperature. Fill sump with oll of recommended grade and inspect engine for metal particles in screen and filter after running engine. Check oil strainers for metal particles. Check and replace as necessary. Excessive oil consumption. -Defective pressure transducer. -Failure of rings to seat. -Worn rings. . Climb to cruise altitude at full power. -Failing beadngs. Excessive blow-by. -Insufficient oil supply. M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL EP_OE&gLE_AU_ BEMED__ -Air lock or dirt in relief valve. Unlatch cam locks on the aE edge of the top cowlingjust ahead of windshield.ENGINE COWLING 71-11-00 . . Check for obstruction. The oil filler access door is in the top cowling section. Replace transducer. Clean cowl by spraying with solvent (PS-661 or equivalent) and wiping. Install new rings. -Stuck thermostatic valve: -Clogged oil lines or strainers. if found. -Improper piston dng installation. 71-il-01 -TOP COWLING 71-1fi-01 3.ENGINE COWLING CLEANING. Remove (1) screw from each side of top cowling. Drain and fill sump with oll conforming to specifications. If particles found overhaul engine. forwardand outboa_l. Check for worn or stuck rings. -Low grade of oil. INSPECTION & REPAIR 1. 2. Remove and clean oil relief valve. -Oil cooler restdction. Remove and clean strainers.Then unlatchcam lockson each side. landing lightand cowl flaps.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION TROUBLE High oil temperature. At_er cleaning. cracks. 'Defective pressure gauge. Quick-disconnectfasteners attach the cowlingpanels. Replace gauge.COWLING REMOVAL The engine cowling is in two sections. SIN 24-3154 thru 24-TBA containonlythe cowl flaps. Repair defects.

. flap slide insulaflng tube back over cowl disconnect. 4. 3. Close the cowl flaps and measure the distance betweenthe cowlflaps trailingedges and cowling. The top cowling is installedin reversesequence of removal. (24-0001 thru i 24--3153) M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .ENGINE COWL FLAPS 71-13-01 .ADJUSTING -/" A. 5.Adjust per followingprocedures: 1.as shown on the positionindicator. The cowl flaps are riggedfor a flush contourbetween the cowl flaps trailingedges and cowling. locatedon the cockpit console directly under the mixture control. Then return the switch to the center (OFF) position. "cushion"on cowl flap control at the instrument panel when cowl flaps are closed.12 in. (24-0001 thru 24-3153) 71-12-02 . The.COWL FLAP RIGGING (24-3000 thre 24-TBA) The cowl flapsare activatedUP and DOWN by an idler arm connected.switch has three positions: a center (OFF)._ B- E0_L FLAP ROD FLUSH ENGINE COWLING B _/ITH 11_ J_ towardflrewalL C. 71-12-01 -BOTTOM COWLING 1. Unlatch cam lockslocated on bottomof cowlingbetweenor aroundthe cowl flaps. Open the cowlflaps and readjust the linkage rods. Maintain . Carefullylowercowlingclear of spinner and removefrom aircraft. Readjust as required. Cut ty-raps secudng insulatingtubes over knife disconnects. This will decrease the streaking during wet weather. Close the cowl flaps and ensure that cowlflaps are not outside the cowling contour or that the cowl flaps are not preloaded against the nose gear box. PIN 5421. an up (CLOSED) and a down (OPEN) position.1____ COWL FLAPRIGGING (24-0001 THRU 24-2999) FIGURE 71-1 71-13-02 NOTE Check condition of tape on firewall flange where cowling rests. A cowl flap positionindicator is located on the cockpit console adjacent to the flap switch. to the actuatorarm on a geared motor.1) (B).(3M tape. Disconnect knife disconnects and 2. With the cowl flaps open. wide). Disconnect cowl flap control md ends at the quick disconnects located on the cowl flap brackets. prevent the cowl flaps from exceeding the fullopen or full closed position.. 71-13-00 .A cowl flap switch.first" in reverse sequence of removal. Limit switches. . CAUTION Be sure landing lights and cowl flaps are connected prior to installation of top cowling. (Figure 71.when in the closedposition. by a push-pullrod. 3. 71-12-00 . The indicatoris operatedby a cable connectedto the actuatorarm and routed to the indicator on the console (24-0001 thre 24-3410). 12-98 71-11-02 11 . decreasingthe lengthby the measuredamount. activates the geared motor. which are not adjustable. Disconnect landing light wiring connectors near firewall.TOP COWLING 1.COWLING INSTALLATION i '_ F 7_.06 . NOTE Reach up through the cowl flap opening tOcontroldisconneCtrods. (UHMW) 1'. 2.BOTTOM COWLING 1. 4. • NOTE For improved cooling during summer months or above normal temperature operations. The bottom cowling is installed . Unlatch the remaining cam locks on bottomcowlingwhilesupportingthe cowl. Adjust both the left and dght cowl flaps so that in the closed position the outboard trailing edges are flush with the lower engine cowling. cowl flaps may be rigged to have a .25 max inch gap at "B" when at the closed position.has been reached. COWL FLAP RIGGING (24-0001 thru 24-2999) 1. See Figure 71-1. The cowl flaps may be positionedto any angle by selectingthe switcheither UP or DOWN untilthe desired position. .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ' 71-11-02 . A potentiometerelectrically controlsthe LED indicatorfor 24-3411 thru 24-TBA). adjust the linkage rods from the idler arm to the cowl flaps to their maximum length. It is recommended that vinyl tape be replaced with polyethylene tape. The scissorsshould be in an overcenter positionwhen cowl flaps are closed.

Use EC1403 or EC1300L adhesive to secure LOOKING . CAUTION Check security of seal to induction box door. Repeat steps 2 'through 4. 2. 2. The air intake system includes a RAM AIR intake system that is COWL FLAI INDICATOR I SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL seal to door. If removed and replacedfor any reason. 5.panel. 2. FLAP INDICATOR RIGGING . 1. or damaged gaskets. therefore.FIGURE 71-2 (24-0001 THRU 24-3410) 71-13-04 -COWL FLAP INDICATOR ADJUSTMENT (24-3411 THRU 24-TBA) 1.AIR INTAKES 71-60-01 "_ 2 / duct permits alternate air to enter the engine from within the engine valve cowling. 12-98 . filtered or in the ram-air duct (24-0001 to permitthru the selectionof unfiltereddirect ram air. air filter mountsinthe air intake duct. if necessary. G. until no further adjusment is required. 4. Readjust push-pull cable wire at actuator arm.FIRESEALS The engine coolingair intakes and exits are calculated for optimumcooling requirements and minimumdrag. 3. 3. the filter should be removed and cleaned every 25 hours or more frequently under dry and dusty operating conditions. AdjustR1 on AID board. 71-2." AT CENTER CONSOLE FROM RIGHT SIDE { COWl.for proper indicatortravel and secure. Position the actuator and indicator in the down position. portin the lower cowlingand Ram air entersthrougha /___¢:_ _'/ /_ . shouldbe sealed alter routing the cable or wire assembly from the engine compartment into the cockpit area.ENGINE INDUCTION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE - is ducteda to theAir fuel injector. 71-30-00 Firewall fireseals and grommets. The engine inductionair intake is an aluminum duct that picks up impact air and routes it through the air filter to the engine injector assembly. Insertcable thru drilled bolt (2) in actuator arm (1) and tighten. A dry-type. 71-60-00 . door should A spring-loaded in The the alternate induction air system intake be inspected for proper preload and condition per 100 1 hour inspection in SECTION 5-20-06. Positioncowlflaps to OPEN position. Clean the dry-type induction air filter with compressed air.. as required.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 71-13-03 M20J . Normal engine operating temperatures are at the optimumto facilitateengine efficiency. Alter installation cover cable or wire and grommet undemeath the flreseal with Coast Pro-Seal 700 on engine side of firewall. to illuminatetop bar in display. to illuminate bottom bar on display. On aSIN 24-0001 thru 24-3153 Ram control moves two-positiondoor manually operated 24-3153). Replace the filter if it has a damaged housing. (24-3000 THRU 24-3410) 1. Cycle cowl flap system to vedfy proper movement of indicator. Filter maintenance is directly related to engine wear. to Section 12-20-01). Make certain that the filter is tightly sealedand securelyfastened in place. 71-13-03 12 . Cycle cowl flaps actuation system a minimumof five timesto insurefree movementofthe indicator. Adjust cowl flap p0tentiometer on aircraft. Reverse the air filter removal procedure for reinstallation. (Ref. Reference Fig.tom element. 1. whichever occurs first. Positioncowl flaps in closed position. 71-61-00 -REPLACEMENT AIR INTAKE DUCT When the air induction duct must be replaced it is essential that the duct be positioned exactly as the odginal installation to prevent any interference with the cowling. 4.COWL FLAP INDICATOR ADJUSTMENT 6. Replace the filter alter 500 operating hours or once each year.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 72 ENGINE SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

...... DATE 1/2BLANK ................................ 72-50-00... SUBJECT General ..... 72-00-00 ......... PAGE .... 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ..... 72-50-00 ... 72-00-00............... Lubrication ....... 4 .... ........ PAGE 3 3 72-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK . 72-Eft/Contents..SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M29J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 72 ( ENGINE LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ... . 12-98 .................................... 3 .....

Oil Pressure Relief Valve. (1). The engine lubrication is a pump. Oil Cooler Thermostatic Bypass Valve.The oil relief valve should be disassemblied.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 72-00-00 . wet-sump system with asystem gear-driven An oil coolerattaches to the firewall on the M20J model. 100 PSI MAX duringenginewarmup). 60297-12 and Overhaul and Maintenance ManualNo. 12-98 72-00-00 3 . 90 PSI MAX. and cleaned when excessivefluctuationsin oil pressure are noted. inspected. Using a spacer (LycomingPIN 73629 or 73630) under the cap decreasespressure. The oil pressure relief valvemaintainsoil pressurewithinspecified limits. A. 26 PSI at IDLE. full-pressure. Lbs. Tightento a torqueof 18 .This valve allowsoil to bypassthe oil coolerwhen the coolerbecomes obstructed or when oil congeals in the cooler due to low ambient temperatures. 3. FilterServicing. 1. 72-50-00 . however. (Oil pressure:60 PSI MIN.20 ft. Oil Filter Removal and Installation. The oil coolerthermostaticbypass valve or vematherm valve is not adjustable. Remove old filter and replace with new filter after light film of oil has been spread on gasket.The oil filter is locatedat the rear end of the oil sump.The valve is not adjustable. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 2. the addition of a maximum of three (TEXTRON-LycomIng P/N STD 425) washers under the cap will increase pressure.GENERAL Refer to TEXTRON-Lycoming Operators Manual No. 60294-T f or detailedinformationon above topics.ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J BLANK 72-50-00 4 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 73 ENGINE FUEL SYSTEMS .

... 73-31-01 ....... Druck Transducer Test Procedure .. Fuel Flow Transducer ... 73-31-00 .. 73-31-06 ........... Indicating ...... 73-00-00 ...................SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 73 ENGINE FUEL SYSTEMS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ................... 73-31-02 .......... 12-98 3 3 3 3 6 7 8 8 8 8 73...... 73-31-04 . .................. ...... 73-Effectivity ................................... 73-30-00 ...................................EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ........ PAGE General . Troubleshooting ALCOR Fuel Management Systems ... 73-31-94 ...... SUBJECT ........ FT-101 SYSTEM ALCOR-TRU FLOW SYSTEM SHADIN SYSTEM General Operating Procedures ......... 3 ....General System Description Panel Mounted Instrument............... .. Test Function ....... 5 ............ 73-31-91 ....... 73-50-00 .................. .... Fuel Flow System ....... 4 .. 7 ..... ............ 73-31-05 .. Troubleshooting "FT 101" Fuel Management Systems .... 73-31-03 ....... 73-31-02 ........ 73-81-01 ...... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ...... 73-31-03 ........ DATE 1/2BLANK ............................. 6 ...... 8 .................................... PAGE ................. 73-00-00 .....

.The FT-101 microprocessor continuouslystores and updates the totalizecl fuel quantity in a random access memory chip... POWER SUPPLY .The programmingswitch block (see Figure 73-2) IocateP inside the FT-101 panel mounted unit has several arrangements to change data readout if desired..... ..MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J 73-00-00 .... Refer to LycomingOperators or Overhaul Manual for specific instmcfions..... INTERNAL SWITCH ARRANGEMENT .....The microprocessorin the FT-101 contains a crystal controlled oscillator that controlsall timing and computingfunctions for precise fuel flowand tutalizingcomputations.. see (Figures 73-t and 73-2). SWITCH ARRANGEMENT $1 $2 ON ON OFF OFF . The systemis designed for use in all single enginefuel injected aircraft having no more than 60 GAL/HR continuous consumption or 78 GAL/HR Intermittent consumption... 4. 73-30-00 .... GALLONS .. M . ..7 milliampsat 12 VDC.... LITERS ... MEMORY . MICROPROCESSOR ... .... 3.... The drain on the aircraft battery =ssmall due to the low power CMOS memorychipwhichusesonly 0. poundsor liters as the situationmay require...(see Figure 73-1)......The display uses one minilamp and four seven segment incandescent digits that are fully sunlight readable and dim automatically during night and low lightflight conditions...... The Total Fuel Used quantityis retainedduring aircraft shutdown by connectingthe FT-101 memory wire to the aircraft battery through a memory switch..... 2.... FUNCTION .. ON OFF ON OFF SWITCH ARRANGEMENT $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON NA NA NA NA NA NA FT-101 TRUTH TABLES FIGURE 73-1 12-98 73-00-00 3 ... HH ........ ..........CTakeOff power)...Litersor Imperial Gallons (Alcor) depending on internal switch arrangement.This informationis displayedin one of the followingformats US Gallons.. ...... H ... POUNDS ...... DISPLAY.... Pounds.FACTOR .. L . SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FT-101 (SYMBOLIC DISPLAYS-SDI) 1. .. 3... $3 thin $7 can be positionedin vadous arrangements to change fuel flow readoutto galIons... The fuel flow system is designed to maximize the efficiencyof fuel system management by displaying the fuel consumption rate (fuel flow) of the engine and the preciseamount of fuelthe engine has consumed.. K.....INDICATING 73-31-00 -FUEL FLOW SYSTEMGENERAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The Fuel Flow totalizer system utilizes the latest in microcomputer technology products.. for "K" factor description).. ....GENERAL The engine and its accessories am certificatedunder TEXTRON-Lycoming Type Certificate..The FT-101 powersupply is a high speed switching regulator type for optimum efficiencyand the lowestpossible power drain on the aircraftelectricalsystem....... . 73-31-O1 -PANEL MOUNTED INSTRUMENT The panel mounted instrument contains all system electronicsand may be divided intofour groups. FT-101 SWITCH ARRANGEMENT . ............ The system consists of a panel mounted instrument and a fuel flow transducer which is installed in the aircraftfuel line.. Switches $1 and $2 (see Figure 73-1) should not be changed unless the transducer "K" factor of a replacementtransducer differsfrom the original unit's "K" factor (see Section 73-31-02..... 5.....

which also removes connector latch._.o o o o o o o o o "IZ) o o iooo o o ! o o o ooo o o o o o o oooo o o UNITS O O O O O O O O O UNITS L A _ J_) o -_o o8 I N73-31 TRU-FLOW UM ERARRANGEMENTF. 6 7 Alcor contactarrangement.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 2. Dissassemble the at static controlled DOfor 3. INTERNAL CONTACT ARRANGEMENT . The display is back lighted and features automaticdimmingthrough a photosensor.ircuit connected to the battery.ta . K5 b---Oqo iCL_DJ o K7 b----O] 0 o LO__OJ O Io ol O LQ_QI o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O o o o o o o o o o o o o N N N N K-FACTI]R_ NOT USED_ UNITS CAUT. Refer workstation.The TRU FLOW 1 microprocesser IN_INSULATOR ' luantity..The unit features a liquid crystal display(LCD) to indicate fuel flow and total fuel used simultaneously.=nvironment. ELECTRONICS .. '

1 t-HOUSING _o_ . The total fuel usedquantity is retained dudng aircraft shutdown through a low power drain memory . (See Section 73-31-02. indicator for K-fac )r adescrpton). 3. K1 K3 STEP 1. Remove 4 screws (2 on rear of indicator.e be changed uness the K-factor of the transducer has changed due to replacement.ontinously 1 indicator updates has and several stores arrangements the inside total to fuel change used .S._/_C_K_ FT-101 SWITCH ARRANGEMENT. and 2 on side).. Then remove electronic assembly by simultaneously pushing on rear connector and pulling on front bezel. MEMORY ... DO NOT BEND THE BOARD CONNECTOR PINS.at.The INSULATOR _S-REWSC _'__joT configuration selection block located the TRU FLOW . GALLONS IMP.GURE73-3 12-98 . 4. to Fgure 73-3 NOT LEAVE THE iNDICATOR UNTIL IT HAS BEEN REASSEMBLED. DISPLAY .ON Some components in the indicator can be damaged by static electricity.The TRU FLOW 1 amplification systemis located in the indicator away from the engine .The TRU FLOW 1 operates on a low )ower requirement and is protected against voltage _urges. L K L K U.. GALLONS 0 K-FACTOR_ NFIT US O0 o o o 73-31-01 4 K prlUNDS L K-FACTOR K LITERS JO00 000 000 i.FIGURE 73-2 TRU FLOW 1 (ALCOR) 1..

0 84.boardsto the standoff.0 86. Determine the K-factor to be selected to match the K-factor of the Flowscan 201-B transducer. Softwarebasic # and revision level. TEST FUNCTIONS AND ERROR MESSAGES Press "TEST" button.0 87.factor as old unit. par[ B. system will display the following: 1.0 82. # Display will read K-Factor Sw.0 81. CAREFULLY LINE UP THE PINS. Remove front bezel assembly from main assembly by grasping edges and slowly pulling bezel from main assembly. When "test routine" is completed. Locate the circuit board and the CONFIGURATION SELECTION BLOCK inside the indicator. Remove can from indicator 2. Use one of the following K-factors to match: Flowscan Alcor K-Factor Transducer Code Code L EQUATES TO K7 M K5 H K3 HH K1 Arrangethejumpers according to Figure 73-3. Loran-C (GPS) distances as shown on Loran-C (GPS) receiver to check Data Interface Integrity. STEP 5. 4. then reinsert to select the appropriate K-factors and units. Reposition the jumpers according to the examples in Figure 73-3.) L M H IndicatorSetting 3 or 85000 82000 85000 87000 To change K-Factor in Shadin Minifio display unit: 1. STEP 7. Aeresonic Transducer Floscan Transducer SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL NOTE Repnsition the jumpers by grasping with needle nose pliers and pulling straight up to remove them. Locate switch "0".0 85. Atter reposiUoning the jumpers. Figure 73-6) 3.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J STEP 2. Program checks hardware and display. partA. reassemble the indicator in the reverse order of disassembly. the word "LbAd" will be displayed. Determine the desired unit of measurement. STEP 9.0 12-98 73-31-01 5 . # Display will read K-0 K-1 K-2 K-3 K-4 B A 9 8 7 88. Remove one of the two screws holding the main assy. if not "bad" is displayed and system is to be considered unserviceable untilcorrective action is taken. "good" is displayed. power up indicator and check configuration. K factor setting in flow window (pulse count per gallon). Display units (Gal. If system is not capable of reading Loran-C (GPS) data.(Figure73-5).0 80. If fuel flow or quantity used totals do not match actual values after several hours of flying contact the manufacturer (Alcor) for trouble shooting procedures. DO NOT BEND THE PINS.0 79. Set switch to one of the following positions: K-Factor Sw. otherwise errors will occur. Transducers are pre-set by manufacturer and display unit must be set to agree with transducer setting. part of checking internal settings. STEP 6. STEP 8. 3. Alter reassembly. STEP 10. STEP 4.For approximately 2 seconds the dght side of the indicator display will depict numbers that indentifythe configurationsof units. If test is successful. 2. (Ref. SHADIN SYSTEM SHADIN SYSTEM MEMORY System includes a non-volatile memory for retaining basic settings and Fuel Remaining and Fuel Used dudng power shut down..Refer to table below: K-Factor 3 (85000 pulses/gal.8). This number MUST match pulse count stamped on fuel flow transducer.0 K-5 K-6 K-7 K-8 K-9 6 5 4 3 2 83. STEP 3. REPLACEMENT OF SHADIN SYSTEM COMPONENTS Replacementof either flow flow transducer or display unit must have new units set to same K.Separate the boards by graspingthe edges and pullingthem apart. LB 5. Pdnt the K-factor and unit of measurement on the dot label located on the back orthe Indicator case.

Pull transducer and hoses awayfrom engine as far as possible. factorSame unitScode "K" factor when ordering as the 4. Specify "K" thebeing number of pulses per second new.6 gallonsper hour. The turbine flow transducer. TRU-FLOW 1 CONFIGURATION . washers and bolts from transducer and bracket.S. Disconnect the hose nuts from transducer fittings. E. ie. The transducer is rated for a continuousoperation to 60 gallons per hour.85 X U. or HH scribed on the end of the serial no. GALLONS 3 = IMPERIALGALLONS 2 = POUNDS'(5. G. _ _ .n_ A SDUCERi -_ u_ replaced.FIGURE 73-5 73-31-02 6 12-98 .- FLOW . F. Cut and remove ty-raps from insulator sleeves on knife disconnectsof electricalwires. H. The transducer design is fail safe. Note positionof fittingson oldtransducer. Fuel flow transducer(replacement)installation. . 3. complete rotor blockagecannot interruptfuel flow. See Section 71-10-00 for procedures. H. replacement transducers should have the _ cDnjE_'l'_lo_ .FA TOR . The rotor movement is sensed when notchesin the rotor interruptan infra-red light beam between a light emitting diode and a photo-transistor. 2 = K2. GALLONS) K-FACTORS ARE DISPLAYEDAS ACTUAL K-FACTOR RANGE. The transducerlife expectancyis 1500 hours. 2.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION Transducers are categorized by output for a given GPH flow rate ("K Factor)". Disconnecttheknifediscennects. measures flow of fuel.FUEL FLOW TRANSDUCER 1. : K . Slide insulationsleevingup on electdcalw!re harness. This will be noted as: L. Loosen and remove nuts. cowling from aircraft./ UNIT OF MEASUREMENT TOTAL J UNITS: 4 = U. Cap all linesto preventcontamination. M. TURBINE FUEL FLOW TRANSDUCER . etc.A neutrally buoyant rotor spins with the liquid between V-jewel bearings.S. Remove top and bottom transducers. Thetransducersuppliesthefuelflowindicatorwith a pulse signal from a self contained opte-electronic pickup. .the transducer is accurate down to 0.. mounted in the enginefuel line. In addition. t iCO El . Fuel flow transducer removal. r_ SOFTWAREVERSIONNO.FIGURE 73-4 73-31-O2 A. For accurate readings.The transducershould now be free for removal. Remove safety wire from flresleeve around turbinetransducer and unwrapfiresleeve to exposethe transducer. B. C. D. 5. 1 = K1.

D. Total Fuel Used may be displayed by pressing and holding the USED/TEST buttonon the rightof the instrument. Notethe positionof fittingson old transducerand placethem insimilarposiflononthe newtransducer. the display will stop flashing and read fuel flow. located on the left of either instrument. Turn on the aircraft master switch.0). 12-98 73-31-03 7 . The aircraft should be topped with fuel before each flight so the total usable fuel will be known.0) by depressing and holdingthe RESET button for at least 1 second. H. 73-31-O3 . E. C.GENERAL OPERATING PROCEDURES 1. After starting the aircraft engine.0) fuel flow. for at least 1 second. SeciJresleeving withty-raps. I I J1 L 27cxxx [SN73-SHA SHADIN FUEL PLOW C ROUITFIGURE 73-B NOTE The "K" factor of the replacement transducer should match the "K" factor of the replaced unit. Turn on the aircraft master switch. 2. Correct any leaks or discrepancies.Total Fuel Used will be displayed as long as the USED/TEST buttonis depressed (or for 2 seconds). Tighten all nuts on fuel hoses and bolts to securethetransducer. The RESET button has a one half second delay to prevent accidentalreset. A. the FT-101 will flash zero (000. Push and hold the reset button. The totalizer function in both systemsbe used as a single flighttotalizer or as a long term totalizer.Both methods are explained below. F. Connect the knife disconnects and slide insulatingsleeving over connections. The TRU FLOW 1 will display the configuration unit and K-factor on the right side of display window (Refer to Figure 73-5). SINGLE FLIGHT TOTALIZER. Refer to "NOTE" following Section 73-31-02. _) U1 i ]_'l RN.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION us M20J us SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL II [U9 i374HC74II I. the FT-101 will begin displaying fuel flow. The TRU FLOW 1 displays both functions simuitaneoulsy. When all adjustments have been made and all connections checked for security. On activating the aircraft electrical system. the FT-101 will continuouslydisplayfuel flow. G. paragraph 3 for detaUed explanation. Wrap flresleeving over transducer and secure into positionwithsafetywire. NOTE Installation of the newtransducer may affect the engine fuel flow adjustment. This number may be reset to zero (0. washers and nuts. I us \ -[E. This flashingis a reminderfur the pilot to reset or check the fuel used number by pressing either the RESET or USED/TEST buttons. Leak check all fuel connectionsby pressudzing the fuel lines with boost pump. A. install the cowling per Section71-12-00. Connect the new transducer to bracket using belts. Connect hose nuts to transducer fittings. tighten. On activating the aircraft electrical system. Once the RESET or USED/TEST button is depressed. the FT-101 display will flash zeros (000. CAUTION Make sure the hoses are not being put into a bind or twist when securing the transducer to the bracket. On startingthe engine. B. It is recommended that the procedures of Section 71-00-00 be followed to assure engine is set up for proper operation.-L.'I. whichever comes first. Total fuel used may be checked by depressingthe USED/TEST button.

LONG TERM TOTALIZER. remove connector from unit. B.Improperwiring.or =HH" inscribedafter the serial number. 2. If after makingthese checksyou still do not isolatethe problemor do not find a problem. ERRATIC INDICATIONS A. 1. check clockfor operation. B. B.TEST FUNCTION A test function is provided in the FT-101. Check RED wire for bus voltage. To use the test function. Check BLACK wire for A/F ground. The Alcor unit will displayfuel flow and totalused from pastflights. 10130 Jones-MaltsbergerRoad. (5) If voltage present. DOES NOT INDICATE A. B. PC Box 32516. . . the will fuel flow9999 and continuecounting fuelFT-101 used up todisplay 999. D. so the pilot may vedfy that all digits are functioning pdor to each flight.8). contact Alcor. 3. check wiringfrom transducerto Pin 3 of indicator. wires. 73-50-00 . . Checkwidng forloose connections. replace transducer.DRUCK TRANSDUCER TEST PROCEDURE Referto Section 79-40-00 12-98 . Check transducer K-factor. 78284. (1) Check =Fuel Flow Memory"switchON. check widng from transducerto Pin 6 of indicator."H". Tx. Remove indicator from instrument panel and case.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J B. The letter "L". changeindicator. Whenever transducer or indicator is replaced. Displayszeros (withengine running) (1) Remove cowling for access to transducer. Loses memory when "MASTER" switch is turned OFF. telephone (210) 349-3771 for further assistance.Impropertransducerinstallation. CAUTION . replace transducer. 4. (2) If switchis ON.replace FT-101. INACCURATE READINGS A.9 gallons. (3) If clock inoperative. pounds. 73-31-05 -MANAGEMENT TROUBLESHOOTING FT-101 FUEL SYSTEMS Troubleshootingthe FT-101 fuel management system should be approached in a systematic manner. San Antonio. MEMORY LOSS A. (3) If RED wire does not have bus voltage.TROUBLESHOOTING THE TRU FLOW 1 (ALCOR) FUEL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM If problemis determined to be in the indicatorand all transducerand wiring checks have been made. Check switch settings and correct to match transducer. If OK. (4) If BLACK wire is not grounded. Memory scrambles when engine starts. Check wiring for intermittent shorts. depress and hold the USED/TEST button two times within one second and the FT-101 will display all eights (888. All problemscan be put in one of five categories: .Improper operation due to lack of knowledge about the system. or 9999 liters depending on the model.Inoperativetransducer. contactthe Product SupportDepartment of Mooney AircraR Company for further assistance. (2) If no increase in voltage is seen on WHITE wire as flow increasesor if too high a voltageindication isseen with noflow."M". On activating the airoreit electdcal system.0) fuel flow. Tum on the aircraft master switch.. Remove insulating sleeving from connections on all 73-31-04 8 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 73-31-06 . the FT-101 will flash zero (000. care must be taken to set indicator switches to match transducer. Check transducer for foreign particles.replacefuse at battery. 73-31-04 . No display.check Pin 9 for buss voltage. (4) If no problem found. NOTE Each switch setting changes reading by approximately 2 %. C.Check Pin 1 of harnessconnector for bus voltage. ExchangeFT-10_ for modifiedunit. (1) Remove connector from indicator. If all checks OK. If settings are OK.Inoperativecomputer or main instrument. Check Pin 8 for airframe ground. Check WHITE wire for 2-3 volts with no fuel flow and increasing to near bus voltage at fullflow. change transducer. Depress and hold the USED/TEST button the FT-101 willdisplaythe total fuel used from previousflights. Inc. DO NOT push the RESET button! On starting the engine.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 74 ( IGNITION SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

................ .... Installation & Timing ... . 12-98 3 3 3 3 3 3 74-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ....... ............ 74-30-00 ...SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 74 _ ! IGNITION LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .... DATE 1/2BLANK ............................. 74-00-00 74-10-00 74-10-01 ........ PAGE 74-Effectivity/Contents ..... Switching ......... 4 . Ignition System Troubleshooting .... Engine Firing Order .................................. SUBJECT ........ 74-10-02 74-20-00 74-30-00 ........................... 74-00-00 .............. .. Magneto Inspection.. Electrical Power .. PAGE General ... Maintenance.... ................. 3 ........ .. .. 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT " ....

) 12-98 74-00-00 3 . Checkmagneto-to-enginetiming.Turn the key clockwisethrough R. Release of the key. A. The magneto then will fire at its advanced firing position. 2. Engine Roughness.push forward on key while in START and the starter relayis energized. should be complied with for improved starting. (See SECTION 74-00-00 for grounding sequence. The Magneto/Starter switch is connected to the magneto grounding wires ("P" leads) of both magnetos. INSTALLATION & TIMING 3. Install newsparkplugs. MagnetoDrop Out of Limits. A.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 74-00-00 M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL . L and BOTH to START position. The magneto/starter switch combines both ignition and startingfunctions. installation and timing. Inspect contact breaker points for proper clearances. C. When the engine starts. Hard starting. 74-20-00 . Check spark plugs and leads. or later revision.GENERAL engines are equipped with Bendix 2000 or 3000 Sedes magnetos. 74-10-02 C. Check plug leads for detedoretion. Turning this switch from "BOTH" to "OFF" or from =R" to "L" to "OFF" will ground out both or either magneto.IGNITION SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING 1.ENGINE FIRING ORDER 74-30-00 . B. B. Assure thatthe impulse couplingis operating. maintenance.FIGURE 74 -1 . The magneto incorporates an impulse coupling that retards the spark for starting. MAINTENANCE. counter weights hold the impulse coupling latch pawls away from stop pins. B.ignition system per TEXTRON-Lycommg Service Manual Section 4.will return the switchto the BOTH positionwhere both magnetosare operative. Refer to engine and magneto manufacturers Service Manual for magneto inspection. after engine starts. 74-10-00 . Check magneto contact points for burning and dirt accumulation.SWITCHING . A.Check magneto timingto engine. NOTE Service.At the R positionthe left magnetois groundedand atthe L positionthe rightmagnetois grounded. In the OFF positionboth magnetosare grounded.MAGNETO INSPECTION.ELECTRICAL POWER 74-10-01 ENGINE FIRING ORDER . NOTE Mooney Service Instruction M20-59A.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ BLANK 74-30-00 4 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 76 ENGINE CONTROLS .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CURRENTLY NOT BEING USED 12-98 76-ENGINE CONTROLS 1 .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M2OJ BLANK 76-ENGINE CONTROLS 2 12-98 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 77 ENGINE INDICATING .

.............. 77-Eft/Contents... General . 77-10-03 ... 77-20-01 .... 77-00-00 ........ Cylinder Head Temperature ............................... 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ........... Power Indicating ....... 12-98 PAGE 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 77-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ................... PAGE . 77-00-00 ........ Manifold Pressure .................. 3 .. 4 .........SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 77 ENGINE INDICATING LIST OF EFFECTIVEPAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ................................. 77-20-00 ........ SUBJECT ........................... 77-10-02 ........ Temperature Indicating ....... Fuel Flow Indicating System ....... 77-20-02 .. 77-10-02 . Tachometer .. Ranges ..... 77-10-01 .... Exhaust Gas Temperature .... 77-00-01 ... 77-10-00 ......... DATE 1/2BLANK ..................

Tachometer. -Rough spot on. C. ReUmemagnetos -Isolation resistors at mag. Green arc---1950 to 2700. 3.TACHOMETER (S/N 24-0001 thru 24-1417) These aircraft have a mechanical installation. or by pressurefrom engine inductionsystem. It is recommendedthat all engine indicatingcomponentsbe checkedat each 100 hour or annual inspectionto vedfy proper operation.RANGES POwer plant instruments operate electrically through variations in resistance caused by pressure or temperature changes. Range--+70 to -70 AMPS 24-3000 thru 24-TBA C. Green arc--14. Replace instrument. Yellow arc--1500 to 1950 RPM (1600-1950 S/N 24-0001 thru24-0377 except24-0084). by vadations _n current output caused by varying engine RPM or alternatoroutput. Two 15K ohm resistors are in series between the "L" and "R" terminals and the connection of these two wires and the single wire going to the tachometer. A. Ammeter. 2. C. 30 PSI MAX. Green arc--150 degreesto 245 degrees F. Calibrated instruments may be "Tee'd" into the J_harticular systems for a compadson check between em and the aircraft'sinstruments. TACHOMETER TROUBLE SHOOTING. must be operatingproperly to preventengine damage. orsharp bend in shalt. Yellow arc--(1) Idle range--25to NOTE The oil pressure relief valve may be honed to improve low idle oil pressure. The electric tachometer on SIN 24-3000 thru 24-TBA gets its signal from a second set of breaker points in the magneto. 77-10. 100 PSI MAX. Tolerance--3 degrees F. A. protect the magnetos from grounding out if a short develops in the tachometer. Range--+60 to 24-2999 -60 AMPS 24-0001 thru B. located immediately adjacent to the Magneto/Starter switch inside the insulating sleeve. Cylinderheadtemperaturegauge.0 PSIto 30 PSI. 4.01 . B. Replace instrument. A.01 . These two resistors.00. Normaloperatingrange 10. Replace shaft.0 In. 60 PSI. 77.0 to 35.probes. B. Fuel pressure gauge. increased in resistance value Replace resistors. Pointer Oscillates excessively. Tolerance--1. Redline---475degreesF. -Broken wire Check & repair wiring. C. 12-98 77-00-00 3 . Red line---2700. Oiltemperaturegauge. 5. -Magnetotimingtoo wide betweenmags.. Oil pressure gauge. A. POWER INDICATING 77-10. Red line---14 MIN. sw. The tachometer counts the impulse and records the correct RPM. TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY No permanent or intermittent indicator reading.00 . transducers. tachometer The electric tachometer (24-0001 thru 24-2999) counts ignition pulses from the magneto to indicate engine speed in revolutions per minute (RPM). -Broken shaft. A. -C/B out (IGN/CIG LTR) Reset C/B. ManifoldPressureGauge A. Red line--245 degrees F. 7.00 M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL . -Faulty instrument. -Excessivefriction in instrument. B. (2) Starting & warmup range--90 to 100 PSI.GENERAL Engine indicatinginstrumentsand their sending units. B. Hg.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 77-00. Green arc--300 to 450 degrees F. The tachometer is connected to the "L" and "R" terminals on the Magneto/Starter switch and senses the magneto impulses through this wire connection. B. 1. 6. Repair or replace shaft. Green arc--60 to 90 PSI. etc.2 AMPS. Red line---25 PSI MIN. A.

Replace instrument. Sluggishor jerky pointer movement. Manifold pressure is an indication of engine power affected pdmadly by throttlesetting. 77-10-03 . An ohmmeter connected between either lead and the probe case should indicate high resistance. 77-10-02 4 The cylinder head temperature (CHT) instrument provides the operator with an indication of how hot or cool the cylinders are operating during flight.G. An optional system provides a probe in each cylinder to provide monitoring of each cylinders temperature.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION TROUBLE (con't. TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY Excessiveerror at existing barometricpressure. attached to the exhaust stack or all exhaust stacks (optional) sends an electrical signal to the E. Dull or discolored luminous markings. the thermocouple sends an electrical current through the field coils of the instrument.MANIFOLD PRESSURE pressure in the induction air manifold. If zero or low resistance is indicated the probe has shorted and should be replaced. Vibrationor excessivepressure. Replace instrument.CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE Referto Section 73-30-00 forthis data. Tighten line connection. moving the pointer to indicate temperature rise.FUEL FLOW INDICATING SYSTEM Aircralt with a combination EGT/OAT gauge utilize a non-grounded EGT probe. Disconnect lines and purge with air.EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE (EGT) INSTRUMENT A thermocouple. Moisture or oil in line. improperdampingadjustment. Instrument. Brokenor loosecover glass.T. Age.) PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY PointerOscillatesexcessively (con't) -Wiringconnectionsbad. The instrumentis calibratedin inchesof mercury (Hg) and indicatesthe MANIFOLD PRESSURE TROUBLE SHOOTING. As the exhaust gas temperature rises. Locateand repair 77-10-02 . Replace glass and reseat case. 77-20-00 -TEMPERATURE INDICATING 77-20-01 . Manifold pressure varies somewhat with pitch attitude in flight and therefore small oscillations may occur in flight. 12-98 . particularly in turbulent air. Lineleaking. Excessiveerror when engine is running. Adjustdampingscrew. Incorrect reading. 77-20-02 . A resistance type temperature probe is installed in the number 3 cylinder (standard configuration). Pointer sh_ed.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 78 EXHAUST SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

....... Exhaust System Installation.. 4 ............... ................ General ..... 78-40-00 ......... 78-30-00 .. 8 ..... 12-98 PAGE 3 3 3 4 78-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ... DATE 1/2BLANK .......... 78-00-00 .....SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 78 EXHAUST LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ........ Pedodic Replacement Components ............................. 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ........................... 78-10-00 ........ SUBJECT ..... PAGE .. Exhaust System Servicing ..... 78-EFF/CONTENTS 78-00-00 ..... 78-00-00 .......

position headers onto the aircraft engine exhaust flanges.grease.Inspect exhaust clampsfor cracks. LOOSE CONNECTIONS . Have someone assist withthe placementof the mufflerassemblyintothe already installedheaders. 78-30-00 . F. lee to dght. mufflerand tailpipe. Spray engine exhaust system componentswith a suitable solvent (Stoddard Solvent). NOTE Attach new headers with existing exhaust flange stud nuts. (If nuts have been damaged. 78-10-08 . NOTE Proper lateral movement may be obtained by loosening cylinder exhaust stud/flange nuts and gently re-positioning header pipes (at the upper flanges)inboard or outboard as the situation requires. INTERNAL EROSION . WARNING Never use a wire brush or abrasives to clean exhaust systems or mark on system with lead pencils. spot welds. movement checked again. engine mount. Place either LH or RH flanges. slip joints. C5-A (FeI-Pro) or equivalent. red or black gas stains at welds. loosenessand propersecurity. EGT PROBE INSTALLATION/SECURITY A. cables or any airframecomponents. B.GENERAL The exhaust system's headers and exhaust pipes are made from 321 CRES steel. L. H.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION I M2OJ 78-00-O0 . Inspect exhaust systemfor chaffing by cowling. etc.Examine bends and low spots forthinning or pitting. CLEANING To properlyinspectexhaust system. They are designed to optimallyscavengethecylinders exhaustgasesdudng normalengineoperation.100 to 110 inch Ibs. etc. K. torque exhaust flange stud nuts -. 3. Look for gray. Tighten bolts/nutson ball joint flange. This insuresthat header and muffler pipes are aligned properly. Inspect per following procedures: NOTE This inspection should be conducted when engine is cool.EXHAUST SYSTEM SERVICING 1. with moderate push/pullforce. Inspect exhaust stacks for burned areas. particular attention should be given to condition and security of flanges. D. flange nuts snug but not torqued. B. and welded areas. check that the muffler is free to move laterally. When free movement of muffler is obtained. 12-98 78-00-00 3 . allow to drain and wipedrywith clean cloth. G. replace them with new nuts SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL J. LOOK FOR LEAKS . A.Examine surfaces adjacent to exhaust system componentsfor signs of exhaustsoot. are requireddudng each maintenanceactivityand recommendedbefore each flight. bums.5 inches from nose gear door assembly and the exhaust opening is not pointed toward nose gear door. C. Hangtailpipewith hanger assemblyattachedto flrewallor exhaustcavitySupports. A. loss of engine power or engine compartment fire. NOTE During inspection. When muffler and headers are attached to engine.componentsmust be cleanand free of oil.5 +/0. Lubricate outside of inner and inside of outer slipjoints on headers and inside of mufflerpipe flanges with Hi-temp anti-seize compound. C. Continue tightening until any one of the nut castellaUons reach the completehole in bolt. Be careful during this procedure to ensure that the exhaust gaskets remain in proper posiflon on each cylinder exhaust flange. clamps. etc. WARNING Never use highly flammable solvents on engine exhaust systems. Install cotter pins in all bolts & nuts. Orientate tailpipe'and muffler exhaustpipe so the continuingplane is approximately parallel to the ball joint connection. VISUAL INSPECTION OF COMPLETE SYSTEM A thorough inspection of engine exhaust system will detect any breaks or cracks causing leaks which might result in loss of efficiency. Verify all hardware is secure on header pipes. I. E. header pipes into position on engine cylinder's exhaust Be careful during this procedureto ensure that exhaust gaskets remain in proper positionon each cylinder exhaustflange. Spring will begin to compress pdor to castellation on nuts reaching cotter pin hole in bolt. Clean as follows: Leave exhaust flange stud nuts looseso header pipes are movable. The stud/flange nuts can then be re-tightened and the lateral muffler A.flanges. EGT probe clamp assembly should be safety wired after positioning and tightening of clamp to prevent possible loosening due to engine operation. cracks and looseness.EXHAUST SYSTEM INSTALLATION 1. Place new exhaust gaskets in position on the LH & RH engine exhaust flange studs. Remove all muffler shrouds/shields to permit full visual inspection.Inspectionsfor cracks. Assemble muffler assemblyintothe not installed header pipes. Recheck for freedom of movement after nuts have beentorqued. 2. Verify tailpipe exhaust end is 1. EXHAUST PIPE HEADERS TO ENGINE. Attach tailpipe to exhaust pipe ball joint flange (3 bolts/springs/nutsat balljoint flange) with existingor new hardware.

BAFFLE BREAKDOWN Lookrestrictthe inside mufflerfor broken bafflesor tubes. F. CAborescopeis recommended) 78-40-00 4 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION H. STANDOFFS (PINS) AND HEAT TRANSFER FINS . Do not reuse gaskets. HIDDEN DAMAGE . INSTALLATION TIPS . Properly align connectingcomponents. 78-40-00 . DO NOT FORCE FIT any component.However. G. clamps and miscellaneous mounting hardware be replaced at engine overhaul time (2000 Hours).etc.thorough inspection of all componentsshould be made any time exhaustsystem is removed from engine for component replacement.Look for missing or damaged heat transfer pins or fins. Insure that attach bolts are propedy torqued. and for groups of small cracks.can outlet. CAUTION DO NOT mark any surface with lead pencils or any carbon-containing markers.PERIODIC REPLACEMENT COMPONENTS It is recommended that all exhaust system components. 12-98 ---- . Exhaust flange stud nuts are to be torqued to 100-110 inch Ibs. These. pipes.Install only correct parts. Lookfor holes at these locations.Carefully inspect all internal surfaces that lie hidden under external gussets.Inspect all surfaces for bulging and distortion.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J D. METAL FATIQUE .stiffeners. causingpowerloss. E. The inspection should be made in the interest of preventivemaintenance.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 79 OIL SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

..... PAGE .... 79-30-01 ................ Oil Pressure.................... SUBJECT ....... 79-20-00 ....... 79-0(:}-01 ... Oil Filter Removal ......... 12-98 12-98 12-98 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ! ... DATE 1/2BLANK ............. Oil Temperature....... indicating .................. 79-00-92 ... Distribution ..... 79-00-00 .... 79-Effectivity/Contents ....... 79-30-02 .. 79-30-00 ......... 4 ....... 79-00-00 ....... General ........ 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 79-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ................... 3 ..........................SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 79 OIL LIST OF EFFEC'i'IVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT .............. 79-40-00 ................... Oil Filter Installation .... Druck Transducer Test Procedure 12-98 PAGE .. 79-30-02 ................

non-detergent.S. This oil should be replaced at 50 hours or when oil consumptionhas stabilized. 79-00-01 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 3.INDICATING 79-30-01 .FIGURE 79-1 .DISTRIBUTION Reference . Pressure variations change the resistance within the transducer and this signal ddves the oil pressure gaugelocatedwithin the clustergauge.) capacity. 1.FIGURE 79-1 12-98 79-00-00 3 . The routine oil change interval is 100 hours. The replacement oil should conform to LycomingSpecification301F. pressure type system. 2. however if operating in a dusty environmentthe interval should be more often. Safetywire filter. 6. The oil system is a wet sump. 4.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 79-00-00 M20J . remanufactured or newly overhauled engine should be operated on straight mineral oil for a minimum of 50 hours or until oil consumption has stabilized. 79-00-02 . Loosenthe spinoff oil filterand remove. 3. Tighten per instructionsonfilter. Remove top and bottom cowling (see Section 71-10-00). The engine sump has an 8 quart (U. 79-30-00 .mineral oil (MIL-L-6082). LUBRICATION DIAGRAM SCHEMATIC .GENERAL 2. Connectand secure all electdcal and mechanical connections. Positionnew tilter on adapter. 5. Servicing of the oil quantity is provided through an accessdoorlocated ontop of the enginecowling. NOTE Refer to Section 5-20-07 or to Lycoming Operator's Manual for approved oil products and servicing information.OIL PRESSURE Oil pressureindicatingis providedthrough a pressure transducer plumbed into the engine oil system. The aircraft is delivered with the proper weight. Change to a TEXTRON . Reinstall lower and upper cowling (see Sectio_ 71-11-00). NOTE A new.Lycoming approved additive oil and begin the 100 hour oil change interval. Perform leak check priorto flight. Cut and remove safety wire on filter. 79-20-00 .OIL FILTER INSTALLATION 1.OIL FILTER REMOVAL The engine oil filter should be replaced each 50 hours and at evenj oil change.

locatedbetweenthe oil coolerand the case.r_e__: 1. 79-30-02 4 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION If pressure reading is_. To use the unit for troubleshooting. If pressurereading is incorrectgo to step (b). Check pressure reading on Rochester gauge to see if it approyJmatelyagrees with test box. The engine gauge should read this approximate pressure. B.5 volts 1. can be used to simulatefuel and oil pressure in Mooney M20J models that have the Druck pressure transducer installed. If pressure reading is. B.by disconnectingthe appropriate Druck transducerelectrical connectorand connectingthe test box in its place. SIGMA-TEK gauge (SIN 24-3154 thru 24-TBA) A. The probe resistance changes as the oil temperature changes and this vadesthe readouton the instrument.4 to 4. ROCHESTER gauge (S/N 24-0001 thin 24-3153) A. B. Verify Oil/Fuel pressure to Druck transducer with mechanicalpressure gauge. probable failure in pressure gauge amplifier.or. Turn aircraft Master Switch ON (insure engine gauge circuit breakers are in) and adjust box to approximate pressure desired. zero or pegged condition: 1.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 79-30-02 M20J . If incorrect--truubleshootoil/fuelsystem. GSE 030036. 5. At the appropriateRochestergauge WIPER lug read the following voltages to ground. If incorrect. If it does. repair wire harness from pressure gauge amplifier.c. the box is connected to the aircraft harness in the engine compartment.7 volts. 79-40-00 -DRUCKTRANSDUCER TEST PROCEDURE The DruckTransducer Test Box. Probablefailure in Sigma-Tek gauge module or cluster. If correct--probable failure is Drucktransducer. right side). 12-98 . If correct. Move transducer test box to connector on the input of apprspdate pressure amplifier(located behind instrumentpanel.OIL TEMPERATURE The oil temperature gauge is an electric unit receiving its signal from a temperature bulb in the engine case. 2.3 to 5. probable failure in Rochester gauge module. 2. Check widng for continuity between engine compartment connector and Sigma Tek cluster. (digital mulfimeter or 20K ohrns/voitmultimeter) 201/205Fuel 201/205 Oil 14PSI 60 PSI 4. A. to the engine compartment. If wiring is correctgo to (b).

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 80 STARTING SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

. ............................... .. SUBJECT General ............... Starter Brushes ............................. 3 ................ 80-00-03 80-00-04 80-00-05 80-10-00 .... 10-95 10-95 5-93 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ! .... Starter Troubleshooting Starter Maintenance PAGE ... PAGE ...... .. Starter Installation ...... 4 .. ... 80-10-00 .... DATE 1/2BLANK ... ..... 80-Effectivity/Contents 80-00-00 ......... .................................... Cranking ......................SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 80 ( STARTING LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ..... .......... Starter Removal . ....... 80-00-00 80-00-01 80-00-02 ....... 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8O-EFF/CONTENTS 1/2BLANK ...........

3. 80-00-05 Starter the . Electrical power is automatically cut off from the radios when the starter current is engaged. Use only kerosene orVarsoL The starter solenoid is located on the cabin side of the firewall. 5. Install cowling. without allowing cooling time before re-engaging. Remove starter and starter drive assembly. When the ignition switch is placed in the "START" position.MOONEY AIRCRAFT 80-00-00 CORPORATION M20J . DUCT 3. 80-00-01 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE . Refer to Section 24-39-04 for TroubleShooting Chart 80-00-02 -STARTER MAINTENANCE 1. Recheck torque. (NOTE: Some M20J ATS aircraft may be equipped with 24 volt electrical systems). 7. REV. The drive ratio of the starter drive pinion to the crankshaft is 16. CAUTION Do not clean the statler in any degreasing tank or grease dissolvin 9 solvents. Brush tension should be 32 to 40 ounces as measured with a spring scale hooked under the brush spring and pulled in e straight line opposite the force exerted by the spring.GENERAL MANUAL 6.556:1. Aircraft serial number 24-1214 and ON are equipped with a "START POWER ON" annunciator light. This light illuminates when the starter switch is in start position or when the starter switch or starter solenoid has malfunctioned and the starter is engaged while the engine is running. 80-00-04 -STARTER INSTALLATION 1.No lubrication 80-10-00 . The starter is located on the front of the engine. 10-95 80-00-00 3 . 3. supplied with the engine package. Carefully remove the duct. security and safetying. Remove bolt at front of air intake duct. starter drive except at overhaul. The solenoid is energized by placing the ignition/magneto switch in the start position. Remove (2) screws on outer end of air intake duct. Remove (3) nuts and (1) 5/16 inch bolt from starter The airplane is equipped with a 12 volt starter (24-0001 thru 24-2999). Battery current is then directed to the starter. 5. 24 volt C24-3000 thru 24-TBA). Remove upper and lower cowling. This malfunction shauld be corrected before the engine is started again. is required on starter Lubrication . Inspect and ser_. Before installation.STARTER TROUBLESHOOTING 1. 2. mounting pad.CRANKING as the spring leaves the brush. 2. Disconnect electrical wiring from starter terminals and tag wiring for ID. Remove (4) bolts between AIR INTAKE and fuel Injector pad. clean any rust corrosion or dirt from the starter motor. Check electrical leads for security and condition of wire. CAUTION 80-00-03 -STARTER REMOVAL 1. Do not operate starter in excess of 30 seconds 4. current is supplied through the main bus to engergize the starter solenoid which in turn connects the battery to the starter. Reverse reinstallation. Check all connections for tightness.ice starter per Maintenance Instructieiqs Overhaul Manual.STARTER BRUSHES The starter brushes shauld slide freely in the holder and make full contact an the commutator. Lycoming starter removal procedure for 4. Avoid excessive lubrication. The brushes should be replaced when they have worn to 1/2 of original length. Read the tension just or 2.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J BLANK 80-10-00 4 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 81 TURBINES SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M2OJ SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CURRENTLY NOT BEING USED 12-98 81-TURBINES 1 .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 81-TURBINES 2 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 91 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS .

........ 91-20-03 .............. 8 ........... 35 thru60 .. 91-00-03 ............... 77 thru80....... DATE 1 ............ 91-20-05 .... 61 thru 76............................. 91-20-01 .................... 91-20-06 ... . 3 ............. 91-EFFECTIVITY . 91-00-00 ........ ................. 2 .. 5 ...... 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 12-98 91........ 6 ......... 91-20-00 ..................EFFECTIVITY Page I ....... 81 thru94............ ...... 91-30-00 ..... 91-20-00 ......... 111 ..... 9 thru 34 ........... 91-CONTENTS ....... 91-20-02 ................. 91-20-04 ... 91-00-02 ........... 7 ........... PAGE . 91-00-02 ...........SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY"AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CHAPTER 91 ELECTRICALWIRING DIAGRAMS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ........... 4 ...... 95 thru 110 ...........

. 24-1686-14 THRU 24-2999-14 (14V) (ATS) .... 24-3218 THRU 24-3410 (28V) ........ 91-20-01 ....... • ..................... ElectricalSystemHardwareCharts ...... Abbreviations............... 24-0001 THRU 24-1685 (14V) ....EquipmentList .... ... 91-00-02 ........... PAGE .. WIdng IdentificationSystem .. 24-3202 THRU 24-3217 • (28V)... 91-00-01 ........ 91-20-03 ........ ... . ElectricalSystemNotes....... 24.......... 91-00-03 . 24-3154 THRU 24-3200.... ....... SUBJECT 91-00-00 ........... General • .-3411THRU 24-3431 (28V) ... 91-20-00 . 91-20-02 . 91-20-04 91-20-05 91-20-06 91-30-00 • ....MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 91 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS ( TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER SECTION SUBJECT ...... • • • ..... ElectricalSystemSchematics(ENVELOPES) 12-98 Page 2 ... .......... 24-3000 THRU 24-3153 (28V) .......... ....... 24-3201.. 3 3 4 6 7 9 35 61 77 81 95 111 91-CONTENTS .

) 5. Optionalequipmentmay be installedas required. 4....170TubuLar 3P7P18 AmpsuLa .01 . 11.ion . 10. Wires denotedby .13-1(*). All wiresizes are minimumsizes acceptable. 7.ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SCHEMATICS NOTES 1. 3. 2170 tubular braid coveredwith PVC105/5/16" (bothAlpha Wire Co. 2.) and terminatedwith AMP terminals of appropriatesizes. "F" denotesgroundthroughframe (no wires). All electrical widng.. (* = currentrevisionofAC 43. 6. symbolsto be twisted counterclockwisewith a minimumofthree (3) wraps per foot.13-1) 35108 PVC TermlnaL 105/ 5/16 '.. The symbol=--" indicatesa knifedisconnect. 9. Use 913127 bus bars as necessary for vadousconfigurationchanges and manufacture interconnectingbus using no.. All terminalsare Spec.GENERAL The electrical system hardware lists and related schematics are sequenced in this section by serial number effectivity. All terminalsmust be preinsulatedor must be insulatedwith =Ampsulation"(or equivalent). Wireswithoutdash numbersare furnishedby the manufacturerand are includedwith the equipment.FIGURE 91-1 12-98 91-00-00 Page 3 . All splicesmust be "AMP" disconnector equivalent.3P1P98 Terminal EXAMPLE .417 cord.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 9140-00 M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .. 8. 13.. All knifedisconnectsplicesto be insulatedwith PVC105 and securelystringtied with airtex no. assemblies.The chapterisdividedintothefollowingsections: -ElectdcalSystems SchematicNotes -Widng IdentificationSystem -ElectdcalSystem Hardware Charts (By Effectivity) -ElectricalSchematics(By Effectivity) 91-00. 12. MS25036 (or equivalentorthey mustbe soldered. All circuitbreakem are trip-free.and instalitionsmust be in accord with FAR 43 and AC 43.

. GroupNo.Microphone Temperature MM Miscellaneous..Stabilizer MA Miscellaneous...Aitemator (output& Control) DJ Instruments.Electroluminescence WF WarningSystem .. This 7 or 9 character number is composed of four functionalgroups.Voltage DV Instruments.. . -AircraftType (14V) (ATS) . (3) (4) (5) .Turbine Inlet Temperature SPK Speaker DS Instruments..Stall Waming LB Lighting.CylinderHead MIC Miscellaneous.. A . Functional ...Taxi Lights CF Wing Flaps.Battery (Output & Control) DK Instruments. originally depicted a typical electrical component identificationnumber as _ or _.Cluster Gauge DH Instruments.Fuel Flow Warning DW Instruments. (1) (1) .Cabin Lights WW WarningSystem.Starter (input& Control) DM Instruments..... 03 or 102.Press-to-Test .. PA ..Instrument& Strebe/Navigation CC Cowl Flap Lights CD PC Dump LT Lighting.CompressorDischarge Temperature VB Vent Air Blower DT Instruments... (=-"is used if not applicableto a model) 14.Oil Temperature PA Power...Aitemate Air LL Lighting..MadderBeacon DD Instruments..NavigationLights LP Lighting.RecognitionLights 91.singleletter in the series ..Wire Size (does not appear for components..VSI WB Waming .just wires) CIRCUIT FUNCTION LI=GI=ND DV_.Pmpeller De-ico DE Instruments. NO's 8003301600350 CB DefrosterBlower LS Lighting.Oil Pressure PB Power.AircraftType (28V) .Gear Position EG ElectricGear. each of which communicatescertain specificinformation..CarburetorAir Temperature NF Fuel..AircraftType (14V) (Not ATS) ..CircuitFunction .....LandingLight WM WarningSystem ... (AnticollisionLight) WV Waming System.. Group 21 . ..Ammeter MD Misceflaneous-Clock Light DB Instruments.Instrument& Placard Lights LR Lighting.first two numerals (24-0001 thru 24-1685).EngineBoost WE Wsming System.firsttwo numerals(24-1686-14 thin 24-2999-14).Generator (Output& Control) DL Instruments..Fuel Pressure ELT Emergency LocatorTransmitter WL WarningSystem.Gear Contmis Warning (Electric) EL Lighting.firstthree letters(24-3000 thin 24-TBA) .Tachometer PS Power..00-02 Page 4 12-98 .....These functionalgmups are as follows: (Functional .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 91-00-02 M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL -WIRING IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM The Mooney Aimralt Corporation wiring/electricalsystem.OutsideAir Temperature MP Miscellaneous.Fuel Quantity NP Fuel.lasttwo numerals in the sedss ...PitotHeat DR Instruments.Gear Position FON Phones Warning (Manual) WN WarningSystem.. JKL.) .ManifoldPressure WA Warning System.Fuel Pressure PG Power.Pressurization JM Ignition. Descriptionof identifiers ...Cigar Lighter DA Instruments.Electric CT Trim .Pressurization RB Radio Blower DP Instruments.second set of numerals.AuxiliaryPowerPlug CV Stand-byVacuum MB Miscellaneous..The 5th functionalgroup is the wire size of the wireconnectingthe variouscomponents.Radio Cimuits MC Miscellaneous...E_haust Gas Temperature DU Instruments..Hour Meter DN Instruments...Turn Coordinator ME Miscellaneous-ElectricClock DC Instruments.Vacuum Warning LC Lighting.RotatingBeacon WT WarningSystem.LandingLights WD WarningSystem.Magneto VVS Warning System.first(or second) two letters .V_re Sequence -Configuration 18 .Primer DG Instruments..StarterPower LN Lighting...Fuel Pump DF Instruments...Aitemator.

ENGINE DH INSTRUMENTS . ELECTRIC DM INSTRUMENTS ..Mooney .HOUR METER DN INSTRUMENTS .CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE DD INSTRUMENTS .OIL PRESSURE DK INSTRUMENTS . SWITCH AVIONICS BR BS BU CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELAY BASE BUS BARS CA CB CC CD CF CL CR CT CV CAPACITORS DEFROSTER BLOWER COWL FLAPS PC DUMP WING FLAPS CLAMPS RUDDER TRIM ELEVATOR TRIM STAND-BY VACUUM DA DB DC INSTRUMENTS . ELECTRICAL RL/RELAYS DC/DHT LH/LAMP HOLDER SP/SPEEDBRAKE DD/OAT LL/LANDING LIGHTS SW/SWlTCHES DC-...PITOT HEAT 12-98 91-00-02 Page 5 .OIL TEMPERATURE DI DIODES DJ INSTRUMENTS .The newfunctional. A ..FUEL QUANTITY DG INSTRUMENTS . .AMMETER INSTRUMENTS . Singleletter in series .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION dT_e. MAGNETO L/LIGHT BULBS R/RESISTORS RB/RADIO BLOWER DAJAMMETER DB/TURN COORDINATOR LB/BEACON LENS/ANNUNCIATOR LENS RC/RECEPTACLES. --_. Firstset of numerals . -- .Ai. ... numeralsin series . I 20 CR.FUEL PRESSURE DL INSTRUMENTS .800304 ( ) SCHEMATIC DRAWING ACT/SWITCH ACTUATOR DL/ELECTRIC TACHOMETER MA/AUXILIARYPOV_ER BS/RELAY BASE DM/HOUR METER ME/AVIONICS MASTER BUS/BUSS BARS DPIPITOT HEAT MC/DIGAR LIGHTER C/CAPACITORS DR/TIT ME/CLOCK CB/DEFROSTER BLOWER DT/FUEL FLOW MP/PROPELLER DE-ICE CC/COWL FLAPS CL/CLAMPS CM/CURRENT MONITOR DG/LANDING GEAR. ELECTRICAL PSISTART POWER CV/STANDBY VACUUM D/DIODES JMIIGNITION.e. i ne purpose of this is to standardizethe identificationof a system function/coroponent for all model of aircraft..These newfunctionalqroupsapplyto schematicdrawinq800304. -- .-dENGINE INSTRUMENTS DH/OIL TEMPERATURE LP/PANEL LIGHTS LR/RECOGNITION LIGHTS VR/VARISTOR WS/STALLWARNING DJ/OIL PRESSURE DK/FUEL PRESSURE LS/STROBE LIGHTS LT/TAXI LIGHTS WT/STANNUNCIATOR WARNING CODE/COMPONENT or SYSTEM (CIRCUIT FUNCTION) . CircuitFunction Wire size | CODE/COMPONENT or SYSTEM (CIRCUIT FUNCTION) .. I Wire Sequence Configuration ..lt Co.OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DE INSTRUMENTS . ..TURN COORDINATOR INSTRUMENTS .The functionalgroups are basicallythe same as earlier identification numbers.. .CARBURETOR AIR TEMPERATURE DF INSTRUMENTS . ELEC.TACHOMETER.800383 ( ) SCHEMATIC DRAWING AC AH AT AV AIR CONDITIONER ARTIFICIAL HORIZON ACTUATOR.'rc_a.qroupsareas follows: 04 . ELT/ELT F/FUSES NF/BOOST PUMP PAJALTERNATORPOWER PB/BATTERY POWER CR/RUDDER TRIM CT/STABILIZER TRIM FHIFUSEHOLDER FON/PHONE PL/PLUGS. . Lasttwo Firsttwo/threeleters ----. .q_orationwidng/ele_stdcal equipmentidentification system used in conent productionaircraft letes me MOael P_umeerannotation.PRESSURIZATION DP INSTRUMENTS .

ABBREVIATIONS .Rheo Down .Cntd Remote .EQUIPMENT LIST The abbreviationsto the electdcal system hardware charts are necessary due to space limitationsin the fields of the computer.Cyl Rheostat. ALTERNATE AIR YD YAW DAMPER 91-004)3 . MASTER CIGAR LIGHTER CLOCK. RADIO RECEPTACLES RELAYS RESISTORS HS HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR JE JM JV IGNITION.Altn Radio .A/S Placard.FUEL FLOW NP FUEL PRIMER DW INSTRUMENTS .R 91-00-03 Page 6 12-98 . TAXI VB VC VR VENT. ANTI-ICE MISCELLANEOUS.MANIFOLD PRESSURE NF FUEL PUMP DV INSTRUMENTS . NAVIGATION LIGHTS. AIR BLOWER VOLTAGE CONVERTER VARISTOR WA WB VVC WD WE WF WG WH WJ WK MA MB MC ME MH MJ MK MM AUXILIARY POWER RADIO. JUNCTION BOX MICROPHONE MISCELLANEOUS. MARKER BEACON WM WN WP WS WT WV VWV WARNING. RECOGNITION LIGHTS.800383 ( ) SCHEMATIC DRAWING (con't.Dn Right. RADIO-SPEAKER DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE MW MISCELLANEOUS.ENGINE VACUUM NS FUEL COLD START DR EG EL ET GEAR.TURBINE INLET MO PROP'OVERSPEED TEMPERATURE MP PROP DE-ICE DS INSTRUMENTS . ELECTRIC MISCELLANEOUS.Res Cylinder.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CODE/COMPONENT or SYSTEM (CIRCUIT FUNCTION) . LANDING LIGHTS. GENERATIOR (OUTPUT & CONTROL) PLUGS POWER. ANNUNCITOR WARNING.EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE NE FURL ENRICHMENT DU iNSTRUMENTS . ALTERNATOR WARNING BOOST PUMP WARNING PROP DE-ICE WARNING POWER START WARNING ELECTRIC GEAR WARNING FUEL QUANTITY WARNING TACHOMETER WARNING CHIP DETECTOR WARNING TRIM FAIL WARNING FUEL PRESSURE WARNING CANOPY LOCK WARNING MASTER WARNING PRESSURIZATION WARNING PITOT HEAT WARNING STALL WARNING.Coordtr Resistor.COMPRESSOR MS MISCELLANEOUS.Ckt. ELECTRIC ELECTROLUMINESCENCE EMERGENCY LOCATOR BEACON PA PB PG FA FH FN FU FW ALT-EMER (FRENCH) FUSE HOLDERS PHONES FUSES ALT-EMER FIELD (FRENCH) PL PS POWER. or C/E Receptacle. VIKBRATOR SA SB SP SW STAND-BY ALTERNATOR SPEEDBRAKE SPEAKER SWITCHES LA LB LC LE LG LH LI LL LN LP LR LS LT LIGHT BULBS BEACON. ROTATING LIGHT.Rein Coordinator. VACUUM WARNING.Recpt Console.Plcd Altemate .Regltr Control. BATTERY POWER. START GD GROUND RB RC RL RS BLOWER. STROBE LIGHTS. RADIO-WARNING DT INSTRUMENTS . ELECTONIC IGNITION. Aimpeed . LOGO LAMP HOLDER LIGHT. ANNUNCIATOR LIGHTS. PANEL LIGHTS. ALTERNATOR POWER.Cnsl Regulator. Bkr. MAGNETO IGNITION.) INSTRUMENTS . CABIN LENS.Rad Circuit Breaker. ICE LIGHT.

3........... ................The SIN's vs......................... 24-0238 thru 24-0377 .............AA) (SHEET 1 of 1) 24-3421 thru 24-3431 ....H) (SHEET 1 of 1) 800383 J1 (REV....?........ .. 800263 800350 800350 800263 24-3201.............Pnl Pilot...... 800304 J5 (REV.373 ..... 800304 J6 (REV.........Sel Supply........... 24-3411 thru 24-3420.............SERVICEAND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEYAIRCRAFTCORPORATION ABBREVIATIONS........... 24-0901 thru24-0942 .. 800304 J1 (SHT1) (REV... .......Glmhld Landing......r -.. 800304 J2 (REV. EQUIPMENT UST (con't.........G) (SHEET 1 of 1) CAUTION These schematics address different serial numbered aircraft........ 24-3154 thru24-3200.......... ...Sply Switch........Y) (SHEET 1 of 1) 24-3384 thru 24-3392 ........ 24-1418 thru 24-1499 . ...... ....... 24-3202 thru 24-3217 ........XMTR Transistor...8........) 91-20-00 Electric..ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDWARE CHART Safety..... ........... 24-0378 thru 24-0757........W) (SHEET 1 of 2..Pit ... 800304 J7 (REV.. J1 ....... ) 24-3000 thru24-3078 24-3079 thru24-3153 ....... DRAWING/SCHEMATICNUMBER (14 VOLT AIRCRAFT) 24-0001 thru 24-0237.... 24-3351 thru 24......Z) (SHEET 1 of 1) 24-3405 thru 24-3410 ... 12-98 91-20-00 Page 7 ..................Elsc Flight. SCl-800269L-3 SCI-800269L-3A 800330 E1 800330 E2 800330 E3 800330 E4 800330 E5 800330 E6 800330 E7 800330 E8 800330 E9 24-1686-14thru24-2999-14(ATS).. 2 of 2) 800304 J3 (FIEV... 24-3374 thru24-3377 ...Sw Transducer.....Ldg Lelt ....... 24-0758 thru 24-0900 ........... 24-1500 thru24-1528 .W) (SHEET 1 of 1) 800304 J4 (REV W) (SHEET 1 of 1) 24-3378 thru 24-3363 .........XDCR Transmitter........... Refer to the Electrical Schematic (located in the envelopes at the back of this manual) that depicts the Serial Number configurationof the aimrett beingserviced... Make sure the applicable schematic Is being used for the alrcralt being serviced.Lts Panel .... 24-3218 thru 24-3270 ... . H) 24-3271 thru24-3350 ....................L Lights......... . ....... 800304 J8 (REV... F) (SHT 2) (REV........ 24-1214.Wrn ....... J2 J1 J.............. except 24-0084... 800383 J2 (REV....................... 240943 thru 24--1037 ................. . -........ ...... 24-1529 thru24-1685 ..........rAIRCRAF........VO.........XSTR Warning .Z) (SHEET 1 of 1) 24-3393 thru 24-3404 . includes24-0084 ..thru24-1417 ..Fit Glareshield.......... 24-1038 thru24-1213 ..... ..Sffy Selector.. Schemafic's areshown below: A/C SERIALNUMBER....

F Slit 1/REV.800304 . DRAWING NUMBER SCI .ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDWARE CHART . AWI_i_'NUMBER 800263 (E). . Z) (1 sheet) EQUIPMENT HARDWARE CHART .MOONE'{ AIRCRAFTCORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCEMANUAL The Vendor and Part Number will be depictedwhere the applicableelectricalequipment identifieris shown on the followinghardwarecharts: Order replacementor repair part numbersfor electricalcomponentsfrom the following electricalsystemhardwarechartsthat are applicableto the aimreftmodel and S/N being worked on.(Ja) (REV.ELECTRICAL DRAWING NO -ELECTRICAL DRAWING NO -ELECTRICAL DRAWING NO -ELECTRICAL DRAWING NO -ELECTRICAL DRAWING NO 91-20. W) (2 sheets) EQUIPMENT HARDWARE CHART . EQUIPMENT HARDWARE CHART.800304 . 91-20-01 .S/N 24-3421 thru 24-3431 DRAWING NO .24-1686-14 thru 24-2999-14 (ATS ONLY) (_4 VOLT SYSTEMS).800304 .05 91-20-05 91-20-05 91-20-05 91-20-05 91-20-05 91-20-05 91-20-08 91-20-08 91-20-00 Page 8 EQUIPMENT HARDWARE CHART.2004 .(J4) (REV.ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDWARE CHART . DRAWING NUMBER .800304 .800350 91-20-03 .(JT) (REV.-3A & 800680 91-20-02 .800304 .800383 .24-3154 thru 24-3200.(J6) (REV. 24 1688-14 thru 24-2999-14 common components. Y) (1 sheet) EQUIPMENT HARDWARE CHART .(J1) (REV. AA) (1 sheet) S/N 24-3201. 91. 24-3218 THRU 24-3270. H) (1 sheet) 12-98 . ( 28V & 14 V) (See 91 20-04 for 14 Volt peculiar components).ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDWARE CHART . Z) (1 sheet) EQUIPMENT HARDWARE CHART .(J2) (REV.800304 .800304 . .24-0001 thru 24-1685 (14 VOLT). W) (1 sheet) EQUIPMENT HARDWARE CHART . .S/N 24-3411 thru 24-3420 DRAWING NO .800269L-3.800268 (E) 91-20.24-3000 thru 24-3153 (28 VOLT). H SliT 2) S/N 24-3271 THRU 24-3350 S/N 24-3351 THRU 24-3373 S/N 24-3374 thru 24-3377 S/N 24-3378 thru 24-3383 S/N 24-3384 thru 24-3392 S/N 24-3393 thru 24-3404 S/N 24-3405 thru 24-3410 -ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HARDWARE CHART .05 -ELECTRICAL DRAWING NO -ELECTRICAL DRAWING NO -ELECTRICAL DRAWING NO .(JI) (REV.(J3) (REV. W) (1 sheet) EQUIPMENT HARDWARE CHART .ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDWARE CHART .(J5) (REV. AWING NUMBER .800304 .(J2) (REV. G) (1 sheet) -ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HARDWARE CHART .800383 . 24-3202 thru 24-3217 VOL D(_8 .

TURN COORD C/B TURN COORD TURN CO-ORDINATOR TURN CO-ORDINATOR TURN CO-ORDINATOR PLUG. LIMIT. 21 21 21 21 21 CB101A CD01A CD02A CD02B CD03A 21 21 21 21 CF01B CF02A CFO3A CF04A C/B DEFROSTER BLOWER SOLENOID-PC DUMP SW-PILOTS DUMP SW-PILOTS DUMP SW-CO-PILOTS DUMP SW-P.ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDWARE CHART . DOWN ACTUATOR SWITCH. TURN COORD CLAMP MERIDAN OR EQUIV KLIXON BRITTIAN AEROSONIC (ALT) AEROSONIC AHW4-2 7277-2-5 604-200-200 ANS50M ANS50ML MS3106A-10SL-3S MS3057-4A or-4B CF06A CF08A 12-98 NOTES 23/24 23/24 23/24 91-20-01 9 .14 VOLT S/N's 24-0001 THRU 24-1685. -3A & 800330 (CP) CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. ON-OFF (ALT) C/B FLAP ACT RELAY-LEFT RELAY-RT ACTUATOR. MOONEY DRAWING NO. MAGNECRAFT MAGNECRAFT COMM. UP ACTUATOR SWITCH. NC PROD MOONEY MICRO MICRO MICRO MICRO MICRO MICRO MICRO MICRO MICRO C-H 7277-2-2 4085 111SM1-T SA31SDT12-2 111SM1-T MST215-N AHW4-15 W97CSX-1 W97CSX-1 D14500-36 (750105-501) V3-1 JV-5 V3-1 JV-5 V3-1 JV-5 V3-1 JV-5 2TL75-10 6906K3149 21 21 21 CTO1A CT01B CT01D C/S. STEWART-WARNER EMPR0 EMPRO UI-rEL UI-EEL McGRAW-EDISON McGRAW-EDISON LITTEL LITTEL McGRAW-EDISON McGRAW-EDISON MOONEY ROCHESTER MLA-60-50 SW-813489 MLA-60-100 MLA-70-100 312010 155020 FM01-5A FHN42W 311010 155202 FM01-5A FHN42W 640281-509 0153500003 21 21 21 DB01A DB01B DBO2A 21 21 DB02B DB03A C/B.C. LIMIT. ELECTRIC TRIM C/B. CONTROL SWITCH. ELECTRIC TRIM C/S.'S SCI-800269L-3. UP ACTUATOR SWITCH. FLAP 21 -21 CFO5A 21 -21 CF07A 21 21 CF09A CF09B SWITCH. FLAP KLIXON BRI'I-rlAN MICRO C-H MICRO ALCO MERIDEN or EQUIV. LIMIT. LIMIT. ELECTRIC TRIM MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 930023-009 930023-109 930023-209 21 21 21 21 21 DA01A DA01B DA01C DA01D DAO2A 21 DA02B 21 DA03A 21 DAO3B 21 DA04A SHUNT SHUNT SHUNT SHUNT FUSE RETAINER FUSE RETAINER FUSE RETAINER FUSE RETAINER AMMETER BULB EMPRO or EQUIV. CONTROL.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART 9%20-01 . DOWN ACTUATOR SWITCH.

GriT STEWART-WARNER ROCHESTER MOONEY MOONEY SW-333-B 8080-00014 (880010-501) 880010-503 21 21 21 DD01A DD01B DDO1C GAUGE. IB XMTR. OAT PROBE. RT. RT. FUEL QTY. FUEL Q'I'Y. --L DB50A T/C UNITED INST 9551B CODE N. OAT/EGT 21 DE01A GAUGE. GAUGE CLAMP PROBE. IB XMTR. LH FUEL QFY. CHT 21 DC01C PROBE. OUTSIDE AIR TEMP GAUGE. B&D INSTRUMENT MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 22-295 IFR-11A C203-005 880010-501 880001-505 880023-505 21 DD02A 21 DD02C 21 DD02D 21 21 21 DD03A DD03B DD03C PLUG -GAUGE CLAMP PLUG.OAT CLAMP PROBE. CYL HD TEMP PROBE. CARB AIR TEMP 21 . FUEL QTY. CLUSTER GAUGE GAUGE. IS XMTR. RH AMMETER OIL PRESS OIL TEMP CYL HEAD TEMP MERIDEN KLIXON MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY AHW4-2 7277-2-2 640281-503 640281-105 640281-107 640281-115 640281-117 640281-149 640261-111 91-20-01 10 AMP AMP WESTBERG B&D INSTR MOONEY KLIXON MOONEY GARWIN 12-98 MS3106A-14S-2S MS3057-6B 205838-1 206062-1 MS3106A-14S-2S MS3057-6A MS2803403 399W 0203-100 880004-501 727%2-2 NOTES . DE02A 21 DE02B 21 DE03A PLUG. OAT PROBE.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. CLUSTER GAUGE C/B. LT. OB MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 6i0242-001 610242-003 610243-003 610242-001 610242-003 610243-001 21 21 21 DG01A DG01B DG02A C/B. IB XMTR. OAT CAUGE. OB XMTR.OAT/EGT CLAMP PLUG. OAT (UGHTED) GARWlN ]NSTR. OAT 21 DD04A C/B. LT. LT. FUEL QIY. FUEL QTY. CLUSTER FUEL QTY'.& FLT RES. CARB AIR TEMP RICHTER AERO 660014-005 22-995-04 MS3106A-14S-1S MS3057-6B MS3106B-14S12S MS8057-68 B-5 21 21 21 21 21 21 DF01A DF01B DF02A DF03A DF03B DF04A XMTR. GAUGE CLAMP PLUG. OAT/EGT 21 21 DD01E DD01F GAUGE. RT.541 21 21 DC01A DC01B PROBE. OAT/EGT(UGHTED) GAUGE. FUEL QTY'.

OIL PRESS XDCR. LH FUEL QTY. CLUSTER FUEL Q'P(. LH FUEL QTY. RH AMMETER OIL PRESS OIL TEMP OIL TEMP (ALT) CYL HEAD TEMP CYL HEAD TEMP (ALT) GAUGE. OIL TEMP STEWART-WARNER ROCHESTER MOONEY 362-CR 3080-37 880099-501 AN909-10 MS35769-11 ROCHESTER MOONEY MOONEY 3080-37 880098-501 889046-501 MS3106A10SL-3S MS3057-4NB WASHER (ALl-) 21 DJ01A 21 21 DJ01B DJ02A . OIL TEMP PROBE. RH FUEL PRESS OIL PRESS OIL TEMP CYL HEAD TEMP GAUGE. CLUSTER FUEL QTY. GAUGE. LH FUEL QTY. XDCR. CLUSTER FUEL QTY. RH AMMETER OIL PRESS OIL TEMP CYL HEAD TEMP MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 640281-507 640281-105 640281-107 640281-119 640281-121 640281-149 640281-511 640281-511 640281-125 640281-127 640281-131 640281-129 640281-133 640281-155 640281-135 640281-157 640281-513 840281-147 840281-145 640281-137 640281-141 640281-139 640281-143 640281-515 640281-153 640281-151 640281-137 640281-141 640281-139 640281-159 640281-143 640281-161 640281-519 640281-163 640281-165 640281-171 640281-133 640281-155 640281-135 640281-521 640281-153 640281-151 640281-137 640281-169 640281-139 40281-143 PROSE. RH FUEL PRESS OIL PRESS OIL TEMP CYL HEAD TEMP GAUGE. OIL PRESS CLAMP 12-98 NOTES 33 32 34 34 91. RH FUEL PRESS OIL PRESS OIL TEMP OIL TEMP (ALT) CYL HEAD TEMP CYL HEAD TEMP (ALT) GAUGE. LH FUEL Q'I-Y. LH FUEL QTY. CLUSTER FUEL QTY. CLUSTER FUEL QTY. RH AMMETER OIL PRESS OIL TEMP CYL HEAD TEMP GAUGE. CLUSTER FUEL QTY. LH FUEL QTY'.01 11 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE 21 DG02G 21 DG02G i (ALT) 21 DG02H (ALT) i 21 DG02J 21 DG02K 21 21 DH01A DH01B -- DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. XDUCR.20. OIL PRESS PLUG.

4 PIN CLAMP PLUG. LIGHTED (OPT)MOONEY GAUGE. FF MOONEY XDUCR. FF ]l-r CANNON PLUG. FF KLIXON SWITCH. OIL PRESS AMPLIFIER. 4 PIN CLAMP DRUCK IAI AMP AMP PDCR821-0662-100 950D0311-002 206060-1 206062-1 21 DJ179A 21 -21 DJ180A RECPT. 4 PIN AMP CLAM P AM P RECPT. FUEL PRESS ROCHESTER MOONEY XDUCR. ELEC TACH. 21 21 21 DJ175A DJ177A DJ178A XDCER. FF/MP.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. FF (OPT) ALCO PLUG. FF (OPT) MOONEY GAUGE. ELEC TACH. ELEC. 4 PIN CLAMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 206153-1 206062-1 206060-1 206082-1 206153-1 206062-1 21 DK01A 21 21 21 21 21 DK01C/D DK01D DK01E DK01F DK02B 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 DK02D/E DK02F DK03A DK03B DK03C/D DK03E/F DK04A DK05A DK06A 21 21 21 DK175A DK176A DK177A 21 DK178A 21 DK179A 21 DK180A 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 -21 21 21 DL01A DL01B DL01C DL01D DL01E DL01F DL02A 21 91-20-01 12 DJ181A XDUCR. FF. F/F(OPr) MOONEY XDUCR. (GALS/HR) MOONEY PLUG. ELEC TACH. FUEL PRESS MOONEY XDUCR. FUEL PRESS IAI PLUG. FF BENDIX PLUG. FUEL FLOW MOONEY GAUGE. 4 PIN CLAMP RECPT. OIL PRESS. ELEC TACH. FF/MP GAUGE BENDIX PLUG. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. (LIGHTED) PLUG. FF/MP MOONEY GAUGE. MEMORY. L RESISTOR. TACH CLAMP RESISTOR. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP REOPT. FF (OPT) CANNON C/B. OIL PRESS PLUG. OIL PRESS. L CABLE ASSY OHMITE OHMITE MOONEY 880002-501 880039-503 880002-503 880039-501 880039-507 880039-505 MS3106A-14S-5S MS3057-6A OL1535 O!_1535 880003-501 DM01NB ' HOUR METER MOONEY 880035-501 12-98 NOTES 25 3 . XDCR CLAMP XDUCR. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP 3060-17 880007-501 880030-501 880045-501 880030-503 880030-505 880031-501 880031-503 880034-501 880034-513 PT06A-10-98S(SR) PT06A-15-15S(SR) DE-gS DE-9S 7277-2-2 MST215N MS3106A10SL-3S MS30507-4A PDCR821-0662-30 950D0311-031 206060-1 206062-1 260153-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 260153-1 206062-1 MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY DL03A DL04A DL05A TACH. ELEC TACH. FUEL PRESS DRUCK AMPUFIER.

GEAR.. TIT C/B. GEAR ACT MECHANICAL PROD . TIT/CDT. GEAR UP RBM RELAY. ELEC ACUTATOR. C-H MICRO MICRO I'l-r DUKES DUKES ITr ITT DUKES AVIONICS PROD MOONEY RELAY.. ELEC ACUTATOR. GEAR. GEAR.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. ELEC ACTUATOR. LIGHTED PLUG.. EGT B&O INSTR MOONEY 0204-100 880005-501 21 21 21 21 21 21 EG01A EG01B EG01C EG0?-A EG02B EG03A 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 EG04A EG04B EG04C EG04D EG04E EG04F EG04G C/B. GEAR C/B. ELEC. GEAR UP MAGNECRAFT RELAY. GEAR ACT KLIXON SWITCH. AIRSPEED MOONEY SWITCE DOWN UMIT MICRO RELAY GEAR DOWN MAGNECRAFT RELAY GEAR DOWN C-H RELAY GEAR DOWN RBM RELA_ GEAR DOWN C. GEAR RBM RELAY.. ELEC. ELEC ACUTATOR. GEAR UP/DN SWITCH. PITOT HEAT C/B. TIT/CDT KUXON MOONEY AMP MOONEY KLIXON 7277-2-2 880000-503 205838-1 880005-501 7277-2-2 21 DS01A PROBE. GEAR. ELEC 21 21 21 21 21 EG05A EG05C EG05D EG05E EG05F 21 EG06A 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 EGO6B EG06C EG06D EG07A EGO8C EGO8D EGO8E EGOBF EG09A EG09B EG10A MERIDEN or EQUIV KLIXON KUXON MICRO . GEAR UP C-H RELAY. PITOT HEAT C/B. PITOT HEAT SOCKETS MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY AEL or EQUIV AERO INST 930023-005 930023-105 930023-205 425936 PH502-24 AN5812-1 AN3115-1 AN3116-1 21 21 21 21 21 DP01A DP01B DP01D DPO2A DP02B 21 DP03S 21 21 21 21 21 DR01A DR01B DR02A DR03A DR04A C/B. TIT/CDT GAUGE. GEAR CONTROL SWITCH. HEATED (ALl) PLUG. C/B. GEAR. AIRSPEED WHITMAN-GENERAL SWITCH SAFETY. GEAR UP C-H COLE-HERSEE SQUAT SWITCH MICRO MOONEY SWITCH SAFETY. C/B. ELEC. ELEC ACUTATOR. GEAR. LIMIT ACTUATOR ACTUATOR. PITOT HEAT HEATED PITOT PITOT.-H C/B. GEAR. GEAR OVERIDE C-H LAMP GE : 12-98 AHW4-15 7277-2-15 7277-2-5 2TL149-3D 8906K2875 DT-2R-A7 MCD-2711 LAllC21101 1057-00-1 4196-00-1D LAllC2115 LAllC2114 1057-00-5E 102000-1 560254-501 70-111221 W97CSX-1 6041H50A 70311221 6041H53 24401 1CH1-6 800335-501 SK75-1N-K3L 880013-503 880013-505 1CH1-6 W97CSX-1 6041H105A 70-311221 6041H105A 700-01-25 7277-2-15 SBIDDX492-2 388 NOTES 26 3 1 1 22 22 5 5 5 22 91-20-01 13 . TIT/CDT INDICATOR PROBE. GEAR C/B. ELEC ACUTATOR. CONTROL SWITCH. AIRSPEED MOONEY SWITCH SAFETY. CDT MOONEY 880006-501 21 DTOlA PROBE.

SCINTILLA BENDIX-SCINTILLA BENDIX-SCINTILLA BENDIX-SCINTILLA BENDIX _ SLICK SUCK BENDIX BENDIX SUCK SUCK BENDIX-SCINTILLA 10-857290-17 10-187-468 10-357210-91 S41_N20O D4LN2021 10-79020-18 6214 6224 $4LN204 10-79020-18 6214 6224 10-176487-121 C/B. TRANSMITFER (OPT) SWITCH. DIM. MAP LT.. MAGNETO MAGNETO LEFT MAGNETO DUAL MAGNETO LEFT MAGNETO LEFT MAGNETO LEFT MAGNETO RIGHT MAGNETO RIGHT MAGNETO RIGHT MAGNETO. CABIN. RESISTOR. CABIN LIGHT. CABIN LIGHT.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE 21 21 21 21 EG11A EG12A EL01A EL02A 21 21 21 21 21 21 EL03A ELO4A ELOBA EL07A ELOBA EL09A 21 ELT1A 21 21 ELT1B ELT2A 21 EW01B 21 -21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 JM01A 21 21 21 21 LB01A LB01B LB01D LB02A 21 LC01A 21 LC02A 21 LC02B 21 21 21 21 21 21 LC03A LC03B LC03C LC03D LC03E LC04A 21 21 LC04B/C LC07A JM01B JM02A JM02B JM02C JM02D JM02E JM03A JM03C JM03D JM03E JV01A DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. DIM. MAGNETO PLACARD SWITCH. CLOCK. CABIN. CABIN LIGHT. GEAR WARNING DORNE & MARGOLIN DOBNE & MARGOUN DORNE & MARGOUN C&K KLIXON DM-ELT-6 DM-ELT -6M DM-ELT-8 DM-U65-1 7101K 7277-2-2 SWITCH. ROTATING BEACON ADAPTER MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY WHELEN WHELEN 930023-003 980023-103 980023-203 WRML-12 WRM-65 LITTEL FUSE LI-CFELFUSE LUMINATOR GE GRIMES GE C-H CABLING CABLING CABLING CABLING OHMITE 155020/155120 318005 20145 1003 B-3550 89 8144(BK-09) TILC64-1S-WH-FN TILC64-1S-WH-FN TILC84-1S-WH-FN TILC64-1S-WH-FN 4561 DALE C-H RH-10-5 OHM SA25SCT12-3 FUSEHOLDER. ROTATING BEACON LIGHT. OVERHEAD BULB UGHT. CABIN LT (10 OHM 5W) . CB PLACARD. OVERHEAD BULB SWITCH. FWD SWITCH. FWD SWITCH. CABIN LIGHT. ROTATING BEACON C/B. REMOTE ELT (ALT) C/B. REAR SWITCH. LIST SARKES TARZlAN SARKES TARZlAN RCA McGRAW-EDISON 1=4 F4 2N2016 FM01-SA FHN42W 4599 JS1N055P251MA 150082-009 150082-011 150082-015 150082-013 OHMITE ALLEN/BRADLEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY ELT (ALT) ELT. CABIN LT SWITCH. 5AMP FUSE. RIGHT STARTING VIBRATOR BENDIX-SCINTILLA BENDIX. GEAR UP BELAY DIODE. CABIN LIGHT SWITCH. FUEL SEL PLACARD.(5A-SAG-SLO-BLO) LIGHT. ROTATING BCN(SPARES) C/B. REAR RESISTOR. PILOTS CAP FACE NUT 91-20-01 14 SW53AA2 15-1049-3 12-98 NOTES 28 . DIODE.GEAR DN RELAY TRANSISTOR FUSE HOLDER RESISTOR RHEOSTAT/SW PLACARD. ANNUN PLACARD. CK.

LDG LT RELAY. SMITH GE H. PANEL LIGHTS C/B. LDG LT C/B.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE 21 LC08A 21 LCO9A 21 LC10A 21 LC11A 21 LC12. (F2-L) LAMP SLOAN GE C-H 855-$1-0-PE 330 SA25SCT12-3 SW53AA2 15-1049-3 855-$1-0-PE 330 1930 1816 1930 t816 1930 1816 1930 =1816 SLOAN GE H. MAP LT. INSTR LTS C/B. MAP. BULB. LDG LT LIGHT. POS. CABIN.H. 14V. (GREEN) BUlB.(14V) (RED) LIGHT. SMITH GE H. POS TION(14V) UGHT. CO-PILOT BUlB UGHT. PANEL LIGHTS C/B. CABIN. (GREEN) 21 21 21 21 LP01A LP01B LP01C/D LP02A C/B. PILOTS BUlB SW. POSITION (RED) BUlB. SMITH GE 1930 1816 1930 1816 1930 1816 1930 1816 LL01A LL01B LL01C/D LL02A LL03A LL03B/C LL04A C/B. (F1-R) LAMP LIGHT. POSITION (14V) LIGHT.H. NAV LIGHTS C/B. CABIN.SV A48OA A506-14 A1295-G-12 A7512-12 880022-503 W1290-14 W1285-PG 880022-503 GRIMES NOTES 91-20-01 15 . TAIL LT. CABIN. MAP. SMITH GE H. CABIN. TAIL. CABIN.. (R2-R) LAMP LIGHT. TAIL (14V) UGHT. LIGHT. 14V. POSITION (14V) MOONEY MOONEY GRIMES LN02B LN03A I_NO3B LN04A BUlB. (F1-L) LAMP LIGHT.H.H. CABIN. TAIL LT. SMITH GE H. POS.H. CO-PILOT CAP FACE NUT UGHT. (F2-R) LAMP LIGHT. PANEL LIGHTS MOONEY WHELEN GRIMES GRIMES WHELEN 930023-001 930023-101/-201 AI285-R-12 A7512-12 800022-501 W1290-14 W1285-PR WHELEN MOONEY MERIDEN KLIXON KLIXON MERIDEN AHW4-10 7277-2-10 7277-2-10 AHW4-10 MOONEY 12-98 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 23 28 A2064-1777 203529 1777-266P-12.H. CABIN.A 21 LC15A 21 LC16A 21 LC17A 21 LC18A 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 = DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. TAIL _NHITE) BULB.H. POSITION. SMITH GE H. POS. SA25SCT12-3 SW53AA2 15-1049-3 LN01A LN01B/D LN02A C/B. POSITION (14V) 21 I_N04B BULB. SMITH GE H. (R1-R) LAMP LIGHT.MT) BUlB. LDG (BULB) SWITCH. (14V) CVERT. (R2-L) LAMP H. LIGHT. POS. LDG (BULB) LIGHT.A 21 LC13A 21 LC14. POSITION LTS LIGHT. SMITH GE LIGHT. LDG LT CAP FACE NUT MERIDEN MOONEY MOONEY MAGNECFIAFT GE GE C-H AHW4-20 930023-15 930023-115/-215 WB9CQX-2 4522 4509 .H. LDG LT C/B. (R1-L) LAMP LIGHT. POSITION.

INSTR LITES DALE (24-0901THRU 24-0926) RESISTOR. RADIO RHEOSTAT/SWITCH. INSTR LTS HOLDER FUSE.H. MAP LITE LITTEL HOLDER LITTEL RESISTOR RESISTOR. FLAP & TRIM DIALIGHT LAMP GE FUSE (5 AMP)(3AG-SLO-BLO)LFI-TEL HOLDER LI'I-rEL FUSE. INSTR LITES DALE 12-98 PART NO. SMITH GE H. LAMP WESTERN IND CO LIGHT-CONSOLE WESTERN IND CO LAMP WESTERN IND CO LIGHT HOLDER.H. 2N2016 2N2016 2N3079 2N2016 2N2016 JS1N056P251MA JSIN056P251MA JS1N056P261MA JSIN056P251MA 8H2011 8Z0023 7277-2-6 FM01-5A FHN42W FM01-5A FHN42W FM01-SA FHN42W 1836R 1930 1836R 1930 1836 1930 1816 1930 1816 1930 1816 1930 8858-9-1 130285-003 330 1836 1930 250-650-5821-008 327 330 501-611<-11K3BP Wl-7046 501-61K-11K3BP Wl-7046 270-1930-01710702 370 NOTES 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 313005 155020 313001 155020 or 155120 100 OHM 2W 4599 4599 RH-10-50 OHM RH-10-50 OHM 10 10 / . UGHT ROCKER C/B.H. INSTR LIGHTS FUSE. INSTR LTS HOLDER LAMPS (RED) HOLDER (4 EA) LAMPS (RED) HOLDER (7 EA) LAMPS 0NHITE) HOLDER (4 EA) LAMPS HOLDER (10 EA) LAMPS HOLDER (9 EA) LAMPS HOLDER (10 EA) UGHTS.H. SMITH GE H. SMITH GE H. RADIO RHEOSTAT/SWITCH.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 LPO3A LP03C LP03B LP04A LP05A LP08A LP06B/C LP07A LP08A LP09A 21 21 LP10C LP13A 21 LP14A 21 LP15A 21 -21 LP16A 21 LP18A 21 LP18B 21 LP18C 21 LP18D 21 LP18E -21 LP19A 21 LP20A 21 21 LP21A LP22A 21 LP22B 21 LP22C 21 LP24A LP17A 21 LP24B 21 21 21 21 LP25A LP25B LP25C LP25D 21 LP25E 91-20-01 16 DESCRIPTION VENDOR XSTR. SMITH SLOAN MOONEY BULB (7 EA) GE LAMPS GE HOLDER (6 F_A) H. SMITH N# LIGHT (2 EA) KORRY BULBS GE LIGHT. RADIO LIGHTS XSTR. RADIO LITES OHMITE RESISTOR. SMITH GE H.H. RADIO LIGHTS RHEOSTAT/SWITCH RHEOSTAT/SWITCH. (ALT LP03NC) XSTR. COMPASS GE LIGHT-CONSOLE WESTERN IND CO. RADIO LIGHTS XSTR.H. INSTR LTS HOLDER FUSE. RED/WHITE. INSTR LIGHTS XSTR.H. RADIO SWITCH. INSTR LITES OHMITE RESISTOR. SMITH GE H. GLARESHIELD RCA RCA DELCO RCA RCA ALLEN/BRADLEY ALLEN/BRADLEY ALLEN/BRADLEY ALLEN/BRADLEY MICRO MICRO KLIXON McGRAW-EDISON McGRAW-EDISON McGRAW-EDISON GE H.

LT SOCKETS RECOGNITION LIGHT.....NVG MOONEY MOONEY WHELEN SD| MOONEY PWR SUPPLY. CLUSTER #3 LAMP... PWR SUPPLY. POST... PLUG CLAMP CONNECTOR. CLAMP GRIMES . STROBE. UGHT. LT PLUG. L/WG SDI MOONEY STROBE LT.. LITE. LIGHT. OXYGEN LIGHT LAMP BUSS. I_]WG PWR SUPPLY. REGOG... RT SOCKETS MOONEY MOONEY AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP C/B.TACH LAMP UGHT. LIGHT. UGHT. 32 29 30 31 29 64 30 29.. MALE CONNECTOR.. RADIO LIGHT POST LIGHT POST LIGHT POST LIGHT POST LIGHT LAMP LAMP. POST. RECOG. CLOCK LAMP UGHT. FEMALE FUSE... 330(AVIATION BLUE) 330(AVIATION BLUE) 330(AVIATION BLUE) 330(AVIATION BLUE) 330(AVIATION BLUE) DEA 90020 DEA 90020 313001 155020 or 155120 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 C/B RECOGNITION LIGHTS RECOG.. POST. L.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE 21 LP26A 21 LP27A 21 LP28A 21 LP29A 21 LPSOA 21 21 21 21 21 LP31A LP32A LP33A LP34A LP35A 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 LP36A LP37A LP38A LP39A LP40A LP41A LP42A LP43A 21 LP44A 21 LP45A 21 21 21 LR01A LRO2A LRO3A 21 21 -- LRO4A LRO5A 21 21 21 21 LSOIA LS01B/D LS02A LS02B 21 21 21 21 21 LS02C LS02E LSO2F LS03A LS03B 21 LS03B 21 21 LS03C LS03D DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. I_/WG MOONEY PWR SUPPLY.... STB.. L/WG MOONEY STROBE LITE(FLASHTUBE) WHELEN STROBE... STB. (1A) HOLDER CONNECTOR. L/VVG SDI FLASHTUBE MOONEY STROBE LT. RT PLUG. CLUSTER #1 LAMP. M/P LAMP LIGHT. CLUSTER #4 LAMP.. STROBE LIGHTS (AL-r) PWR SUPPLY. LANG MOONEY CABLE... LANG MOONEY CABLE ASSY.. STROBE LIGHTS C/B.. STB. POST... LfWG SDI MOONEY NOTES 930023-231 990044-001 1-480318-0 60619-1 880049-001 1-480318-0 60619-1 930023-007 930023-107/-207 A490.OAT LAMP HOLDER.34 i 12-98 . 91-20-01 17 . CLUSTER #2 LAMP.. STB. GE GRIMES GE GRIMES GE GRIMES GE SLOAN GE MOONEY GRIMES GRIMES GRIMES GRIMES GE G/E G/E G/E G/E G/E DEANS DEANS LI'I-IEL UTTEL AMP AMP AMP AMP A-8970B1 330 A-8970B1 33O A-897081 330 A-8970S1 330 855S-0-U 330 800233-060 A-897081 A-6970S1 A-8970S1 A-8970B1 330 .. T14 701295-3A 880018-501 880023-507 980928-505(ALT) 880017-503(ALT) A429 701303A 880019-501 702000-1 860021-501 880038-501 702000-3 880017-501 28 31 29. CLUSTER #5 CONNECTOR.

FACE NUT C-H C-H SARKES TARZIAN MERIDEN KUXON MERIDEN KLIXON MERIDEN KUXON MERIDEN KLIXON MERIDEN KLIXON MERIDEN KUXON MERIDEN KUXON MERIDEN KUXON MOONEY ARA SWITCHCRAFT SWlTCHCRAFT SWlTCHCRAFT SWITCHCRAFT C-H C-H C-H 12-98 AHW4'7277-2AHW47277-2AHW47277-2AHW47277-2AHW47277-2AHW47277-2AHW47277-2AHW47277-2810195 6707001 C-128 S-102B. R/WG P/S. 34 30 29.ASHTUBE 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 LS05C LS06A LS06B LS06C LS06D LS07A LS07B LS08A LS09A 21 21 21 21 21 MA01A MA02A MA02B MA03A MA04A STROBE LT. TAIL STROBE CABLE. NAV 1 C/B. DME SPEAKER. TAIL STROBE P/S. UTE. T14 701295-3A 880018-501 880028-507 702000-3 880017-501 880028-505(ALT) 880017-503(ALT) A429 702000-2 880019-501 880021-502 880038-502 880038-501 880028-507 880017-505(ALT) 880017-507 880020-501 880041-501 206708-1 1-480305-0 61118-1 OR 60629-1 AN2552-3A 6041H105A 6041H105A 10H3P 1N2483 21 21 21 LS03E LS04A LS04B CABLEASSY. DME 1A C/B. COM 1 C/B.. STROBE. PWR RELAY DIODE. MSO1A SPEAKER JACK. COM 2 C/B. COM 2 C/B. R/WG CABLE ASSY. NAV 1 C/B. 34 31 34 29 34 30 29. R/WG FLASHTUBE. AUD C/B. TAIL STROBE P/S PINS (3 EA) AUX. ADF C/B. NAV 2 C/B. STROBE. TAIL PLUG. MOONEY WHELEN SDI MOONEY MOONEY SDI MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY WHELEN SDI MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY AMP AMP AMP 880017-503 A490. R/WG CABLE. MIC 2 WASHERS MIC KEY. MIC 1 WASHERS JACK. PWR. XPN C/B. P/S. S-1029 SA25SAT12-3 SW53AA2 15-1049-3 NOTES 31 29. 34 30 30 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 .TAIL STROBE CABLE. R/WG 21 21 21 21 LB04E LS04F LS05A LS05B P/S. STROBE.R/WG P/S. AUX. RECEPTACLE RELAY. S-1029 C-128 S-102B. XPN1A O/B. NAV 2 C/B. ADF 1A C/B.34 30 29 29. TAIL LITE STROBE. R/WG STROBE. TAIL STROBE RECPT. STROBE. R/WG FI. TAIL STROBE. L/WG PWR SUPPLY. R/WG 21 21 LS04C LS04D P/S. AUD 1 C/B.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. COM 1 C/B. PILOTS 'CAP . STROBE. AUX PWR RELAY DIODE 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 MB01A MB01B MB02A MB02B MB03A MB03B MB04A MB04B MB05A MB05B MB06A MB06B MB07A MB07B MB08A MB08B MB09A MB09B MB10A 21 MB11A 21 MB12A 91-20-01 18 C/B.

BOOST PUMP FUEL PUMP 21 NF02B FUEL PUMP 21 NF03A C/B. FUEL PUMP-LO C/B. FUEL PUMP-HI MOONEY DUKES MOONEY MOONEY 12-98 NOTES 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11. PROP DE-ICE C/B. GRD 1 BUSS.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. COPILOT CAP FACE NUT JACK. FONE 2 C/B. FUEL PUMP-LO C/B. LORAN C/B. WX RADAR. RADIO BLOWER RADIO BLOWER ASSY C/B.5SAT12-3 SW53AA2 15-1049-3 C-11 C-11 7277-2AHW4MST215N 7277-27277-27277-27277-27277-27277-27277-27277-27277-2930023-023 930023-123/-223 930023-021 930023-121/-221 800233-000 800233-000 800233-000 930023-125/-225 7277-2KA20 7277-27277-27277-27277-27277-2930023-127/-227 7277-2800336-501 800336-503 CA-7212 or CA-7286 CA7616 98470-1LW 930023-011 930023-117 930023-111 930023-117/-217 930023-211 4140-00-19A (R/B) 1499-00-19 610153-501 1499-00-19 610153-501 930023-019 21 MB13A 21 21 21 MB14A MB15A MB16A/B MIC KEY. NP 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 MB17A MB18A/B MB19A MB20A MB21A MB22A MB23A MB24A MB25A MB26A MB27A MB27B/D MB28A MB28B MB29A MS30A MB31A MB32A/B MB33A MB34A MB35A MB38A MB37A MB38A MB39A MB40ND MB41A MC01A MC01B ME01A MEOIB MEOlC NF01A NF01 B NFOl C NFOl D/F NF01 E NF02A SWITCH. CONVERTER C/B. C-H C-H C-H SWITCHCRAFT SWITCHCRAFT KUXON MERIDEN ALCO KLIXON KLIXON KUXON KUXON KLIXON KLIXON KUXON KLIXON KUXON MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY KLIXON KING KLIXON KLIXON KLIXON KI\LIXON KLIXON MOONEY KLIXON MOONEY MOONEY BORG INSTR BORG MITCHELL MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY DUKES SA2. GRD 3 C/B. RADIO MASTER C/B R-NAV C/B HSI C/B ENCODER C/B FUEL FLOW C/B TELEFONE C/B VME C/B TELEPHONE C/B INVERTER C/B. FUEL PUMP C/B. FUEL PUMP-LO C/B. GRD 2 BUSS.LIGHTED) C/B. ELECTRIC CLOCK (OPT) CLOCK. 28 28 28 11 11 11 11 11 11 11. STORMSCOPE CIGAR LIGHTER CIGAR LIGHTER CLOCK. ALT SELECT C/B. PROP DE-ICE C/B. SERVO C/S. COLOR C/B. STANDBY VACUUM C/B. WX RADAR BUSS. ALT.28 11 37 37 28 91-20-01 19 . FONE 1 JACK. STEREO C/B. RMI C/B.WX RADAR C/B.

ALT.-3-$14-LN2-70 500-1041-01 880016-501 38 880270-505 (SPARES) 13 800331-721 MS3106A-18-4S MS3057-10B 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 21 21 21 21 21 PB01A PB01B PB02A PB02B PB03A 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 PB03B PB04A PB04B PB05A PB06A PB06B/D PB07A 91-20-01 20 BATTERY BATTERY RELAY. FUEL PUMP-HI RESISTOR VOLT REG. ALT FIELD ALTERNATOR MERIDEN KLIXON PRESTOLITE 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 PA02B PA02C PA02D PA03A PA03B PA03C PA03D PA04A PA04B PA05A PA06NB/C 21 PA07A 21 PA07B 21 PA08B ALTERNATOR FORD ALTERNATOR LYCOMING ALTERNATOR CONTINENTAL FILTER ELPAC FILTER SPRAGUE FILTER CAPTOR FILTER CAPTOR C/B. V/R CLAMP PLUG. ALTERNATOR.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M2OJ MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE 21 21 21 DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. V/R CLAMP RECPT. PROD. MAIN FLEX GILL PRESTOLITE C-H C-H MERIDEN MECHANICAL PROD ETA MAGNECRAFT P &B C-H MOONEY MOONEY 12-96 G-35(PS6-11) R-35 6041H231 6041H105A AHW1-50 700-001-50 41-3-$14-LN2-50 W89CQX-2 MB-4413 9811K828 930023-013 930023-113/-213 28 12 17 6 28 14 . FIELD C/B. RADIO RELAY. MOONEY REPLACES OECO P/N 20082.BA-[-IERY. PUMP CLAMP PLUG. VOLT REG AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. AUX PUMP RECPT. VOLT REG AMP CLAMP AHW4-5 7277-2-5 ALY-9403 or8420 or ALY6420LS OR ALY8420M DOFP-10300J LW 15404 641669 27-3-99-01021 JN-14-1356A A2637 A2638 1648-001-70 41. PUMP CLAMP MOONEY CLARSTAT ELECTRO-DELTA MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 930023-119/-219 VP-50-KA VR-436 880047-505 206153-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 NOTES 21 NF03B/D NF04A NFO4B ALT NF05A 21 NF06A 21 NF07A 21 NF08A 21 21 21 NP01A NP02A NP03A SWITCH SOLENOID FUSE/HOLDER CARUNG CONTINENTAL LI'I-FEL T1GK6B-1F-WH-A 642200 311010 or312010 21 21 21 PA01A PA01B PA02A C/B. C/B. C/B. VOLT REG CLAMP PLUG. RADIO MASTER BUSS BAR. ALT MECH. RADIO MASTER SWITCH. AUX BUSS (AL'r) C/B. AUX POWER RELAY. RADIO RELAY C/B. MASTER C/B BUS.. & ELECTRO-DELTA P/N's VR414 & VR415 ADAPTER CABLE MOONEY PLUG.MASTER RELAY. OUTPUT ETA CAPACITOR SANGAMO VOLTAGE REG. MASTER C/B.

. RADIO RELAY SHUNT. BUSS BAR MAIN FLEX BUSS BAR MAIN FLEX. #2 BUSS BAR MAIN #1 BUSS BAR MAIN #1 BUSS BAR MAIN #1 BUSS BAR MAIN #2 BUSS BAR MAIN #2 BUSS BAR MAIN #3 BUSS BAR RADIO #3 BUSS BAR MAIN #3 BUSS BAR RADIO #3 BUSS BAR RADIO #3 BUSS BAR RADIO #2 BUSS BAR RADIO #1 BUSS BAR RADIO #2 BUSS BAR RADIO #2 BUSS BAR RADIO #2 BUSS BAR RADIO #3 DIODE. #2 BUSS BAR CONN 1 &2 BUSS BAR AUXl BUSS BAR AUX BUSS BAR AUX. FLEX BUSS BAR BUSS BAR DIODE. FLEX #2 BUSS BAR. MAIN POWER NOTES 14 14 14 MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY SARKES TARZlAN MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY SARKES TARZIAN SARKES TARZIAN KULKA KULKA ETA MOONEY 12-98 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 913127-009 913127-093 913127-003 913127-011 913127-013 913127-023 913127-025 913127-027 913127-029 913127-113 913127-125 913127-005 913127-017 913127-019 913127-005 913127-019 913127-005 913127-019 913127-001 913127-003 913127-019 913127-019 913127-005 913127-019 913127-005 913127-019 913127-019 F-4 913127-003 40 41 41 15 14 15 15 15 F-4 F-4 600RJ-2 600RJ-2 41-3-S14-LN2-70 913127-031 91-20-01 21 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE . BATTERY POWER . MASTER RELAY DIODE. RADIO RELAY C/B. RADIO RELAY SHUNT. #2 BUSS BAR AUX. RAD... #1 BUSS BAR AUX. #1 BUSS BAR AUX. RAD. #2 BUSS BAR AUX. RADIO MASTER BUSS BAR MAIN #1 JUMPER BUSS BAR. #2 BUSS BAR MAIN POWER BUSS BAR MAIN POWER BUSS BAR MAIN POWER BUSS BAR MAIN #7 BUSS BAR MAIN POWER BUSS BAR BUSS BAR BUSS BAR RADIO FLEX BUSS BAR AUX BUSS BAR AUX. BUSS BAR. #1 BUSS BAR MAIN FLEX. RADIO FLEX BUSS BAR. ! DESCRIPTION 21 21 21 PB07B PB07C PB07D 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 PB07E PB07F PB07G PB07H PB07J PB07K PB07L PB08A PB09A PB09B PB09C PB09D PB09E PB09F/M PB09G PB09H PB09J PB09K PB09L PB10A PB10B PB10C PB11A PB11B PB12A PB12B PB12C PB12D PB12E PB12F PB13A PB13B PB14A PB14B PB14C PB15A PB16A PB20A PS21A PB21B PB21C PB21D PB21E PB22A PB23A PB24A PB25A PB26A PB27A VENDOR PART NO. BUSS BAR AUX.

CONTROL SOCKET LIGHT.V. LIGHT RECPTACLE CLAMP PLUG DIODE DIODE. C/B PANEL CLAMP PLUG. L/WG STUB CLAMP PLUG.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. RADIO #3 BUSS BAR. O.. L/WG STUB AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP MOONEY MP PGO8A 21 -21 21 21 PG09A 21 21 21 21 PG13A PG14A PG15A PG16A 21 PLOIA 21 -21 21 PL02A 21 21 PL03B PL04A 21 21 PL04B PL05A 21 PL05B 21 PLO5C 91-20-01 22 PG10A PG11A PG12A PL02B PLO3A ELECTRO MECH KLIXON LEACH MAGNACRAFT WESTERN IND WESTERN IND SARKES TARZlAN SARKES TARZIAN AMP AMP SARKES TAP.. ELEC GEAR CLAMP PLUG. BUSS SWITCHING SOCKET RELAY. -- . MAIN PWR. RADIO #1 BUSS BAR. ON LIGHT DIODE.. FLT PNL #1 PLUG. O./WING PLUG. MAIN PWR #3 BUSS BAR. 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 PB28A PB29A PB30A PB31A PB32A PB33A PB34A PB35A PB36A PB37A DIODE BUSS BAR. LAMP DIODE..RADIO #5 BUSS BAR. L/WING CLAMP PLUG. I. ELEC GEAR PLUG.. STANDBY FUSE HOLDER FUSE(15A SLO-BLO) PLUG. RADIO #4 BUSS BAR. MAIN #1 SARKEB TARZIAN MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY F-4 918127-001 918127-001 918127-003 913127-005 913127-019 913127-035 913127-035 913127-035 913127-037 21 21 PG01A PGO2A ELECTRO MECH LI'I-FEL LITTEL 21 PG03A 21 21 21 PG04A PGO5A PG06A 21 -21 PG07A GENERATOR.V. RADIO RELAY RECEPTACLE CLAMP CLAMP 8012 155020 or 155120 313015 MS3106A-18-1S MS3057-10A or-10B 2073-2 7277-2-15 JD1B 50-1049-8309 W67CSX-2 70-303 501-61K-11K3BP Wl-7046 501-61K-11K3BP Wl-7046 F-4 F-4 206153-1 206062-1 206060-1 F-4 F-4 206705-2 206708-1 206062-1 PLUG. MAIN PWR#3 BUSS BAR.ZIAN SARKES TAFIZIAN AMP AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP AMP MOONEY 12-98 206037-1 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 930021-505 206037-1 206070-1 930021-001 206037-1 206070-1 930021-001 206037-1 206070-1 206708-1 206966-1 930021-001 NOTES . REGULATOR CLAMP VOLTAGE REGULATOR C/B. #3 BUSS BAR. RADIO #2 BUSS BAR. STANDBY GEN RELAY. ON LAMP LIGHT. L/WG STUB CLAMP PLUG. FLT PNL #1 CLAMP PLUG.

AUX PWR. FLAPS CLAMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 206060-1 202062-1 206037-1 202070-1 206060-1 202062-1 206037-1 206070-1 206708-1 206966-1 MS8106A-22-14S MS3057-12B 206060-1-001 206062-1 206037-1 206070-1 206708-1 206966-1 206087-1 206070-1 206060-1 206062-1 206037-1 206070-1 206708-1 206966-1 206037-1 206070-1 030021-001 206037-1 206070-1 AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP PLUG..CONSOLE #1 CLAMP PLUG. ACCESS. SQUAT SWITCH CLAMP PLUG. HEADLINER CLAMP PLUG. RELAY PANEL AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. FIREWALLJUNC. FLT PNL #2 CLAMP PLUG. RELAY PNLAMP ' CLAMP AMP 12-98 NOTES 19 206037-1 206070-1 206966-1 206708-1 206966-1 206037-1 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 206708-1 206966-1 206060-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 206070-1 206037-2 206070-1 206037-2 206070-1 91-20-01 23 . L/SIDE PANEL PLUG. C/B PNL AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE 21 PL06A 21 PL07A 21 PL07B 21 PL08A 21 -21 PL08B 21 -21 PL10A 21 -21 PL11B 21 -21 PL12B 21 PL13B 21 PL14A 21 21 PL14B PL15A 21 PL16A 21 PL16B 21 PL17A 21 PL16A 21 PL16B 21 -21 PL19A 21 P1_21A 21 21 PL22A PL22B 21 -- PL23A PL09A PL11A PL12A PL13A PL20A DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. FIREWALL CLAMP PLUG. COPILOTS WHEEL AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. RADIO PWR. PLUG. PNL CLAMP PLUG. CONSOLE #2 AMP CLAMP AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. CLUSTER GAUGE AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG.CONSOLE #1 CLAMP PLUG. CONSOLE AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. PILOT'S WHEEL AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. MIDDLE CLAMP PLUG. HEADUNER CLAMP PLUG. VAC WARN SW AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. ELEC. C. CLUSTER GAUGE AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. GLARESHIELD CLAMP PLUG. ANNUNCIATOR PANEL CLAMP PLUG. RADIO PWR. I_/SIDE CABIN CLAMP PLUG. I_/SIDE CABIN. PNL CLAMP PLUG./BPNL AMP PLUG. FLT PNL #2 CLAMP PLUG.

PWR. R/WG STUB CLAMP PLUG. CABIN TAIL CONE CLAMP PLUG. TRIM POS. XSTRS. GEAR CONTROL CLAMP PLUG. R/WG CLAMP PLUG. R/WG STUB CLAMP PLUG. GEAR OVERRIDE . IND CLAMP PLUG. EMPENNAGE CLAMP PLUG. PANEL LT CONTROL CLAM P PLUG. R/WG NAV CLAMP PLUG. R/WG CLAMP PLUG. CABIN/TAIL CONE CLAMP PLUG. RADIO. CABIN TAIL CONE CLAMP PLUG. 21 PL24A 21 PL24S 21 PL24C 21 PL25A 21 PI-25B 21 PL2. R/WG CLAMP PLUG.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. PLUG.TA 21 PL28A 21 PL29A 21 PL29B 21 PL30A 21 PL30B 21 PL30C 21 PL31A 21 PL32A 21 PL33A 21 PL34A 21 PL34B 21 PL35A 21 PL35B 21 PL35C 21 PL35D 21 PL36A PLUG. C/B PNL(OPT) CLAMP PLUG. CONSOLE CLAMP PLUG. RADIO PKG CABLE CLAMP PLUG. TAIL CLAMP PLUG. GEAR CONTROL CLAMP PLUG. CLAMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 206037-1 206070-1 206706-1 208966-1 206037-1 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 206060-1 206062-1 206708-1 206966-1 930021-001 206966-1 206060-1 206062-1 206708-1 206966-1 930021-001 206966-1 206060-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 206708-1 206966-1 206037-1 206070-1 206706-1 206966-1 206060-1 206062-1 206037-1 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 206037-2 206070-1 206060-1 206062-1 206706-1 206966-1 206708-1 206966-1 206060-1 206062-1 206705-2 206966-1 206060-1 206062-1 205060-1 206062-1 91-20-01 24 12-96 NOTES . C/B PNL(OPT) CLAMP PLUG. C/B PNL CLAMP PLUG. LT CONTROL CLAMP PLUG. GEAR CONTROL #2 CLAMP .SC 21 PI. PILOT'S TRIM CLAMP PLUG.-25D 21 PL26A 21 PL26B 21 PL26C 21 PL2. GEAR CONTROL #1 CLAMP PLUG. FLT PNL CLAMP PLUG. R/WG CLAMP PLUG.

AVIONICS GRND CLAMP PLUG MAIN CABLEGRND CLAMP PLUG AVIONICS GRND #2 CLAM P PLUG INT PWR CLAMP PLUG COM/NAV POWER CLAMP PLUG ROLL SERVO CABLE CLAMP PLUG AZIMUTH CABLE CLAMP PLUG AVIONICS DIM CLAMP PLUG K-4/C-2 NAV REC/NP CLAMP MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 930021-501 205839-1 206070-1 206037-1 205838-1 206062-1 206062-1 206062-1 206037-1 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 206839-3 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 2067839-3 206070-1 206708-1 206966-1 206060-1 206062-1 206768-1 286866-1 206708-1 206966-1 206037-1 206070-1 205839-3 206070-1 21 -21 PL39A PL40A 21 -21 PL41A 21 PL43A 21 PL44A 21 PL45A 21 21 PL46A PL47A 21 PL48A 21 -21 -21 PL50A 21 -21 PL53A 21 -21 PL53C 21 PL54A 21 PL55A 21 PL57A 21 PL58A 21 PL59A 21 -- PL60A PL42A PL51A PL52A PL53B PL53D AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 12-98 NOTES : 91-20-01 25 . NP GRND CLAMP PLUG. C/B DIM CLAMP PLUG. FLT PNL CLAMP PLUG. VAC WARN CLAMP PLUG. GR SAFETY SW CLAMP PLUG. AVIONIC PWR PLUG. AUDIO INTERCN CLAMP PLUG. NP TRIM SW RELAY CLAMP PLUG. A/P CLAMP PLUG. OVERHEAD LITE CLAMP PLUG. FIREWALL #2 CLAMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 266060-1 206062-1 205060-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 206060-1 208062-1 206060-1 206062-1 206708-1 206966-1 206060-1 206062-1 MS3106A-22-14S MS3057-12B PLUG.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. HOUR METER CLAMP PLUG. 21 PL37A 21 PL38A PLUG. ELT SWITCH CLAMP PLUG. GLARESHIELD CLAMP PLUG. FLT PNL DIM CLAMP CLAMP PLUG. EMERG FLD CLAMP PLUG.

TRIM RELAY CLAMP PLUG TRIM SW CLAMP PLUG AZIMUTH CLAMP PLUG ADF RMI CLAMP PLUG TRIM RELAY CLAMP PLUG TRIM PWR CLAMP PLUG NP RELAY CLAMP PLUG. DISPLAY RING. RADIO PKG CABLE CLAMP PLUG. STARTER HOUSING SCREEN. NAV/REC NP CLAMP AMP 206839-3 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 205839-3 206070-1 205838-1 206062-1 205838-1 206062-1 206708-1 206966-1 205838-1 206062-1 205838-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 205839-3 206070-1 205838-1 206062-1 205838-1 206062-1 205839-3 206070-1 PLUG. IGN/TACH/CIG UGHTER C/B. K-14 NAV REC/NP CLAMP PLUG. NP XFER CLAMP PLUG. MKR INVERTER CLAMP PLUG. PLUG. GRND CLAMP PLUG. GUARD RELAY STARTER (ALT) (ALT) STARTER • (ALT) DIODE AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 206037-1 206070-1 205839-3 206070-1 20037-1 AMP 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 205839-3 206070-1 MERIDEN KLIXON MICRO MICRO MICRO MICRO C-H R/B MOONEY PRESTOLITE PRESTOLITE PRESTOLITE PRESTOLITE LYCOMING SARKES TARZIAN AHW4-10 7277-2-10 2D72 2M1 2J5 2K6 6041H105A 940020-501 MZ4206 MZ4218 MZ4222 MCL-6501 LW15572 F-4 12-98 NOTES 22 39 . XPDR/ENCODER (KFC 200) CLAMP PLUG. K-14 NAV REC/NP CLAMP PLUG. VOR/GS TRANSFER CLAMP PLUG. IGN/TACH/CIG LIGHTER SWITCH. I<-4/(]-2 CLAMP C/B. ADF/RMI CLAMP PLUG. NAV REC/NP.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE 21 PL61A 21 PL62A 21 PL63A 21 PL64A 21 PL65A 21 PL66A 21 PL67A 21 PL68A 21 PL69A 21 PL670A 21 PL71A 21 PL72A 21 PL73A 21 PL74A 21 PL75A 21 PL76A 21 PL77A 21 PL78A 21 PL79A 21 21 21 PS01A PS01B PS02A 21 PS03NB 21 PS04A 21 PSO4B 21 PS05A 91-20-01 26 DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. K-2/K-3 NAV REC/NP CLAMP PLUG.

HEADLINGER CLAMP RECPT. L/SIDE CABIN LOW CLAMP RECPT. FLT PNL #2 CLAMP RECPT. HEADLINER CLAMP RECPT. FLT PNL #1 CLAMP RECPT. ELEC GEAR RECPT. L/WING CLAMP RECPT. FLAPS. C/B PNL CLAMP RECPT. SQUAT SWITCH CLAMP RECPT./SIDE PNL RECPT. CONSOLE #2 CLAMP VENDOR UTTEL LI'I-FEL AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP 12.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE 21 PS06A 21 RC01A 21 RC01B 21 RC02A 21 21 RC02B RC03A 21 21 -21 21 RC03B RC04A RC04B RC05A 21 RC05B 21 21 RC05C RC06A 21 RC07A 21 RC07B 21 RC08A 21 -21 RC09B 21 RC10A 21 -21 RC11A 21 RC12A 21 RC13A 21 RC13B 21 RC14A 21 21 21 RC14B RC14C RC15A 21 RC16A RC09A RC11B DESCRIPTION FUSE HOLDER FUSE RECPT. C/B PNL CLAMP RECPT. FIR_ALL CLAMP RECPT. L/SIDE CABIN. ACCESS. MID CLAMP RECPT. 155020 or 155120 313001 206036-3 206070-1 20515%1 206138-1 206036-3 205070-1 930021-506 206036-1 206070-1 930021-002 206036-3 206070-1 930021-002 206036-3 206070-1 206705-2 206966-1 930021-002 ' 206153-1 206070-1 206036-3 206070-1 206153-1 206062-1 206036-3 206070-1 206705-2 206966-1 MS3100A22-14P MS3057-12B 206153-1 206062-1 206036-3 206070-1 206705-2 206966-1 206036-6 206070-1 206066-3 206070-1 206705-2 206966-1 206036-3 206070-1 930021-002 930021-502 206036-1 206070-1 206036-3 206070-1 NOTES 19 19 91-20-01 27 . L/SIDE PNL RECPT. CONSOLE #1 CLAMP RECPT. L/WING STUB CLAMP RECPT. L/WING RECPT. GLARESHIELD CLAMP RECPT.98 PART NO. FLT PNL #1 RECPT. ELEC GEAR CLAMP RECPT. FIREWALLJUNC PNL CLAMP RECPT. L/WING STUB RECPT. FLT PNL#2 CLAMP RECPT. L/WING CLAMP RECPT. CONSOLE #1 CLAMP RECPT. L. PNT CLAMP RECPT. ELEC CLAMP RECPT.

C/B PNL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION 21 RC16B 21 RC17A 21 RC18A 21 RC18B 21 RC19A 21 RC20A 21 RC21A 21 RC22A 21 RC22B 21 RC23A 21 RC24A 21 RC24B 21 RC24C 21 RC25A 21 RC25B 21 RC25C 21 RC25D 21 RC26A 21 RC26B 21 RC26C 21 RC27A 21 RC28A 21 RC29A 21 RC29B 21 RC30A 21 RC30B 91-20-01 28 VENDOR RECPT. C/B PNL. MACWARN SW AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. CONSOLE AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. C/B PNL AMP CLAMP AMP 12-98 PART NO. RADIOS. RELAY PNL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. 206705-2 206966-1 206036-1 206070-1 206036-8 206070-1 296708-2 206966-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206207-1 296070-1 206036-2 206070-1 206036-1 206070-1 206036-3 205070-1 206705-2 206966-1 206036-3 206070-1 206036-3 206070-1 206153-1 206062-1 206705-1 206070-1 930021-002 2060966-1 206153-1 206062-1 206705-2 206966-1 930021-002 206966-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206705-2 206966-1 206036-3 206070-1 206705-2 206966-1 NOTES . CABIN TAILCONE AMP CLAMP AMP RECP'f . TAIL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. AUX PWR AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. RADIO PWR C/B PNL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. CLUSTER GAUGE AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. R/WING AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT R/WING AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT R/WING MOONEY CLAMP AMP RECPT R/WIGN STUB AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT R/WING STUB AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT R/WING STUB MOONEY CLAMP AMP RECPT TRIM POS IND AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT PILOT'S TRIM AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. PILOT'S WHEEL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. RADIO PWR RELAY PNL AMP CLAMP AMP RECP'I" CABIN TAILCONE AMP CLAMP AMP RECP't" CABIN TAILCONE AMP CLAMP AMP RECP'[ . R/WING AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. COPILOT'S WHEEL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. CLUSTER GAUGE AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. TAIL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT.

.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION 21 RC30C 21 RC31A 21 RC32A 21 RC33A 21 RC34B 21 RC34B 21 RC35A 21 RC35B 21 RC35C 21 RC35D 21 RC37A 21 RC38A 21 -21 RC39A 21 RC41A 21 RC42A 21 RC43A 21 RC43C 21 RC44A 21 RC45A 21 21 RC46A RC47A 21 RC48A 21 RC49A 21 RC5OA 21 RC51A RC40A . F:_NRFLT PNL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. TRANSISTORS. LIGHT CONTROL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. SW AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. EMERG FLD AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. CONSOLE AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. NP TRIM SW RELAY AMP CLAMP AMP 12-96 PART NO. VAC WARN AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. AUDIO INTER AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. AFT AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. RADIO PKG CABLE AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. BLARESHIEDL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT.-1 206841-2 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206036-3 206070-1 91-20-01 29 . GEAR CONTROL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. GO AROUND/WX RADAR CLAMP AMP RECPT. FLT PNL GRND/DIM AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. C/B PNL (OPT) AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. FLT PNL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. NOTES 206060-1 206062-1 206036-3 206070-1 206036-3 206070-1 206207-1 206070-1 206153-1 206062-1 206705-2 206966-1 206705-2 207008-1 206153-1 206062-1 206705-2 206966-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206705-2 206966-1 206705-2 206966-1 206153-1 206062-t MS3100A-22-14P MS3057-12B 930021-502 206152-1 206070-1 206036-1 206070.. VENDOR RECPT. GEAR CONTROL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. C/B GRND AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. GR SAFETY SW AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT.. C/B DIM AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. GEAR CONTROL #2 AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. GEAR CONTROL #1 AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. FIREWALL#2 CLAMP RECPT. PNL LT CONTROL AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. AVIONICS PWR MOONEY RECPT. ELT. HOUR METER AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. O/H LIGHT.

K-14. COMM/NAV PWR CLAMP RECPT. NAVREC/A/P CLAMP RECPT. TRIM RELAY CLAMP RECPT. RECPT. NAVREC/NP CLAMP RECPT. INTERFACE PWR CLAMP RECPT. ROLL SERVO CABLE CLAMP RECPT. NP PWR CLAMP RECPT. ADF/RMI CLAMP RECPT TRIM RELAY CLAMP RECPT TRIM PWR CLAMP RECPT A/P RELAY CLAMP RECPT VOR/GS TRANSFER CLAMP RECPT MKR INVERTER CLAMP RECPT NAVREC/A/P CLAMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 206036-3 206070-1 206036-3 206070-1 206152-1 206070-1 206036-3 206070-1 206152-1 206070-1 206705-2 206966-1 206153-1 206062-1 206705-2 206966-1 206705-2 206966-1 206036-3 206070-1 206153-1 206062-1 206152-1 206070-1 206152-1 206070-1 206036-3 206070-1 206036-1 206070-1 206152-1 206070-1 205841-2 206062-1 205841-2 206062-1 206705-2 206966-1 205841-2 206062-1 205841-2 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206152-1 206070-1 205841-1 206062-1 205641-1 206062-1 206152-1 206070-1 AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 12-98 NOTES . K-4/C-2. K-2/K-3. NP GRND CLAMP RECPT. MAIN CABLE GRND CLAMP RECPT. AZIMUTH CLAMP RECPT.NAVREC/A/P CLAMP RECPT. AZIMUTH CABLE CLAMP RECPT. A/P TRANSFER CLAMP RECPT.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE 21 RC52A 21 RC53A 21 RC53S 21 RC53C 21 RC53D 21 -21 RC54A 21 RC57A 21 -21 RC58A 21 -21 RC59B 21 RC61A 21 RC62A 21 RC63A 21 -21 RC64A 21 -21 RC66A 21 RC68A 21 RC69A 21 RC70A 21 RC71A 21 -21 -21 RC72A 91-20-01 3O RC55A RC59A RC60A RC65A RC67A RC73A RC74A DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. AVIONICS GRND #2 CLAMP RECPT. NAVREC/NP CLAMP RECPT. AVIONICS GRND #1 CLAMP RECPT. AVIONICS DIM CLAMP NP DIM CLAMP RECPT. TRIM SW CLAMP RECPT. K-14.

DIM DIODE. GEAR UNSAFE DIODE. ADF/RMI CLAMP AMP RECPT. RADIO PKG CABLE AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. ALT WARN BULB (2) RECTIFIER SWITCH.ANNUNCIATOR LAMPS ALCO MSP205R KLIXON 7277-2-2 IAI 500D0024 CHICAGO MINIATURE CM7-7330 WE04A WE05A WE06A MICRO MICRO C-H MICRO MICRO MALLORY SARKESTARZIAN SLOAN GE KORRY SARKES TARZIAN SARKES TARZIAN SARKES TARZIAN 12-98 NOTES 330 330 91-20-01 31 . GEAR UP. PRESS TO TEST C/B. LOW FUEL PRESS BULB (2) RECTIFIER PLUG-SWITCH KORRY GE SARKES TARZIAN AMPHENOL 250-650-5821-004 330 F-4 126-223-1000 WL03A FUSEHOLDER FUSE LIGHT. GEAR WARN UGHT. THROTTLE SWITCH. ANNUNCIATOR . STALL WARN HORN C/B. GEAR UNSAFE BULB SWITCH. LO VOLT DET KORRY GE SARKESTAFIZIAN ELECTRO DELTA ELECTRO DELTA 250-650-5821-003 330 F-4 LV 14 LV-14F C/B. STALL WARNING SWITCH. DIM MERIDEN KLIXON KORRY SARKES TAP. WARN RECTIFIER LIGHT. STALL WARN HORN MERIDEN KLIXON AHW4-2 7277-2-2 21 21 WS02A WS03A HORN.ZIAN 155020 311011 250650-5821-005 330 F-4 21 21 WS01A WS01B C/B.4 LIGHT. RECPT. GEAR POSITION BULB (1) LIGHT. GEAR HORN RESISTOR. GEAR DOWN DIODE. GEAR DOWN BULB (2) DIODE. THROI-rLE ACTUATOR SWITCH.. THROTTLE ACURATOR HORN. K. LANDING IND BULBS (2) RECTIFIER LITTEL LI'I-['EL KORRY GE SARKES TAP. LO VOLT DET SWITCH.ZIAN AHW4-2 7277-2-2 250-650-5821-006 GE 1SM1-T JS-221 SS12ET10-102L3 V3-1 JV-5 SC628P F-4 855S-0-U 327 250-650-5821-007 GE F-4 F-4 F-4 (50 OHM -5 WAll') F-.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION 21 RC75A 21 RC76A 21 RC77A 21 RC78A 21 RC79A 21 WA01A 21 21 21 WA02A WA03A WA03B 21 21 21 WE01A WE01B WE02A 21 WE03A 21 21 -21 21 21 WE03B WE03C 21 WE07A 21 21 21 21 21 WE08A WE09A WE10A WE11A WE12A 21 WF01A 21 21 WF03A WF04A 21 WL01A 21 WL02A 21 VENDOR PART NO. PRE-STALL WARN MALLORY SAFE FLIGHT SC628 C46001 21 21 21 WT01A WT02A WT03A SWITCH. GRND AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT.4/C-2NAVREC/A/P AMP CLAMP AMP 206036-3 206070-1 206152-1 206070-1 206036-2 206070-1 206036-3 206070-1 206152-1 206070-1 LIGHT. XDCR/ENCODER (KFC-200) AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. GEAR WARN C/B.

500D0038B CM7-7330 21 WT03B ANNUNCIATOR LAMPS IAI CHICAGO MINIATURE 21 WT03F 21 WT03G 21 21 WT03H WT03J 21 WT03K ANNUNCIATOR LAMPS ANNUNCIATOR LAMPS (8) ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR LAMPS ANNUNCIATOR IAI 500D0038-007 CHICAGO MINIATURE CM7-7330 MOONEY 880025-501 CHICAGO MINIATURE CM7-7330 MOONEY 880025-515 MOONEY 880025-511 CHICAGO MINIATURE CM7-7330 MOONEY 880025-513 21 WT04A PLUG. VAC. RAM AIR ACTUATOR SWITCH. ANNUNCIATOR PIN MOLEX MOLEX 09-50-8121 08-50-106 21 21 21 WV01A WV01B WV02A C/B. HIGH VAC BULB (2) LIGHT. WARN LO SWITCH. FLASHER WHITMAN GENERAL WHITMAN GENERAL KORRY GE KORRY GE KORRY GE SARKES TARZIAN SARKES TARZlAN ELECTRO DELTA P118V-IN-K5L-1 PllSV-IN-K4L-2 250-650-5821-002 330 250-650-5821-001 330 250-650-5821-009 330 F-4 1=-4 FL1 21 WW01A 21 WW01B SWITCH. VAC. LOW VAC BULB (2) LIGHT. ALTERNATE AIR MICRO MICRO CHERRY V3-1 JV-5 E51-50B UGHT DIMMER SW BOX RHEOSTAT TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR (ALl') FUSE ::IECEPTACLE MOONEY ALLEN-BRADLEY RCA RCA McGRAW-EDISON AMP 8800344 JS1N056P02MA 2N3055 2N3773 FM01-5A 206705-2 91-20-01 32 12-98 NOTES 20 20 21 21 21 . VAC BULB (2) RECTIFIER. VACUUM WARN SWITCH.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. VACUUM WARN MERIDEN KLIXON MOONEY AHW4-2 7277-2-2 880012-501 21 21 21 WV02B WVO2C WV03A 21 WV04A 21 WV04B 21 21 21 WV05A WV06A WV07A SWITCH. VACUUM WARN C/B. HI SWITCH. VAC LT. LO RECTIFIER. WARN HI LIGHT.

H. spring.50" Hg. 21. between 0_ F and 110° F. Smith 2666 SolderLug H. 8. Altemete Holders Drake Leecraft 4151-014 10.384/-0. Aitemate Ohmite 0561 Mallory 5AV10 12. Switch8906k2876 may be used by painting black handle with white epoxy paint.20/-0.lighted) 880034-503/-509 Mooney (Imperial gals/hr . 23. Manufactureusing"AlphaWire Co. Same as 14 except use (1 ea) braid.50" Hg. (Cutler-Hammer solenoid P/N 6041H53). 9.H. 15.25" Hg. +0.775 in. Alternate Turn Coordinators: Talley Corp. 22. amperageof installedcircuitbreakerisdetermined by particularunit installed.Switchesmay not vary morethan 0. 0506-505 is replacementfor-004.H. 13.358 in. Maximum circuitbreakerratingis shown. Set for75 MPH (+/-5. Replace with 940020-501. Smith 1367 7. +0.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART NOTES 1. +/-0. 18.(w/out lights) 9100 Code No.lighted) 880034-511 Mooney (Pounds/hr) 880034-505 12-98 91_20-01 33 . Or equivalent Sprague RB1535 Dale MFS-1/2(15K) TWX 1/2 W (15k) 5. S/N 18928 & UP are modified. 6. 19. AIt. 6 Alternate Turn & Bank: Talley Corp.H.206176. 17. 24. (w/out lights) 1284T100-3TZ Aitemate Fuel Flow Gauges: Mooney (Gals/hr .(2. Sprague Drake 07-05 ReplaceVR414 & 20082 with 880016-501 & 800331-721 cable. 25. 14. AN936-A6 washer). 4. Groundtabs ( 250" series) "As required" AMP 41478 AMP 41480 Altemate Prestalite R35 Replacewith MS3106A-22-14P when used in conjunctionwithMS3450KT22-14S. Set switcheswithroomtemperature between 60° F and 80° F.Cover braidwith PVC 105/A tubingfor insulation. Aitemete L110-1-N-K3L or Mooney P/N 880013-501.) Use withsocket. Smith 1410-10 Metal Washer H. H20. (AN515-6R5 screw.0) (65 +7/4 KIAS) increasingactuation. stand-off. Resistors 243E2015 VC5E-200 11. (w/out lights) 1394T100-7Z United Instr. Alternate for V3L-3 is V3-1 switch with JV-5 actuator.25" and highat 5. 2. MFG Chicago Minature Lamp Co. Smith 6291 NylonShoulder Washer H. MountingHardware RCA KC2B Mica InsulatingWafer H.lighted) 880034-501 Mooney (liters/hr .00" increasing vacuum. 16.27E122." braid #2172 or#1233/2 (2 ea) & AMP terminalsas necessaryto connectthe bussbars as shownon schematic. Smith 1152 Nut H.(2 ea) 21B212. Set low at 4. (w/out lights) 1234T100-7TZ Talley Corp.H. Replace withMS3450K-r22-14S receptacle & MS3417-22-N cableclamp or Matrix#9440KT22-14S. 3. 20.

32. 36. Standardon 24-1211 & ON. -023 or -013 as required by installation of optional equipment. 34. Effective25-0001 thru 25-0788 or 24-0024 thru 24-1037. by installationof OptionalEquipment. 21 LS04B & 21 LS05B) Effective25-0447 thru 25-0780 or24-1038 thru 24-1425. Alternate Landing Gear: Mooney 880037-501 Use buss bar 913127-029. 30.98 . AltemataTurn Coordinator(w/lights): United Instr 9112-Code No. 41. 29. Effective 25-0821 & ON (All are 930023-2xx C/B's). Effective25-0789 & ON or 24-1426 & ON.-125 as required. 21 LS03B. 9 Astronautics 303990-113MSC Talley 1394T100-3Z 37. Use 1 ea. 35. CUT TO SIZE 91-20-01 34 Lamar B-00371-6. Effective 24-1464 & ON also. TCM 646238 12. AlternateVoltage Regulator: 39. Effective25-0613 thru 25-0780. Effective 24-0001 thru 24-0023 (24-0024 thru 24-1037 use 21 LS02B. 33. Use bussbars913127-123. MS35334-21 or MS2898 (Alan-Bradley)internaltoothIockwasherwith each lightif notsupplied by Sloan.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART NOTES (con't. Altamate Starter (21 PS04B): 40. 28. 27. Altemata Clock (lighted): Mid-Continent MD-88L Mid-Continent MD-88L(ET) (w/light tray) BA14-24-BW2 38.) 26. 31.

4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP CC107A PLUG. 800350 (AV-9) CODE JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKJK-KJKJKJKJKJKL JKL JKL JKL JKJKJKL JKJKJKJKJ--J----L --L --L --L ---L DESCRIPTION VENDOR CB101A CB102A CB103A CB104A C/B DEFROSTER BLOWER KUXON SWITCH.OPEN LIMIT MICRO ACTUATOR MICRO CC105A SWITCH.28 VOLT SYSTEMS SERIALNUMBER's 24-3000 THRU 24-3153.ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDWARE CHART . TAKEOFF. WHITE MICRO CC103A ACTUATOR. TRIM/FLAP IND 13-1" CLAM P I'IF LOCK RETAINER ITT CF153A PLUG.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART 91-20-02 . UP MICRO CF107A SWITCH. COWL FLAP KLIXON CC102A SWITCH. COWL FLAP MICRO CAP.FLAP POSITION. CLOSE LIMIT MICRO ACTUATOR MICRO CC106A RECPT. DOWN LIMIT MICRO CF106A SWITCH. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP CF154A RECPT. MOONEY DRAWING NO. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP CF114A RECPT.TRIM/FLAP PENN AIRBORNE CF152A : PLUG. DN MAGNACRAFT BASE MAGNACRAFT CFI1OA SWITCH. FLAP C-H (ALl') MICRO KNOB MOONEY CF111A/112A DIODE CF113A PLUG. FLAP C-H CF103A SWITCH. DEFROSTER BLOWER AMP SOCKETS AMP CCI01A C/B. 7277-2-2 E51-50B 640317-501 1-408319-0 60620-1 1-480318-0 60619-1 7277-2-5 12TW1-1 15PAg0-4W 880050-501 1SE1-T JE-5 1SE1-T JE-5 206153-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 7277-2-5 8906K3148 V3-1 V3-1 V3-1 V3-1 JV-5 750105-501 W67RCSX-3 W67RCSX-3 70-303 8906K4064 2TL148-12L 917026-501 1N2483 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 202062-1 7277-2-1 9A1590 DA15S DA51210-1 DA51220-1 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 . 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP CF150A C/B TRIM/FLAP IND KUXON CF151A INDICATOR. DOWN MICRO ACTUATOR MICRO CF105A ACTUATOR. TAKEOFF.FLAP POSITION. UP MAGNACRAFT CF109A RELAY. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP CF101A C/B FLAP ACT KLIXON CF102A SWITCH. DEFROST BLOWER CHERRY MOTOR. UP LIMIT MICRO CF104A SWITCH. DEFROSTER BLOWER AMP PINS AMP CB105A PLUG. FLAP MOONEY CF108A RELAY. COWL FLAP MOONEY CC104A SWITCH. DEFROSTER BLOWER MOONEY RECPT._ 206062-1 NOTES 4 4 4 4 4 91-20-02 35 . 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP 12-98 PART NO.

TRIM POSITION. AMMETER (ALT'NR #1) EMPRO SHUNT. MOONEY AEROSAFE LI'I-rEL LITTEL MOONEY MOONEY -. LOAD EMPRO SHUNT.FLAP POSITION C/B. AMMETER. AMMETER.C. 2 PIN ALLEN-BRADLEY PART NO. LOAD EMPRO FUSEHOLDER (-LOAD) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE. VOLTAGE C-H LIGHT BULB ASSY ROCHESTER (ALT) ROCHESTER BULB GE SHUNT. 5A McGRAW-EDISON . 2 PIN PINS PLUG. AMMETER. #2) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE. 5A McGRAW-EDISON FUSEHOLDER. 5A McGRAW-EDISON FUSEHOLDER (.AMMETER. STBY VAC CLUTCH. LOAD EMPRO SHUNT. AMMETER (ALl') BENDIX SWITCH.ALE# 1) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE. AMMETER. SHUNT (ALT #2) EMPRO AMMETER. TRIM POSITION. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP CT152A RECPT. 5A McGRAW-EDISON SHUNT. 5A McGRAW-EDISON 12-98 NOTES WA2-G056S502UA 206060-1 206062-1 208153-1 206062-1 60619-1 0326-004 0326-003 640281-509 0105S00004 313 PW06B12-10S PT06A-12-10S-SR SA31SDT12-1 0105S00003 0153500003 313 MLA-70A-50MV MLA-55A-50MV FHN42W FM01-5A FHN42W FM01-5A MLB-210A-50MV MLB-165A-50MV MLB-105A-50MV MLA-60A-100MV FHN42W FM01-5A FHN42W FM01-5A MLA-70A-50MV MLA-55A-50MV FHN42W FM01-5A 5 5 . AMMETER S.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR --L CF155A JKL JKL CT101A C/B ELECTRIC TRIM KUXON CT101A C/B ELECTRIC TRIM KUXON CT150A POTENIOMEFER.AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP SOCKETS AMP LOADMETER (SINGLE) B& D LOADMETER (DUAL) B& D AMMETER MOONEY UGHT BULBASSY ROCHESTER BULB GE CONN. SHUNT (ALT. LOAD EMPRO SHUNT. AMMETER (ALT'NR) EMPRO FUSEHOLDER (+ ALl" # 1) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE.E. TRIM POSITION WA2-G056S502UA CT151A PLUG. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP 7277-2-3 7277-2-5 ALLEN-BRADLEY JKJKJK- CV101A CV102A CV103A JKJKJKJK-JK-JK-JK- CV104A CV105A CV106A CV107A 930023-245 $6112-472 155020 or155120 313001 800846-501 830131-511 1N2483 1-480319-0 60619-1 1-480319-0 60620-1 1-480319-0 60620-1 1-480318-0 --L --L CV108A -CV109A CV110A JKJKJ-- DA101A DA101B DA101D -JKJKJK- DA102A DA102A DA103A JKJKJK- DA104A DA104B DA105A JK- DA106A JKJKJKJKJK- DA107A DA107B DA107C DA107D DA108A JK- DA109A JK- DA110A JK- DA111A 91-20-02 36 POTENTIOMETER. (+LOAD) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE. STBY VAC PUMP FUSE HOLDER FUSE ANNUNCIATOR RELAY DIODE PLUG SOCKETS RECPT. PUSH.) EMPRO FUSEHOLDER (+ ALT. 2 PIN PINS RECPT. CONN.

TURN COORD CABLE CLAMP TURN COORDINATOR KLIXON U. RT LOAD SHUNT (-) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE 5A McGRAW-EDISON FUSEHOLDER. RT INDICATOR. ASTRONAUTICS 7277-2-2 9013CODE N. CHT/OIL TEMP CLAMP LOCK RETAINER -SWITCH. VOLT/AMP. CLAMP RECPT. RT KLIXON KLIXON PENN AIRBORNE ITT I'1-1" ITT PENN AIRBORNE 7277-2-1 7277-2-1 9A1570 DA15S DA51210 DA51220-1 9A1570 --L DA155A --L --L ---L --L --L DA156A DA157A DA158A DA159A DA160A --L - DA161A --L DA162A --L DA163A DA164A --L ---L DA165A --L DA167A JKL JKJKJKL DB101A DB102A DB102B DB103A --L DB150A JK--L --L --L DC101A DC150A DC151A DC152A --L DC153A --L DC154A --L DC155A DA166A PLUG. VOLT/AMP IND CLAMP LOCK RETAINER INDICATOR.RTLOAD SHUNT(+) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE 5A McGRAW-EDISON FUSEHOLDER.541 CYL HD TEMP PROBE C/B OIL TEMP/CHT CHT/OIL TEMP IND PLUG. RT ALT SHUNT (-) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE 5A McGRAW-EDISON FUSEHOLDER.I. LT LOAD SHUNT(+) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE 5A McGRAW-EDISON FUSEHOLDER. 16 PIN . LEFT ALTERNATOR EMPRO SHUNT. LEFT LOAD EMPRO SHUNT. LT ALT SHUNT (-) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE 5A McGRAW-EDISON FUSEHOLDER. LT C/B VOLT/AMP IND. LT LOAD SHUNT (-) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE 5A McGRAW-EDISON FUSEHOLDER. CHT.5 303990-028MSC MS3106A-10SL-3S MS3507-4A or-4B 9551B CODE N. CHT. CHT KNOB PLUG. 16 PIN CLAMP MOONEY KUXON PENN AIRBORNE I1[ ITT I'I-T GRAY HILL RAYTHEON AMP AMP AMP AMP UI 12-98 _ NOTES 50MN 50MN 880010-503 7277-2-1 9A1630 DB25S DB51212 DB51221-1 71AD30-02-2-AJN 50-3-1G 206037-1 206070-1 206036-3 206070-1 91-20-02 37 . RT ALT SHUNT (+) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE 5A McGRAW-EDISON DA15S DA51210 DA51220-1 MLA-105A MLA-70A-50MV MLA-105A MLA-70A-50MV FHN42A FM01-5A FHN42A FM01-5A FHN42A FM01-5A FHN42A FM01-SA FHN42A FM01-SA FHN42A FM01-5A FHN42A FM01-5A FHN42A FM01-5A C/B TURN COORD TURN CO-ORDINATOR TURN CO-ORDINATOR PLUG. LT ALT SHUNT (+) McGRAW-EDISON FUSE 5A McGRAW-EDISON FUSEHOLDER. RIGHT LOAD EMPRO SHUNT RIGHT ALTERNATOR EMPRO FUSEHOLDER.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. 5A McGRAW-EDISON McGRAW-EDISON FHN42W FM01-5A --L --L --L --L DA150A DA151A DA152A DA153A ---L DA154A C/B VOLT/AMP IND. RT PLUG. VOLT/AMP IND ITT CLAMP ImLOCK RETAINER InSHUNT. #2) FUSE. JK-- DAl12A FUSEHOLDER (.ALT. VOLT/AMP.

PROBE. L/R PLUG. FUEL QTY. I/B MOONEY TRANSMITTER. OAT PLUG. DISPLAY CLAMP LOCK RETAINER C/B INSTRUMENT P]-r SWITCH. RT./BINSTRUMENT DISPLAY INSTRUMENT DISPLAY PLUG. OAT/EGT AMP 7277-2-2 880001-507 0230-003 205838-1 CLAMP. LT.LH/RH KLIXON 610242-001 610242-001 610243-003 610243-001 610242-003 610242-003 7277-2-1 --L --L DF151A DP152A FUEL QTY IND. OAT/EGT KLJXON GAUGE. L/R CLAMP LOCK RETAINER PENN AIRBORNE ITT ITT I'l-l" 9A1620-2 DB25S DB51212 DB51221-1 JKJ--K--L --L --L DG101A DG102A DG103A DG150A DG151A DG152A --L --L DG153A DG154A --L DG155A --L DG156A --L DG157A --L DG158A C]B. PROBE. CLUSTER C. PROBE. PTT. RT MOONEY C/B FUEL QTY'. OAT/EGT MOONEY GAUGE. PROBE. FUEL QTY. FUEL QTY. GRND #7. OAT/EGT. CABLE AMP 206062-1 MOONEY KUXON PENN AIRBORNE ITr ITT I-ri- 880004-501 7277-2-1 9A1580 DA15S OA51210 DA51220-1 JKL --L --L --L DD104A DD150A DD151A DD152A PROBE. FUEL QTY. 28 PIN •CLAMP KLIXON MOONEY MOONEY KLIXON PENN AIRBORNE 1"17I'IF ITF KUXON ALCOSWlTCH ALCOSWlTCH AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 7277-2-5 640281-523 640281-525 7277-2-1 9A1600-2 DB25S DB51212 DB51221-1 7277-2-1 MPE106F 0-22 206708-1 206966-1 206705-2 206966-1 205839-3 206070-1 206152-1 206070-1 91-20-02 38 12-93 NOTES .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE --L --L --L ---L --L -_- DESCRIPTION DC156A DC157A DC158A DC159A DC160A DC161A PROBE. P-I-r CLAMP RECPT. FUELQTY. INSTR. O/B. VENDOR CHT-CYL #1 CHT-CYL #2 CHT-CYL #3 CHT-CYL #4 CHT-CYL #5 CHT-CYL #6 PART NO. LT MOONEY TRANSMI'I-I'ER. OAT CLAMP LOCK RETAINER J-J-JKL JKL -KL -KL --L DF101A DF103A DF102A DP104A DF105A DF106A DF150A TRANSMTR. 9 PIN. PROBE. BLACK PLUG. FUEL QTY. 28 PIN CLAMP ' RECPT.. GRND #7. FUEL QTY. O/B. I/B. LT MOONIEY TRANSMITTER. OAT C/B OAT IND INDICATOR. INSTRUMENT PTT CAP. MS24482-1 ** MS24482-1 ** MS24482-1 ** MS24482-1 ** MS24482-1 ** MS24482-1 ** ** AN5546-1 (ALT) -EITHER REQUIRES AN4076-1 ADAPTER J-J-J_ J-- DD101A DD102A DD102B DD103A C/B. 9 PIN CLAMP PLUG. I/B. CLUSTER GAUGE GAUGE. RT MOONEY TRANSMI]-rER. I/B MOONEY TRANSMTR. CLUSTER GAUGE. 4 PROBE (OPT) B & D PLUG.

CABLE XDUCER. OIL PRESS PLUG. FUEL/OILPRESS PLUG. OIL PRESS (ALl') AMPUFIER.TACHOMETER TACH (RPLCMT FOR . 4 PIN CLAMP XDUCR.00 XDUCR. 4 PIN CLAMP AMP AMP AMP AMP DRUCK KULITE IAI AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 880045-501 MS3106A10SL-SS 7277-2-1 9A1640 DB25S DB51212-1 DB51221-1 PDCR 821-0062 (100 PSIG) 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 205062-1 PDCR821-0662-30 APT-153-1000-30PSIG 950D0311-001 206060-1 206062-1 260163-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 260163-1 206062-1 TACHOMETER (POINTS) TACHOMETER .002. 4 PIN CLAMP RECPT. 4 PIN CLAMP XDUCR. 4 PIN CLAMP PLUG. FUEL PRESS.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE JK- DH101A --L DH150A JKJK- DJ101A DJ102A --L DJ150A --L DJ151A --L DJ152A JK- DJ175A JKJK- DJ176A DJ178A JK- DJ179A JK- DJ180A JK- DJ181A J-J---L --L --L DK101A DK102A DK150A DK151A DK152A --L DK153A --L ---L DK154A J-- DK175A J-J-- DK176A DK177A J-- DK178A J-- DK179A J-- DK180A J--K-K-K- DL101A DL102A DL102B DL102C DK155A DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. OIL PRESS PLUG. FUEL PRESS MOONEY PLUG. OIL PRESS MOONEY PLUG. FUEL PRESS. OIL TEMP WASHER PROSE. FUEL PRESS XDUCR C/B FUEL/OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR. 4 PIN CLAMP RECPT. FUEL PRESS PLUG. 4 PIN CLAMP AMP AMP AMP AMP DRUCK KULITE IAI AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP XDUCR. 4 PIN CLAMP RECPT. OIL PRESS. 4 PIN CLAMP RECPT. FUEL PRESS (ALl) AMPLIFIER. OIL PRESS CLAMP. OIL PRESS. FUEL/OIL PRESS CLAM P LOCK RETAINER XDUCER. PROPE. FUEL PRESS PLUG. 4 PIN CLAMP RECPT. 4 PIN CLAMP RECPT. OIL TEMP MOONEY 880009-501 AN900-10 or MS35769-11 938.606. 4 PIN CLAMP PLUG.DL102B) MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY B& D 880039-511 880039-509 880039-513 880039-517 0520-006 PORSCHE DRUCK KLIXON PENN AIRBORNE ITT ITI" I-I-r DRUCK 12-98 NOTES 880046-501 MS3106A10SL-3S MS3057-4A/B PDCR 821-0662 (100 PSIG) 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 PDCR821-0662-100 APT-154-1000-100PSIG 950D0811-003 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 206158-1 206062-1 91°20-02 39 .

RPM/FUEL FLOW CLAMP LOCK RETAINER SENSOR. 4 PIN CLAMP PLUG. PITOT HEAT C/B. DPIO1A DP101A DP102A C/S. HOUR METER.602. CURRENT DETECTOR MOONEY PLUG. LT DIODE. RPM/FUEL FLOW. RPM/FUEL FLOW. RT SENSOR.01 933.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR JK-K-JK- DL103A DL103A JK- DL105A J-J_ DLIO7A DL108A PLUG-TACH TACH SENSOR TACH SENSOR (ALl') RECPT. RPM/FUEL FLOW PLUG. 4 PIN CLAMP AMP AMP AMP AMP JKL JKJKl. LT J -KL DM101A DM102A DM150A HOUR METER HOUR METER HOUR METER MOONEY MOONEY AIRPAX --L DM151A --L DM152A RECPT.002. HEATED MOONEY MOONEY AERO INST JKL DP103A JKJKJK-JK- DP104A DPIO4B DPIO5A JK- DP107A JKL ---L L DP108A DP150A DP150B DP151A L DP152A 91-20-02 40 DP106A PLUG.002. PITOT HEAT SOCKETS BOARD ASSY MOONEY CURRENT MONITOR (SPARES) MOONEY FUSEHOLDER LITI'EL FUSE. 5A-SAG-SLO-BLO LI'I-I'EL 12-98 PART NO. RPM #2. CURRENT DETECTOR MOONEY RELAY BOX. RT INDICATOR. 4 PIN CLAMP PLUG CLAMP TACHOMETER TACH GENERATOR J-J DL109A DLl10A CABLE ASSY TACHOMETER --L ---L DL150A DL151A DL152A DL153A PENN AIRBORNE ITT I'Cl" 13-1" PORSCHE PORSCHE DL104A B& D B& D AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY MOONEY B &D MOONEY MOONEY B&D --L DL157A DL158A DIODE. 1A LI]-rEL PLUG AMP SOCKETS AMP RECPT AMP PINS AMP MGHT ASSY MOONEY RELAY BOX. PITOT HEAT (SPARES) PITOT.01 880035-507 880035-505 K4205 *** *** K4207 or KF4207 (ALl-) 206153-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 930023-205 930023-241 PH502-24**** **** AN5812-1 (ALT) AN3115-1 AN3116-1 940002-001 800221-501 155020 or 155120 313001 1-480303-0 60619-1 1-480305-0 60620-1 800346-503 800221-501 800221-503 206660-1 206062-1 155020 or 155120 313065 . HOUR METER. RPM #1. CUR/DECT RELAY AMP CLAMP AMP FUSEHOLDER LI'I-FEL .602. FUSE. NOTES MS3106A14S-SS 0402-102 0402-104 206183-1 206662-1 206060-1 206062-1 880039-507 880053-501 0400-004 680003-501 680039-515 0620-003 1N2483 1N2483 9A1610-2 DB25S DB51212 DB51221-1 933.

EGT .-40 944-612-128-00 999-652-456-22 91-20-02 41 . FUEL FLOW MOONEY XDUCR. VSI (ALT) CLAMP 7201-2 CODE C. TIT PROVE. 3 PIN BENDIX PLUG. FUEL FLOW(OPT) MOONEY INDICATOR. FUEL FLOW MOONEY INDICATOR. VERTICAL SPEED UI PLUG. TIT KLIXON MOONEY MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 7277-2-2 890051-501 880051-503 205838-1 206062-1 205839-3 206070-1 880005-501 680005-503 680055-501 PROBE. GEAR OVERIDE LOCKING RING LOCK WASHER HEX NUT (2 EA) LAMP (28 V) 7277-2-5 8906K2875 SBIDDX492-2 29-761 16-886 15-966-6 388 PORSCHE PORSCHE PORSCH E PORSCHE KLIXON C-H C-H C-H C-H C-H GE 12-98 NOTES 7277-2-2 860084-501 880034-507 880034-513 DE-9S 880030-501 880030-503 880030-505 7101K 933-110-377-02 (FUELCONTROL) 933-612-403-00 999-615-032.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. V/S (ALT) CANNON PLUG. TIT (ALl') PROBE. 28 PIN CLAMP PROBE. TIT INDICATOR.CYL #2 PROBE EGT.CYL #1 (ALl-) PROBE.CYL #1 PROBE EGT.146 PTO6E-8-SS KPTO6E-8-SS MS3116-8-3S MSS057-3Aor -3B JKL JKL JKL EGIO1A EGIO2A EGI03A C/B GEAR RELAY SWITCH. FUEL FLOW PORSCHE --L DV151A PLUG CLAMP BOOT CONTACTS --L --L --L --L DW150A DW151A DW151A DW151A INDICATOR. VSI. FUEL FLOW (OPT) MOONEY XDUCR. T1T/EGT PLUG. EGT . FUEL FLOW CANNON XDUCR. TIT INDICATOR. FUEL FLOW (OPT) MOONEY PLUG.CYL #1 (ALl) PROBE.CYL #2 (ALT) PROBE EGT-CYL #3 PROBE EGT-CYL #3 (ALl') PROBE EGT-CYL #4 PROBE EGT-CYL #4 (ALl') PROBE EGT-CYL #5 PROBE EGT-CYL #5 (ALl') PROBE EGT-CYL #6 PROBE EGT-CYL#6 (ALE) MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 880005-501 880005-503 660110-000 889005-501 880005-503 880005-501 880005-503 880005-501 680005-503 580005-501 880005-503 880005-501 880005-503 880005-501 880005-503 -K-K-K-K- DR101A DRIO2A DR102B DR103A -K- DR103B -K-K-K- DR104A DRIO4A DRIO4B J-- DT101A -K- DT101A -K- DTIO2A -K- DT103A -K- DT104A -K- DT105A -K- DT106A JKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJK--L DV101A DV102A DV102B DV102C DV103A DV104A DV104A DV104C DV105A DV150A C/B. GEAR UP/DN SWITCH.CYL#1 PROBE. EGT .CYL #1 (ALT) PROBE EGT. EGT. TIT CLAMP PLUG. FUEL FLOW KLIXON INDICATOR. C/B. FUEL FLOW (OPT) MOONEY SWITCH FURE FLOW MEMORY C & K XDUCER.

5 933. IGN BOX. FIT IGNITION BOX. IGN BOX COIL.REMOTE ELF (ALT) D &M C &K DM-U65-1 7101K ELT TRANSMI'I-I'ER PLUG. IGN BOX.5 7277-2-7. LT PLUG. IGN BOX.01 TXR18AB00-C1104AI S2900ASO604AI-S034-000 S2909AS1004AI-SO34-000 S3292 202S121-25S CA3106E-1OSL-3P-B-14 933. ELT CLAMP RECPT.07 CA3106A-20A-48S-B-03 CA3106A-20A-48S-B-15 933.01 TXR16AB45-C201PAl S2900AA1912AI-SO34-000 202C621-51/164 202S142-25S CA3106E-10SL-3P-B-14 933. RT PLUG. LT IGNITION BOX.07 933. RT (ALT) .409. RT (ALT) PLUG.GEAR UP RELAY LOCK RETAINER I'IF DIODE.01 TXR18ABOO-C1104AI S2900AS0504AI-S034-000 S2900AS1004AI-S034-000 $3292 202S121-25S ELT151A JE155B JE155B --L --L JE156B JE156B --L --L JE157B JE157B 91-20-02 42 12-99 .612.409. IGN BOX. LT C.612. LT (ALT) TINEL-LOCK ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALT) ADAPTER (ALT) COUPLING BOOT PLUG. GEAR DN LIMIT (ALT) SAINT SWlTCH. GR (ALT) MOONEY DIODE./BIGNITION.INC RELAY.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION JKL JKL JKL EG104A EGIO5A EGIO6A JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL EGIOTA EG1OTA EG106A EG109A EG110A EG110A EG111A JKL EG112A VENDOR PART NO. RT (ALT) PLUG. GEAR UP C-H RELAY.612.440. GEAR UP LIMIT MICRO SWITCH ACTUATOR MICRO SWITCH SWITCH.00 "T'XR18AB45-C2012AI S2900AA1912AI-S034-O00 202C621-51/164 202S142-25S CA3106A-20A_48S-B-15 933.TINEL-LOCK ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALT) ADAPTER (ALT) COUPLING BOOT KLIXON KUXON PORSCHE PORSCHE CANNON CANNON-GERMANY PORSCHE RAYCHEM SUNBANK RAYCHEM RAYCHEM CANNON-GERMANY PORSCHE RAYCHEM SUNBANK RAYCHEM RAYCHEM CANNON-GERMANY PORSCHE RAYCHEM SUNBANK SUNBANK SUNBANK RAYCHEM CANNON-GERMANY PORSCHE RAYCHEM SUNBANK SUNBANK SUNBANK RAYCHEM 7277-2-7. REMOTE ELT SWITCH. ELT CLAMP D&M AMP AMP AMP AMP DM-ELT-8 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 NOTES JKL JKL ELT101A _ ELT101A JKL L ---L -- ELT102A ELT150A JK- FON101A PHONE-JACK WASHERS SWlTCHCRAFT SWITCHCRAFT C-11 S-1028 & S-1029 --L --L --L --L --L --L --L JE150B JE151B JE152B JE153B JE154B JE154B JE154B C/B IGNITION. GEAR DOWN RELAY 680013-507 7277-2-15 DT-2R-A7 MCD-2711 ICHI-6 MLl116 6041H220 6041H220 560254-503 880037-507 1N2483 DB51221-1 1N2483 SWITCH. RT (ALT) TINEL-LOCK ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALT) BOOT BOOT (ALT/SUPPLEMENT) PLUG. LT (ALE) PLUG.007. GEAR DN UMIT MICRO SWITCH SWITCH. LT (ALT) TINEL-LOCK ADAPTER ADAPTER (AL'r) BOOT BOOT (ALT/SUPPLEMENT) PLUG. IGN BOX COIL. GEAR DOWN C-H ACTUATOR. IGN BOX.440. GEAR ACTUATOR KLIXON SWITCH. LANDING GEAR MOONEY ACTUATOR. GEAR SAFETY(NSPEED) MOONEY C/B. SWITCH.602. IGN BOX COIL. IGN BOXCOIL LT (ALT) PLUG. LDG.602.612.007.

ADAPTER (ALE) ADAPTER (ALT) COUPLING BOOT CANNON-GERMANY PORSCHE RACHEM SUNBANK SUNBANK SUNBANK RAYCHEM CA06EH10SL3PB14 933-612-412-00 TXR18AB000-C1104AI S2900AS0604AI-S034-000 S2900AS1004AI-S034-000 $3292 202S121-25S 12-98 NOTES 91-20-02 43 . IGN COIL.612. LT PLUG. 3 PIN PLUG. IGN COIL. LT. 4 PIN ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALT') BOOT PLUG.407. 3 PIN (ALT) ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALT) ADAPTER (ALl') COUPLING BOOT RECEPT. COIL. IGN. 3 PIN (ALT) ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALl") ADAPTER (ALE) COUPLING BOOT PLUG. IGN COIL RT TINEL-LOCK ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALT) ADAPTER (ALl') COUPLING BOOT CANNON-GERMANY PORSCHE RAYCHEM SUNBANK SUNBANK SUNBANK RAYCHEM CANNON-GERMANY PORSCHE RAYCHEM SUNBANK SUNBANK SUNBANK RAYCHEM CA3106E-10SL-4S-B-14 933. RT PLUG. IGN. LT. IGN COIL. RT SENSOR. PLUG. LT TINEL-LOCK ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALT) ADAPTER (ALT) COUPLING BOOT PLUG.4 PIN ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALT) BOOT RECPT. 3 PIN RECPT.01 TXR18AB00-C1104AI S2900AS0504AI-S034-O00 S2900AS1004AI-S034-000 $3292 202S121-25S IGNITION COIL. 3 PIN (ALl) ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALE) ADAPTER (ALT) COUPLING BOOT PORSCHE PORSCHE PORSCHE PORSCHE CANNON-GERMANY PORSCHE RACHEM SUNBANK SUNBANK SUNBANK RAYCHEM CANNON-GERMANY PORSCHE RACHEM SUNBANK SUNBANK SUNBANK RAYCHEM CANNON RAYCHEM SUNBANK RAYCHEM CANNON RAYCHEM SUNBANK RAYCHEM CANNON-GERMANY PORSCHE RACHEM SUNBANK SUNBANK SUNBANK RAYCHEM N/A N/A N/A N/A CA121001-633 983-612-411-00 TXR18AB000-C1104AI S2900AS0604AI-S034-O00 S2900AS1004AI-S034-OO0 $3292 202S121-25S CA06EH10Sl-3PB14 983-612-412-00 TXR18AB000-C1104AI S2900AS0804AI-S034-000 S2900AS1004AI-S034-O00 $3292 202S121-25S MS3100K-14S-2P "rXR18AB000-C1404AI $2900AS1004AI-S034-000 202S121-25S MS3106E-14S-2S TXR18AB000-C1404AI S2900AS1004AI-S034-000 202S121-25S CA121001-633 933-612-411-00 TXR18AB000-C1104AI S2900AS0604AI-S034-000 $2900AS1004AI-S034-000 $3292 202S121-25S PLUG. COIL.407.01 TXR18AB00-C1104AI S2900AS0504AI-S034-000 S2900AS1004AI-S034-O00 S3292 202S121-25S CA3106E-10SL-4S-B-14 938. 3 PIN PLUG. 3 PIN RECPT. TDC #1 SENSOR. TDC #2 RECPT. 3 PiN (ALT) ADAPTER .612.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE --L --L JE162B JE162B --L JE163B JE163B --L --L --L --L --L JE164A JE165A JE168A JE169A JE170C ---L JE171C -- --L JE172B --L JE173B --L JE174C ---L JE175C DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. LT IGNITION COIL.

(ALl-) ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALT) BOOT PLUG. LT LAMP 'LIGHT. ROTATING BCN. CABIN. FMVD. RIGHT MAGNETO. CABIN.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION --L JE176B --L --- JE177B --L JE178A --L JE179A --L JE180A --L JE181A --L JE182A --L -- JE183A JKI_ JM101A J-J--K- VENDOR NOTES RAYCHEM SUNBANK RAYCHEM AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP MS3100K-14S-2P TXR18AB000-C1404AI S2900AS1O04AI-S034-000 202S121-25S MS3106E-14S-2S "FXR18ABO0O-C1404AI S2900AS1004AI-S034-O00 202S121-25S 1-490303-0 60619-1 1-480305-0 60620-1 1-480318-0 60619-1 RECPT.RT LAMP 155020/155120 313005 TILC64-1S-WH-FN RH-10-20 OHM 1930 1818 1930 1818 1930 1818 1930 1818 91-20-02 44 LC105A LC106A RECPT. ROTATING BCN WHELEN ADAPTER WHELEN LT. IGNITION PLACARD MAGNETO MAGNETO (ALl') MAGNETO. LEFT BENDIX.H. IGN. FWD. ROTATING BEACON MOONEY C/B. SMITH GE H. ROTATING BCN (SPARES) MOONEY LIGHT. 2 PIN AMP SOCKET AMP RECPT. CLOCK. TACH/FUEL FLOW SOCKET RECPT.H. CABIN. RIGHT -K-K- JMIO3B JM104A MAGNETO. 2 PIN SOCKET PART NO. C/B.H. CABIN. 2 PIN PINS PLUG. 4 PIN ADAPTER ADAPTER (ALT) BOOT PLUG. TACH/FUEL FLOW PINS AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 1-480319-0 60820-1 1-480318-0 60619-1 1-480319-0 60620-1 JM102A JMIO2B JM103A SWITCH. 5AMP FUSE.SCINTILLA BENDIX-SCINTILLA BENDIX-SCINTILLA BENDIX-SCINTILLA TCM SUCK BENDIX-SCiNTILLA TCM SLICK 10-357210-9 10-187-468 10-682555-1 10-682555-111 10-79020-120 640896-1 6224 10-79020-120 640896-1 6224 JKJKJK- LB101A LB101A LB102A JKL JKL JKL LB102B LB102B LB103A JKL LB104A C/B. FWD LIGHT. 2 PIN AMP PINS AMP 930023-203 930023-243 WRML-24 WRM-65 90033-19 90033-20 1-480318-0 60619-1 1-480319-0 60820-1 JKL LC101A JKL JKL JKL -JKL -JKL LC102A LC103A LC104A JKL -- LC107A FUSEHOLDER. ROTATING BCN. FWD. FWD RESISTOR. SMITH GE H. LT LAMP UGHT. LEFT -K- JMIO4B MAGNETO. RAYCHEM SUNBANK FIAYCHEM UTTEL LI-I-FEL CARLING DALE H. 3 PIN SOCKET RECPT. RT LAMP LIGHT. FWD. RT. RED (ALl') WHELEN LT.(5A-3AG-SLO-BLO) SWITCH. SMITH GE H. SMITH GE 12-98 . CABIN LIGHT. WTE (ALT) WHELEN PLUG. COIL.H. CABIN LIGHT. C/B. 3 PIN PINS PLUG.SCINTILIJk BENDIX.

TAIL. LDG LT. SMITH LAMP GE LIGHT. LDG LT. CABIN LIGHT SW DALE LIGHT. REAR. LDG LT CLAMP C/B. LDG. TAIL NAV UGHT SOCKETS RECPT. LDG LT. SMITH LAMP GE LIGHT. LEFT WING MOONEY GE AMP AMP AMP AMP KLIXON GE KUXON GE C-H KU×ON MECHANICAL PROD KUXON MECHANICAL PROD C-H GE GE C-H GE GE 930023-235 4553 206153-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 7277-2-10 4596 7277-2-10 4596 8143-K21-E13-M50 7277-2-20 4200-002-25 7277-2-20 4200-002-25 8162-K22-E13-M50 4596 4596 8162-K22-E13-M50 4596 4596 C/B NAV LIGHTS. LT WING BULB. REAR. RIGHT LIGHT. LDG LT. LEFT C/B. CABIN. LEFT C/B. CABIN. LDG. CABIN LIGHT. LANDING LIGHT LANDING LIGHT-RT WING TAXI LIGHT-RT WING SWITCH. CABIN. REAR. LT H. LDG LT LANDING LIGHT RECPT. LDG LT C/B. LEFT LIGHT. RT H. SMITH LAMP GE LIGHT. TAIL NAV LIGHT PINS MOONEY MOONEY WHELEN MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 930023-201 800051-501 34-0228030-85 800051-501 1-480318-0 60619-1 1-480319-0 60620-1 1-480318-0 60619-1 1-480319-1 60620-1 C/B PANEL LIGHTS .H. LT H.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION JKL JKl. RIGHT SWITCH. SMITH LAMP GE LIGHT. LANDING LIGHT. LT H. LDG LT CLAMP PLUG. REAR. RT H. TAIL RT WING PLUG. CABIN. 28V LIGHT. RT WING SOCKETS RECPT. C/B GLARESHIELD LIGHTS LAMP.H. RIGHT (ALl') SWITCH. REAR. TAIL LIGHT. UGHT. RIGHT C/B. RT H. CABIN. SMITH LAMP GE TILC64-1S-WH-FN RH-10-20 OHM 1930 1818 1930 1818 1930 1818 1930 1818 1930 1818 1930 1818 SWITCH. COMPASS LIGHT KLIXON KLIXON GE 7277-2-5 7277-2-5 AVIATION RED 327 or327 12-98 NOTES 91-20-02 45 . TAILUGHT RTWlNG PINS PLUG.H. REAR. LEFT (ALl') C/B LANDING UGHT. LEFTWING LANDING UGHT.H. SWITCH.H. JKL -JKL -JKL -JKL ---L ---L -- LC108A LC109A LC110A J-J-JK- LL101A LL102A LL103A JK- LL104A -K-K-K-K-K--L LL105A LL106A LL107A LL108A LL109A LL150A --L LL151A --L --L --L --L --L --L LL152A LL154A LL155A LL156A LL157A LL158A JKL JKL LN101A LN102A JKL JKL LN103A LN104A JKL LN105A JKL LN106A JKL LN107A JKL JKL JKL LP101A LP102A LP103A LC111A LC112A LC113A LC114A LC115A VENDOR PART NO. REAR CARLING RESISTOR.H. TAXI LIGHT TAXI LIGHT. CABIN. SMITH LAMP GE LIGHT.

LIGHT TRAY ALTIMETER U. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP UGHT. CLUSTER GE LIGHT. LT MOONEY LAMP GE PLUG. TRIM/FLAP DIAUGHT LAMP GE LAMP (ALT) GE UGHT. UGHT TRAY ARTIFICIAL HORIZON SIGMA-TEC UGHTTRAY DIRECTIONAL GYRO SIGMA-TEC LIGHTTRAY TIT B &D LIGHT TRAY EGT/OAT B &D DIMMER CONTROL BOX IAI PLUG. RECOG. LT WG SOCKETS 930023-231 660049-501 1-480318-0 60619-1 MOONEY MOONEY AMP AMP 12-98 NOTES . FLAP SWITCH MOONEY LAMP GE UGHT. DIMMER CONTROL BOX AMP CLAMP AMP 7105-J1-Z-Q 130285-003 327 130265-003 827 206706-2 206966-1 206708-1 206966-1 130285-003 327 206037-1 206070-1 206036-3 206070-1 C/B RECOGNITION LIGHTS RECOGNITION LIGHT.l. LIGHT TRAY TURN CO-ORD U. COMPASS LIGHT DEANS LIGHTS. LTWG PLUG. 16 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP RECEPT. G/SHIELD LIGHTS. RT MOONEY LAMP GE RECPT. CLUSTER GE UGHT TRAY. CLUSTER GE LIGHT.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION JKJKL JKL JK- LP104A LP105A LP106A LP107A JK- LP108A JKJK- LP109A LP109B JKJKJKJKJKJK- LP110A LP111A LP112A LPl13A LP114A LP115A JKJKJKJKJKJKJK-KJK---!---L LP116A LP118A LP119A LP120A LP121A LP122A LP123A LP125A LP126A LP150A LP151A --L LP162A --L --L LP153A LP154A LP155A L --L L LP156A LP157A LP158A --L LP159A --L LP160A JKL JKL JKL LR101A LR102A LR103A 91-20-02 46 VENDOR PART NO. DIM C & K LIGHT. LIGHT. GLARESHIELD (14 EACH) GE LIGHT HOLDER. CLUSTER GE LIGHT. CONSOLE SWITCH. DIMMER CONTROL BOX ITT CLAMP Ill" LOCK RETAINER I-[-r RECPT (2 EA) ITT SWITCH. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG.I.I. LIGHT TRAY VERTICAL SPEED U. COMPASS LT DEANS PLUG. CONSOLE SWITCH. OXYGEN SLOAN LIGHT. CLUSTER GE LIGHT. OXYGEN SLOAN LAMP GE LIGHT.I. DIMR C & K 0221-128 BA28-BW3 BA28-BW3 E]A28-BW3 BA28-BW3 IV-192-971 IV-192-971 0221-128 0221-126 950D0307-000 DBM17W2S DB51212 D651221-1 DM53744-7 7105-JI-Z-Q SWITCH. AMMETER B&D DEAg0020MALE DEAg002OFEMALE 827 270-1930-0171-702 327 385 270-1930-0171-702 327 855S-0-U 865S-0-U 327 327 327 327 327 327 0221-128 UGHTTRAY TACHOMETER B&D UGHT TRAY AIRSPEED U. PANEL LIGHTS. COWL FLAP DIAUGHT LAMP GE LIGHT. RECPT.

LIGHT. RECOG. RECOG. PWR (ALT) DIODE. RECOG.5 OHMS NOTES W67CSX-3 70-303 1N2463 1N2483 1N2483 IN2483 MB4443 27E122 20C176 21B212 91-20-02 47 . NAV/STROBE. RT DALE JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL LS101A LS101A LS102A LSIO3A LSIO4A C/B STROBE LIGHTS MOONEY O. STROBE P/S. TAIL STROBE PWR SUPPLY AMP RECPT.LT WG AMP 930023-207 930023-287 01-0770329-00 1-480305-0 1-480305-0 JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL LS105A LS106A LS107A LS108A LS109A LS110A LS111A LSl12A PLUG. FIT AMP NAY/STROBE LIGHT RT. RT WG WHELEN RECPT. RT AMP PLUG. LIGHT. LEFT AMP PINS AMP PLUG. LIGHT. LEFT DALE RECPT. LR107A JKL JKL -JKL LR108A LR109A VENDOR PART NO. RECOG./13STROBE LIGHTS (ALT) MOONEY POWER SUPPLY.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION JKL JKL LR104A LR105A JKL. RECEPTACLE RELAY. LT WG WHELEN RECPT. RT MOONEY PLUG. JKL LR111A RECOGNITION LIGHT. LR106A JKL. LTWG AMP RECPT. LTWG AMP LIGHT. TAIL STROBE AMP STROBE LIGHT. LIGHT.5OHMS 1-480319-0 60620-1 1-480318-0 60619-1 RH-50-7. TAIL STROBE PWR SUPPLY AMP PLUG. RT AMP SOCKETS AMP RECPT. TAIL STROBE AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. AVIONICS MASTER SOCKET SPRING STANDOFF C-H C-H SARKES TARZ. AUX PWR RELAY DIODE AN2562-3A 6041H202 6041H202A IOH3P 1N2483 JKL MB101A J-JKJ-JKL JK- MB101B MB102A MB102A MBI03A MB104A LR110A - -- LS118A AVIONICS CONTROL RELAY BASE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE ' RELAY.STROBE LIGHT P/S. TAIL STROBE AMP CLAMP : AMP RECPT. STROBE PWR SUPPLY. RT AMP SOCKETS AMP RESISTOR. TAIL MOONEY RECPT AMP RECPT AMP RECPT AMP 1-480305-0 1-480305-0 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 1-480303-0 470013-501 1-480305-0 1-480305-0 1-480305-0 JKL JKL MA101A MA102A JKL JK- MA103A MA104A ALJX.STROBE UGHT. RECOG. RECOG. LTWG WHELEN STROBE PWR SUPPLY. NAV/STROBE. STROBE.IAN MAGNACRAFT MAGNACRAFT P-B P-B P-B P-B 12-98 880049-501 1-480318-0 60619-1 1-480319-0 60620-1 1-480318-0 60619-1 RH-50-7. RECOG. RT AMP PINS AMP PLUG. LIGHT. TAIL STROBEWHELEN 1-480303-0 A650-PR-D-M 01-07'/0329-00 1-480305-0 1-480305-0 1-480303-0 A650-PG-D-M 01-0770329-00 JKL JKL JKL -JKL LSl13A LS114A LSllSA JKL JKL JKJKJK- LS117A LS118A LSllgA LS120A LS121A RECPT. STROBE P/S. RT AMP RECPT. AUX. LIGHT. WING WHELEN POWER SUPPLY.LIGHT.PWR. LEFT AMP SOCKETS AMP RESISTOR.

AVIONICS MASTER (ALT) P-B SWITCH. STARTER SOLENOID.5 7277-2-7. AUTOPILOT ALERT KLIXON 155020 or 155120 313001 1N2483 1N2483 300-2BL 126-222 7277-2-XX(VARIES) MC101A MC150A CIGAR LIGHTER C/B.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. JKJKL J-JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL MB104A MB107A MB107B MBI09A MB110A MB111A MB112A MB113A MB114A MB115A MB116A MB117A MB118A MB119A MB120A MB121A MB122A MB123A MB124A RELAY.5 7277-2-5 913127-73 913127-73 913127-73 913127-73 913127-73 913127-73 913127-73 913127-049 HG4-DC24V HG4-SF 1N2483 MB159A --L MB160A --L --L L L --L JKL --L 91-20-02 48 KLIXON KLIXON KLIXON KLIXON MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY KLIXON KLIXON KLIXON MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY AROMAT AROMAT MB162A MB163A MB164A MB165A MB166A FUSE HOLDER U-i-FEL FUSE 1A LI'I-IEL DIODE. AVIONICS MOONEY C/B HSI KLIXON C_ COM1 KUXON C/B NAV1 KUXON C/B AUDIO KUXON C/B PHONE KUXON C/B ADF KUXON C/S COM2 KUXON C/B NAV2 KLIXON C/B TRANSPONDER KLIXON C/B ENCODER KLIXON C/B AUTOPILOT/I"RIM KLIXON C/B RADAR KLIXON C/B DME KLIXON C/B LORAN KUXON C/B STORMSCOPE KLIXON C/B TELEPHONE KLIXON MB4443-1 7101K 930023-213 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-_(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL -_--L --L --L --L --L 1_ --L L MB125A MB126A MB127A MB128A MB129A MB131A MB132A MB133A MB134A MB135A MB136A MB137A MB150A MB151A MB152A MB158A MB154A MB155A MB156A MB157A MB158A C/B RMI C/B P. AVIONICS MASTER C & K SWITCH. RADAR ALTIMETER C/B. YAW DAMPER C/B. CIGAR LIGHTER 800336-503 7277-2-10 MOONEY KLIXON 12-98 NOTES .HORIZ AMPHENOL C/B. LT DIODE. MASTER. ART./NAV C/B INVERTER C/B STEREO C/B PROP DE-ICE BUS BAR #10 BUS BAR #11 BUS BAR #12 BUS BAR #13 C/B. STARTER SOLENOID ARTIFICIAL HORIZ CASTLEBERRY PLUG. ARTIFICIAL HORIZON AVIONICS BUS BAR #1 AVIONICS BUS BAR #2 AVIONICS BUS BAR #3 AVIONICS BUS BAR #4 AVIONICS BUS BAR #5 AVIONICS BUS BAR #6 AVIONICS BUS BAR #7 SHUNT AVIONICS MASTER RELAY RECEPTACLE DIODE 72T7-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 7277-2-XX(VARIES) 930023-223 913127-019 913127-019 913127-019 913127-005 7277-2-7.

.. GOODRICH C/B-SWITCH...... MID-CONT. MIXTURE ENRICHMENT DIODE. GOODRICH SLIP RING... GOODRICH SLIP-RING BLOCK B. 4 PiN AMP CLAMP AMP 3E1899-1 MS91586-1 155020 or 155120 313001 155020 or 155120 313001 3E1872-1 3E2062-1 930023-223 3E2311-4 B.641..00 206705-2 206966-1 206708-1 206966-1 NOTES . FUEL PUMP CLAMP MOONEY WELDON AMP AMP AMP AMP 930023-211 8163B 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 MIC102A MP104A 12-98 3E2062-1 91-20-02 49 . 1A U'I-I'EL FUSE HOLDER UTTEL FUSE. GOODRICH FUSE HOLDER UTTEL FUSE. 1A LITTEL AMMETER B... ( JK- ME101A JK- ME101B --L --L --L ME150A ME150B ME151A --L ME152A JK---L MIC101A JK- MJ101A JK- MJ102A JK- CLOCK. CURRENT MOONEY PLUG. FUEL PUMP ' PUMP.. ELECTRIC LIGHT TRAY CLOCK..... (OPT) LIGHT TRAY CLOCK.F.... DIODE.F. MD-88L BA.....000 944.B-24-BW2 MD-88L (ET) BA28-24-BW2 950D0312.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. CONTROL WHEEL CLAMP PLUG. ENRICH SW......... GOODRICH SHUNT B.F.. CONTROL WHEEL RECPT. MODULAR BRUSH ASSY FUSEHOLDER U'I-FEL FUSE. ENRICH SW..... SOLENOID.?............ GOODRICH 155020 or 155120 313001 600221-505 206060-1 206062-1 MSxxx SPEAKER ARCHER 40-1197 --L --L NE15OA NE151A KLIXON MICRO SWITCH MICRO SWITCH 7277-2-1 1SE1-T JE-5 --L NE153A PORSCHE --L --L --L NE154A NE155A NE156A C/B FUEL ENRICH SWITCH......213....F. MICROPHONE SWlTCHCRAFT WASHERS SWlTCHCRAFT JACK.. ENRICHMENT ACTUATOR VALVE. (ALT) CLOCK..CONSOLE SWlTCHCRAFT WASHERS SWITCHCRAFT C-12B S-1028 or S-1029 C-12B S-1028 or S-1029 JUNCTION BLOCK (GND) JUMPER EDGE ON JUNCTION BLOCK (GND) JUMPER EDGE ON BEAU BEAU BEAU BEAU 77014-52 7233-16 71106-52 7233-8 MJ103A JUNCTION BLOCK (DIM) JUMPER EDGE ON BEAU BEAU 71106-52 7233-8 JKJKJK-JK- MP101A MP102A MP103A JKJK--L --L --L --L MP105A MP106A MP150A MP151A MP152A MP153 --L --L MP154A MP155A TIMER B....F. 933. 1A U'I-rEL RELAY BOX.... DIODE..606. FUEL PUMP CLAMP RECPT...F..... MICROPHONE. CONTROL WHEEL CLAMP MID-CONT.....00 1N2483 1N2483 1N2483 JKJ-JK- NF101A NF102A NF103A JK- NF104A C/B. FUEL PLUG.. IAI PORSCHE AMP AMP AMP AMP JACK.. ENRICH SW.......012.. PROP DE-ICE (15A) ETA TIMER B.

COLD START/ENRICH NOZZLE. COLD START SW MOONEY PORSCHE PORSCHE PORSCHE PORSCH E PORSCHE 880052-511 933. FUEL C/B. FUEL REGULATOR. FUEL PUMP RECPT. VOLTAGE REG.00 999. ALTERNATOR #2 12-98 NOTES . LOW BOOST..620.001. HIGH BOOST.620.00 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 933. CAPACITOR C/B.40 999.00 FUSEHOLDER. VOLTAGE REG.401. ALTERNATOR #1 C/B.612. EMERGENCY PORSCHE AMP AMP AMP AMP PORSCHE PORSCHE 933. CLAMP ALTERNATOR #1 GEAR ASSY FILTER . ALTERNATOR FIELD VOLTAGE REGULATOR. FUEL PUMP CLAMP C/B.128. 10A. CLAMP PLUG.40 944.00 933. PRIMER FUSE. PRIMER DIFFUSER.032.001. PRIMER LI-I-FEL U'I-I'EL CARLING CONTINENTAL 155020 or 155120 313010 T1GK6B-1F-WH-A 633862-2 SWITCH. COLD START PLUG CLAMP BOOT CONTACTS DIODE.612. MOONEY WELDON MOONEY ELECTRO-DELTA AMP AMP AMP AMP KLIXON KLIXON C-H MOONEY C-H MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP KL[XON 930023-219 10054B 930023-217 VR536 208153-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 7277-2-10 7277-2-10 8162-K22-E13-MS0 930028-501 8142-K21-E7-T50 930028-501 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206082-1 7277-2-10 FUEL PUMP. GUARD RECPT. MAIN FUEL PUMP.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION -K-K-K-K-K- NF105A NF106A NF107A NF108A NF109A -K- NFl10A --L --L --L ---L NF150A NF151A NF152A NF153A --L NF154A ---L NF155A --L NF156A --L --L NF157A NF158A --L NF159A --L --L NF160A NF161A -K- NP101A -K-K- NP102A NP103A --L --L -- NS150A NS151A --L NS153A JKJK!_ JKJKJK- PA101A PA102A PA103A PAl 04A PAl 05A JK- PA106A -K-JKL JKL JK- PA107A 91-20-02 5O PA108A PA109A PAl 10A VENDOR PART NO. FUEL PUMP CLAMP RECPT. EMER.FUEL PUMP.456. #1 SWITCH. #1 RECPT. BOOST PUMP C/B. MAIN C/B FUEL PUMP. EMERGENCY SW. BOOST PLUG CLAMP RECPT. CLAMP PLUG CLAMP C/S FUEL PUMP.00 933.620.22 1N2483 ETA KLIXON C-H ELECTRODELTA AMP AMP AMP AMP CONTINENTAL CONTINENTAL MOONEY MALLORY ETA 41-3-$34-LN2-041800 7277-2-5 8133K-21-E13-T52 VR-802 206705-2 206966-1 206708-2 206966-1 649280 or 646719 649123 880014-501 CGS302U-050R2C 41-3-$34-LN2-041800 C/B.615.SLO-BLO SWITCH. FUEL PUMP CLAMP FUEL PUMP.MAIN/BOOST GUARD SWITCH.615.001. FUEL PUMP.652.032. FUELPUMP. ALTERNATOR FIELD.

RT (ALT) ETA . LT C-H LOCKING RING C-H LOCKING WASHER C-H NUT. LT (ALT) ETA C/B ALTERNATOR. RT ETA C/B ALTERNATOR. HEX (2 ea) C-H LAMP GE C/B ALTERNATOR. HEX C-H LAMP GE DIODE SARKES-TARZIAN SARKES-TARZIAN C-H SARKES-TARZIAN SARKES-TARZlAN PORSCHE PORSCHE ELECTRO DELTA 12-98 PART NO. #2 KUXON VOLTAGE REGULATOR.00 OS-400 206708-1 206966-1 OS-400 206708-1 206966-1 SSl DDX492-2 29-761 16-886 15-966-6 388 SB1DDX492-2 29-761 16-886 15-966-6 368 41-3-S14-LN2-70A 41-3-S34-LN2-70A 41-3-S14-LN2-70A 41-3-S34-LN2-70A 206705-2 206966-'1 91-20-02 51 . RT C-H LOCKING RING C-H LOCKING WASHER C-H NUT. EMERGENCY. NOTES 7277-2-5 VR-802 205705-2 206966-1 205709-2 206966-1 649283 or 649172 660014-501 CGS302U-056R20 LW-14367 ALU-6421-LS 155020 or 155120 313005 SBIDDX492-2 29-761 16-686 15-996-6 388 10H3P 10H3P 880052-503 10H3P 10H3P 933.603. RT AMP CLAMP AMP SWITCH.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE { DESCRIPTION VENDOR JKL JKJK- PAl 11A PA112A PAl 13A JK- PAl 14A -KJKL JKL J PAl 15A PAl 16A PAl 17A PAllSA JK- PA119A PA120A JK- PA121A JK- PA122A JKJKJKJKL L --L PA123A PA124A PA125A PA126A PA150A PA151A PA152A DIODE SWITCH. FIT OVERVOLTAGE CONTROL. LT ETA C/B ALTERNATOR.604. LT --L PAl 53A PLUG.00 933.603. AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. RT ELECTRO DELTA PLUG.004. OVERVOLTAGE RESET. OVERVOLTAGE CONTROL. RECPT. LT ALTERNATOR. #2 ELECTRODELTA RECPT. VOLTAGE REG. LT AMP CLAMP AMP OVERVOLTAGE CONTROL. VOLTAGE REG. OVERVOLTAGE RESET. LT AMP CLAMP AMP L --L --L --L PA154A PA155A PA156A PA157A --L PA155A --L PA159A L PA160A C/B ALTERNATOR FIELD. FIELD C-H LOCKING RING C-H LOCKWASHER C-H NUT. O/VOLTAGE CONTROL. HEX (2 ea) C-H LAMP GE SWITCH. ALTERNATOR FIELD DIODE DIODE ALTERNATOR. OVERVOLTAGE CONTROL. AMP CLAMP AMP ALTERNATOR #2 CONTINENTAL FILTER MOONEY CAPACITOR _IALLORY ALTERNATOR #1 (RIGHT) LYCOMING ALTERNATOR (ALT) PRESTOUTE ( #2 ALTERNATOR NOT USED AT THIS TIME) FUSEHOLDER LI'I-I'EL FUSE 5A LI3-FEL SWITCH.

FLI PNL SWITCH (ALl') ETA C/B BUS. A/C.-223 or -227 MAY BE USED. BY CIRCUIT BREAKER INSTALLATION. LT MOONEY 880052-507 --L PB154A SWITCH.OVERVOLTAGE CONT'L. RT AMP CLAMP AMP 206705-1 206996-1 JKJKL PB101A PB102A JKL JKJKL PB103A PB104A PB105A JKL PB106A JKJKJKJKJKJK- PB107A PB108A PB109A PB110A PB111A PB112A BA'I-I'ERY GILL RELAY.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. FLT PNL SW ETA BUSS BAR #1 MOONEY BUSS BAR #2 MOONEY BUSS BAR #3 MOONEY BUSS BAR #4 MOONEY BUSS BAR #5 MOONEY BUSS BAR #6 MOONEY G-242 6041H202 6041H202A 1N2483 880052-501 41-3-S14-LN2-70A 41-3-S34-LN2-70A 41-3-S14-LN2-70A 41-3-S34-LN2-70A 913127-005 913127-039 913127-001 913127-019 913127-019 913127-239 * NOTES •BUSS BARS 913127-045. BA3-I-ERY RELAY.LEFT BA'I-rERY RELAY SWITCH. LT ETA 41-3-S14-LN2-60A --L PB171A 'C/B LOAD.MASTER. BATTERY. RT MOONEY 880052-509 --L PB155A C/B BATTERY. LT (ALE) ETA C. BATTERY. --L PA161A RECPT.tB BATTERY. RT . -KPBl13A BUSS BAR #7 MOONEY 913127-129 JKPB114A BUSS BAR #8 MOONEY 913127-041 JKPB115A BUSS BAR #9 MOONEY 913127-043 JKPB116A SHUNT KULKA 600RJ-2 --L PB150A BATTERY. RT C-H 6041H202 (ALT) C-H 6041H202A --L PB152A DIODE. RIGHT GILL G-243 --L PB151A RELAY.LEFT C-H (ALl') C-H DIODE. MASTER C-H CiB BA-FI'ERY. LT(ALT) ETA 41-3-S34-LN2-6OA 91-20-02 52 12-98 . BA'I-rERY.BA-I-I'ERY. A/C.ETA 41-3-S14-LN2-70A --L PB155A C/B BA'I-I'ERY. LEFT GILL G-243 --L PB171A C/B LOAD. AS REQUIRED. AVIONICS RELAY MOONEY 913127-047 --L PB170A BA'I-I'ERY. LT ETA C/B BUS.-213. RT (ALT) ETA 41-3-S34-LN2-70A --L PB156A BUSS BAR #1 MOONEY 913127-51 --L PB157A BUSS BAR #2 MOONEY 913127-51 --L PB158A BUSS BAR #3 MOONEY 913127-51 --L PB159A BUSS BAR #4 MOONEY 913127-51 --L PB160A BUSS BAR #5 MOONEY 913127-19 --L PB161A BUSS BAR #6 MOONEY 913127-19 --L PB162A BUSS BAR #7 MOONEY 913127-19 --L PB163A BUSS BAR #8 MOONEY 913127-19 --L PB164A BUSS BAR #9 MOONEY 913127-53 --L PB165A BUSS BAR #10 MOONEY 913127-53 --L PB166A BUSS BAR #11 MOONEY 913127-53 --L PB167A BUSS BAR #12 MOONEY 913127-TBA --L PB168A C/B EMERGENCY CROSSOVERETA 41-3-S14-LN2-50A --L PB168A C/B EMERGENCY CROSSOVER (ALT) ETA 41-3-S34-LN2-50A C/B COVER PLACARD MOONEY 150080-802 GUARD MOONEY 800232-503 --L PB169A SHUNT. RT 1N2483 --L PB153A SWITCH.

NH. 19 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 14 PIN MOONEY PLUG. CLUSTER GAUGE AMP PLUG. RT C/B LOAD. 26 PIN MOONEY PLUG. 19 PIN CLAMP PLUG. A/C RT (ALE) BUSS BAR #13 BUSS BAR #14 BUSS BAR#15 BUSS BAR#16 BUSS BAR#17 BUSS BAR#18 BUSS BAR#19 FUSEHOLDER. LEFT MASTER FUSE 5AMP MASTER RELAY (ALl') DIODE MASTER SWITCH RELAY. RT. RT. FIREWAL. C/B PANEL #1. LEFT SIDE PANEL. RT. A/C. LEFT SIDE PANEL.28 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. RT FUSE. ENGINE BUS.WG. 16 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. RADIO PNL. WING. 16 PIN.26 PIN MOONEY PLUG. AUTOPILOT POWER. (ALE) DIODE --L PB190A MASTER SWITCH (OPT) C-H 8133K-21-E13-T52 --L PB191A GRND/DIMMER BOX MOONEY 800228-501 JKL PL01A JKL PL02A JKL PL02B JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL PL03A PL04A PL03B PL04A PL05A PLUG. 20 PIN MOONEY PLUG. FIREWALL #2. WING STUB. 16 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. ETA ETA MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY Lll-FEL UTTEL C-H C-H 41-3-S14-LN2-60A 41-3-S34-LN2-60A 913127-55 913127-57 913127-57 913127-59 913127-59 913127-61 913127-19 155020 or 155120 313005 6041H202 6041H202A 1N2483 880052-501 W389CX-3 1N2483 155020 or155120 313005 155020 or155120 313005 6041H202 6041H202A 1N2483 --L PB172A PB172A PB173A PB174A PB175A PB176A PB177A PB178A PB179A PB180A PS18OA PB181A --L L L --L L ----L ---L PB182A PB183A PB184A PB185A PB186A PB186A PB187A PB187A PB188A --L PB189A C/B LOAD. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP 206150-1 206138-1 205837-1 206070-1 205839-3 206070-1 930021-501 930021-505 930021-505 930021-505 206060-1 206062-1 JKL PL06A JKL JKL PL07A PLOBA JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL PL09A PL09B PL10A PL11A PL12B JK- PL13A PLUG. CONSOLE #1. 20 PIN MOONEY PLUG.L#1. RT. 14 PIN MOONEY PLUG. 5AMP FUSEHOLDER. FLT PNL #1. CONSOLE #1. 26 PIN MOONEY PLUG. NS SWITCH #1. FLT PNL #1. RT FUSE. LEFT WING. 5AMP MASTER RELAY. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP 206037-1 202070-1 206037-1 MS3105A-22-14S MS3057-12B 930021-001 930021-501 930021-001 930021-001 MS3106A-22-14S MS3057-12B 206708-1 206966-1 MOONEY MAGNACRAFT UI-I-EL LII-FEL LITTEL UI-I-EL RT C-H C-H 12-98 NOTES 91-20-02 53 . Nil PWR DIODE FUSEHOLDER. MASTER. 14 PIN MOONEY PLUG.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE --L --L --L ---L --L --L --L --L ---4L i DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO.37 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG.

4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. 20 PIN MOONEY PLUG. 9 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. GRND BUSS. 16 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. LT SIDE PNL. STANDBY VAC. GRND #1. FLAP RELAY. 8 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 8 PIN "CLAMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 12-98 206037-1 206070-1 930021-501 930021-501 930021-501 206060-1 206062-1 205838-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 206708-1 206966-1 206708-1 206966-1 206037-1 206070-1 206060-1 206062-1 205838-1 206062-1 206838-1 206062-1 205708-1 206062-1 NOTES . REAR. PLUG. OVERHEAD. HEADLINER. ELECTRIC GEAR. 16 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG.34B JK- PL35A JK- PL36A JK- PL37A JK- PL38A 91-20-02 54 VENDOR PART NO. AVIONICS POWER. G/SHIELD HARNESS. 4 PIN CLAMP PLUG.-33A JKL PL34A JKL PL. 4 PIN AMP 930021-001 206708-1 206966-1 930021-001 206037-1 206070-1 206060-1 206062-1 206037-1 206070-1 206708-1 206966-1 206060-1 206062-1 206037-1 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 206708-1 206966-1 206060-1 CLAMP 206062-1 AMP PLUG. GRND #2. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. LEFTWING STUB. GRND BUSS. 14 PIN MOONEY PLUG. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. DIM. FLT PNL #2. GND 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. CONSOLE # 2. 16 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. HOUR. DIM. 14 PIN MOONEY PLUG. C/B PNL. GEAR RELAY. 20 PIN MOONEY PLUG. TAILCONE. 16 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. GEAR CONTROL. LIGHT CONTROL. CLAMP PLUG. 16 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. AVIONICS MASTER. FLT PNL #2.31A JK- PL32A JKL PI. DIMMER.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORRORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION JKL PL13B JKL PL14A JKL JKL PL15A PL16A JKL JK- PL17A PL18A JKL PL19A JKL PL20A JKL PL21A JKL PL22A JKL PL23A JKL PI-24A JK- PL25A JK- PL26A JK- PL27A JKL JKJKJK- PL27B PL28A PL29A PL30A JK- PL. 16 PIN CLAMP PLUG. A/S SWITCH #2. 20 PIN MOONEY PLUG. 4 PIN CLAMP PLUG. GND. 8 PIN . 6 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP 206060-1 208062-1 205060-1 206062-1 PLUG. FLT PNL #3. 9 PIN CLAMP PLUG.

20 PIN MOONEY LEFT SIDE PANEL. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. RECPT.03 JKL JKL JKL JKL RB101A RB102A RB103A RB103A C/B RADIO BLOWER RADIO BLOWER FILTER.-4016 LW15572 646275 637847 1N2483 1N2483 1N2483 6041H-202 or -202A 1N2483 933. 1A J--- PS105A -K- PS106A JKL --L --L --L --L --L PSIOTA PS150A PS151A PS152A PS153A PS154A STARTER PRESTOUTE (ALl') LYCOMING STARTER TCM (ALT) TCM DIODE. 26 PIN MOONEY PLUG. 37 PIN AMP FLANGE AMP RECPT. PWR START. RT C-H DIODE. THROTTLE SWITCH. 14 PIN MOONEY PLUG. FLAP MOTOR.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION JK- PL39A -K- PL40A JK!. 4 PIN AMP AMP 12-98 NOTES 206151-2 206036-3 206070-1 206152-1 206070-1 930021-502 930021-506 930021-506 205153-1 208082-1 91-20-02 55 . 28 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. 26 PIN MOONEY NS SWITCH #1. GRND #4.B-22S MS3057-16 206708-1 206966-1 206708-1 206966-1 930021-001 206037-1 206070-1 930021-505 206708-1 206986-1 205839-3 206070-1 7277-2-10 6041H-202 or-202A 155020 or 155120 313001 KLIXON C-H UTTEL LITTEL 206060-1 206062-1 JKJKL JK- PSIO1A PS102A PS103A C/B.LT FUSEHOLDER FUSE. STARTER.RT SOLENOID.GRND #5. PWR START. CLAMP KLIXON TRW ARCHER SPRAGUE C/B PNL #1. F/W CANNON CLAM P PLUG. STARTER SOLENOID STARTER PORSCHE MHB.007. GR/STALL WARN HARNESS. (ALT) 7277-2-2 19A2790 273-103 5JX5104A JKL JKL RCO1A RCO2A JKL RCO2B JKL JKL JKL JKL RC03A RCO3B RC04A RCO5A RECPT. BLWR. PLUG. 16 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. CLAMP . RADIO BLOWER FILTER.LT DIODE. STARTER SOLENOID. 16 PIN AMP AMP AMP CONSOLE#I. IGN/TACH/CIG LIGHTER SOLENOID. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP 206708-1 206968-1 206060-1 206062-1 208150-1 207299-4 930021-505 MS3106A2. #2.602.26 PIN MOONEY PLUG. EMPENNAGE. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. CLAMP RECPT. 26 PIN MOONEY FLT PNL #1. RAD. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. RECPT. ALT/STARTER. IGNITION SWITCH. JK- PL59A PL76A JK- PL77A --L PL152A VENDOR PART NO. STARTER.LT DIODE._ PL50A JKL JKL PL51A PL52A JKL PL55A JKL PL56A JKL JKL PL57A PL58A JKI. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP PLUG. RECPT. RECPT. 37 PIN CONSOLE #1. DIM. GRND #6. C/B PNL #2. 28 PIN AMP AMP LEFT SIDE PANEL.RECPT.

206036-3 206070-1 296036-3 206070-1 MS3100A22-14P MS3057-12B MS3100K22-14P MS3100KE22-14P MS3057-12B or 12A 930021-2 930021-502 930021-2 930021-002 MS3100A22-14P MS3057-12B MS3100K22-14P MS3100KE22-14P MS3057-12B or-12A 208705-1 206966-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 930021-002 206705-2 CLAMP AMP 206966-1 JKL RC17A RECPT. GRND #2. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. RT. 16 PIN CLAMP RECPT. WING STUB. 19 PIN CLAMP RECPT. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. 14 PIN MOONEY RECPT. WG. TAILCONE. 4 PIN CLAMP RECPT. DIM/GRND. O/H REAR.. PNL LT DIM#l.WG. 20 PIN MOONEY 12-98 NOTES 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 930021-502 930021-502 930021-502 : . COMPASS LT HARNESS. FIREWALL #2. HOUR METER. 16 PIN AMP CLAMP RECPT. 4 PIN CLAMP RECPT. 14 PIN MOONEY RECPT. RT. LEFT WING STUB. AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. 20 PIN MOONEY RECPT. CLUSTER GAUGE.4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP :RECPT. NS SWITCH #2.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION JKL -JKL RC06A JKL RC08A JKL RC08B JKL JKL JKL JKL JKL RC09A RC09B RC10A RC11A RC12A JKL RC12B JK RC13A JKL RC13B JK- RC14A JKL JKL RC16A RC16A RC07A VENDOR RECPT. A/P POWER. 19 PIN (ALT) CLAMP RECPT. TAILCONE. 20 PIN MOONEY RECPT. 20 PIN MOONEY RECPT. GRND #1. FIREWALL #2 (ALT) CLAMP RECPT. LT. FIREWALL #1. 14 PIN CLAMP RECPT. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. AVIONICS POWER. RT WING. 14 PINMOONEY RECPT. RT. 16 PIN AMP CLAMP RECPT. FLT PNL #2. 16 PIN CLAMP RECPT. AVIONICS MASTER. FLT PNL#2. 16 PIN CLAMP RECPT. PIRE'WALL#1. ELECTRIC GEAR MOONEY 930021-002 JK- RC18A JKL RC18B JKL RC19A JKL RC20A JK- RC21A JK- RC22A JK-JK-- RC23A RECPT. 16 PIN CLAMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 206036-3 206070-1 206044-1 206070-1 206153-1 206062-1 206036-3 206070-1 206036-3 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206036-3 206070-1 206036-3 206070-1 JKL RC26A JK- RC27A JKL JKJK- RC27B RC28A RC29A 91-20-02 56 RC24A RECPT.RADIO PNL. GEAR CONTROL AMP PART NO. DIMMER. 19 PIN CLAMP RECPT. 14 PIN MOONEY RECPT. 16 PIN CLAMP RECPT.

612. CLAMP RECPT. CLAMP RECPT. #4. 14 PIN MOONEY DIM RECPT. CLAMP RECPT. RECPT. 8 PIN STBY VAC.417. C/B PNL #2 AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT.00 ENDBELL * PORSCHE 933.LT (ALT) PORSCHE 933. LT CANNON-GERMANY NOTES CLAMP CANNON-GERMANY 057-8557-000 FERRULE END RING CANNON-GERMANY 304-8553-000 RECPT.425. 9 PIN GRND BUSS. 8 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. 14 PIN AMP AMP GRND RECPT #6. ENGINE. CLAMP RECPT. 8 PIN GEAR RELAY.612. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. CLAMP RECPT. 9 PIN GRND RECPT. 16 PIN AMP AMP PNL LT DIM #2. CLAMP RECPT. #2. RECPT.SIDE PNL. ALT/STARTER (ALT) CANNON MS3160K28-2P MS3100KE28-2P JKL -JKL RC55A AMP JKL JKL RC57A RC58A --L RC58B JKL JK- RC59A RC76A JK- RC77A --L RC150A RECPT. FLT PNL #3. THRO-I-FLESWITCH.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE JK- RC30A JK- RC81A JK-JKL RC31B JK RC33A JKL RC34B JK- RC35A JK- RC36A JK-JK- RC37A JK RC89A -K- RC40A JKL RCSOA JKL RC51A JKL RC32A DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. CLAMP RECPT. FLAY RELAY. FLAP MOTOR. 8 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. CLAMP RECPT. LT.612. LT F/WALL (ALT) CANNON-GERMANY CA121006-600 RECPT. CONSOLE #2. IGNITION SWITCH MOONEY 206153-1 206062-1 205841-2 206062-1 205841-2 206062-1 205841-2 206062-1 206705-2 206966-1 206153-1 206062-1 206151-2 206138-1 930021-506 RC52A RECPT. CLAMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 206153-1 206062-1 205841-2 206062-1 205841-2 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206705-2 206966-1 206036-3 206966-1 DIM/GRND. CLAMP * PORSCHE 933. 16 PIN RECPT. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. 9 PIN AMP GRND RECPT #5.00 • NOTE: ALTERNATE HIGH TEMPERATURE COMPONENTS FOR ITEMS: 12-98 91-20-02 57 . 8 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. 4 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP RECPT. RECPT. 26 PIN MOONEY 9 PIN AMP AMP 28 PIN AMP AMP ENGINE HARNESS. CLAMP RECPT. 4 PIN STBY VAC.00 . 4 PiN C/B PNL#2.415. ENGINE HARNESS. CLAMP RECPT. 206705-2 206966-1 206705-2 206966-1 930021-002 206036-3 206070-1 206044-1 206070-1 930021-506 206705-2 206966-1 206152-1 206070-1 CA121006-518 --L RC38A RC56A RC15OA EMPENNAGE. CLAMP RECPT.

ENGINE HARNESS.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE L --L DESCRIPTION RC151A RC151A VENDOR RECPT. OVERVOLTAGE CLAMP DIODE DIODE 501-61K-11K-3RP Wl-7049 1N2483 1N2483 --L WD150A -WD150A FUSEHOLDER.00 933. STARTER SOLENOID FUSE. GEAR WARNING DIODE DIODE SWITCH. THROTTLE ACTUATOR PLUG. STALL WARN SAFE FUGHT ALERT. GEAR WARN HORN UGHT. THROI-rLE ACTUATOR HORN. 2 PIN AMP SOCKETS AMP i2-98 7277-2-2 SC628 C46001 950D-0309-000 DB25S DB51212 DB1212-1 40-1333C 206060-1 206062-1 1-480318-0 60619-1 NOTES . 25 PIN ITT CLAMP I1-£ LOCK RETAINER ITT SPEAKER. FiT PORSCHE CLAMP * PORSCHE ENDSELL * PORSCHE PART NO. 4 PIN CLAMP RECPT. CA121006-518 057-8557-000 304-8553-000 933. STALL WARNING MALLORY SWITCH. JKJK- WA102A WA103A UGHT. RT CANNON-GERMANY CLAMP * CANNON-GERMANY FERRULE END RING * CANNON-GERMANY RECPT.425. GR/STALL WARN ARCHER PLUG. MATE N LOCK. 4 PIN AMP 206153-1 CLAMP AMP 206062-1 JKL SB101A C/B. INTER PHONE. GR/STALL WARNING IAI PLUG. ENGINE HARNESS. GR/STALL WARN HARNESS.612. THROTTLE ACTUATOR SWITCH. GEAR DOWN KUXON SLOAN 7277-2-2 855S-O-U BULB GE 327 SWITCH. SPEED BRAKE KUXON 7277-2-2 --L SPK101A SPEAKER.GR/STLWRN ALRT.00 933. CABIN ARCHER 12-1703 JK- WA101A WESTERN IND WESTERN IND.00 • NOTE: ALTERNATE HIGH TEMPERATURE COMPONENTS FOR ITEMS: RC152A RECPT.612. 4 PIN CLAMP MICRO MICRO MALLORY V3-1 JV-1 SC628P 1N2483 1M2483 1SE1-T JE-17 1SE1-T JE-5 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 JKL JKL JK- WE103A JKJKL JKL -K- WE104A WE105A WE106A WE107A --L WE150A L WE151A --L WE152A JKL JKJKL --L L WS101A WS102A WS103A WS150A WS151A --L L WS152A WS153A --L WS154A 01-20-02 58 MICRO MICRO MICRO-SWITCH MICRO-SWITCH AMP AMP AMP AMP C/B STALL WARN HORN KLIXON HORN. 4 PIN AMP 'CLAMP AMP PLUG.612. 1AMP LI'CI-EL U'I'TEL 155020 or155120 313001 WE101A WE102A C/B.417.415.

ALTERNATE AIR SWITCH. VACUUM WARNING RECPT. RAM AIR ACTUATOR MICRO MICRO V3-1 JV-5 -K--L _"¢VIO2A WW150A SWITCH. 3. --L WS155A RECPT. Maximum circuit breaker rating is shown. ANNUNCIATOR. LT C/B. Varies with AutoPilot System installed. ANNUNCIATOR CLAMP LOCK RETAINER MOLEX MOLEX KLIXON KLIXON IAI CHICAGO MINATURE ITT ITT ITT 09-50-3151 08-50-0105 7277-2-1 7277-2-1 950D0308-000 CM7327 DB25S D551212-1 DB51221-1 JKJKJK- WV101A WV102A V¢#103A JK- WVlO4A C/B.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. ANNUNCIATOR SOCKETS C/B. 4. VAC WARN. 12-98 91-20-02 59 . 2 PIN PINS AMP AMP 1-480319-0 60620-1 JKJ-- WTI01A WT102A -K- WT103A C/B. ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR LAMPS ANNUNCIATOR LAMPS KLIXON MOONEY CHICAGO MINIATURE MOONEY CHICAGO MINIATURE 7277-2-2 880025-521 CM7327 880025-523 CM7327 JK- W3"104A --L --L WT150A WT151A WT153A --L WT154A PLUG. VAC WARN. VACUUM WARNING SWITCH. ANNUNCIATOR. 4 PIN CLAMP KUXON MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP 7277-2-2 880012-501 206153-1 208062-1 208060-1 206082-1 J-- WWlO1A SWITCH. MATE N LOCK. 2. MS35334-21 or MS2898 (Alan Bradley) internal tooth Iookwasherwith each light if not supplied by Sloan. Use 1 ea. RT ANNUNCIATOR LAMPS PLUG. 4 PiN CLAMP PLUG. Buss bar may be shortened as required by circuit breaker installation. 5. amperage of installed circuit breaker is determined by particular unit installed. ALTERNATE AIR CHERRY CHERRY E51-508 E51-508 NOTES NOTES 1. Alternate for V3-1 switch w/JV-5 actuator is V3L-3 assembly.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART RESERVED 91-20-02 60 12-98 .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
M20J
SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
91-20-03
(

- ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDWARE CHART - 28 VOLT SYSTEMS
S/N's 24-3154 THRU 24-3200, 24-3202 THRU 24-3217, MOONEY DRAWING NO. 800263 (E7),
24-1686-14thru 24-2999-14 commoncomponents,28V & 14V - (See 91-20-04 for 14 Volt peculiarcomponents)
** - ACTUAL USAGE DETERMINED BY MASTER SCHEMATICS - **
DESCRIPTION
VENDOR
PART NO.

CODE

(

JKJKJKJKJK-JK-JKJKJKJKJK-

CB101A
CB102A
CB103A
CB103S
CB104A

CC101A
CC102A
CC103A
CC103B
CC104A

JK-

CC105A

JK-

CC106A

JK-JKJKJK-

CC107A

JK-

CF104A

JKJKJKJKJK-

CF105A
CF108A
CV101A
CV102A
CV103A

JK-

CVl04A

JK-

CV105A

JK-

CV106A

JKJKJKJKJK-

DA101A
DA102A
DA103A
DB101A
DB102A

CB105A

CC108A
CF101A
CF103A

C/S, DEFROSTER BLOWER
KLIXON
SWITCH, BLOWER MOTOR
CHERRY
MOTOR, BLOWER
MOONEY
MOTOR, BLOWER
MOONEY
PLUG, 2 PIN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 2 PIN
AMP
PIN
AMP
C/B, COWL FLAP
KLIXON
SWITCH, COWL FLAP
MICRO
ACTUATOR, COWL FLAP
MOONEY
ACTUATOR, COWL FLAY
MOONEY
SWITCH, OPEN LIMIT
MICRO
ACTUATOR
MICRO
SWITCH, CLOSED LIMIT
MICRO
ACTUATOR
MICRO
PLUG, 9 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 9 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
VARISTOR
GE
C/B, FLAP ACTUATOR
KLIXON
SWITCH, UP LIMIT
MICRO
ACTUATOR
MICRO
SWITCH, DOWN UMIT
MICRO
ACTUATOR
MICRO
ACTUATOR, FLAP
MOONEY
SWITCH, FLAP
CUTLER-HAMMER
C/S, STAND-BY VACUUM
MOONEY
CURRENT MONITOR, STD-BY VAC MOONEY
PLUG, 9 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
PLUG, 2 PIN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 2 PIN
AMP
PIN
AMP
PUMP, VACUUM
AEROSAFE

7277-2-5
E51-50B
640317-501
640317-503
1-480318-0
60619-1
1-480319-0
60620-1
7277-2-5
12TW1-1
880050-501
880050-505
1SE1-T
JE-5
1SE1-T
JE-5
206708-1
206966-1
206705-2
206966-1
V47ZA05
7277-2-5
V3-1
JV-5
V3-1
JV-5
750105-501
8906K3149
930023-233
800221-505
206708-1
206966-1
1-480318-0
60619-1
1-480319-0
60620-1
820904-2

SHUNT, LOAD
FUSEHOLDER
FUSEHOLDER
C/B, TURN COORDINATOR
TURN COORDINATOR
TURN COORDINATOR (ALl')
TURN COORDINATOR (ALl')
TURN COORDINATOR (ALE)

MLA-70A-100MV
FHN42W
FM01-SA
7277-2-2
9013 CODE N.5
303990-028MSC
1394T100-3Z
9114 CODE N.21

EMPRO
McGRAW EDISON
McGRAW EDISON
KLIXON
U.I.
ASTRONAUTICS
ELECTRO GYRO
U.I.

!2-98

NOTES

91-20-03
61

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
M20J
MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
CODE

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

JK-

DB103A

PLUG
CABLE CLAMP
(ALT)

MS3106A-10SL-3S
MS35074A
MS3507-4B

JK-

DC101A

PROBE, CHT, (CYL #3)
(ALT)

MS24482-1
AN5546-1

JKJ-J-J--

DDIOIA
DD102A
DD102B
DD103A

JKJK-

DD104A
DD105A

JK-

DD106A

JKJKJKJKJKJ-JK-

DF101A
DF102A
DF103A
DF104A
DG101A
DG103A
DG104A

-KJ--

DG105A
DH101A

-K-K-

DH101A
DH102A

JK-

DJ101A

JK-

DJ102A

JK-JK-

DJ103A

JK-

DK102A

JK-

DK103A

C/B, EGT/OAT
KUXON
GAUGE, EGT/OAT
MOONEY
GAUGE (4 PROBE)
MOONEY
PLUG, 8 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
PROBE, OAT
MOONEY
PLUG, 2 PIN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 2 PIN
AMP
PIN
AMP
TRANSMI'I-FER, LT IN/BD, FUEL MOONIEY
TRANSMll-rER, LT OUT/BD, FUEL MOONEY
TRANSMITTER, RT IN/BD, FUELMOONEY
TRANSMll-FER, RT OUT/BD, FUEL MOONEY
C/B, INSTR. MODULE #1
KUXON
MODULE, INSTR.
MOONEY
PLUG, 28 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
MODULE, INSTRUMENT
MOONEY
PROBE, OIL TEMP
MOONEY
(AL'r)
LEWIS ENGRG
PROBE, OIL TEMP
PLUG, 2 PIN
CLAMP
TRANSDUCER, OIL PRESS
DRUCK
(ALT)
KULITE
PLUG, 4 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 4 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
TRANSDUCER, FUELPRESS
DRUCK
(ALT)
KUIJTE
PLUG, 4 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 4 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP

7277-2-2
880001-507
880001-509
205838-1
206082-1
880004-501
1-480318-0
60619-1
1-480319-0
60620-1
610242-003
610243-003
610242-003
610243-001
7277-2-1
880059-507
205839-3
206070-1
880059-509
880061-501
56B3A9
MS28034-1
MS3108A-12S-3S
MS3057-4A
PDCR821-0662-100
APT-154-1000-100PSIG
206060-1
206062-1
206153-1
206062-1
PDCR821-0862-30
APT-153-1000-30PSIG
208060-1
206062-1
206153-1
206062-1

J--

DLIOIA

-K-

DL101A

JK-

DL102A

J--K-

DL103A
DL103A

JK-

DLIO4A

JK-

DLIO5A

TACHOMETER
(AL'r)
TACHOMETER
(ALT)
PLUG, 5 PIN
CLAMP
SENSOR, TACH
SENSOR, TACH
.(ALT)
PLUG, 4 PIN
CLAMP
RECEPTACLE, 4 PIN
CLAMP

880039-515
0520-003
880039-517
0520-006
MS3106A-14S-5S
MS3057-TA/B
0400-004
0402-102
0402-104
206060-1
206062-1
206153-1
206062-1

91-20-03
62

DK101A

MOONEY
B &D
MOONEY
B& D
B& D
B& D
B& D
AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP
12-98

NOTES

1
1

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
M20J
SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
CODE

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

J--K-

DM101A
DMIO1A

HOUR METER
HOUR METER

MOONEY
MOONEY

880035-507
660035-505

JK-

DMIO2A

RECEPTACLE, 4 PiN
CLAMP

AMP
AMP

206153-1
206062-1

JK-

DM103A

J--

DMIO4A

PLUG, 4 PIN
CLAMP
FUSEHOLDER
(ALT)

AMP
AMP
LI'I-]'ELFUSE
LITTEL

206060-1
206062-1
155020
155120

JKJK-

DPIOIA
DP102A

LITTEL
MOONEY
AERO INSTR

JK-

DPIO3A

JK-

DP104A

JK--

DPIO5A

FUSE (5A-3AG-SLO-BLO)
C/B, PITOT HEAT
PITOT, HEATED
(ALl)
PLUG
SOCKET
PLUG, 2 PIN
SOCKET
RECEPTACLE, 2 PIN
PIN

313005
930023-205
PH502-24
AN5812-1AN3115-1
AN3116-1
1-480316-0
60619-1
1-480319-0
60620-1

-K-K-K-K--K-

DR101A
DR102A
DR102B
DR103A

-KJK-

DR104A
DT101A

J-JK-

DT101A
DT102A

J-JK-

DT102A
DT103A

J-JK-

DTIO3A
DTIO4A

J-J--

DT104A
DT105A

-K-

DTIOIA

-K-

DT102A

-K-

DT103A

-K-

DTIO4A

-K-

DTIOSA

-K-

DT106A

JK-

DV101A

DR103B

AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP

C/B, TIT
KLIXON
TIT INDICATOR
MOONEY
TIT/EGT INDICATOR (6 PROBE) MOONEY
PLUG, 8 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
PLUG, 28 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
PROBE, TIT
MOONEY
PROBE, EGT, (CYL #1)
MOONEY
(ALl-)
MOONEY
(ALT)
MOONEY
PROBE, EGT (CYL#2)
MOONEY
(ALT)
MOONEY
(AL'r)
MOONEY
PROBE, EGT (CYL#3)
MOONEY
(ALT)
MOONEY
(AL'r)
MOONEY
PROBE, EGT (CYL#4)
MOONEY
(ALl-)
MOONEY
(ALl)
MOONEY
EGT INDICATOR
MOONEY
LEAD WIRE)
ALCOR
PROBE, EGT (CYL #1)
MOONEY
(ALT)
MOONEY
PROBE, EGT (CYL#2)
MOONEY
(ALT)
MOONEY
PROBE, EGT (CYL#3)
MOONEY
(ALT)
MOONEY
PROBE, EGT (CYL#4)
MOONEY
(ALT)
MOONEY
, PROBE, EGT (CYL#5)
MOONEY
(ALT)
MOONEY
' PROBE, EGT (CYL #6)
MOONEY
(ALl-)
MOONEY
C/B, FUEL FLOW
KLIXON
12-95

NOTES

7277-2-2
680051-501
880051-503
205838-1
206062-1
205839-503
206070-1
880055-501
850005-503
860005-501
660110-000
880005-503
880005-501
660110-000
680005-503
880005-501
660110-000
880005-503
680005-501
650110-000
660109-003
01-005-78
850005-503
880005-501
880005-503
650005-501
880005-503
880005-501
680005-503
880005-501
880005-503
680005-501
880005-503
550005-501
7277-2-1
91-20-03
63

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
M20J
MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
29 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
CODE

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

NOTES
!

JKJK-

DV102A
DV102A

JK-

DV102B

JK-

DV103A

JK-

DV103B

JK-

DV104A

JKJK-

DV164B
DV105A

JK-

DVIO6A

JKJK-

DV107A
DV108A

JK-

DV109A

JKJKJKJK-

DW101A
EG101A
EG102A
EG103A

JKJKJK-

EG104A
EG105A
EG106A

JKJKJK-

EG107A
EG107B
EG108A

JK-

EG109A

91-20-03
64

INDICATOR, FUEL FLOW
(ALl')
(ALl')
(ALl') INDICATOR, F/F (GAL)

MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
SHADIN

880034-501
680034-503
880034-505
912021

(ALl') (LBS)

SHADIN

912023

INDICATOR, F/F (OPT) (GAL)
(ALr) (LBS)
(ALT) (LITER)
(ALT) (GAL)
(ALT) (I.BS)
(ALE) (LITER)
PLUG, 9 PIN
CLAMP
LATCH ASSY (2 ea)
PLUG, 9 PIN
CLAMP
LATCH ASSY (2 ea)
TRANSDUCER, FUEL FLOW
(ALT)
TRANSDUCER, FUEL FLOW
PLUG, 4 PIN
CLAMP
RECEPTACLE, 4 PIN
CLAMP
SWITCH, FUEL FLOW
PLUG, 4 PIN
CLAMP
RECEPTACLE, 4 PIN
CLAMP

SHADIN
SHADIN
SHADIN
SHADIN
SHADIN
SHADIN
Il-r CANNON
I1-1"CANNON
ITT CANNON
II-F CANNON
I'FTCANNON
Il-r CANNON
MOONEY
MOONEY
FLOSCAN
AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP
C&K
AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP

912041
912043
912047
912081
912083
912087
DE-9S
DE-24657
DE-51224-1
DE-gS
DE-24657
D-110278
890030-501
880030-503
680501B
206060-1
206062-1
206153-1
206062-1
7101K
206060-1
206062-1
206153-1
205062-1

VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR U.I.
C/B, GEAR RELAYS
KLIXON
SWITCH, GEAR UP/DOWN
CUTLER/HAMMER
SWITCH, GEAR OVERRIDE
CUTLER/HAMMER
RING, LOCKING
CUTLER-HAMMER
WASHER, LOCK
CUTLER-HAMMER
NUT, HEX (2 ea) .
CUTLER-HAMMER
LAMP (28V)
GE
LAMP (14V)
GE
SWITCH (ALT)
NKK CORP
SUTI-ON
NKK CORP
LOCKING RING
NKK CORP
LOCKWASHER
NKK CORP
NUT, HEX (2 EA)
NKK CORP
LAMP (29V)
NKK CORP
SWITCH, AIRSPEED, GEAR SAFETY MOONEY
C/B, GEAR ACTUATOR
KLIXON
SWITCH, GEAR UP LIMIT
MICRO
ACTUATOR
MICRO
SWITCH, GEAR DOWN LIMIT
MICRO
. SWITCH, GEAR DOWN LIMIT (ALT) SAINT
PLUG, 4 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 4 PiN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
12-98

7000 CODE C.83
7277-2-2
8906K2875
SBIDDX492-2
29-761
16-886
15-966-6
334
336
DBL2141-3BL
AT406
AT406
AT508
AT503
AT604-28
880013-507
7277-2-7.5
DT-2R-A7
MCD-2711
1CHl16-6
MLl116
206060-1
206062-1
206153-1
206062-1

4
4
4
5
5
5
2
2
2
3
3
3

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
M20J
SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
CODE

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

CUTLER-HAMMER

6041H220
1N2483
6041H220
1N2483
560254-503
880037-507

JKJKJKJKJK-

EG110A
EG111A
EG112A
EG113A
EG114A

RELAY, GEAR UP
DIODE
RELAY, GEAR DOWN
DIODE
ACTUATOR, GEAR
(ALT)

JKJKJK-

ELT101A
ELT101B
ELT102A

JKJKJK-

ELT103A
ELT103B
ELT104A

JK-

ELT105A

JK-

ELT106A

JK-

ELT107A

JK-

ELT108A

JK-

FON101A

JK-

JM101A

J--K-K-

JM102A
JM102A
JM102B

-K-K-

JM103A
JMI03B

JK-

LB101A

TRANSMITTER, ELT
TRANSMITTER, ELT
RECEPTACLE, 12 PIN
PIN
SWITCH, REMOTE
SWITCH, REMOTE
PLUG, 9 PIN
SOCKET
PLUG, 8 PIN
CLAMp
RECEPTACLE, 8 PIN
CLAMP
PLUG, 8 PIN
CLAMP
RECEPTACLE, 8 PIN
CLAMP
PHONE JACK
WASHERS
WASHERS (ALl')
SWITCH, MAGNETO
PLACARD
MAGNETO
MAGNETO, LEFT
MAGNETO, LEFT
CONNECTOR
MAGNETO, RIGHT
MAGNETO, RIGHT
CONNECTOR
C./B, BEACON, FLASHING

JK-JKJKJK-

LB102A

JK-JK-

LB104A

LB102A
LB102B
LB103A

LC101A

-JKJKJK-

LC102A
LC103A
LC104A

JK-

LC105A

JK-

LC106A

CUTLER-HAMMER
MOONEY
MOONEY

NOTES

ARTE.X
ELT110-4
DORNE & MARGOMN DM-ELT-8
MOLEX
03-06-2122
MOLEX
02-062103
ARTEX
110-416
C &K
7101K
MOLEX
03-06-2092
MOLEX
02-06-1103
AMP
205838-1
AMP
206062-1
AMP
205841-2
AMP
206062-1
AMP
205838-1
AMP
206062-1
AMP
205841-2
AMP
206062-1
SWITCHCFIAFT
C-11
SWITCHCRAFT
S-1028
SWlTCHCRAFT
S-1029
BENDIX/SCINTILLA 10-357210-9
BENDIX/SCINTILLA 10-187-468
BENDIX/SCINTILLA D-4LN2021
SLICK
6224
BENDIX/SCINTILLA 646979-1
BENDIX/SCINTILLA 10-382698
SLICK
6224
BENDIX/SCINTILLA 646979-1
BENDIX/SCINTILLA 10-382698
MOONEY
930023-24,3

UGHT, BEACON
WHELEN
ADAPTER
WHELEN
LIGHT,ANTI-COLLISION0NHITE) (AL'I-) WHELEN
UGHT,ANTI-COLUSION (RED) (ALT) WHELEN
PLUG, 3 PiN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP

WRLM-24
WRM-65
90038-20
90033-19
1-380303-0
60619-1

RECEPTACLE, 3 PIN
PIN
FUSEHOLDER
(ALT)
FUSE, 5A-3AG-SLO-BLO
SWITCH, CABIN LIGHT, FRONT
RESISTOR, DIM. (20 OHM 10W)
LAMP HOLDER
.LAMP
LAMP HOLDER
LAMP
LAMP HOLDER
LAMP

1-480305-0
60620-1
155020
155120
313005
TILC64-1S-WH-FN
RH-10-20 OHM
1930
1818
1930
1818
1930
1818

AMP
AMP
LITTEL
LITFEL
LITTEL
CARLING
DALE
H H SMITH
GE
H H SMITH
GE
H H SMITH
GE

12-98

91-20-03
65

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
M20J
MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
CODE

DESCRIPTION

JK-

LC107A

JKJKJK-

LC108A
LC109A
LC110A

JK-

LC111A

JK-

LC112A

JK-JK-

LC113A

JKJK-

LC118A
LC118B

JK-

LC119A

JK-

LC120A

JK-

LC121A

JK-

LC122A

JKJK-

LC123A
LC124A

JK-JKJK-

LC125A

JK-

LC128A

JKJKJKJKJKJK-

LL101A
LL101A
LL102A
LL103A
LL104A
LL105A

JKJK-

LN101A
LN102A

JK-

LN103A

JK-

LN104A

• JK-

LN105A

91-20-03
66

LC117A

LC126A
LC127

VENDOR

PART NO.

LAMP HOLDER
H H SMITH
LAMP
GE
SWITCH, CABIN UGHT, REAR CARUNG
RESISTOR, DIM. (20 OHM 10W) DALE
LAMP HOLDER
H H SMITH
LAMP
GE
LAMP HOLDER
H H SMITH
LAMP
GE
LAMP HOLDER
H H SMITH
LAMP
GE
LAMP HOLDER
H H SMITH
LAMP
GE
PLUG, 9 PIN
I1-FCANNON
CLAMP
LATCH
MODULE, AUTO OFF LIGHT
MOONEY
RECEPTACLE, 9 PIN
CLAMP
RING, LOCKING
DIODE
(ALl')
(ALl')
GE
DIODE
(ALl-)
(ALl')
GE
PLUG, 4 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 4 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
SWITCH, CABIN DOOR
NEWARK
RECEPTACLE, 2 PIN
AMP
PIN
AMP
PLUG, 2 PIN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP
SWITCH, BAGGAGE DOOR
NEWARK
RECEPTACLE, 2 PIN
AMP
PIN
AMP
PLUG, 2 PIN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP

1930
1818
TILC64-1S-WH-FN
RH-10-20 OHM
1930
1818
1930
1818
1930
1818
1930
1818
DE-9S
DE24657
DE51224-1
800268-501
DE-9P
DE24657
206514-1
1N2483
IN5080
3720-GE
1N2483
1N5060
3720-GE
206060-1
206062-1
206153-1
206062-1
89F5544
1-480319-0
60620-1
1-480318-0
60619-1
89F5544
1-480319-0
60620-1
1-480318-0
60619-1

C./B,LANDING LIGHT
C/B, LANDING LIGHT
SWITCH, LANDING LIGHT
LIGHT, LANDING, RIGHT
LIGHT, LANDING, LEFT
LIGHT, LANDING (COWL)

7277-2-25
930023-215
880052-521
4596
4596
4553

KLIXON
MOONEY
MOONEY
GE
GE
GE

C/B, NAV LIGHT
MOONEY
UGHT ASSY, NAV, TAIL (LT WING) MOONEY
BULB
WHELEN
UGHT ASSY, NAV, TAIL (RT WING) MOONEY
BULB
WHELEN
. PLUG, 9 PIN (RT WING)
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 9 PIN (RT WING)AMP
CLAMP
AMP
12-98

930023-201
800051-501
34-022-8030-85
800051-501
34-022-8030-85
206708-1
206062-1
206705-1
206062-1

NOTES

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
M20J
. SERVICE AN D MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
CODE

i

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

AMP
AMP

206708-1
206062-1

JK-

LN106A

PLUG, 9 PIN (LT WING)
CLAMP

JK-

LN107A

JKJKJKJK-

LPIO1A
LP102A
LP103A
LP104A

JK-

LPIOSA

JK-

LP106A

JK-

LP107A

JK-

LP108A

JKJKJK-

LP109A
LP110A
LP111A

JKJK-

LP112A
LP113A

JK-

LP114A

JK-

LP115A

JK-

LP116A

JK-

LP117A

JK-

LP118A

JK-

LP119A

JK-

LP120A

JK-

LP121A

JK-

LP12?-A

JKJKJKJKJKJK-

LP123A
LP124A
LP125A
LP126A
LP127A
LP130A

JK-

LP133A

JKJK-

LP134A
LP134A

RECEPTACLE, 9 PIN (LT WING) AMP
CLAMP
AMP
C/B, GLARESHIELD UGHTS
KUXON
C/B, PANEL LIGHTS
KLIXON
DIMMER CONTROL BOX
MOONEY
PLUG, 9 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
UGHT, CONSOLE
DIAUGHT
LAMP (28V)
GE
LAMP (ALE)
GE
LIGHT, CONSOLE
DIALIGHT
LAMP (28V)
GE
LAMP (ALT)
GE
PLUG, 4 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 4 PiN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
RECEPTACLE, COMPASS LIGHT DEANS
PLUG, COMPASS LIGHT
DEANS
LAMP, COMPASS LIGHT (28V) GE
(ALE).
GE
LAMPS, GL,/SHLDLIGHTS (14 ea) GE
LIGHT, OXYGEN
SLOAN
LAMP (28V)
GE
UGHT, OXYGEN
SLOAN
LAMP (28V)
GE
PLUG, 2 PIN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 2 PIN
AMP
PIN
AMP
PLUG, 2 PIN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 2 PIN
AMP
PIN
AMP
PLUG, 2 PIN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP
RECEPTACLE, 2 PIN
AMP
PIN
AMP
POST LIGHT
WHELEN
LAMP (14V)
GE
POST LIGHT
WHELEN
LAMP (14V)
GE
LIGHTING TRAY (RPM)
B& D
LIGHTING TRAY (M/P)
UI
LIGHTING TRAP (-I-IT/EGT)
B &D
PLUG, 20 PIN
MOONEY
RECEPTACLE, 20 PIN
MOONEY
RHEOSTAT, MAP LIGHT (500 OHM) NEWARK
KNOB
NEWARK
.RHEOSTAT, MAP LIGHT (500 OHM) NEWARK
KNOB
N_ARK
MAP LIGHT
SLOAN
LAMP (28V)
GE
LAMP (14V)
GE
12-98

NOTES

206705-1
206062-1
7277-2-5
7277-2-5
800049-501
206708-1
206956-1
270-1930-0171-702
327
385
270-1930-0171-702
327
385
206060-1
206062-1
206153-1
206062-1
DEA90020MALEHALF
DEA90020FEMALEHALF
327
327 (AVIATION RED)
327
855S-0-U
327
855S-0-U
327
1-480318-0
60619-1
1-480319-0
60620-1
1-480318-0
60619-1
1-480319-0
60620-1
1-480318-0
60619-1
1-480319-0
60620-1
A350CN1W-BK-SH14
330
A350CN1W-BK-SH14
330
0221-128
BA28-24-BW3
0221-128
930022-501
930021-502
09F981
57F2368
09F981
57F2368
855S-0-U
327
330

6
6

6

91-20-03
67

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
M20J
MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
CODE
JK-

LP135A

-JK-

LP136A

JK-

LP137A

-JKJKJK-

LR101A
LR102A
LR103A

JKJK-

LR104A
LR105A

JK-

LR105A

JKJK-

LR107A
LR108A

JKJK-

LR109A
LRllOA

JK-

LR111A

JKJKJK-

LSIO1A
LSIO2A
LS103A

JK-

LS104A

JK-

LS105A

JKJKJK-

LS106A
LSIOTA
LSIO8A

JK-JK-

LS109A

JKJKJK-

LS111A
LS112A
LS113A

JK-

LS114A

JK-JK--

LS115A

91-20-03
68

LS110A

LS116A

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

MAP LIGHT
LAMP (28V)
LAMP (14V)
POST LIGHT
LAMP (28V)

SLOAN
GE
GE
WHELEN
GE

855S-0-U
327
330
A350CN1W-BK-SH28
327

POST LIGHT

WHELEN

A350CNIW-BK-SH14

LAMP (14V)
GE
C/B, RECOGNITION LIGHTS
MOONEY
LIGHT, RECOGNITION, LW
MOONEY
PLUG, 2 PiN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP
RESISTOR
DALE
RECEPTACLE, 2 PIN
AMP
PIN
AMP
PLUG, 2 PIN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP
UGHT, RECOGNITION, RW
MOONEY
PLUG, 2 PIN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP
RESISTOR
DALE
RECEPTACLE, 2 PIN
AMP
PIN
AMP
PLUG, 2 PIN
AMP
SOCKET
AMP
C/B, STROBE UGHT
MOONEY
POWER SUPPLY, LT WING
WHELEN
RECEPTACLE, POWER SUPPLY AMP
PIN
AMP
RECEPTACLE, POWER SUPPLY AMP
PIN
AMP
PLUG, STROBE LIGHT ASSY
AMP

330
930023-231
880049-501
1-480318-0
60619-1
RH50-7,5 OHM
1-480319-0
60620-1
1-480318-0
60619-1
880049-501
1-480318-0
60619-1
RH50-7.5 OHM
1-480319-0
60620-1
1-480318-0
60619-1
930023-237
01-0770329-00
1-480305-0
60620-1
1-480305-0
60620-1
1-480303-0

SOCKET
AMP
STROBE/NAV LIGHT, LT WING WHELEN
POWER SUPPLY, LT WING
WHELEN
RECEPTACLE, POWER SUPPLY AMP
PIN
AMP
RECEPTACLE, POWER SUPPLY AMP
PIN
AMP
PLUG, STROBE LIGHT ASSY
AMP

60619-1
A650-PR-D-M-28
01-0770329-00
1-480305-0
60620-1
480305-0
60620-1
1-480303-0

SOCKET
AMP
STROBE/NAV LIGHT, RT WING WHELEN
POWER SUPPLY, TAIL
WHELEN
RECEPTACLE, POWER SUPPLY AMP
PIN
AMP
RECEPTACLE, POWER SUPPLY AMP
PIN
AMP
PLUG, 4 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP
.RECEPTACLE, 4 PIN
AMP
CLAMP
AMP

60619-1
A650-PR-D-M-28
01-0770329-00
1-480305-0
60620-1
1-480305-0
60620-1
206060-1
206062-1
206153-1
206062-1

12-98

NOTES
6

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
M20J
SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
CODE
JK-

LS117A

JKJK-

LS118A
LS119A

JK-

LS129A

JK-

LS121A

JKJKJKJKJKJK-

LTI01A
LT102A
LT103A
LT104A
MA101A
MA102A

JKJK-

MA103A
MA104A

JKJKJK-

MB101A
MB102A
MB103A

JKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJK-

MB104A
MB105A
MB106A
MB107A
MB108A
MB109A
MB110A
MB111A
MB112A
MBl13A
MB114A
MB115A
MB116A
MBl17A
MB118A
MBl19A
MB120A
MB121A
MB122A
MB128A
MB124A
MB125A
MB126A
MB127A
MB128A
MB129A
MB130A
MB131A
MC102A

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

PLUG, STROBE LIGHT ASSY
SOCKET
UGHT ASSY, TAIL STROBE
RECEPTACLE, 3 PIN
PIN
RECEPTACLE, 3 PIN
PIN
RECEPTACLE, 3 PIN
PIN

AMP
AMP
MOONEY
AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP

1-480303-0
60619-1
470013-501
1-480305-0
60620-1
1-480305-0
60620-1
1.480305-0
60620-1

C/B, TAXl LIGHT
SWITCH, TAXI LIGHT
BULB, TAXI, R/W (28V)
BULB, TAXI, L/W (28V)
RECEPTACLE, AUX POWER
RELAY, AUX POWER
(ALT)
DIODE
DIODE
(ALl')
(ALT)
C/B, AVIONICS MASTER
RELAY, AVIONICS MASTER
DIODE
(ALT)
(ALT)
AVIONICS BUS BAR #1
AVIONICS BUS BAR #2
AVIONICS BUS BAR #3
C/B, INTERCOM
C/B, COM 1
C/B, NAV 1
C/B, AUDIO
C/B, PHONE
C/B, ADF
C/B, COM 2
C/B, NAV 2
C/B, TRANSPONDER
C/B, ENCODER
C./B,STERO
C/B, DME
C./B,R/NAV
C/B, STORMSCOPE
C/B, LORAN
C/B, RMI
C/B, AUTOPILOT/TRIM
C/B, NP ALERT
C/B, INVERTER
C/B, ART. HORIZ.
C/B, HSI
C/B, YAW DAMP.
C./B,TELEPHONE
' C/B, VME
C/B, RADIO ALT.
CIGAR LIGHTER

KLIXON
MOONEY
GE
GE

7277-2-25
880052-523
4596
4596
AN2552-SA
6041H202
6041H202A
10H3P
1N2488
i N5060
8720-GE
930023-213
26.64.01
1N2483
1N5060
8720-GE
913127-67
913127-67
913127-87
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-10
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-10
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-107277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-2
7277-2-2
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
7277-2-7.5
800336-503

CUTLER-HAMMER
CUTLER-HAMMER
SARKES-TARZlAN
GE
MOONEY
KISSLING
GE
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
KLIXON
KLIXON
KUXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KUXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KUXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KLIXON
KUXON
KUXON
MOONEY

12-98

NOTES

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

91-20-03
69

FLD. 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP TERMINAL BLOCK McCAULEY 930023-223 3E1899-1 800221-505 206708-1 206966-1 C-40521 C/B.(OPT) SWITCH. 9 PIN CLAMP 'PLUG. PA107A C/B. GOODRICH MONITOR. FLD. FIELD. 208292 MD-88L MD-88L (ET) BA28-24-BW2 JK- MIC101A JKJK- MIC102A MIC103A JACK. JKJK- MC102A ME101A (ALT) CLOCK (OPT) LIGHT TRAY CASCO MID-CONTINENT MID-CONT. FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE. ALT. MID-CONT.CURRENT. MICROPHONE WASHERS WASHERS (ALT) SWITCH. 4 PIN CLAMP C/B.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. 4 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 9 PIN 'CLAMP ALTERNATOR (STD) (ALl) 41-3-$34-LN2-041800 7277-2-5 880052-525 880052-503 880270-501 VR-802 DGR-2 206708-1 206966-1 206705-2 206966-1 LW-14367 ALU-6421-LS ETA KLIXON MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY' AUXILEC AM PROD AMP AMP AMP AMP LYCOMING PRESTOLITE 12-98 NOTES . PROD AMP AMP AMP AMP FUSEHOLDER. DIFFUSER LI']'TEL (ALT) LITTEL FUSE (10A SLO BLO) LI'I-FEL SWITCH. RT C/B. MIC KEY. PROP DE-ICE MOONEY PLUG. RT. 4 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. PRIME R CARLING PRIMER. FUEL BOOST (ALl') PUMP. CO-PILOT SWlTCHCRAFT SWlTCHCRAFT SWlTCHCRAFT CUTLER-HAMMER CUTLER-HAMMER C-12B S-1028 S-1029 SAIRV20 SAIRV20 JKJKJKJK- MP101A MP102A MP103A MP104A JK- MP105A J-J-- NF101A NF102A -KJK- NF102A NF103A JK- NF104A -K-K-K-K-K- NF105A NF107A NF108A NF108B NF109A -K- NF110A -K- NP101A -K-K-K- NP102A NP103A NP104A JKJKJK-KJK- PA101A PAl 02A PAl 03A PAl 03B PA104A JK- PA105A JK-J-- PA106A 91-20-03 70. MIC KEY. 4 PIN CLAMP 980023-211 8163B A8163B 10054B 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 930023-219 930023-217 VR-536 DGB-1 206153-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 MOONEY WELDON WELDON WELDON AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY MOONEY ELECTRO-DELTA AMER.F. PILOT SWITCH. PROP DE-ICE B. LO BOOST PUMP REGULATOR. ALTERNATOR. ALT SWITCH. BOOST PUMP PUMP. HI BOOST PUMP C/B. (STD) VOLTAGE REGULATOR (ALT) (ALT) RECEPTACLE. BOOST PLUG. ALT. PROP DE-ICE MOONEY TIMER. FUEL PUMP REGULATOR. DIFFUSER TCM DIODE (ALE) (ALl') GE 155020 155120 313010 TIGK6B-IF-WH-A 633862-2 1N2483 1N5060 3720-GE C/B. PRIMER.

ANALOG. BA'I-I'ERY C/B BUS BAR #1 BUS BAR #2 BUS BAR #3 BUS BAR #4 BUS BAR#5 . BAI-I-ERY (ALT) DIODE (ALT) (ALT SWITCH. 9 PIN AMP 206705-2 CLAMP AMP 206966-1 ALTERNATOR (OPT) TCM 649280 (ALT) TCM 649172 GEAR ASSY TCM 649123 FILTER MOONEY 880014:501 CAPACITOR MALLORY CGS302U-050R2C (ALT) MALLORY CGS292U-050R30 SENSOR. 16 PIN AMP 208037-1 CLAMP AMP 206070-1 RECEPTACLE. SENSOR MICRO SS-37126 PLUG. 16 PIN AMP 206036-3 CLAMP AMP 206070-1 DIODE 1N2483 (AL-F) 1N5060 (ALT) GE 3720-GE BA'I-I-ERY RELAY. 9 PIN AMP 206708-1 CLAMP AMP 206966-1 PLUG.BUS BAR #6 BUS BAR #7 BUS BAR #8 GILL CUTLER-HAMMER CUTLER-HAMMER GE MOONEY ETA ETA MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 12-98 10 10 10 G-243 6041H202 6041H202A 1N2483 1N5060 3720-GE 880052-501 41-3-$34-LN2-041800 41-3-S34-LN2-40A 913127-89 913127-75 913127-75 913127-77 913127-77 913127-73 913127-81 913127-77 91-20-03 71 . CURRENT MICRO CSLA1GE ELEMENT.'MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. NOTES ( - -K- PA107A JKJK- PA108A PA109A -K-K-K- PAl 10A PAl 11A PAl12A -K-K--K- PA112A PAl 13A -K- PAl 15A -K-K- PAl 16A PAl 17A JK- PAl 18A -K- PAl 19A JK- PA120A JK--KJK- PA121A JK- PA123A JK-- PA124A JKJK- PB101A PB102A JK- PB103A JKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJKJK- PB104A PB105A PB106A PB107A PB108A PB109A PB110A PB111A PB112A PB113A PB114A PAl 14A PA122A PA122A ALTERNATOR (STD) TCM 649280 (ALl') TCM 649172 GEAR ASSY TCM 649123 FILTER MOONEY 880014-501 CAPACITOR MALLORY CGS302U-05OR2C (ALT) MALLORY CGS292U-050R3C C/B ETA 41-3-$34-LN2-041800 C/B KUXON 7277-2-5 VOLTAGE REGULATOR (DUAL) ELECTRODELTA VR-802 (ALT)(DUAL) AM. SENSOR MOONEY 810088-504 PLUG. MASTER C/B. 9 PIN AMP 206705-2 CLAMP AMP 206966-1 RECEPTACLE.FLT DGR-2 REGULATOR. PROD/PREC. CUR. SENSOR MICRO SS-37126 SENSOR. CURRENT MICRO CSLA1GE ELEMENT. 9 PIN AMP 206708-1 CLAMP AMP 206966-1 ADPT'R. DUAL ALTERNATOR MOONEY 800270-503 RECEPTACLE.

9 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 14 PiN PLUG. 37 PIN CLAMP PLUG.09A JK- PI-210A JKJKJK- PL211A PL212A PL216A JK- PL217A JK- PL218A JK- PL. 16 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 9 PIN CLAMP PLUG.206A PL207A PL208A PL2. 9 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 20 PIN AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP MATRIX SCIENCE MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MATRIX SCIENCE MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MATRIX SCIENCE MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MOONEY 206150-1 206138-1 206037-1 206070-1 930021-505 205839-3 206070-1 930021-501 930021-501 930021-001 206708-1 206966-1 206708-1 206966-1 930021-507 930021-001 206037-1 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 206037-1 206070-1 205839-3 206070-1 206060-1 206062-1 206060-1 206062-1 206708-1 206966-2 206037-1 206070-1 M83723/86R2232N M85049/52-1-22N 5100-001-0012 5100-001-0020 M83723/86R2232N M85049/52-1-22N 5100-001-0012 5100-001-0020 MS3106A-28-22S MS3057-16B MS3057-16A 5100-001-0012 5100-001-0020 930021-501 12-98 NOTES - 8 8 8 .SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE JKJKJKJKJ-- PB115A PB116A PBl17A PB120A PB121A J--- PB122A JK- PL201A JK- PL203A JKJK- PL204A PL205A JKJKJKJK- PL. 14 PIN PLUG. 4 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 3 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. BUS BAR #9 BUS BAR #10 BUS BAR #11 GROUND/DIMMER BOX PLUG. 16 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 20 PIN PLUG. 32 PIN CLAMP SOCKET SOCKET PLUG. 26 PIN PLUG. 20 PIN PLUG. 6 PIN CLAMP (ALT) . SOCKET SOCKET PLUG. 32 PIN CLAMP SOCKET SOCKET PLUG. 28 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 28 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 16 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 84 PIN PLUG. 4 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 16 PIN CLAMP PLUG.219A JK- PL220A JK- PL221A JK- PL222A JK- PL2. CLAMP PLUG.22S JK- PL225A JK- PI-226A JK- PL227A JK- PL228A 91-20-03 72 DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. 3 PIN CLAMP MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP 913127-75 913127-83 913127-59 800228-501 206037-2 206070-1 206207-1 206070-1 PLUG.

26 PIN RECEPTACLE. 4 PiN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. 9 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. RADIO FILTER. RADIO BLOWER.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE JK- PL229A JKJK- PL230A PL231A JKJK- PL232A PL233A JKJK- PS101A PS102A JK- PS103A J-- PS104A -K- PS104A JKJKJKJK- RB101A RB102A RB102B RB103A JK- RB104A JKJK- RC201A RC203A JKJK- RC204A RC205A JKJKJKJK- RC206A RC207A RC208A RC209A JK- RC210A JKJKJK- RC211A RC212A RC214A JK- RC215A JK- RC220A JK- RC221A JK- RC222A JK- RC222B DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. 14 PIN PLUG. 14 PIN RECEPTACLE. 20 PIN RECEPTACLE. 14 PIN PLUG. CLAMP RECEPTACLE. STARTER SOLENOID SOLENOID. 2 PIN SOCKET KLIXON TRW BENDIX-KING ARCHER SPRAGUE MOLEX MOLEX 7277-2-5 19A2790 KA0033-01 278-103 5JX5104A 03-06-1023 02-06-1103 RECEPTACLE. 9 PIN CLAMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP MOONEY MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 206151-2 206036-2 206070-1 930021-506 206152-1 206070-1 930021-502 930021-502 938021-002 206705-2 206966-1 206705-2 206966-1 930021-508 930021-002 206044-1 206070-1 206044-1 206070-1 206153-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 206706-1 206966-1 206037-1 206070-1 12-98 NOTES 91-20-03 73 . 16 PIN CLAMP PLUG. PLUG. 4 PIN . 28 PiN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. 14 PIN RECEPTACLE. 9 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. 4 PIN CLAMP AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP 206037. 3 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. 14 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. 20 PIN RECEPTACLE. STARTER (ALT) DIODE (ALT) (ALT) STARTER (ALl') STARTER (ALl) KLIXON CUTLER-HAMMER CUTLER-HAMMER GE PRESTOUTE LYCOMING TCM TCM 7277-2-5 6041H202 6041H202A 1N2483 1N5060 3720-GE MHB-4016 LW-15572 646275 637847 C/B. NOISE (ALl') PLUG. 37 PIN RECEPTACLE. 16 PIN CLAMP PLUG. 34 PIN RECEPTACLE. 14 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. RADIO BLOWER BLOWER. 4 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE.-1 206070-1 830021-001 206037-1 206070-1 930021-001 206060-1 206062-1 C/B.

SPEED BRAKE DIODE (ALT) (ALl-) PLUG. 6 PIN (ALT) CLAM P (ALl') RECEPTACLE. 32 PIN CLAM P PIN PIN BOOT (ALT) RECEPTACLE. 8 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. CLAMP MOONEY AMP AMP MOONEY AMP AMP AMP AMP KUXON PRECISE FLT AMP AMP AMP AMP PRECISE FLT GE AMP AMP AMP AMP AMPM AMP AMP AMP PRECISE PRECISE PRECISE PRECISE AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP 12-98 FLT FLT FLT FLT 7277-2-3 01265 1-380303-0 60619-1 1-380305-0 60820-1 01384 1N2483 1N5060 3720-GE 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 205838-1 206062-1 205841-2 206062-1 01532 01505 01505 01678 205838-1 206062-1 205841-2 206062-1 205838-1 206062-1 NOTES . AUDIO CLAMP MATRIX SCIENCE MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI MAT/SCI M83723/83K2232N M85049/52-1-22N 5000-054-0020 5000-054-0012 MS3420-14 MS3420-16 M83723/83K2232N M85049/52-1-22N 5000-054-0020 5000-054-0012 MS3420-14 MS3420-16 MS3100K-28-2P MS3100KE-28-2P MS3057-16B MS3057-16A 930021-002 206036-1 206070-1 930021-002 206060-1 206062-1 206152-1 206070-1 C/B. 14 PIN RECEPTACLE. 8 PIN . 4 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. 8 PiN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. 4 PiN CLAMP PLUG. 8 PIN CLAMP MOTOR. 14 PIN RECEPTACLE. RETRACT LIMIT SOLENOID. SPEED BRAKE SWITCH. 16 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. SPEED BRAKE PLUG. 4 PIN (ALl-) RECEPTACLE. 3 PIN PIN RELAY. CLUTCH PLUG. . 32 PIN CLAMP PIN PIN BOOT (ALT) RECEPTACLE. RECEPTACLE. DEPLOY LIMIT SWITCH. 3 PIN SOCKET RECEPTACLE. 8 PIN CLAMP PLUG. LEFT SWITCH.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE JK- RC225A --JK-- RC226A JK- RC227A JKJK- RC230A RC231A JKJK-JK- RC232A RC233A JKJKJK- SB101A SB102A SB103A JK- SB104A JKJK- SB105A SB106A JK-JK- SB107A JK- SB109A JK- SB110A JKJKJKJKJK- SB111A SB112A SB113A SB114A SB115A JK- SB116A JK- SB117A 91-20-03 74 RC277A SB108A DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO.

RIGHT SWITCH. 8 P]N CLAMP MOTOR. DEPLOY LIMIT SWITCH. STALL WARN '(ALl') (ALT) KLIXON MALLORY ALLEN BRADLEY SAFE FLIGHT MICRO SWITCH MOONEY 7277-2-1 SC628 RC42GF102J1K OHM2W C46001 V3-2451-D8 800364-507 C/B KUXON 7277-2-2 12-98 9 91-20-03 75 . 9 PIN AMP CLAMP AMP FUSEHOLDER LITI'EL (ALT) Lll-FEL FUSE (5A) Lll-rEL 800221-505 206705-2 206966-1 155020 155120 313005 C/B. 2 PIN SOCKET ARCHER AMP AMP 12-1703 1-480318-0 60618-1 JK- SPK108A RECEPTACLE. CABIN PLUG. THROI-rLE ACTUATOR HORN. CLUTCH PLUG.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE r' DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. RECEPTACLE. CURRENT. PITOT HEAT MOONEY PLUG. 8 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. GEAR DOWN BULB SWITCH. GEAR WARNING LIGHT. RETRACT UMIT SOLENOID. STALL WARNING HORN. GEAR WARNING DIODE (ALT) (ALT) DIODE (ALl-) (ALT) RESISTOR PLUG. 4PIN CLAMP 7277-2-1 855S-0-U 327 V3-1 JV'5 lSE1-T JE-17 SC628P 1N2483 1N5060 3720-GE 1N2483 1N5060 3720-GE RC42GF102JIK OHM2W 206060-1 206062-1 206153-1 206062-1 JKJK- WP101A WP102A JK- WP106A JKJKJKJK- WS101A WS102A WS103A WS104A JK- WT101A GE GE ALLEN BRADLEY AMP AMP AMP AMP MONITOR. STALL WARN RESISTOR SWITCH. 1A MTTEL LII-rEL LITTEL 155020 155120 313001 JKJK- WE101A WE102A J-- WE103A "K-- WE103A JKJK- WE104A WE105A KLIXON SLOAN GE MICRO MICRO MICRO MICRO MALLORY JK- WE106A JKJK- WE107A WE108A JK- WE109A C/B. THROI-rLE ACTUATOR SWITCH. 4 PIN CLAMP RECEPTACLE. 8 PIN CLAMP AMP AMP PRECISE FLT PRECISE FLT PRECISE FLT PRECISE FLT AMP AMP AMP AMP 205841-2 206062-1 01582 01505 01505 01678 205838-1 206062-1 205841-2 206062-1 NOTES JK- SB118A JKJKJKJKJK- SB119A SB120A SB121A SB122A SB123A JK- SB124A JKJK- SPK101A SPK102A SPEAKER. 2 PIN PIN AMP AMP 1-480818-0 60620-1 JK- WD101A FUSEHOLDER (ALT) FUSE.

5. 800270-503 REPLACES SINGLE UNIT VOLTAGE REGULATORS (2 EA) FOR DUAL ALTERNATOR INSTALLATIONS. 4 PIN CLAMP AMP AMP 206060-1 206062-1 JK- WWl01A SWITCH. ANNUNCIATOR MOONEY 880048-501 (ALT)(USA) (ALT')(FRANCE) ANNUNCIATOR (ALT) LEGEND (USA) (AL'r) LEGEND (FRANCE) PLUG. USE WITH FT101/FT101A FUEL FLOW SYSTEM. PART OF 800336-501 INSTALLATION. 7. SHADIN MODEL NO. SHADIN MODEL NO. INTERFACE WITH II MORROW APOLLO. 4 PIN CLAMP MOONEY 880025-521 CHICAGO MINATURE CM-7327 KLIXON 7277-2-2 MOONEY 880012-501 AMP 206153-1 AMP 206062-1 -K- WT102A JK- WT103A JK- W'I'104A JKJKJK- WV101A WV102A WV103A JK- WV104A PLUG. 10. USE MS3420 OR AN3420-14 OR -16 BOOT WITH CONNECTOR. USE 1 EACH M885334--21OR M2898 (ALAN BRADLEY) INTERNAL TOOTH LOCKWASHER WITH EACH LIGHT IF NOT SUPPLIED BY SLOAN. INTERFACE WITH BENDIX/KING KLN88. VACUUM WARN SWITCH. 6. VACUUM WARN RECEPTACLE. 3. RT ANGLE LOCK RETAINER MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 880048-601 880048-603 880048-501 880048-805 880048-607 DC-87S DC19977-3 DC51222-1 ANNUNCIATOR (ATS) BULB C/B.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 28 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE J-- WT102A DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. MAXIMUM CIRCUIT BREAKER RATING IS SHOWN. 2. 4. AMPERAGE OF INSTALLED CIRCUIT BREAKER IS DETERMINED BY PARTICULAR UNIT INSTALLED. 9. ALTERNATE AIR CHERRY E51-50B NOTES NOTES: 1. 8. ARNAV AND NORTHSTAR LORAN SYSTEMS. USE AN4076-1 ADAPTER. USE WITH SHADIN FUEL FLOW SYSTEM. 87 PIN CLAMP. 91-20-03 76 12-98 .

LANI_ING LIGHT MOONEY LANDING LIGHT GE .** CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. DIMMING C5OHM 10W) DALE LAMP HOLDER HH SMITH LAMP GE LAMP HOLDER HH SMITH LAMP GE LAMP HOLDER HH SMITH LAMP GE LAMP HOLDER HH SMITH LAMP GE RESISTOR. MOONEY DRAWING NUMBER 800263 (E7) (Peculiar14 voltcomponentslistedhere . DIMMING (5 OHM 10 W) DALE LAMP HOLDER HH SMITH LAMP GE LAMP HOLDER HH SMITH LAMP GE LAMP HOLDER HH SMITH LAMP GE LAMP HOLDER HH SMITH LAMP GE 141414- LL101A LL102A LN102A 14- LN103A 14- LP103A C/B. GEAR (ALT) KLIXON CUTLER-HAMMER CUTLER-HAMMER MOONEY MOONEY 7277-2-15 6041H105A 6041H105A 560254-501 880037-501 14- JM102A MAGNETO BENDIX/SCINTILLA D-4LN2021 14- LB102A BEACON. GEAR ACTUATOR.See 91-20-03 for commoncomponents28 voltand 14 volt) ** -ACTUAL USAGE DETERMINED BY MASTER SCHEMATIC . LIGHT ASSY.ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDWARE CHART .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART 91-20-04 . HEATED CALT) AERO INSTR. TAIL (RT WING) MOONEY BULB WHELEN DIMMER CONTROL BOX MOONEY 12-98 RH-10-5 OHM 1930 1816 1930 1816 1930 1816 1930 1816 RH-10-5 OHM 1930 1816 1930 1816 1930 1816 1930 1816 930023-215 4522 800051-505 34-021-2030-85 800051-505 34021-2030-85 800049-503 91-20-04 77 .I. GEAR RELAY.9 1394T100-3Z 14- DG102A INSTUMENT MODULE MOONEY 880059-511 14- DM101A HOUR METER HOUR METER IALT) HOBBS 15006 DATCON INSTR CO SG-70 14- DP102A PITOT. TAIL (LT WING) MOONEY BU LB WH ELEN LIGHT ASSY. HEATED PITOT. GEAR UP RELAY. EGT WIRE.ACTUATOR. GEAR DOWN ACTUATOR. NAV. ELEC GYRO 9112 CODE N. NOTES 1414- CF105A CVl06A FLAP ACTUATOR VACUUM PUMP MOONEY AEROSAFE 750105-001 820904-1 14- DB102A TURN CO-ORDINATOR (ALT) U. PH502-12 AN5812 14- DT105A INDICATOR.14 VOLT SYSTEMS S/N 24-1686-14 THRU 24-2999-14 (ATSONLY). ROTATING ADAPTER WHELEN WHELEN WRML-12 WRM-65 1414- LC103A LC104A 14- LC105A 14- LC106A 14- LC107A 1414- LC109A LC110A 14- LC111A 14- LC112A 14- LCl13A RESISTOR. LEAD MOONEY ALCOR 660109-008 01-005-78 14141414- EG105A EG110A EGl12A EG114A C/B. NAV.

14 PIN MOONEY 930021-001 1414- PS102A PS104A 1414- RB102A RB102B SOLENOID. AVIONICS MASTER CLOCK CLOCK (ALl) CONNECTOR. 4 PIN (ALT) PINS CUTLER-HAMMER KISSLING MID-CONT.64.- WT102B 14- WT103B SWITCH. STROBE/NAV(R WG) WHELEN 270-1930-0171-702 370 330 930 AVIATION RED 330 09F976 57F2366 99F976 57F2366 A650-PR-D-M-14 A650-PR-D-M-14 14- LP111A 1414- LPl12A LP131A 14- LP182A 1414- LS106A LS111A 141414- MA102A MB102A ME101A RELAY. PORSCHE MID-CONT.00 6016117 6016125 944. COMPASS (ALE) GE GLARESHIELD UGHTS (14 F_A)GE RHEOSTAT.217.: 1414- PB101A PB102A PL204B REGULATORI VOLTAGE (STD) MOONEY 680016-503 REGULATOR. AUX POWER RELAY. STROBE/NAV(LWG) WHELEN LIGHT ASSY. 4 PIN PINS CONNECTOR. RADIO CUTLER-HAMMER PRESTOLITE PRESTOLITE PRESTOLITE MOONEY KING 6041H105A MZ-4206 MZ-4218 MZ. MAP LIGHT (100 OHM) NEWARK KNOB NEWARK RHEOSTAT.21 MD-89 944.12 14- ME102A 14- NF102A PUMP. CONSOLE DIAUGHT LAMP GE LIGHT.351.641. VOLTAGE (ALT) AM. BOOST (ALl') WELDON WELDON 8163A A8163A 14- PA104A 14- PA107A 14. 15 PIN SOCKETS V3-1 JV-5 800346-503 1N2483 1N5050 3720-GE 1N2483 1N5060 3720-GE 880025-511 CM7-7330 09-50-3151 06-50-0106 GE GE MOONEY CHICAGO MINA MOLEX MOLEX i 91-20-04 76 12-98 . RADIO BLOWER.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION : VENDOR PART NO.213. BA"i-IERY CUTLER-HAMMER 6041H105A PLUG.FLT DGR-1 REGULATOR. VOLTAGE (ALT) MOONEY 660270-505 ALTERNATOR. COMPASS GE LIGHT. BOOST PUMP.612. (STD) LYCOMING LW-15404 ALTERNATOR (ALE) PRESTOLITE ALY-8420 BATTERY GILL G-35 RELAY. MAP LIGHT (100 OHM) NEWARK KNOB NEWARK LIGHTASSY.00 999.PLUG. MID-CONT. PROD/PREC.-4222 810414-501 KA0033-00 14- RC204B RECEPTACLE MOONEY 930021-002 14- WE103A 1414- WP103A WP104A MICRO MICRO MOONEY 14- WPIO5A 14. PORSCHE PORSCHE 6041HI05A 26. THROTTLE ACTUATOR ANNUNCIATOR DIODE (ALE) (ALE) DIODE (ALE) (ALE) ANNUNCIATOR BULB (8 EA) . NOTES ! 14- LP105A UGHT.652. STARTER STARTER STARTER (ALT) STARTER (AL-r) BLOWER.

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART MANUAL RESERVED 12-98 91-20-04 79 .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION 14 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART RESERVED 91-20-04 80 12-98 .

Z) S/N 24-3293 THRU 24-3404 . MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 880067-501 770028-1 770002-501 770002-503 770016-501 770029-501 BL1 BL6 BL7 BL8 BL9 BULB HOLDER FOR BL1 BULB HOLDER FOR BL.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART J 91-20-05 .2 BULB (NAV-T/L) BULB (NAV-T/L) BULB (CONSOLE) (ALl) BULB (COMPASS) BULB (POST LIGHT) BULB (ANNUNCIATOR) BULB (ANNUNCIATOR) GE HH SMITH GE HH SMITH WHELEN WHELEN GE GE GE GE CHI.AA) CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. W) S/N 24-3278 THRU 24-3383 . A/C EVAP.15)(REV.5 7270-5-8 7270-5-10 7270-5-15 7270-5-25 BI_2 BL3 BL4 BL5 BRSW3 BRSW7. A/C PRESS. F) S/N 24-3271 THRU 24-3350 . 800304 (. 800304-(J2) (REV. MIN. 800304 (. Z) S/N 24-3405 THRU 24-3410 .SCHEMATIC NO.5A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (10A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (15A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (20A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (25A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (30) CIRCUIT BREAKER (35A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (40A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (50A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (70A) KUXON KLIXON KLIXON KUXON KLIXON KLIXON KLIXON MECH PROD MECH PROD MECH PROD ETA ETA ETA ETA 7277-2-1 7277-2-2 7277-2-3 7277-2-5 7277-2-7.SCHEMATIC NO.18)(RE-V. 24-3218 THRU 24-3270 . C/B-SWITCH C/B-SWITCH C/B-SWITCH C/B-SWITCH C/B-SWITCH C/B-SWITCH 12-98 NOTES 91-20-05 81 .SCHEMATIC NO. 800304 (J3) (REV.. CHI. ACT1 ACT2 ACT3 ACT4 ACT5 ACT6 ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR MICRO SWITCH MICRO SWITCH MICRO SWITCH MICRO SWITCH MICRO SWITCH MICRO SWITCH JE-5 JV-5 JV-26 MCD-2711 JE-17 JV-82 AIR101A AIR102A AIR103A AIR103B AIR104A AIR105A SWITCH.5 7277-2-10 7277-2-15 4200-002-20 4200-002-25 700-001-30 41-2-S14-LN2-35A 41-3-S34-1_N2-40A 41-2-S34-LN2-50A 41-3-S14-LN2-70A KLIXON KUXON KLIXON KLIXON KLIXON KLIXON 7270-5-3 7270-5-7. S) S/N 24-3251 THRU 24-3373 . (REAR) CONDENSER BLWR SWITCH.SCHEMATIC NO.ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HARDWARE CHART S/N 24-3201.SCHEMATIC NO. MIN. 800304 (J7) (REV. 800304-(J1) (REV. A/C COMPRESSOR.SCHEMATIC NO. 1818 1930 1816 1930 84-022-8030-85 34-021-2030-85 327 385 327(AV RED) 330 CM7-7730 CM7-7327 BR1 BR2 BR3 BR5 BR7. 800304 (JS) (REV.5 BRSW8 BRSW10 BRSW15 BRSW25 .SCHEMATIC NO.SCHEMATIC NO. Y) S/N 24-3284 THRU 24-3392 . BLWR (FRT) EVAP.. W) S/N 24-3274 THRU 24-3377 . BLWR. 800304 (J4) (REV.5 BR10 BR15 BR20 BR25 BR30 BR35 BR40 BR50 BR70 CIRCUIT BREAKER (1A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (2A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (3A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (5A) CIRCUIT BREAKER (7.

DUST MICRO SW ALCO SW MATRIX SCIENCE. LT. FLAP SWITCH. BLACK CAP. RETAINER CLAMP. 9 PIN . 15PA90-8W C-22 M83723/60-122RC CB101A BLOWER. BS1 RELAY. 17 PIN /LOCK. TRIM/FLAP INDICATOR./LOCK. DEFROST MOONEY 640317-503 CC101A CCl02A CC103A CC103B CC103C MOTOR. COWL FLAP MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MICRO-SWITCH MOONEY 880050-505 880242-505 880052-517 12TW1-10 880052-117 CF101A CF102A OF103A CF108A ACTUATOR. COWL FLAP INDICATOR. RETAINER CL04A CL05A CL06A CL09A CL09B CL09C --CL09D -CL15A -CL17A -91-20-05 82 12-98 206070-1 M85049-41-4A MS3057-4A MS3057-4B 206062-1 MS3057-6NB MS3057-16A/B 206966-1 P/O 126-222 DE-24657 DE-51224-1 D110278 DE-19977-5 DE51224-1 DA51210-1 DA51220-1 DB51212 DB51221-1 NOTES . BASE MAGNACRAFT 70-803 BUS2A BUS2B BUS2C BUS3A BUS3B BUS3C BUS4A BUS4B BUS4C BUS5A BUS5B BUS5C BUS5D BUS6A BUS6B BUS7A BUSSA BUS8B BUSS BAR (2 PLC) BUSS BAR (2 PLC) BUSS BAR ( ) BUSS BAR (3 PLC) BUSS BAR (3 PLC) BUSS BAR (8 PLC) BUSS BAR (4 PLC) BUSS BAR (4 PLC) BUSS BAR (4 PLC) BUSS BAR (5 PLC) BUSS BAR (5 PLC) BUSS BAR (5 PLC) BUSS BAR (5 PLC) BUSS BAR (6 PLC) BUSS BAR (6 PLC) BUSS BAR (7 PLC) BUSS BAR (8 PLC) BUSS BAR (8 PLC) MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 913127-033 913127-097 913127-099 913127-087 913127-059 913127-073 913127-069 913127-089 913127-005 913127-093 913127-077 913127-085 913127-019 913127-035 913127-079 913127-081 913127-095 913127-083 C1 CAPACITOR MALLORY CGS302V-050R2C CAP1 CAP2 CAP3 CAP. FLAP INDICATOR. CONTROL BOX AMP CLAMF 9 PIN AMP CLAMF 9 PIN /LOCK RETAINER /LOCK RETAINER (ALE) CLAMP. WHITE CAP. COWL FLAP (M20J) SWITCH. COWL FLAP SWITCH.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. FLAP MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY C-H 750105-501 800242-501 800242-505 8906K3149 CL03A CL03B CL03C CLAMP 3/14/16128PIN AMP CLAMP 3 PIN AMP CLAMP 3 PIN (ALl') CLAMP 4/8 PIN AMP CLAMP 5 PIN CLAMP 6 PIN CLAMP 9 PIN. RETAINER CLAMP. 15 PIN '/LOCK. COWL FLAP SWITCH.

STAND-BY VACUUM AEROSAFE PUMP. STAND-BY VAC MOONEY PUMP. DB51212 DB51221-1 DB19977-2 DB51221-1 DB-24659 D-20418-2 M85049/52-1-22N MS3420-14 MS3420-16 206138-1 DC19977-3 DC51222-1 CM1 CURRENT MONITOR MOONEY 800221-505 CR101A CR101B CR102A CR103A SWITCH. PROBE NOTES MOONEY MOONEY 12-98 MS24482-1 AN5546-1" 880059-159 880004-501 91-20-05 83 .MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CODE DESCRIPTION CL25A -C1. CYLINDER #1 (ALT) * USE AN4076-1 ADAPTER. 25 PIN /LOCK. ELEV TRIM INTERFACE. RUDDER TRIM INDICATOR. 25 PIN /LOCK. RUDDER TRIM MOTOR. 32 PIN CLAMP. STAND-BY VAC AIRBORNE 930023-233 930023-343 820904-2 820904-1 930023-247 930023-344 28C214CW-2 DIODE (AL'r) (AL'r) DIODE (AL'r) (ALT) DIODE BRIDGE DIODE BRIDGE GE SARKES-TARZIAN ECG NTE FAGOR FAGOR 1N2483 1N5O6O 3720GE 10H3P 5854 5854 FB50Ol F85006 AMMETER SHUNT (ALl') AMMETER SHUNT (ALT) EMPRO JANCO EMPRO JANCO MLA-7OA-1OOMV 8406-70 MLA-150A-100MV 8406-150 ---- TURN TURN TURN TURN TURN UNITED INSTRUMENTS 9013 CODE N. 9114 CODE N. 25 PIN /LOCK. PROBE. RETAINER PART NO.T. RUDDER TRIM SWITCH. RETAINER CLAMP.21 UNITED INST..5 ASTRONAUTICS 303990-028MSC ELECTRO GYRO CORP 1394"['100-3Z UNITED INST. TRIM MOONEY MOONEY S-TEC MOONEY 930023-233 800242-519 01165-0-T14 800313-501 CV101A CV101B CV102A CV103A CV104A CV1O4B CV105A C/B-SW. STAND-BY VACUUM AEROSAFE C/B-SW. RETAINER CLAMP. 9112 CODE N.T. STAND-BY VAC MOONEY C/B-SW. RETAINER CLAMP.25B -CL25C -CL32A CL32B CL37A CL37B -- i' M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART VENDOR CLAMP.9 -- .A. ELEV TRIM MOTOR. STAND-BYVACUUM MOONEY C/B-SW. D1 --D2 D4 D5 --- DA101A DA101B --- DB101A DB102A DC101A DD101A DD102A COORDINATOR COORDINATOR (ALT) COORDINATOR (ALT) COORDINATOR (ALT) COORDINATOR INDICATOR. STAND-BY VAC MOONEY PUMP/CLUTCH. O. BOOT (ALl') CLAMP. 37 PIN CLAMP.A. RUDDER TRIM MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 880052-519 880052-119 880050-503 800242-503 CT101A CT102A CT103A CT104A SWITCH. 37 PIN /LOCK. O. ELEV TRIM INDICATOR.

OIL TEMP MOONEY 880061-501 MS28034-1 DJ101A LH/RH I/B LH O/13 RH O/B LH/RH O/B NOTES --- TRANSDUCER.. TACH (OPTIONAL) TACH SENSOR TACH SENSOR TACH SENSOR TACH SENSOR INDICATOR. FUEL XMTR. TACHOMETER INDICATOR. INSTRUMENT MODULE MOONEY IND. 4 PIN CINCH-JONES S-894-CCT DF101A DF102A DF1O3A DF104A FUEL XMTR. MODULE MOONEY IND./B.. TACH IND. INSTRUMENT MODULE #2 MOONEY IND. TACHOMETER MOONEY B&D B&D MOONEY B&D B&D B&D B&D B& D MOONEY MOONEY 880039-515 0520-003 0400-004 880039-517 0520-006 (SLICK MAGS) 0402-102 0406-003 * (NOTE 3) (BENDIX MAGS) 0402-104 0406-004 * (NOTE 3) 880039-519 880039-523 DK101A DK102A PSID -- PDCR 920-U143 50 i DL101A -DL102A DL103A -DL104A DL104B DL105A DL106A • INSTALLED ON IO-550 ENGINE BY TELEDYNE CONTINENTAL MOTORS. OIL PRESSURE DRUCK (ALT) (M20M) KULITE (ALT) (M2OJ) KULITE PDCR 821:0862-100 APT-291-1000-100G APT-154-10O0-100PSIG -- TRANSDUCER. FUEL XMTR. TACH (OPTIONAL) SENSOR. INSTRUMENT MODULE #1 MOONEY IND.. INSTRUMENT MODULE MOONEY 880059-507 880059-511 880059-513 880059-505 880059-517 DG106A IND.. MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY" 610242-003 610243-003 610248-001 610242-005 DG101A DG192A DG103A DG104A DG105A IND. PITOT HEAT C. HEATED . FUEL PRESSURE DRUCK (ALT) KULITE APT-155-1O00-50D IND.. INSTRUMENT MODULE MOONEY 880059-519 DH101A DH102A PROBE.(ALl") MOONEY MOONEY AERO INSTR 930023-205 930023-605 PH502-24 AN5812-1 PH502-12 AN5812 AERO INSTR PLUG. 2 PIN SOCKET AN3115-1 AN3116-1 12-98 . DM101A DM102A DM103A DM104A --- DP101A DP101B DP102A -DP103A -DP104A DP105A 91-29-05 84 HOUR METER HOUR METER HOUR METER (ALE) HOUR METER (ALT) MOONEY MOONEY HOBBS DATCON HOBBS HOBBS 880035-507 880035-505 15006 SG-70 85000 15000 C/B..30PSIG TRANSDUCER. FUEL PRESSURE DRUCK (ALT) KULITE PDCR-821-0662-30 APT-158-1000-. FUEL XMTR. OIL TEMP PROBE. INSTRUMENT.PITOT HEAT HEATED PITOT (ALT) ' PITOT. DDIO3A SOCKET.SERVICE'AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO..

1 AMP FUSE. DR101A " PROBE. LDG GR (ALT) ACTUATOR. 5 AMP LI3-FEL U'REL UI-IEL McGRAW-EDISON 313001 313005 313010 FM01-5A HOLDER. FUSE U'I-FEL LI'FI'EL McGRAW-EDISON 155020 155120 FHN42W PHONE JACK /WASHER /WASHER PHONE JACK /WASHER /WASHER SWlTCHCRAFT SWITCHCRAFT SWlTCHCRAFT SWITCHCRAFT SWlTCHCRAFT SWITCHCRAFT C-11 S-1028 S-1029 C-112B S-1028 S-1029 IGNITION CONTROL CABLE LASAR (SUCK) LASAR CD-1001-02 CH1001-XX BENDIX SCINTILLA BENDIX SCINTILLA BENDIX SCINTILLA JANCO BENDIX SCINTILLA BENDIX SCINTILLA LYCOMING 10-357210-9 10-187-468 10-126656 97-2273-1 D-4LN2021 D4LN-3000 LW-682555-11 -DT104A DT105A DV101A --DV101B -----DV102A -DV102B EG101A -EG102A -/ M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART FH1 -FH2 FON1 --FON2 --JE101A JM101A --JM101B JM102A --- SWITCH. ELT ARTEX ARTEX 110-416 453-0150 F1 F2 F3 F4 FUSE. FUSE (ALT) HOLDER.) MAGNETO (ALT) (ALT) 12-98 NOTES 1 1 1 2 91-20-05 85 .. ELT PANEL TRANSMII-IER. MAGNETO ./PLACARD /TERMINAL LUG SWITCH. EGT IND. EGT /ALTERNATE TRAY. 4 POSITION PROBE. LDG GR. LIGHT (28VDC) TRAY. TIT MOONEY 880055-503 DT101A DT101B DT102A DT103A IND. EGT. MAC. LDG GR (ALT) ACTUATOR. EGT SWITCH. 5 AMP-3AG-SLO-BLO FUSE. NS SAFETY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 880037-507 560254-503 880037-501 560254-501 560254-505 880013-507 ELT101A ELT102A SWITCH. 10 AMP SLO-BLO FUSE. FUEL FLOW (OPTIONAL) TRANSDUCER.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. LIGHT (14V) ALCOR ALCOR ALCOR MOONEY ALCOR ALCOR ALCOR 46361 OEM-46161 OEM-80825 660110-000 86255 41338 41337 INDICATOR FUEL FLOW INDICATOR FUEL FLOW (OPT) INDICATOR FUEL FLOW (OPT) INDICATOR F/F (GALS) INDICATOR F/F (LBS) (OPT) INDICATOR F/F (GALS)(OPT) INDICATOR F/F (LBS)(OPT) INDICATOR F/F (LITERS)(OPT) INDICATOR F/F (GALS)(OPT) TRANSDUCER. F/F MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY SHADIN SHADIN SHADIN SHADIN SHADIN SHADIN MOONEY MOONEY SHADIN 880034-501 880034-503 880034-505 912021 912023 912041 912043 912047 912081 880030-501 880030-503 680501B EG103A EG104A ACTUATOR.. (W/CONN. LDG GR SWITCH.

LH MAGNETO. ROTATING MOONEY UGHT. ANTI-COLUSION (WHITE) WHELEN 930023-243 930023-343 WRML-24 WRML-65 90033-19 90033-20 LENS1 LENS2 LENS3 ANNUNC. ROTATING BEACON WHELEN /ADAPTER WHELEN LIGHT. LENS (US) ANNUNCIATOR LENS (FRAN) ANNUNCIATOR LENS (US) 880048-613 880048-615 880048-617 LENS4 LENS5 LENS6 ANNUNCIATOR LENS (FRANCE) MOONEY ANNUNCIATOR LENS MOONEY ANNUNCIATOR LENS MOONEY 880048-619 880048-621 880048-623 LG101A LG102A C/B. CHI. 14V BULB BULB. RH MAGNETO. INT. LEFT MAGNETO. INT. MINI. GE GE GE GE GE GE 464-T-3 1/4 168-T-3 1/4 385 330 CM7-7330 CM7-7327 370 1816 327 (AV RED) 327 1818 1495 LB101A LB101B LB102A LB102B LB102C C/B. LH MAGNETO.C) L1 1__2 1_3 L4 1_5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 Lll L12 BULB. TOOTH LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER ' LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER (ALT) (ALT) (ALT) MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY ALLEN BRADLEY INSTRUMENTS INSTRUMENTS SIGMATEC HH SMITH LEECRAFT ALLIED SPC 12-98 NOTES . ROTATING MOONEY C/B. ANTI-COLLISION (RED) WHELEN LIGHT. BEACON. LOCK. TOOTH /WASHER.C) 4370 (Rev. JM103A PLUG. BEACON. HOLDER LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER /WASHER. LOGO LIGHT LIGHT.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. MAGNETO BENDIX SCINTILLA 10-382698 JM104A JM105A JM106A JM107A JM108A JM109A JM110A JM111A JM112A JM112A JM JM MAGNETO MAGNETO. [JR MAGNETO. 14V BULB BULB BULB BULB BULB BULB (28V) BULB BULB GE GE GE GE CHI. RH SLICK SLICK SLICK TCM SUCK SUCK MOONEY BENDIX SLICK (LASAR) SLICK (LASAR) SLICK (W/O LASAR) SLICK (W/O LASAR) 6244 6261 6260 10-357240-1 6393 6350 800315-501 $6RN-25-10 CD-4771 CD-4770 4372 (Rev. 28V BULB. LOCK. LH MAGNETO. IGNITION MAGNETO. RIGHT SWITCH. MINI. PULSAR MAGNETO. LOGO MOONEY WHELEN 930023-357 A730-1-28 MOONEY DIALIGHT WHELEN SLOAN 914083-1 270-1930-0171-702 A-350-CN-CL-BK-SH-28 855S-O-U MS35334-21 M2898 0211-128 BA28-24-BW3 1V-192-971 1930 7-05 931-3103) LSL-11-128U -- LH1 LH2 LH3 LH4 LH5 LH6 LH7 LH8 --- ---91-20-05 86 LAMP HOLDER LAMP. RH IGNITION.

4 PIN PIN MID-CONT PORSCHE MID-CONT MID-CONT PORSCHE PORSCHE MD-89 944. LIGHTS. WING. COCKPIT UTILITY) TEK-LITE (ALT) LAMP HOLDER.512. 12-98 NOTES 91-20-05 87 . NAV-TAIL 930023-251 930023-351 800051-501 LP101A LP102A LP103A LP104A LP105A DIMMER CONTROL BOX (28V/14v) MOONEY (ELECT.) DIMMER CONTROL BOX (28V) MOONEY (RHEOSTAT) DIMMER CONTROL BOX (14V) MOONEY (RHEOSTAT) SWITCH.00 6015177 5016125 944.00 999.213.NAV UGHTS UGHT ASSY.HDA. STROBE WHELEN STROBF_JNAVLIGHTASSY (LH/WG) WHELEN STROBE/NAV LIGHTASSY (RH/WG) WHELEN STROBE/TAIL LIGHT ASSY MOONEY POWER SUPPLY (TAIL) WHELEN 930023-237 930023-337 01-0770329-00 01-0770329-01 01-0770054-12 01-0770054-13 470013-501 A413A.652. BAGGAGE LT WHELEN 01-0770437-00 LC-28-5 MS1745-51A 01-077-0142-04 LL101A LL101B LL102A LL103A SWITCH. TAXI/LANDING. TAXI LIGHT SWITCH. (ALE) NEWARK 81N2561 1-1-19 LAMP HOLDER HH SMITH 1925 LH10 LH11 LH12 LAMP HOLDER WHELEN LAMP HOLDER.217. LANDING LT MOONEY SWITCH. UGHT ASSY MOONEY INVERTER. TAXI/LANDING.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CODE M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. AUX POWER AN2552-3A MB101A MB101B C/B-SWITCH.541. AVIONICS MASTER MOONEY C/B-SWITCH. TAXI LIGHT TAXI LIGHT LT/RT 880052-523 880052-128 4596 MA101A RECEPTACLE. PLACARD (O/H) ERG 800299-501 800299-503 800299-505 150085-501 LPS28-3-SP LR101A LR101B LR102A C/B. STROBE LIGHT MOONEY C/B. STROBE WHELEN POWER SUPPLY.12 --- MICROPHONE JACK /WASHER /WASHER SWITCHCRAFT SWITCHCRAFT SWlTCHCRAFT C-12B S-1028 S-1029 LH8 -- -- ME101A -ME102A MIC1 MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY G.DF-28 LT101A LT101B LT102A SWITCH. NAV UGHTS C/B. STROBE MOONEY POWER SUPPLY.351. LANDING LT MOONEY UGHT. RECOGNITION LIGHT C/B. 4 PIN (ALT) PIN CONN. LH/RH (14V) GE 880052-521 880052-121 4596 4509 LN101A LN101B LN102A C/B. RADIO MASTER MOONEY 930023-213 930023-313 MC101A CIGAR LIGHTER MOONEY 800336-503 ---- CLOCK (ALT) CONN. RECOGNITION LIGHT RECOGNITION LIGHT 930023-231 930023-331 880049-501 LS101A LS101B LS102A LS102B LS103A LS104A LS105A LS106A C/B. LH/RH (28V) GE LIGHT.E.

MP101A MP101B MP102A MP102B MP103A C/B-SW. BOOST WELDON (ALE) WELDON PUMP. PROP DE-ICE TIMER. BOOST PUMP MOONEY PUMP. 4 PIN -NF103A -NF104A NF105A NF106A NF108A NF109A PA101A --PA102A PA103A PA104A -PAl 05A -PA106A --PA107A -PAl 08A -- 91-20-05 88 PIN PIN PIN(FEMALE) PIN PIN AMP AMP AMP 12-98 206037-2 MS3106A-10SL-3S MS3106A-28-6P 206060-1 NOTES . CURRENT (110 A) SENSOR. MASTER SWITCH. 2 PLUG. 3 AMP MOLEX DEAN 1-480318-0 03-06-1023 DEA900020 MS3106A-24-9S 1-380303-0 PL03B PL03C PLUG. CURRENT (175 A) ALTERNATOR (100A) MOONEY MOONEY MICRO SW MOONEY KLIXON KLIXON TCM 880014-501 800307-501 CSLAIGE 800270-503 7235-1-110 7236-1-175 649304 PB101A PB102A PB102B PB103A PB103B PB105A BATi-ERY SWITCH.F. VOLTAGE (ALE) (ALE) SWITCH. DE-ICE TIMER. VOLTAGE SENSOR. ALT FLD (SINGLE) ALTERNATOR (ALl') ALTERNATOR (ALE) ALTERNATOR (ALE) \GEAR ASSEMBLY ALTERNATOR /INSTALL KIT (REF 600180) MOONEY AMERICAN PROD ELECTRODELTA MOONEY MOONEY LYCOMING PRESTOLITE LYCOMING PRESTOUTE TCM TCM TCM ELECTRO SYSTEMS LYCOMING 800270-501 DGR-2 VR-802 880052-525 880052-503 LW-14367 ALU-6421-LS LW15404 ALY-8420 649280 649172 649123 ES 4009-LS 05K-21065 PA109A PAl 10A PAl 11A PAl 11B PAl 12A FILTER (ALE) SENSOR.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. 2 PLUG. GOODRICH McCAULEY McCAULEY 930023-245 930023-345 3E1899-1 B-45018 C-40521 NF101A NF101B NF102A C/B-SW. 3 PIN PLUG. PROP DE-ICE C/B-SW. BATTERY SELECT BATrERY GILL MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY CONCORDE G-243 880052-501 880052-101 880052-527 880052-127 RG24-11M PL02A PL02B PL02C PL02D PL03A PLUG. CURRENT REGULATOR. ALT FLD (DUAL) SWITCH. HI-BOOST PUMP MOONEY 930023-211 930023-311 A8163B 8163B 8163A A8163A 10054B A10051D A8152-B VR536 930023-219 REGULATOR. BATTERY SELECT SWITCH.. PROP. 3 PIN PL03D PL04A PLUG. MASTER SWITCH. 2 PLUG. 3 PIN ' PLUG. BOOST WELDON PUMP. PROP DE-ICE TERMINAL BLOCK MOONEY MOONEY B. FUEL BOOST PUMP MASSEY C/B-SW. BOOST WELDON REGULATOR. 2 PLUG. LOW-BOOST PUMP MOONEY C/B-SW. BOOST WELDON PUMP. BOOST WELDON (ALE) WELDON PUMP..

MS3106A-32-17S MS3106A-14S-5S MS3106A-28-22S 2058. 9 PIN MOLEX PLUG.0K OHM/lW) OHMITE RH-10-20 OHM RH-10-5 OHM 919029-501 09F976 RH-50-7... SLOWER.. 5 PIN PLUG.34A PLUG.0K OHM/1/2W) OHMITE RESISTOR (10HM/25W) DALE RESISTOR (70 OHM/10W) DALE REStSTOR (10. 15 PIN PLUG.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CODE M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART DESCRIPTION VENDOR PL04B PL05A PLO6A PLOBA PL09A PL09S PL09C PLQ9D PL09E PL14A PL14B PL140 PL15A PL16A PL17A PL20A PL25A PL25B PI_26A PL28A PL32A PLUG.5 OHM) DALE RESISTOR (1K OHM/2VV) ALLEN-BRADLEY RESISTOR (5K OHM) ALLEN BRADLEY (ALl) SELECTROL (ALT) BOURNS (ALl') NEWARK RESISTOR (150 OHM/3W) CLAROSTAT (ALT) OHMITE RESISTOR (3. 20 PIN MOONEY PLUG. 9 PIN AMP PLUG.. 4 PIN PLUG. 8 PIN AMP PLUG. 9 PIN AMP PLUG. STARTER SOLENOID • STARTER (ALl) STARTER (ALT) STARTER KLIXON KLIXON PRESTOL[TE LYCOMING TOM TCM B & C SPECIALITY PART NO. 37 PIN AMP PI_37B PLUG..34B PLUG.. 9 PIN PLUG. 16 PIN AMP PLUG. 2 PIN 12-98 . RECEPTACLE.. 14 PIN MOONEY PLUG.0K VC3D 23J N/A N/A RH-25-1 OHM RH-10-70 OHM N/A RB101A .9K OHM/1/2W) OHMITE RESISTOR (3. STARTER SOLENOID C/B. 14 PIN MOONEY PLUG. 37 PIN PS101A PS102A PS103A -PS104A -PS105A R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 C/B. PL... 25 PIN = PLUT. 17 PIN PLUG. 15 PIN AMP PLUG.5 OHM RC42-GF102J WA2-G056S502UA 149-11-502 8862C-282-502A 12F9905R 5. 26 PIN MOONEY PLUG. NOTES 91-20-05 89 . 2 PIN (MALE-) RECEPTACLE. 2 PIN RECEPTACLE.. 9 PIN AMPRENOL PLUG. 14 PIN AMP PLUG. RADIO KING 071-4037-01 AMP DEAN 1-480319-0 DEAg00020 MS3100-24-9P R8 -- RC02A RCO2C RC02D .MAPLIGHT (500 OHM) NEWARK RESISTOR (100 OHM) NEWARK RESISTOR (7.38-1 206708-1 126-222 DE-gS 03-06-2092 206485-1 930021-1 930021-513 206043-3 DA15S 206037-1 DBM17W2S 930021-501 DB25S 205208-1 930021-505 205839-3 M83723/86R2232N 930021-507 930021-515 206150-1 DC37S 7277-2-10 7277-2-5 MHJ-4016 LW-15572 646275 537647 BSO206-149 R9 R10 Rll R12 R13 RESISTOR (20 OHM/10W) DALE RESISTOR (50HM/10W) DALE RESISTOR.. 6 PIN MATRIX SCIENCE PLUG. 32 PIN**** MATRIX SCIENCE ****USE MS3420-14 OR-16 BOOTWITH CONNECTOR. 84 PIN MOONEY PL37A PLUG. 34 PIN MOONEY PL... 28 PIN AMP PLUG.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
M20J
MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
CODE

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

RC03A
RC03B
RC03C
RC03D
RC04A
RC04B
RC08A
RC08A
RC09A
RC09B
RC09C
RC09E
RC12A
RC14A
RC14B
RC14C
RC16A
RC16B
RC20A
RC26B
RC28A
RC32A
RC34A
RC34B
RC37A

RECEPTACLE, 3 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 3 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 3 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 3 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 4 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 4 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 6 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 8 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 9 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 9 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 9 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 9 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 12 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 14 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 14 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 14 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 16 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 16 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 20 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 26 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 26 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 32 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 34 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 34 PIN
RECEPTACLE, 37 PIN

AMP
AMP
AMP

1.-480305-0
206036-2
206207-1
MS8100-28-6S
206153-1
MS3100-32-17P
MS3100C-28-22P
205841-2
206705-2
208705-1
DEgP
205486-1
03-06-2122
930021-2
203540-1
206044-1
206037-1
206036-1
930021-502
930021-506
206152-1
M83723/83K2232N
930021-508
204814-1
206151-1

RL1
---RL2
RL3
RL4
RL5
--RL6
RL7
RL8
RL9
R10
--SA101A

RELAY, BATT. (28V/200A)
(ALE)
(ALE)
(ALE)
RELAY, BAN'. (14V/200A)
RELAY
RELAY
RELAY, LDG. (28V/50A)
(ALT)
/BRACKET (2 E.A)
RELAY (28V/100A)
RELAY, (14V/200A)
RELAY
RELAY
RELAY
SOCKET
TERMINAL

AMP
MATRIX SCIENCE
AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP
MOLE)(
MOONEY
AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP
MOONEY
MOONEY
AMP
MATRIX SCIENCE
MOONEY
AMP
AMP
C-H
C-H
KISSLING
KISSLING
C-H
KISSLING
KISSUNG
C-H
KISSLING
MOONEY
C-H
C-H
MAGNACRAFT
. KISSLING
P&B
P& B
P& B

SA102A

ALTERNATOR, STAND-BY
HOUSING, CONNECTOR
TERMINAL (1/4")
CONTROLLER, STBY. ALT.

B&
B&
B&
B&

SB101A
SB102A
SS103A

C/B, SPEEDBRAKE
SWITCH, CONTROLWHL
RELAY, SPEEDBRAKE

KLIXON
PRECISE FLT
PRECISE FLT

72T'/-2-3
01265
01384

GE
PRECISE FLT
PRECISE FLT

1N2483
1N5060
3720-GE
01532
01505

SB104A
--SB105A
SB106A
91-20-05
9O

. DIODE
(ALE)
(ALT)
MOTOR, SPEEDBRAKE
SWITCH, SPEEDBRAKE

12-98

C
C
C
C

6041H-202
6041H-202A
26.57.01
26.57.02
6041H-105A
26.64.01
26.64.21
6041H-220
26.72.03
800375-001
6041H-53
6041H-105R
W67RCSX-3
28.08.01
VF4-15-H11
VCF4-1002
26A1348C
BC410-1
12-003
14-026
BC203-2

NOTES

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M20J
SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART

CODE

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

SB107A
SB108A

SOLENOID, CLUTCH
INTERFACE, SPEEDBRAKE

PRECISE FLT
MOONEY

01678
800314-501

SPK1
SPK2
SPK3

SPEAKER, ALERT
SPEAKER, CABIN
SONALERT

ARCHER
ARCHER
MALLORY

40-1338C
40-1325
SC628

SWl
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5

SWITCH
SWITCH, DEF. BLWR.
SWITCH, LIMIT, RUD.TRIM
SWITCH,UP LIMIT, LDG
SWITCH, DN UMIT, LDG
(ALT)
SWITCH, CABIN LTS
SWITCH
SWITCH, LOG
SWITCH, MIC-KEY
(ALT)
SWITCH, CHT
SWITCH, FLAP
SWITCH, CABIN LTS(MASTER

MICRO
CHERRY
MICRO
MICRO
OTFO
MICRO
CARLING
MOONEY
C-H
ALCO
C-H
GRAYHILL
C-H
CARLING

1SE1-T
E51-50B
V3-1
DT-2R-47
P6-24014
1CH116-6
RC911-VBBOW
580013-507
8906K2875
MPE-106F-C-22-9
SA1RV20
71AD30-02-2-AJN
8908K4731
RA911-VBBOW

MICRO
MICRO

SW14

SWITCH (ALT)
/CAP, WHITE
(AL'r)
SWITCH, F/F MEM.

12TW1-10
15PAg0-sw
MS27753-38
7101K

SW15

SWITCH, LDG, OVERRIDE

NKK

SW18
SW19
SW20
SW21
SW22
SW23
SW25
SW35
SWl01A

DLB241-W01-L3C/
ATS06M/AT503MB
/BUTFON/LOCK RING/LOCK WASHER/HEX NUT (2 EA) (NKK)
/SWITCH (ALT)
C-H
SB1DDX492-2
/LOCK RING
C-H
29-761
/LOCK WASHER
C-H
16-885
/HEX NUT (2 EA)
C-H
15-966-6
SWITCH, VAC. HI/LO
MOONEY
880012-501
SWITCH
CARLING
TILC64-1S-WHFN
SW (ALT)
TSCHUDIN
504202
LENS
TSCHUOIN
464415
BUlB
TSCHUDIN
590002
SWITCH
MOONEY
880062-501
SWITCH
CARLING
TIGM64-1S-WHFN
SWITCH
MS35058-22
SWITCH, MIKE KEY
CROUZET
83-450-001
SWITCH, SPDBRK
CROUZET
83-452-504
SWITCH
ALCO
MPE106F
SWITCH
NKK
MB2085SB1W01-EA
SWITCH
NKK
MB2085SB1W01-EA
SWITCH, ALT. AIR DOOR (M20J) SAINT
ZS-10O9

VR1

VARISTOR

GE

V47ZAO5

WM101A
WM102A

MASTER WARNING
MASTER WARNING

MICRO SWITCH
MICRO SWITCH

DSK-104-GYR
DSB-11-RRRR-LR2

WS101A
WS103A

ALERT, STALLWARN/GEAR WARN IAI
SWITCH, STALL WARNING
MOONEY

-SW6
SW7
SW8
SW9
-SWl 0
SWl 1
SW12
SWl 3
---

-----SW16
SW17

C&K

NOTES

950D0309-000
800364-507

12-98
;

91-20-05
91

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
M20J
MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART

CODE

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

WT101A
WTIO2A
WT103A
WTIO4A

ANNUNCIATOR
ANNUNCIATOR
ANNUNCIATOR
ANNUNCIATOR

MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY

880048-501
880048-506
880048-507
880048-509

NOTES

NOTES:
1. SHADIN MODEL NO. INTERFACE WITH II MORROW APOLLO, ARNAV AND NORTHSTAR LORAN
SYSTEMS.
2.
3.

SHADIN MODEL NO. INTERFACE WITH BENDIX/KING KLN-88OR KLN90 SERIES.
B & D TACH SENSOR'S P/N 0406-004 IS 9/16" DIAMETER FOR BENDIX MAGNETOS. 0406-003 IS 11/16"
DIAMETER FOR SLICK MAGNETOS

91-20-05
92

12-98

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

M20J
SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART

RESERVED FOR FUTURE ENTRIES

12-98

91-20-05
93

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
M20J
MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART

i,

RESERVED FOR FUTURE ENTRIES

91-20-05
94

12-98

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

91-20-06

M20J
SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART

- ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDWARE CHART - 28 VOLT
S/N 24-3411 THRU 24-3420, SCHEMATIC NO. 800383 (J1) (REV. G)
S/N 24-3421 THRU 24-3431, SCHEMATIC NO. 800383 (J2) (REV. H)
DESCRIPTION
VENDOR
PART NO.

CODE
AC101A
AC102A
AC103A
AC103B
AC104A
AC105A
AC106A
-AT101A
AT102A
AT103A
AT104.4,
AT105A
AT106A
BR1

SWITCH, AIR COND.
COMPRESSOR, AIR COND.
BLOWER, EVAP. (FRON_
BLOWER, EVAP. (REAR)
BLOWER, CONDENSOR
SWITCH, AIR COND. PRESS
CONNECTOR, AIR COND
CONTACTS

MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
CORY COMP.
CORY COMP.

880067-501
770028-1
770002-501
770002-503
770016-501
770029-501
CSLT-21PA
CB017-5S

ACTUATOR,
ACTUATOR,
ACTUATOR,
ACTUATOR,
ACTUATOR,
ACTUATOR,

MICRO SWITCH
MICRO SWITCH
MICRO SWITCH
MICRO SWITCH
MICRO SWITCH
MICRO SWITCH

JE-5
JV-5
JV-26
MCD-2711
JE-17
JV-82

MECH PROD.
KLIXON
MECH PROD.
KLIXON
MECH PROD.
KLIXON
MECH PROD.
KLIXON
MECH PROD.
KUXON
MECH PROD.
KUXON
MECH PROD.
KLIXON
MECH PROD.
MECH PROD.
MECH PROD.
ETA
ETA
MECH. PROD.
ETA
ETA

4200-002-1
7277-2-1
4200-002-2
7277-2-2
4200-002-3
7277-2-3
4200-002-5
7277-2-5
4200-002-7.5
7277-2-7.5
4200-002-10
7277-2-10
4200-002-15
7277-2-15
4200-002-20
4200-002-25
4200-002-30
41-2-S34-LN2-35A
41-3-S34-LN2-40A
700-001-40
41-2-S34-LN2-50A
41-3-S34-LN2-70A

MAGNACRAFT

70-303

SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH

BR50
B270

CIRCUIT
(ALE)
CIRCUIT
(ALT)
CIRCUIT
(ALT)
CIRCUIT
(ALT)
CIRCUIT
(ALT)
CIRCUIT
(ALT)
CIRCUIT
(ALT)
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
(ALT)
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT

BS101A

BASE, RELAY

BU2A
BU2B
BU2C
BU2D
BU2E
BU3A
BU3B
BU3C
BU4A
SU4B
BU4C
BU4D
BU5A
BU5B
BU5C

BUS BAR (2
BUS BAR (2
BUS BAR (2
BUS BAR (2
BUS BAR (2
BUS BAR (3
BUS BAR (3
BUS BAR (3
BUS BAR (4
' BUS BAR (4
BUS BAR (4
BUS BAR (4
BUS BAR (5
BUS BAR (5
BUS BAR (5

-BR2
-BR3
-BR5
-BR7.5
-BR10
-BR15
-BR20
BR25
BR30
BR35
BR40
--

BREAKER (1A)
BREAKER (2A)
BREAKER (3A)
BREAKER (SA)
BREAKER (7.5A)
BREAKER (10A)
BREAKER (15A)
BREAKER (20A)
BREAKER (25A)
BREAKER (30A)
BREAKER (35A)
BREAKER (40A)
BREAKER (50A)
BREAKER (70A)

PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)
PLC)

MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
12-98

NOTES

913127-33
913127-97
913127-99
913127-75
913127-65
913127-87
913127-59
913127-73
913127-69
913127-89
913127-5
913127-53
913127-93
913127-77
913127-85
91-20-06
95

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
M20J
MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
CODE

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

BU5D
BU6A
BU6B
BUTA
BUSA

BUS BAR (5 PLC)
BUS BAR (6 PLC)
BUS BAR (6 PLC)
BUS BAR (7 PLC)
BUS BAR (8 PLC)

MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY

913127-19
913127-35
913127-79
913127-81
913127-95

BW3
BW7.5
BW10
BW15
SW25

SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,

KUXON
KLIXON
KUXON
KLIXON
KLIXON

7270-5-3
7270-5-7.5
7270-5-10
7270-5-15
7270-5-25

CA101A
CA102A

CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR (1000 PF')

MALLORY
NEWARK

CGS302V050R2C
18F2711 TYPE 5GAD10

CB101A

BLOWER, DEFROSTER

MOONEY

640317-503

CC101A
CC102A
CC103A
CC103B
CC103C

MOTOR, COWL FLAP
INDICATOR, COWL FLAP
SWITCH, COWL FLAP
SWITCH, COWL FLAP (J)
SWITCH, COWL FLAP

MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY

880050-505
800242-505
880052-517
12TW1-10
880052-117

CF101A
CF102A
CF103A
CF104A

ACTUATOR, FLAP
INDICATOR, TRIM/FLAP
INDICATOR, TRIM/FLAP
INDICATOR, TRIM/FLAP

MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY

750105-501
800242-501
800376-501
800391-502

CL03A
CL03B
CL03C

CLAMP, 3,14,16,28 PIN
CLAMP, 3 PIN
CLAMP, 3 PIN
(ALT)
CLAMP, 4, 8 PIN
CLAMP, 4 PIN
CLAMP, 5 PIN
(ALT)
CLAMP, 5 PIN
(ALT)
CLAMP, 7 PIN
CLAMP, 9 PIN
CLAMP, 9 PIN
CLAMP, 9 PIN
RETAINER, LOCK
(ALE) RET. LOCK
(ALT) RET. LOCK
CLAMP, 9 PIN
RETAINER, LOCK
CLAMP, 15 PIN
LOCK RETAINER
CLAMP, 15 PIN (ALT)
CLAMP, 17 PIN
LOCK RETAINER
CLAMP, 25 PiN
• LOCK RETAINER
CLAMP, 25 PIN
LOCK RETAINER
CLAMP, 25 PIN
LOCK RETAINER
CLAMP, 32 PiN

AMP

206070-1
M8049-41-4A
MS3057-4A
MS3057-4B
206052-1
10-101971-8-3
MS3057-TA
MS3057-6B
MS3057-16A
MS3057-16B
MS3057-12B
206966-1
P/O 126-222
DE-24657
DE 51224-1
Dl10278
D-20419-16
DE-19977-5
DE-51224-1
DA51210-1
DA51220-1
DA19977-1
DB51212
DB51221-1
DB51212
DB51221-1
DB19977-2
DB51221-1
DB24659
D-20418-2
M85049/52-1-22N

CL04A
CL04D
CL05A
CL06A
CL07A
CL09A
CL09B
CL09C
---CL09D
CL15A
-CL17A
CL25A
CL25B
CL25C
CL32A
91-20-06
96

C/B
C/B
C/B
C/B
C/B

(3A)
(7.5A)
(10A)
(15A)
(25A)

AMP
BENDIX

AMP
AMP

12-98

NOTES

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CL32B
-CL37A
CL37B

M20J
SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART

--

VENDOR

CLAMP/BOOT
(ALT)
CLAMP, 37 PIN
CLAMP, 37 PIN
LOCK RETAINER

PART NO.
MS3420-14
MS3420-16
206138-1
DC19977-3
DC51222-1

CM 101A

CURRENT MONITOR

CR101A
CR101B
CR102A
CR103A

SWITCH, RUDDER TRIM (WHITE) MOONEY
SWITCH, RUDDER TRIM (BLACK) MOONEY
MOTOR, RUDDER TRIM
MOONEY
INDICATOR, RUDDER
MOONEY

880052-519
880052-119
880050-503
800242-503

CT101A
CT102A
CT103A
CT104A
CT105A

SWITCH, TRIM
INDICATOR, ELEV. TRIM
MOTOR, ELEV. TRIM
TRIM INTERFACE
INDICATOR, ELEV. TRIM

930023-233
800242-519
01165-0-T14
800313-501
800391-501

CV101A
CV101B
CV102A
CV103A
CV104A
CV104B
CV105A

CIRCUIT BREAKER/SWITCH
MOONEY
CIRCUIT BREAKER/SWITCH
MOONEY
PUMP, STAND-BY VACUUM
AEROSAFE
PUMP, STAND-BY VACUUM
AEROSAFE
SWITCH/O-B, STAND-BY VACUUM MOONEY
SWITCH/C-B, STAND-BY VACUUM MOONEY
PUMP/CLUTCH ASSY, STDBY VAC. AIRBORNE

930023-233
930023-333
820904-2
820904-1
930023-247
930023-347
28C214-CW-2

SHUNT, AMMETER
(ALT)
SHUNT, AMMETER
(ALr)

EMPRO
JANCO
EMPRO
JANCO

MLA-7OA-10OMV
8406-70
MLA-150A-100MV
8406-150

TURN COORDINATOR
(ALT)
(ALl)
(ALT)
TURN COORDINATOR

UI
ASTRONAUTICS
ELEC. GYRO CORP.
UI
UI

9013 CODE N.5
303990-028MSC
1394T100-3Z
9114 CODE N.21
9112 CODE N.9

PROBE, CHT
(ALl)
(ALl)

NORWICH

MS24482-1
AN5546-1
102-00007

DD101A
DD102A
DD103A

INDICATOR, OAT
PROBE, OAT
SOCKET, 4 PIN

MOONEY
MOONEY
CINCH-JONES

880059-159
860004-501
S-304-CCT

DF101A
DF102A
DF103A
DF104A
DF105A
DF106A
DF107A
DF108A
DF109A
DF110A
DF111A

XMTR, FUEL, INBD, LH/RH
XMTR, FUEL, OUTBD, LH
XMTR, FUEL, OUTBD, RH
XMTR, FUEL, OUTBD, LH/RH
XMTR, FUEL
FLOAT/ARM, RH I/B
FLOAT/ARM, RH O/B
FLOAT/ARM, LH I/B
FLOAT/ARM, LH O/B
TRANSDUCER
PROCESSOR

MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
AVAQ
AVAQ
AVAQ
AVAQ
AVAQ
AVAQ
AVAQ

610242-3
610243-3
61024.3-1
610242-5
9450563001
9400563102
9400563104
9400563101
9400563103
9450563002
9450563303

DA101A
-DA101B
-DB101A

DB102A

----

DC101A
---

NOTES

MOONEY

MIL-S-9419
MOONEY
S-TEC
MOONEY
MOONEY

12-98

800221-505

91-20-06
97

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
M20J
MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART
CODE

DESCRIPTION

VENDOR

PART NO.

DG101A
DG102A
DG103A
DG104A
DG105A
DG106A
DG107A
DG108A
DG109A
DG110A
DG111A
DG112A
DG113A
DG114A
DGl15A

MODULE INSTRUMENT
MODULE INSTRUMENT
MODULE INSTRUMENT, #1
MODULE INSTRUMENT, #2
MODULE INSTRUMENT
MODULE INSTRUMENT
MODULE INSTRUMENT, #1
MODULE INSTRUMENT, #2
MODULE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTEF_,-D/A
CLUSTEI_, D/A
CLUSTEF_ DIGITAL
CLUSTEF DIGITAL
CLUSTEF , D/A
CLUSTEI_ DIGITAL

MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY
MOONEY

880059-507
880059-511
880059-513
880059-515
880059-517
880059-519
880059-523
880059-525
880059-521
880093-501
•880093-503
880093-505
880093-507
880093-509
880093-511

DH101A
DHIO2A

PROBE, OILTEMP
PROBE, OIL TEMP

MOONEY

880061-501
MS28034-1

DIIOIA

DIODE
(ALT)
DIODE
(ALT)
(ALT)
BRIDGE, DIODE
BRIDGE, DIODE

DI102A
--DI104A
DI105A
DJIO1A
DJIO1B
DKIOIA
-DK102A
-DL101A
DL102A
DLIO3A
DL104A
DL104B
DLI04C
DL104D
DL105A
DL106A
DL107A
DL108A
DM101A
DM102A
DM103A
DM104A

91-20-06
98

NOTES

EGG
NTE
FAGOR
FAGOR

1N2483/1N5060
3720-GE
10H3P
5854
5854
FB5001
FB5006

XDCR, OIL PRESS
(ALT) (M2OJ)
(ALT)
XDCR, OIL PRESS (M2OM)

DRUCK
KUUTE
PATRIOT
KULITE

PDCR 821-0662-100
APT-154-1000-100PSlG
KA21-014-100G
APT-201-1000-100G

XDCR, FUEL PRESS
(ALE)
XDCR, FUEL PRESS
(ALT)
(ALT)

DRUCK
KULITE
DRUCK
KULITE
PATRIOT

PDCR-821-0662-30
APT-153-1000-30 PSIG
PDCR-920-U143-50 PSID
APT-155-1000-50D
KA21-016-50D

TACHOMETER
(OPTIONAL)
SENSOR, TACH
TACHOMETER
(OPTIONAL)
SENSOR, TACH
SENSOR, TACH
SENSOR, TACH
SENSOR, TACH
TACHOMETER
TACHOMETER
SENSOR, TACH
SENSOR, TACH

MOONEY
B&D
B&D
MOONEY
B&D
B&D
B&D
B&D
B&D
MOONEY
MOONEY
J-P INSTR.
J-P INSTR.

880039-515
0520-003
0400-004
880039-517
0520-006
0402-102
0402-104
0406-004
0406-003
880039-519
880039-523
420809
420807

MOONEY
MOONEY
HOBBS
DATCON
HOBBS
HOBBS

880035-507
880035-505
15006
SG-70
85000
15000

HOUR
. HOUR
HOUR
(ALT)
HOUR
(AI_T)

METER
METER
METER
METER

GE

(SLICK)
(BENDIX)
(BENDIX)
(SLICK)
(SLICK)
(BENDIX)

12-98

HEATED (ALT) PITOT. HEATED (ALT) PLUG SOCKET MOONIEY MOONEY MOONEY AERO INSTR 930023-205 930023-305 930023-353 PH502-12 AN5812 PH502-12 AN5812 AN3115-1 AN3116-1 DR101A DR101B PROBE. LDG (ALl') (ALl-) ACTUATOR. FUEL FLOW MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY SHADIN MOONEY MOONEY SHADIN 880034-501 880034-503 880034-505 912041TD 880030-501 880030-503 680591B ACTUATOR. EGT (4 POSITION) PROBE. LDG (ALl') ACTUATOR. ARTEX ARTEX AMERI-KING AMERI-K1NG AMERI-KING AMERI-KING 110-416 453-0150 4500041 450004 450004-1V/-1H AK-450 FUSE HOLDER (ALl') FUSE HOLDER LITTEL FUSE LI'I-rEL FUSE McGRAW EDISON 155020 155129 FHN42W JACK. EGT (AL'F) LIGHT TRAY (28V) UGHT TRAY (14V) ALCOR ALCOR ALCOR MOONEY ALCOR ALCOR ALCOR 46361 OEM-46161 OEM-80825 660110-000 86225 41338 41337 TRANSDUCER.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. DP101A DP101B DP101C DP102A C/B C/B C/B P]TOT. PHONE WASHERS 'JACK. FUEL FLOW TRANSDUCER. ELT CABLE ASSY. ELT PANEL TRANSMITTER. MAP (ALT) (ALE) KULITE PATRIOT PATRIOT APT-231-100O-25A KA21-015-25A SP100-110-25A INDICATOR. LDG SWITCH. AIRSPEED MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 880037-507 560254-503 560254-507 880037-501 560254-501 560254-505 880013-507 SWITCH. EGT SWITCH. FUEL FLOW (OPTIONAL) (OPTIONAL) INDICATOR. EGT INDICATOR. TIT MOONEY MOONEY 880055-503 880055-505 DT101A DT101B DT102A DT103A INDICATOR. FUEL FLOW (OPTIONAL) TRANSDUCER. TIT PROBE. PHONE WASHERS SWITCHCRAFT SWITCHCRAFT SWlTCHCRAFT SWlTCHCRAFT C-11 S-1028/S-1029 C-112B S-1028/S-1029 -DP103A DP104A DP105A -- -DT104A DT105A DU105A --DV101A --DV101B DV102A -DV102B EG101A --EG102A -EG103A EG104A ET101A ET102A ET103A ET104A ET105A -- FH101A FH102A -- FN101A --FN102A -- AERO INSTR 12-98 NOTES 1 91-20-06 99 . REMOTE REMOTE UNIT ASSY (OPTIONAL) MAIN UNIT ASSY.

MAGNETO BENDIX SCINTILLA MAGNETO SLICK MAGNETO. ANTI-COLLISION (RED) WHELEN UGHT. L & R TCM/BENDIX MAGNETO. RIGHT SUCK IGNITION. UGHT 800268-509 --JM101B JM102A --JM103A JM104A JM105A JM106A JM107A JM108A JM109A JM110A JM111A JM113A -- -- 91-20-06 100 GE GE GE GE CHICAGO MINI CHICAGO MINI GE GE GE GE GE GE GE PACIFICPREC. IGNITION CABLE MAGNETO. BEACON. BLACK MOONEY BEACON. 28V LIGHT BULB.5 AMP) (2 A MP) swITcH. TERMINAL BENDIX SCINTILLA SWITCH. ANTI-COLLISION 0NHITE) WHELEN 930023-243 930023-343 WRML-28 WRML-65 90033-19 90033-20 LC101A CONTROL BOX. L & R TCM MAGNETO. LEFT MAGNETO. 14V LIGHT BULB LIGHT BULB UGHT BULB UGHT BULB LIGHT BULB LIGHT BULB LIGHT BULB LIGHT BULB UGHT BULB LIGHT BULB UGHT BULB LIGHT BULB LED 400 168-T-3 1/4 385 330 CM7-7330 CM7-7327 370 1816 AVIA. PULSAR MOONEY MAGNETO. IGNITION (INCL CONN. RED.) JANCO MAGNETO BENDIX SCINTILLA (ALT) BENDIX SCINTILLA (ALT) LYCOMING PLUG.) BENDIX 10-357210-9 10-187-468 10-126656 97-2273-1 D4LN2021 D4LN3000 LW-682555-11 10-382698 6224 6261 6260 10-357240-1 6393 6350 800315-501 10-79020-10 640896-1 10-79020-120 LA101A LA102A LA103A LA104A LA105A LA106A LA107A LA108A LA109A LA110A LA111A LA112A LA113A LA114A LA115A LIGHT BULB. ROTATING WHELEN /ADAPTER WHELEN LIGHT.50A JE101A JE102A JE103A JE104A CONTROL.3AG-SLO-BLO) (10 AMP. LEFT SLICK MAGNETO. BEACON.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. RIGHT LASAR (SLICK) LASAR (SLICK) SLICK (LASAR) SLICK (LAZAR) CD-1001-02 CH-1001-XX CD-4771 CD4770 JM101A (1 AMP) (5 AMP . IGNITION BENDIX SCINTILLA /PLACARD BENDIX SCINTILLA /LUG. LEFT SLICK MAGNETO. RIGHT SUCK SWITCH. IGNITION BENDIX-SCINTILLA MAGNETO. FU101A FU102A FU103A FU104A FU105A FU106A FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE LITTEL LITTEL LI1-FEL McGRAW-EDISON McGRAW-EDISON LITTEL 313001 313005 313010 FM01-5A FM01-.PROD MOUSER MOONEY 12-98 NOTES . 327 327 1818 1495 4596 P26028 351-0003 LB101A LB101B LB102A LB102B LB102C C/B-SW. WHITE MOONEY C/B-SW. L & R (OPT. SLO-BLO) (5 AMP) (0.

ANNUNC. ANNUNC. (US) (M20J) MOONEY LENS. ANNUNC. ANNUNC. SLOANE LENS. LIGHT. ANNUNC. LDGfFAXl BULB. LDG/TAXl MOONEY MOONEY GE GE 880052-521 886052-121 4596 4509 LN101A LN101B LN102A LN102A CIRCUIT BREAKER C/B LIGHT. LOGO LIGHT MOONEY LIGHT. ANNUNC. (FRANCE) (M20J) MOONEY LENS. BOX DIMMER. ANNUNC. (M2OK) MOONEY LENS. DIMMER. ANNUNC. ANNUNC. (TAIL) MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 930023-251 930023-351 800051-501 800051-509 LP101A LP102A LP103A LP104A LP105A DIMMER. (M20T) MOONEY LENS. LOGO WHELEN 930023-357 A730-1-28 LH101A LH102A LH103A LH104A LH105A LH106A LH107A LH108A MOONEY DIAUGHT WHELEN SLOAN INSTRUMENTS INSTRUMENTS SIGMA-TEC HH SMITH LEECRAFT ALLIED SPC NEWARK HH SMITH WHELEN TEK-LITE LH112A LH113A LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER (ALl-) (ALr) (ALT) (ALl') LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER (ALE) LAMP HOLDER LAMP HOLDER WHELEN MOUSER 914083-1 270-1930-0171-702 A-350-CN-CL-BK-SH-28 855S-O-U 0211-128 BA28-24-BW3 1V-192-971 1930 7-05 931-3103 LSL-11-128U 81N2561 1925 01-0770437-00 LC-28-5 MS1745-51A 01-077-0142-04 351-0003 LL101A LL101B LL102A LL103A SWITCH. (FRANCE) (M20M) MOONEY LENS. (FRANCE) (M20R) MOONEY LENS. NOTES 2 91-20-06 101 . (US) (M20M) MOONEY LENS. LIGHT.E-L PLACARD MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY ERG 800299-501 800299-503 800299-505 150085-005 LPS28-3-3P ----LH109A LH11OA LH111A -- VENDOR 12-98 PART NO. ANNUNC. O/H LIGHT ASSY _INVERTER. (US) (M20J) MOONEY LENS. ANNUNC. NAV. (US) (M20R) MOONEY LENS. (US) (M20K) MOONEY LENS. MASTER WARN MOONEY 880048-613 880048-615 880048-617 880048-619 880048-621 880048-523 880044-633 880044-635 880048-625 880048-627 880048-629 880048-631 880048-605 880048-607 880089-001 855-SE-C 880089-003 150080-6097 LG101A LG102A CIRCUIT BREAKER. ANNUNC. LDG LIGHT BULB. (FRANCE) (M20R) MOONEY LENS. (FRANCE) (M20J) MOONEY LENS. LDG LIGHT SWITCH. CONTROL BOX . (US) (M20K) MOONEY LENS. (M20J) MOONEY LENS. (M2OT) MOONEY LENS. ANNUNC. CONTROL BOX SWITCH. ANNUNC.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION LE101A LE102A LE103A LE104A LE105A LE106A LE107A LE108A LE109A LEl10A LE111A LE112A LE113A LEl14A LE115A LE116A LE117A LE119A LENS. NAV. (US) (M20R) MOONEY LENS. ANNUNC. (TAIL) UGHT. ANNUNC. ANNUNC.

TAXI. TAXI LIGHT SWITCH. PORSCHE MID-CONT MID-CONT PORSCHE PORSCHE MD-89 944. FUEL BOOST WELDON (ALT) WELDON PUMP.12 --- JACK. FUEL BOOST WELDON PUMP.612. MICROPHONE WASHERS WASHERS SWlTCHCRAFT SWlTCHCRAFT SWlTCHCRAFT C-12B S-1028 S-1029 -- --ME101A -MIE102A MK101A MP101A MP101B MP102A MP102B MP103A C/B-SW.641. TAXI LIGHT BULB. FUEL BOOST WELDON '(ALT) MASSEY REGULATOR. FUEL BOOST (M20K) WELDON PUMP. PROP DE-ICE (WHITE) MOONEY C/B-SW. 4 PIN PINS (OPT) (OPT) PINS MID-CONT. FUEL BOOST WELDON (ALT) WELDON PUMP. PROP DE-ICE BF GOODRICH TIMER. STROBE. HI-BOOST FUEL PUMPMOONEY GUARD ASSY. STROBE POWER SUPPLY. RADIOMASTER(WriT) MOONEY C/B-SWITCH. LOW BOOST FUEL PUMP MOONEY SW/C-B MOONEY PUMP. SOCKET (ALT) w/WIRE MOONEY CASCO CASCO CASCO 800336-503 216550 216510 200402 ---- CLOCK (ALT) CONNECTOR. LH & RH MOONEY MOONEY GE 880052-523 880052-123 4596 MA101A RECEPTACLE. DUAL MOONEY MOONEY WHELEN WHELEN WHELEN WHELEN MOONEY WHELEN 930023-237 930023-337 01-0770329-00 01-0770329-01 01-0770054-12 01-0770054-13 470013-501 A413A-HDA-CF LT101A LT101B LT102A SWITCH.351.652. TAIL LIGHT. STROBE. LIGHT. RECOGNITION MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 930023-231 930023-331 880049-501 LS101A LS101B LS102A LS102B LS103A LS104A LS105A LS106A CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER SUPPLY. AUX. FUEL PUMP MOONEY SW/C-B. PROP DE-ICE (BLK) MOONEY TIMER. POWER (ALT) AN2552-3A MS3503-1 MB101A MB101B C]I_SWlTCH. PROP DE-ICE McCAULEY TERMINAL BLOCK McCAULEY 930023-245 930023-345 3E1899-1 B-45018 C-40521 NF101A NF101B NF102A SW/C-B.RADIO MASTER (BLK) MOONEY 930023-213 930023-313 MO101A MC102A MC103A LIGHTER. LR101A LR101B LR102A C/B C/B LIGHT. STROBE LIGHT. STROBE-RT WING LIGHT.217. CIGAR CAP & TETHER LIGHTER. HI-BOOST SW.00 999. MOONEY 930023-211 930023-311 A8163B 8163B 8163A A8163A 10054B A10051-D A8152-B VR536 800270-523A 930023-219 930028-501 -NF103A -NF104A NF105A NF106A NF108A NF108B NF109A NF110A 91-20-06 102 12-98 NOTES .00 6016177 6016125 944.213. STROBE-LT WING LIGHT.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO.

2 PIN PLUG.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CODE DESCRIPTION PAl 01A --PA102A PA103A PA104A PAl 05A M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART --- PA106A --PA107A -PA108A -PA109A PAl 10A PA111A PAlllB PAl 12A PAl 13A PAl 14A -- VENDOR BATTERY SWITCH. CURRENT (175A) KLIXON 7235-1-175 ALTERNATOR TCM 649304 MONITOR. LEFT TCM 649172 (ALT) TCM 649283 PB101A PS102A PB102B PB103A PB103B PB105A PS105B --- PART NO. CURRENT MOONEY 800287-501 ALTERNATOR. 2 PIN PLUG. 3 PIN SOCKET (ALUMEL) SOCKET (ALUMEL) PLUG 4 PIN PLUG 4 PIN PLUG 4 PIN PLUG 4 PIN PLUG 5 PIN PLUG 5 PIN PLUG 6 PIN . AMP AMP ARRAY CDI CDI AMP AMP ARRAY CONN DEUTSCH MATRIX SCIENT.. 24V BA3-rERY. MASTER SWITCH. CURRENT MICRO SWITCH CSLA1GE REGULATOR. 3 PIN PLUG.AL3"NTR. 3 PIN PLUG. MASTER SWITCH. 3 PIN PLUG. INSTALL LYCOMING 05K-21065 (REFERENCE 600160) FILTER MOONEY 880014-501 (ALT) MOONEY 800307-501 SENSOR. RIGHT TCM 649719 (ALT) TCM 649280 GEAR ASSY TCM 649123 ALTERNATOR ELECTRO SYSTEMS ES-4009-LS KIT. BAT 1-2 SWITCH. CURRENT (110A) KUXON 7235-1-110 SENSOR. VOLTAGE MOONEY 800270-503 SENSOR.PROD. AMP 12-98 G-243 880052-501 880052-101 880052-527 880052-127 RG24-11M RG24-15 1-480349-0 1-480318-0 03-06-1023 7021 _ MS3106A-24-9S 1-380303-0 206037-2 MS3106A-10SL-3S MS3106A-28-6P PWF06F08-33B 01-2020-245 01-2020-244 206060-1 MS3106A-32-17S 1-480424-0 PW06FS-4S MS3106A-I 4S-5S BVD06E0205SN MS3106A-28-22S MS3106A-20-15S MS3106R-20-15S 205888-1 4 91-20-06 103 .PLUG 7 P|N (ALT) PLUG. 2 PIN (FEMALE) PLUG. 24V GILL MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY CONCORDE CONCORDE PL01A PL02A PL02B PL02C PL02D PL03A PL03S PL03C PL03D PL03E PLUG. 8 PIN AMP AMP MOLEX DEAN PL04A PL04B PLO4C PL04D PL05A PL05B PL06A PL07A -PL08A NOTES REGULATOR. BAT 1-2 BATTERY.'PRECISE FiT DGR-2 (ALT) AUX]_ODELTA VR-802 SWITCH. 2 PiN PLUG.FIELD (SINGLE) MOONEY 680052-508 ALTERNATOR LYCOMING LW-14367 (ALl) PRESTOLITE ALU-6421-LS ALTERNATOR LYCOMING LW-15404 (ALl') PRESTOLITE ALY-8420 ALTERNATOR. ALT'NTR FIELD (DUAL) MOONEY 880052-525 SWITCH. 3 PIN PLUG. 1 PIN PLUG. VOLTAGE MOONEY 809270-601 (ALT) AM.

RADIO SLOWER RADIO KING GLOBE 071-4037-01 19A2790 AMP AMP DEAN 1-480351-0 1-480319-0 7022 MS3100-24-9P 03-06-2023 t-480305-0 206036-2 206207-1 MS3100-28-6S 206153-1 M3100-32-17P 1-480426-0 PW01F8-04P BVD04E0205PN MS3100C-28-22P 205841-2 206705-2 206705-1 DE9P 205486-1 03-06-2122 980021-2 -PS104A -- RC01A RC02A RC02C RC02D RC02E RC03A RC03B RC03C RC03D RC04A RC04B RC04C RC04D RC05B RC06A RC08A RC09A RC09B RC09C RC09E RC12A RC14A 91-20-06 104 RECEPTACLE 1 PIN RECEPTACLE 2 PIN RECEPTACLE 2 PIN (MALE) RECEPTACLE 2 PIN RECEPTACLE 2 PIN RECEPTACLE 3 PIN RECEPTACLE 3 PIN RECEPTACLE 3 PIN RECEPTACLE. 12 PIN RECEPTACLE. 14 PIN MOLEX AMP MOONEY MOONEY AMP AMP MOONEY POSITRONICS POSITRONICS AMP MOONEY AMP MOONEY MOONEY AMP MOLEX AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP ARRAY DEUTSCH MATRIX SCIENCE AMP AMP AMP AMP MOLEX MOONEY 12-98 NOTES 4 . 6 PIN RECEPTACLE. RECEPTACLE. 8 PIN . 37 PIN PLUG.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO.00 DB25S 205208-1 930021-505 205839-3 M83723/86R2232N 930021-507 930021-515 206150-1 DC37S 930021-511 GMCT104FOTH000 PS101A PS102A PS103A PSI05A C/B. 37 PIN PLUG. 9 PIN RECEPTACLE.00 CC149-003-0. 9 PIN RECEPTACLE. RECEPTACLE. 9 PIN . 9 PIN RECEPTACLE. START POWER STARTER (M20J) (ALr) STARTER (M20K & M20R (ALT) STARTER (M20M) KLIXON KLIXON PRESTOLITE LYCOMING TCM TCM B &C 7277-2-10 7277-2-5 MHB4016 LW-15572 646275 637847 BSC206-149 RB101A RB102A SLOWER. PL09A PL09B PL09C PL09D PL09E PL14A PL14B PL14C PL15A PL16A PL17A PI_20A PL20B PL20C PL25A PL25B PL26A PL28A PL32A PL34A PL34B PL37A PL37B PL50 PL104A PLUG 9 PIN PLUG 9 PIN PLUG 9 PIN PLUG 9 PIN PLUG 9 PIN PLUG 14 PIN PLUG 14 PIN PLUG 14 PIN PLUG 15 PIN PLUG 16 PIN PLUG 17 PIN PLUG 20 PIN PLUG 20 PIN PLUG. 50 PIN PLUG. START POWER C/B. 20 PIN PLUG 25 PIN PLUG 25 PIN PLUG 26 PIN PLUG 28 PIN PLUG 32 PIN PLUG 34 PIN PLUG 34 PIN PLUG. 3 PIN RECEPTACLE 4 PIN RECEPTACLE 4 PIN RECEPTACLE 4 PIN RECEPTACLE 4PIN RECEPTACLE 5 PIN RECEPTACLE. 104 PIN AMP AMP MOONEY POSITRONICS 206708-1 126-222 DE9S 03-06-2092 206485-1 930021-1 930021-513 206043-3 DA15S 206037-1 DSM17W2S 930021-501 CC148-003-0.

7.01 VF4-15-H 11 VCF4-1O02 26A1348C RESISTOR. 28 PIN RECEPTACLE.08.21 26.03 800375-1 6041H-220 6041H-53 6041H-105R W67RCSX-3 28.01 26. 170 PIN SOCKETS (22CA) SOCKETS (20-18 GA) SOCKETS (20-14GA} AMP POSITRONIC AMP AMP AMP MOONEY POSITRONICS MOONEY AMP MATRIX SCIENCE MOONEY AMP POSITRONIC AMP POSITRONICS HYPERTRONICS HYPERTRONICS HYPERTRONICS HYPERTRONICS 203540-1 G14000H000-1265. 20 PIN RECEPTACLE. 34 PIN RECEPTACLE. 28V/100A RELAY 14V/200A RELAY RELAY RELAY SOCKET TERMINAL KISSUNG KISSLING C-H C-H KISSLING KISSUNG KISSUNG MOONEY C-H C-H C-H MAGNACRAFT KISSLING P&B P&B P&B 26. PLASTIC CONNECTOR B&C TERMINAL. 14 PIN RECEPTACLE.6K OHM/1/2W 1.57. 37 PIN RECEPTACLE. 5 OHM/10W RESISTOR. 1K OHM/2W RESISTOR.. --RL106A RL107A RL108A RL109A RL110A --RS101A RS102A RS103A RS104A RS105A RS106A RS107A RS115A RS116A DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO.01 26.5 OHM RC42-GF102J 789-B_E_02 OHMITE OHMITE 1. 14V/200A RELAY RELAY RELAY.RESISTOR SA101A --- M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART ALTERNATOR.57. RECEPTACLE.00HM/1/SW RESISTOR .. 16 PIN RECEPTACLE. 20-OHM/10W RESISTOR. 104 PIN RECEPTACLE.72.64. 100 OHM RESISTOR..5-OHM RESISTOR.02 6041H-202/202A 6041H-105A 26. 28V/200A (ALT) (ALT) (OBSOLETE) RELAY. 34 PIN (AL'I_ RECEPTACLE.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CODE RC14B --RC14C RC16A RC16B RC20A RC20B RC26A RC28A RC32A RC34A RC34B RC37A RC104A RC170A -- ----RL101A --RL102A RLIO3A RL104A RL105A . 91-20-06 105 . 32 PIN RECEPTACLE. STAND-BY B&C HOUSING. 16 PIN RECEPTACLE. 20 PIN RECEPTACLE.) (AL'r) RELAY. 500 OHM RESISTOR. 1/4 INCH B&C 12"90 : NOTES 3D BC410-1 12-003 14-026 .. 14 PIN (ALT) RECEPTACLE. 26 PIN RECEPTACLE.64. 5K OHM DALE DALE MOONEY NEWARK DALE ALLEN BRADLEY SPECTROL RH-10-20 OHM RH-10-5 OHM 919029-501 09F976 RH-50-7.0 206044-1 206036-2 206036-1 930021-502 GMCT2MOE100J0 930021-506 206152-1 M83723/83K2232N 930021-508 204814-1 SK2114 206151-1 GMCT104M0000Z0 NEBV23-077 YSK006-011 YSK006-089 YSK015-025AH RELAY. 28V/5OA BRACKET (2 REQ'D.

SPEEDBRK PRECISE FLT S/B INTERFACE MOONEY 7277-2-3 01255 01384 1N2483/1N5060 3720-GE 01532 01505 01679 900314-501 SPEAKER. CABIN (ALl') SONALERT 40-1333C 40-1325 PCx352 SC628 -SB105A SB106A SB107A SB108A SP101A SP102A -SP103A SW101A -SW102A SWIO3A SWIO4A -SWl05A SWl06A SW107A SWl08A SWl08A SW110A SW111A SW112A SW113A SW114A SW115A -- -- --- -- -SWl 16A SW117A SW118A SW119A SW120A SW121A SW122A SW123A SW124A SW125A SW126A 91-20-06 106 VENDOR ARCHER ARCHER BLAUPUNK-r MALLORY SWITCH MICRO (ALT) SAINT SWITCH. DN-LIMIT MICRO (ALT) O3-i"OCONT. SPEEDBRAKE PRECISE FLT SWITCH.SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART CODE DESCRIPTION SA102A SA103A CONTROLLER. CLUTCH. SPEEDBRAKE KLIXON SWITCH. LOCKWASHER. WHITE CAP MICRO (AKT) SWITCH C&K SWITCH NKK INCLUDES . LOCKRING.BUTTON. YOKE PRECISE FLT RELAY. 1SE1-T ZS-1009 E51-50S V3-1 DT-2R-47 ML-1409 1CHl16-5 P6-24014 R0911-VBBOW 880013-507 89061<2375 SA1RV20 MPE-106F-C-22-9 71AD30-02-2-AJN 89061<4731 RA911-VBBOW 12TW-10 15PAg0-8W MS27753-38 7101K DLB241-W01-1-3(3/ AT506M/ATS03MB SB1DDX492-2 29-761 16-856 15-966-6 504102 464415 590002 880012-501 TILC64-1S-WHFN 880062-501 TIGM64-1S-WHEN MS35058-22 83-450-001 83-452-504 MPE106F MB2085SB1W01-EA 1501-11E NOTES 5 . SPEEDBRAKE PRECISE FLT SOLENOID. SWITCH CARLING SWITCH MOONEY SWITCH C-H SWITCH C-H (ALl') ALCO SWITCH GRAYHILL SWITCH C-H SWITCH CARUNG SWITCH MICRO SWITCH. SPEEDBRAKE. SPEEDBRAKE (ALl] GE MOTOR. SPEEDSRAKE PRECISE FLT DIODE. SWITCH CROUZET SWITCH CROUZET SWITCH ALCO SWITCH SWITCH NKK SWITCH EATON 12-98 PART NO. DEFROSTER BLWR CHERRY SWITCH MICRO SWITCH. HEX NUT (2) (ALT) C-H LOCK RING C-H LOCK WASHER C-H HEX NUT (2) C-H (ALT) TSCHUDIN LENS TSCHUDIN BULB TSCHUDIN SWITCH MOONEY SWITCH CARUNG SWITCH MOONEY SWITCH CARLING SWITCH . 8TBY ALTERNATOR B&C SWITCH. STBYALT./EMERG BUS MOONEY B0203-2 880052-531 SB101A SB102A SB103A SB104A C/B. ALERT SPEAKER. UP-LIMIT MICRO (ALT) SAINT SWITCH.

PL02C & RC02C MAY BE PURCHASED FROM DEAN AS P/N 7020. ---- SWITCH. STALL WARN IAI tAI MOONEY 950D809-000 950D519-000 800364-509 WT101A WT101B WT102A WT103A WT104A ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY MOONEY 880048-501 880090-XXX 880048-503 880048-507 880048-509 SW127A SW135A VC101A WS101A -- NOTES 6 NOTES: 1. 6. MASTER MICRO MICRO DSK-104-GYR DSB-11-RRRR-LR2 WS103A ALERT. 6. 12-98 91-20-O6 107 . REF. DRAWING # 880090. 28-14 TERRA (ALT) TERRA MLC28-8 C28-5 VR101A VARISTOR GE V47ZA05 WMIO1A WM102A WARNING. MASTER WARNING. ANNUCIATOR P/N WILL BE DETERMINED BY OPTIONS INSTALLED. MASTER WARN SW. (w/BULB) SWITCH OMRON OMRON OMRON OMRON NKK A3BA-7011-1 A3BA-500R A3BA-5202 A3B-028 MB2085SB1W01-EA -- VOLTAGE CONVERTER. 2. ALL P/N's ARE ACCEPTABLE. SEE VENDOR INFORMATION FOR APPLICABLE CONFIGURATION. STALL/GEAR WARN (ALT) SWITCH.MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION CODE M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART DESCRIPTION VENDOR PART NO. IF NOT SUPPLEDBY SLOAN 3. 4. SEAL BACK OF POTENTIOMETER WITH DOW CORNING #738 ELECTRICAL SEALANT AFTER WIRES ARE SOLDERED TO TERMINALS. SEAL BACK OF SWITCH WITH DOW CORNING #738 ELECTRICAL SEALANT AFTER WIRES ARE SOLDERED TO TERMINALS WHEN USED AS "I-HROTFLE SWITCH-GEARWARNING". REQUIRED WITH EACH LIGHT. (w/LEGEND) SW. (w/LENS) SW. 1 EACH MS35334-21 OR M2898 (ALLEN BRADLEY) INTERNALTOOTH LOCKWASHER.

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART RESERVED FOR FUTURE ENTRIES 91-20-06 108 12-98 .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ( M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART RESERVED FOR FUTURE ENTRIES 12-98 91-20-06 109 .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHART RESERVED FOR FUTURE ENTRIES 91-20-06 110 12-98 .

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 91-30-00 M20J MOONE'YAIRCRAFT CORPORATION .ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SCHEMATICS (SEE ENVELOPES) ( 12-98 91-30-00 111/112BLANK .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J CHAPTER 95 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .

MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION M20J SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL { ! CURRENTLY NOT BEING USED 12-98 95-SPECIAL EQUIPMENT 1 .

SERVIGEAND MAINTENANCE MANUAL M20J_ INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 95-SPECIAL EQUIPMENT 2 12-98 MOONEY AIRCRAFT CORPORATION .

Related Interests